7/4/7 All About Freedom

In The Name Of Freedom
There is a verse in my language that goes like this;
Chaand uss raat bhee nikla tha magar uss ka wajood,
Itna khoonrang tha jaisay kissi masoom ki laash.

In English it means;
The moon ascended the skies that night too,
But was as bloody as the corpse of an innocent man.

Ladies and gentlemen, steel your hearts for this 12 minutes video. Click here for a guided tour of hell and then shout from the rooftops.

What the Flag Means To Me: 'Old Gory,' red represent the blood, white, the bones, of my murdered ancestors."
by S. Brian Willson
July 4, 2000

Commentary: FREEDOM
What's the reality behind the word freedom? Whose freedom, to do what, to whom, how, why? Does freedom mean the same thing for the rulers and the ruled? For whom are 'bombs bursting in air', whose and what kind of freedom do we pledge allegiance to by celebrating July 4?

Freedom for 'us' and 'them' worldwide is diametrically and dialectically opposed. Imperialist capital is free to wring profits and power out of our hides through brutal exploitation and oppression, to wage terror, tyranny and perpetual war against the world, the planet and human beings.

Freedom has different faces because it is class - based, the property of the ruling class with state power.
For most of the world It is a desperate struggle to survive capitalism's white supremacist freedom to secure global 'full-spectrum' dominance, 'manifest destiny', to expand its basis for further maximizing capital accumulation, profit and power.

Freedom and life for capital means death and destruction for millions. Peoples' freedom worldwide means revolutionary resistance against capitalism. All the heroic freedom fighters called "terrorists" for impeding imperialist freedom are our sisters and brothers, our allies and inspiration in the struggle for freedom.

Fascist state terror, 24/7 racist "perception management" psywar, torture and death, nothing can destroy the reality born out by history: oppression breeds resistance. Reality will trump rhetoric. We will decide our friends and enemies based on their actions. Here in the "homeland" class and race privilege buys the loyalty -- the enslavement -- of many who betray their true allies and interests for blood-soaked crumbs.

In a world-historic conjuncture such as this, contradictions reach a boiling point that presents rare opportunities -- as well as exceptional dangers -- for making fundamental global shifts in the balance of forces of political power. Individual political positions too are shifting under pressure, becoming clarified into powerful active forces for the revolutionary change necessary.

This is a rare historical moment: U.S. imperialism's predatory life is on the line, in deep capitalist crisis, increasingly vulnerable--and dangerous-in the face of defeats it is suffering from growing international resistance and unity. Karl Marx examined why democracy is the best shell for capitalism. V.I. Lenin analyzed how capital's geostrategic nature, its necessity to eliminate rivals and resistance to expand its basis for capital accumulation, drives capitalism to unjust imperialist wars to redivide the world to restructure capital under its global control.
Desperation drives it to crimes that reveal its inherent predatory nature, even to those 'normally' protected and blinded by class/race privilege. The state's 'free' press/media, essential propaganda organs, along with education, religion and 'culture', perpetuate north america's founding white supremacist patriotic myths --- freedom, democracy, equality -- blaming the victims especially of racist oppression for capital's crimes against them.

The scales are tipping: our common enemy is strategically weak, desperate and ever more deadly. The enemy will never admit or accept defeat. To tip the scales for good all of us committed to justice and peace must take responsibility for doing what is JUST and NECESSARY for the peoples' and the planet's future-- RESIST -- seize the rare opportunity this crisis and reign of terror presents. Capitalist fascism will be defeated only when capitalism is: pretending capitalism and fascism are divisible is as opportunistic as pretending zionism is divisible and independent of capitalist imperialism.

The greatest human challenge and opportunity faces us now: to take a stand, decide what must be done and do it. To join the struggle with our Palestinian, Iraqi, African, Latin American, Black and Chicano sisters and brothers worldwide to end the barbaric reality of imperialist democracy, to become part of the material force that will transform the enemy's freedom of terror and tyranny into a new reality based on cooperation, justice, peace and freedom. The choice for the peoples', the world's and the planet's future is freedom from capital -- capitalist freedom is killing us.

"We are the ruling race of the world. . . . We will not renounce our part in the mission of our race, trustee, under God, of the civilization
of the world. . . . He has marked us as his chosen people. . . . He has made us adept in government that we may administer government
among savage and senile peoples."
Sen. Alfred Beveridge

American Hypocrisy: This Fourth of July is Yours, Not Mine
By Frederick Douglas, 1852
Fellow citizens, pardon me, and allow me to ask, why am I called upon to
speak here today? What have I or those I represent to do with your national
independence? Are the great principles of political freedom and of natural
justice, embodied in that Declaration of Independence, extended to us? And
am I, therefore, called upon to bring our humble offering to the national
altar, and to confess the benefits, and express devout gratitude for the
blessings resulting from your independence to us? ...

This Fourth of July is yours, not mine. You may rejoice, I must
mourn. To drag a man in fetters into the grand illuminated temple of
liberty, and call upon him to join you in joyous anthems, were inhuman
mockery and sacrilegious irony. Do you mean, citizens, to mock me, by
asking me to speak today?..

What, to the American slave, is your 4th of July? I answer: a day that
reveals to him, more than all other days in the year, the gross injustice
and cruelty to which he is the constant victim.

To him, your celebration is a sham; your boasted liberty, an unholy
license; your national greatness, swelling vanity; your sounds of rejoicing
are empty and heartless; your denunciations of tyrants, brass fronted
impudence; your shouts of liberty and equality, hollow mockery; your
prayers and hymns, your sermons and thanksgivings, with all your religious
parade, and solemnity, are, to him, mere bombast, fraud, deception,
impiety, and hypocrisy, a thin veil to cover up crimes which would disgrace
a nation of savages.

There is not a nation on the earth guilty of practices, more shocking and
bloody, than are the people of these United States... Go search where you
will, roam through all the monarchies and despotisms of the Old World,
travel through South America, search out every abuse and when you have found
the last, lay your facts by the side of the everyday practices of this
nation, and you will say with me that, for revolting barbarity and shameless
hypocrisy, America reigns without a rival.

“We are on the verge of global transformation. All we need is the right
major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order.”
David Rockefeller 1994 Statement to the United Nations Business Council

"We have about 60 per cent of the world's wealth but only 6.3 per
cent of its population. In this situation we cannot fail to be the object of
envy and resentment. Our real task in the coming period is to devise a
pattern of relationships which will permit us to maintain this position of
disparity. We need not deceive ourselves that we can afford today the luxury
of altruism and world benefaction. We should cease to talk about such vague
and unreal objectives as human rights, the raising of living standards and
democratisation. The day is not far off when we are going to have to deal in
straight power concepts. The less we are then hampered by idealistic
slogans, the better."
George Kennan, ex-US State Department Policy Planning Staff Chief, Document PPS23, 24 February 1948

World events since the attacks of September 11, 2001 have not only been predicted, but also planned, orchestrated and - as their architects would like to believe - controlled. The current Central Asian war is not a response to terrorism, nor is it a reaction to Islamic fundamentalism. It is in fact, in the words of one of the most powerful men on the planet, the beginning of a final conflict for total world domination by the United States... This, says Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) member and former Carter National Security Advisor, Zbigniew Brzezinski, will lead to nation states being incorporated into a new world order... the alternative, a world in chaos unless the U.S. controls the planet by whatever means are necessary...
Dr. Johannes B. Koeppl, Ph.D. a former German defense ministry official and advisor to former NATO Secretary General Manfred Werner told FTW, "The interests behind the Bush Administration... have prepared for and are now moving to implement open world dictatorship within the next five years. They are not fighting against terrorists. They are fighting against citizens of all countries... creating so much fear that people don't know how to respond. But they must... This is a move to implement a world dictatorship within the next five years. There may not be another chance."

"If the people are not convinced (that the Free World is in mortal danger) it would be impossible for Congress to vote the vast sums now being spent to avert danger. With the support of public opinion, as marshalled by the press, we are off to a good start. It is our Job - yours and mine -- to keep our people convinced that the only way to keep disaster away from our shores is to build up America's might."
Charles Wilson, Chairman of the Board of General Electric and Truman appointee to head the Office of Defence Mobilization, speech to the Newspaper Publishers Association, 1950

increasingly despised and defeated, still hell-bent on global conquest, U.S. is sowing seeds for new 911
with phony "al-Qaeda" & Iranian "terror threats"

"Terror Spectacular" coming soon says DHS
Los Angeles, Alta California
July 1, 2007
Brian Ross of ABC News, a "front man" of the Bush Administration, is reporting that a secret U.S. law enforcement report, prepared for the Department of Homeland Security, warns that al Qaeda is planning a terror "spectacular" this summer.  The attack will be of a magnitude similar to 911 said the senior official with access to the document.  "This is reminiscent of the warnings and intelligence we were getting in the summer of 2001," the  unidentified official said.
U.S. airports and mass-transit systems are tightening security before the Fourth of July holiday, and more air marshals will travel on overseas flights because of concerns about potential terrorism threats... not because of a specific piece of credible threat information, but because we are going into a holiday season..." Chertoff said. http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/html/nationworld/2003770720_marshals02....

11/21/03 Franks, who successfully led the U.S. military operation to liberate Iraq, expressed his worries in an extensive interview he gave to the men’s lifestyle magazine Cigar Aficionado. Discussing the hypothetical dangers posed to the U.S. in the wake of Sept. 11, Franks said that “the worst thing that could happen” is if terrorists acquire and then use a biological, chemical or nuclear weapon that inflicts heavy casualties. If that happens, Franks said, “... the Western world, the free world, loses what it cherishes most, and that is freedom and liberty we’ve seen for a couple of hundred years in this grand experiment that we call democracy.” Franks then offered “in a practical sense” what he thinks would happen in the aftermath of such an attack. “It means the potential of... a terrorist, massive, casualty-producing event somewhere in the Western world – it may be in the United States of America – that causes our population to question our own Constitution and to begin to militarize our country in order to avoid a repeat of another mass, casualty-producing event. Which in fact, then begins to unravel the fabric of our Constitution....
Already, critics of the U.S. Patriot Act, rushed through Congress in the wake of the Sept. 11 attacks, have argued that the law aims to curtail civil liberties and sets a dangerous precedent. But Franks’ scenario goes much further. He is the first high-ranking official to openly speculate that the Constitution could be scrapped in favor of a military form of government. http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article5267.htm

"you're either with us [US] or you're with the terrorists"

Into the Dark: The Pentagon P20G Plan to Provoke Terrorist Attacks
According to a classified document prepared for Rumsfeld by his Defense Science Board, the new organization--the "Proactive, Preemptive Operations Group (P2OG)"--will carry out secret missions designed to "stimulate reactions" among terrorist groups, provoking them into committing violent acts which would then expose them to "counterattack" by U.S. forces.... the classified Pentagon program puts it this way: "Their sovereignty will be at risk."[...]
by Chris Floyd, November 1, 2002

“We face an enemy that has an ideology, they believe things. The best way to describe their ideology is to relate to you the fact that they think the opposite of the way we think.”

Conquered states that have been accustomed to liberty and the government of their own laws can be held by the conqueror in three different ways. The first is to ruin them; the second, for the conqueror to go and reside there in person; and the third is to allow them to continue to live under their own laws, subject to a regular tribute, and to create in them a government of a few, who will keep the country friendly to the conqueror
Niccolo Machiavelli, The Prince

  "The CIA owns everyone of any significance in the major media"
former CIA Director William Colby in Bernstein's 10/77 Rolling stone article

“We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost 40 years . . . It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is more sophisticated now and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto determination practiced in past centuries” David Rockefeller. Bilderberg meeting, Germany, June 1991

Ordinary people in the United States have been manipulated into imagining they are a people under siege whose sole refuge and protector is their government. If it isn't the Communists, it's Al Qaeda. If it isn't Cuba, it's Nicaragua. As a result, this, the most powerful nation in the world - with its unmatchable arsenal of weapons, its history of having waged and sponsored endless wars, and the only nation in history to have actually used nuclear bombs - is peopled by a terrified citizenry, jumping at shadows. A people bonded to the state not by social services, or public health care, or employment guarantees, but by fear. This synthetically manufactured fear is used to gain public sanction for further acts of aggression.
Arundhati Roy

"The United States must cultivate a mental view toward world settlement after this war which will enable us to impose our own terms,
amounting perhaps to a pax-Americana."
U.S. Department of State - Source: Minutes S-3 of the Security Subcommittee,
Advisory Committee on Postwar Foreign Policy, 6 May, 1942, Notter File, Box
77, Record Group 59, Records of the Department of State, National Archives, DC.

"War is nothing but a continuation of politics by other means."
von Clausewitz

'Strategic nonviolent struggle is all about political power.' And I thought, 'Boy is this guy speaking my language,' that is what armed struggle is about."
Col. Robert Helvey, Washington's New World Order "Democratization" Template
b Jonathan Mowat, http://globalresearch.ca/articles/MOW502A.html

The Secret History of the American Empire
 Author: John Perkins
 John Perkins talks about his follow-up to his 2005 book, "Confessions of an Economic Hitman," at Barnes & Noble in New York City. In his new book, Mr. Perkins argues that the United States uses its foreign policy to further U.S. business interests around the globe, often to the detriment of poor countries.

Imperialist freedom...
"Free" & Ruined Lives
Layla Anwar, An Arab Woman Blues - Reflections in a sealed bottle...
July 1, 2007
...Free, Freedom, Democracy. I shudder at these words. I want to burn Plato's Republic and spit on your Constitution, on your Founding Fathers, on your Laws...

Free limbs, detached, solitary limbs, scattered to the four cardinal points and a bleeding heart in the middle, like a compass.
An arm to the West, a leg to the East, a head down South and a torso up North...And that damned bleeding heart in the Center.

Free, so free...
Free, free in Prisons. Free, so free in Detention centers...
Detention centers in the Mnistry of Interior, Ministry of Defense and Ministry of Justice!
Crammed, packed, jammed... The smell of blood, urine and feces...covering the infected wounds. Wounds of torture born on transparent skins covering rib cages...
Free, so free.
Tortured and Free in American camps. Sodomized and Free - American democracy flavor. Tortured and Free, whipped by sectarianism - Iranian flavor. Oh so Free.

Free to die. Free to cry. Free to mourn. Free to flee. Free to escape. Free at the borders...jammed, packed.

Two thousand "free souls" flee a day. They amass at frontiers, waiting for a stamp on that damned Green passport...that cursed passport.
The passport with a broken winged eagle as an emblem. Clipped wings of Freedom.
It reads "Republic of Iraq."
Republic of whom? Iraq? What Iraq?

Two thousand a day. Grave faces, desperate eyes, lost voices...
A forgotten, abandoned people. A despised, humiliated, tortured, stolen people.
A raped people.
Lost voices in the wilderness of your indifference. The Lost voices of Freedom and Democracy...
" I have 8 children. Look at how I am living. Has anyone asked me how I feed those kids. I have been without a job for 2 years. I tell you how I feed them...I can't feed them. I spit on the U.N. I spit on the thief Bush. If I ever return to Iraq it will be to free my country from those criminals. I will either kill or be killed by them. There is no other way " says this worn out father who looks 3 times his age...
The father wipes his tears and you can see the look of being stuck in "Freedom".
Ah the look of America on his and his son's face. The look of " Freedom ".
Another one plays the lute. A melodious tune that makes your heart quiver. A languorous tune of longing that fills the empty space like smoke. A smoke soon dissipated into that nothingness of " Freedom ."
A couple with a paralysed little girl who needs urgent treatment. They have been there, waiting since the crack of dawn, at the gates of some embassy or the UNHCR. Others take to the pavements. They sit and wait some more... Long hours of waiting in the space of " Freedom ".

Free, Freedom...
Free comments on a blog.
And the rats crawl from the gutters...Rats droppings, Albert Camus's "the Plague". The same kind of rats that rule Baghdad with their droppings...Rats everywhere, crawling the streets, crawling on this page, leaving behind them a trail of excrement wherever they pass.

Rats on the go. Rats exiting. Rats entering again through a different door. The rat with the grey steel eyes. The eyes of lies and deception has exited only to re-enter again after having ruined our lives with Freedom. Now another rat has taken up his place. The fat rat of Baghdad. The rats of Iran. The rats of America...
The plague of Freedom.

Post-9/11 Reflections on Multiculturalism and Racism
By E. San Juan, Jr., Co-Director, Philippine Forum, New York City
"...This racial genealogy of the empire followed the logic of capital accumulation by expanding the market for industrial goods and securing
sources of raw materials and, in particular, the prime commodity for exchange and maximizing of surplus value: cheap labor power. This confirms
the enduring relevance of Oliver Cromwell Cox's proposition that 'racial exploitation is merely one aspect of the problem of the proletarianization
of labor, regardless of the color of the laborer. Hence racial antagonism is essentially political-class conflict'." 
E. San Juan, Jr. (1948, 485)

By Zdzislaw Zmijewski
Sep 20, 2005
Their liberty is libertinism. Their freedom: the unbridled Capitalism perniciously plundering the planet and its people.

"As democracy in Iraq takes root, the enemies of freedom, the terrorists, will become more desperate, more despicable, and more vicious ..."

"We can expect such atrocities to increase in the coming months because the enemy knows that its greatest defeat lies in the expression of free people in freely enacted laws and at the ballot box."
G.W. Bush Aug 28, 2005

"No cause, no movement and no grievance can justify the intentional killing of innocent civilians and noncombatants...This is unacceptable by any moral standard." ... while Americans bombs have killed millions of civilians and non-combatants for the last 60+ years, even to this hour in Iraq and Afghanistan....

Virtually all major terror attacks, especially 9/11.are State initiated, sponsored, fabricated for the benefit of the War Machines
Mr. Bush without respite invokes the "Enemy" to further the programs of his true constituencies. Let us search for the enemy that he grandiloquently mongers before our unconscious and acquiescently negligent minds. There must now be an earnest attempt at clarity and understanding by most human beings, because we all stand at the edge of the collapsing precipice overlooking a pit that is without bottom, terrible and terminal. Only when we answer these questions can we wisely and accurately discriminate about the true distinguishable nature of "who is the enemy?"

These questions must be answered before we all go marching meekly - pulled like white buffalos with ropes and rings in our noses - to the doom concocted by the authentic enemies in our midst....in the context of current world events, it must be precisely understood what forces and groups are the main antagonists - against what do they fight and what motivates this vicious, vibrant and seemingly infinite lust for death and destruction. Only then, with an awakened, compassionate and adamantine consciousness, can we begin to disarm and eradicate the long entrenched, habitual lunacy ruling over nations and Western Civilization. This discernment - with actions - must happen now!

The true enemies are emboldened and empowered - even daily - by our numb unconsciousness, unbearable stupidity and silence.

The PNAC: Project for the New American Century is the primary intellectual foundation and inspiration for the Empire of "Lily Pads". The authors (who now run things) openly pined for another Pearl Harbor, which then serendipitously happened on 9.11. Within a few hours/days of the attacks, an orgy of pre-prepared plans, Patriot Acts, Carte Blanche resolutions and military mobilizations were executed. The orchestration was breathtakingly vehement. The 9/11 production, the greatest spectacle beyond even Cecile B. DeMille's wildest visions, stunned Americans into stupefaction....

Where dwells the enemy?
Exquisite as well as utterly buffoonish ironies abound every time Bush spouts forth: "we", "terror", "evil", "homeland", "they", "safe", "freedom" "democracy", "enemy" and a host of hackneyed cants. Watching the propaganda machine promulgating his speeches to groveling elites and nescient, distracted Americans, is a sickening and disorienting experience for persons who are half-conscious of what is really happening....

Since 9/11, the terms "Ground Zero" and "Homeland Security" have been slipped into the American lexicon and taken on sinister connotations: Amy Kaplan, Homeland Insecurities: Reflections on Language and Space Radical History Review 85: pg. 82-93 "Freedom" as belched forth from the maws of the Bush puppets is true slavery, the dingy gouache smeared across the Big Lie blinds.

Their liberty is libertinism. Their freedom: the unbridled Capitalism perniciously plundering the planet and its people.
"Terrorism" is a tactic, not an enemy to be vanquished by War. War itself is the debauched revelry of terror. To destroy terrorism with terrorism is an oxymoronic paradox. It is beyond belief that millions of intellectuals and academic scholars and their like have bought the sham…rather… they have sold out for 30 pieces of silver.

Virtually all the major terror attacks are State initiated, sponsored, fabricated and for the benefit of the War Machines - especially 9/11.
As "Operation Gladio", demonstrated, State sponsored terrorism is a tried and true technique to instill fear and corral the masses into submission.
"Almost three-quarters of the (British) public believe that it is right to give up civil liberties to improve our security against terrorist attacks" as reported by the Guardian on Aug 22, 2005. This poll of course followed the 7/7 contrived bombings in London. It works every time. How incredibly piteous it is. The mass medias are now the mass herders for the Plut-Oligarchs.

Where dwells the enemy?
The United States has morphed into the purest form of Fascism the world has yet to suffer, its delineations now so plain as to be parodic were it not so grave. Totalitarianism is being carefully crafted by thousands of Executive Orders, Congressional Resolutions, and Judicial Decisions.

..the covert CIA has caused the deaths of millions of civilians while it also thrashed about thirty (publicly known) democratic countries.... budgets amounting to more than forty billion annually are kept secret even from Congress - this with the full and continuous consent of Americans and their tax dollars. Thousands of billions of taxpayer dollars have been feeding the CIA Underworld since 1947 alone. This does not include trillions more of illicit dollars off the books....for lack of just a meager fraction of these sums, billions live/ed indigently and die/d in misery. Each one a sentient human being, wanting only happiness and freedom from extreme suffering....

American foreign and military policies exist for and serve the agenda of the Elites. There is little "National Security "at stake from foreign attacks. The wars of the 20th century were feasts for the warmongers and weapons manufacturers. The unimaginable suffering and blood letting of millions upon millions gives the Elites opportunity to create more wealth and consolidate power. The more blood, deprivation and depredation their great machines of death can havoc – the better. Viet Nam’s lessons cast aside! Iraq is now the newest playground with cannon-fodder suckers abounding....

By the force of blades and barrels of fire, the Elites rose to the top, lording over, abusing and exploiting the people. Tears and toil, blood and bones were and are their feasts and fat. The systems they instituted more than 2000 years ago, rot and stink like the waters of New Orleans. Truly, they are the overlaying scum of the Earth. Their citadels to self are crumbling. The veneer of civilization is peeling fast....

...snippet from one doc. of U.S. imperialist freedom....
The Pentagon's "Joint Vision 2020", blueprint the United States Department of Defense.

"The label full spectrum dominance implies that US forces are able to conduct prompt, sustained, and synchronised operations with combinations of forces tailored to specific situations, and with access to and freedom to operate in all domains - space, sea, land, air and information. Additionally, given the global nature of our interests and obligations, the United States must maintain its overseas presence forces and the ability to rapidly project power worldwide in order to achieve full spectrum dominance."
"Vision 2020" has just been updated in recent days with the insistence that the State has the right under the puissant guidance and wisdom of the Commander in Chief G.W. Bush, to inflict a nuclear pre-emptive attack against any enemy groups or countries - even on the suspicion of malevolent intentions that he deems to be a threat to the "Homeland".
In more than 300 American Universities and thousands of corporate factories and labs, hundreds of thousands of millions of dollars are expended by millions of scholars, intellectuals and the most educated and trained America professors and professionals for one sole mission - satisfying the Pentagon and the weapons merchants' insatiable lust for profits. The statistics are mind-boggling. The same story occurred before the Two World Wars....

Joint Vision 2020 builds upon and extends the conceptual template established by Joint Vision 2010 to guide the continuing transformation of America's Armed Forces.
Joint Vision 2020 has been broken down into two parts for download (PDF version):
Joint Vision 2020, Part 1 - 1.12M (jv2020a.pdf)
Joint Vision 2020, Part 2 - 2.03M (jv2020b.pdf) Text only version of Joint Vision 2020:
Joint Vision 2020, text only - 97K (jv2020.doc)
Joint Vision 2020 Briefing- 417k (2020briefing.ppt)

Confronting Empire: Freedom Next Time
Today, two-thirds of Americans want their country out of Iraq, according to the polls. To achieve that, they voted for the Democratic Party last November. And what did they get? They got the usual bipartisan bullshit, and Bush got another $124 billion to extend the war. There have been some great demonstrations against the war, but the so-called liberal Democrats have been allowed to confuse and divide the forces of dissent, and not for the first time. This was the same party in government that attacked Vietnam, then produced a carpet-bagger, Robert Kennedy, and a false prophet, Jimmy Carter, and clever, head-wagging Bill Clinton, who rained bombs on Iraq and destroyed its children, while ending the last decencies of the New Deal.

It’s surely time to abandon wishful thinking, the lesser of two evils, and the Democrats completely...And it’s surely time for the antiwar movement to address the alienation of ordinary Americans, and express their dissent and anger and frustration. It’s simply not good enough for certain groups to claim their own territory. This week, in Los Angeles, the theme of the gay pride celebration was being who you are. That’s fine. But was there anything said about the 655,000 Iraqis who have no choice ever again to be who they are?

I believe people are never still, and that human renewal is not a phenomenon. Yes, the continuation of a struggle at times appears frozen. But there’s always a sea beneath the snow....Look at countries where it seemed hopeless--where people had nothing except their will and courage, like South Africa, East Timor and many others. Look at Latin America today. The sheer ferocity of the propaganda coming from the American media tells us that something good and exciting and hopeful must be happening down there, and it is....Witness the triumph of indigenous people in Bolivia--the poorest of the poor. Remember Sánchez de Lozada running for his plane to Miami. Look at Venezuela, and the tens of thousands of people who came down from the barrios to rescue their president. Witness the Venezuelan children who no longer die from preventable disease.... at the Middle East, where every day, Palestinian families get their children to school against odds that we can’t imagine. Look at the ordinary people, who, unarmed, marched toward the Israeli army in southern Lebanon last year, and saw them off.

And of all the headlines about Iraq, the one we never read is that a popular Iraqi national resistance is defeating the most powerful invader in history.

I believe, in conclusion, that our task is straightforward. It is to reject outright the notion that collusive liberalism sets the limits of free debate. It is to end indulgence of parliaments and congresses and governments that commit and sanction crimes in our name. It is to persuade people that their precious freedoms were not handed to them, but won by the struggle of people just like them... never believe that ordinary people are as conservative as you might think they are. Remember always, how isolated people often are. And as activists, be brave. Always speak your mind in the face of the most casual bigotry, bullying and hypocrisy.... those who regard humanity merely as useful or expendable should be warned. People all over the world are rising. Indeed, I would say that their resistance never stopped--and is unbeatable...
Video - John Pilger http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17944.htm

"Imperialism the Highest Stage of Capitalism", V. I. Lenin
LCW vol.22, http://www.marxists.org/glossary/frame.htm
Lenin analysed the following five features characteristic of the epoch of imperialism, the final stage of capitalism, when
imperialist nations go to war against each other, as well as against oppressed nations, for global dominance:
"Production becomes social, but appropriation remains private. The social means of production remain the private property of a few. The general framework of formally recognized free competition remains, and the yoke of a few monopolists on the rest of the population becomes a hundred times heavier, more burdensome and intolerable." p.205

(1) the concentration of production and capital has developed to such a high stage that it has created monopolies which play a decisive role in economic life; (2) the merging of bank capital with industrial capital, and the creation on the basis of this “finance capital”, of a financial oligarchy; (3) the export of capital as distinguished from the export of commodities acquires exceptional importance; (4) the formation of international monopoly capitalist associations which share the world among themselves, and (5) the territorial division of the whole world among the biggest capitalist powers is completed. Imperialism is capitalism at that stage of development at which the dominance of monopolies and finance capital is established; in which the export of capital has acquired pronounced importance; in which the division of the world among the international trusts has begun, in which the division of all territories of the globe among the biggest capitalist powers has been completed.
[Lenin, Imperialism the Highest Stage of Capitalism, LCW Volume 22

MATERIALISM and EMPIRIO-CRITICISM, Critical Comments on a Reactionary Philosophy
V.I. Lenin
The Theory of Knowledge of Dialectical Materialism and of Empirio-Criticism, ch.3

Freedom and Necessity
[Dialectical Materialism] ... [Engels'] recognition of the objective reality of the external world and of the laws of [that] external nature, and of the fact that this world and these laws are fully knowable to man but can never be known to him with finality. We do not know the necessity of nature in the phenomena of the weather, and to that extent we are inevitably slaves of the weather. But while we do not know this necessity, we do know that it exists. Whence this knowledge? From the very source whence comes the knowledge that things exist outside our mind and independently of it, namely, from the development of our knowledge, which provides millions of examples to every individual of knowledge replacing ignorance when an object acts upon our sense-organs, and conversely of ignorance replacing knowledge when the possibility of such action is eliminated....
For Engels all living human practice permeates the theory of knowledge itself and provides an objective criterion of truth.... [...] http://marxists.org/archive/lenin/works/1908/mec/three6.htm

"Freedom is the recognition of necessity" Friedrich Engels (1820–1895), in Anti-Duhring, http://www.bartleby.com/66/17/21617.html

6/29/7 Constitution of a Fascist State: Racist Imprimatur, State Terror, Media as WMD, Language as Psy War;DDAA 07: Absolut

Digest commentary:
Moans and groans from the left and right combine to deceive. Whining about the 'loss of america', the need to 'take back' some mythical peoples' democracy they claim is now held hostage by a rabid rightwing republican/neocon aberration. Not only is that racist and revisionist history, it's setting us up for another round on the endless electoral merry-go-round to secure our consent and loyalty to the dictatorship of capital. Capitalism is a bipartisan economic-political system, united around the essential need for U.S. world supremacy, not one bunch or another of electoral politicians and policies.

The non-Anglo-American world knows, as should we, that the major enemy of the worlds' peoples and nations is the U.S. ruling class whose barbaric white supremacist history is painted over with patriotic, paralyzing myths of 'american exceptionalism' -- north america and white people as god's chosen -- not the racist settler state it is, grown fat from genocide, slavery, terror and war into imperialist [global] capitalism whose 'manifest destiny' mission today is, and always been, global conquest.

The U.S. is a bipartisan dictatorship of monopoly finance capital whose crimes against humanity surpass the crimes of openly fascist dictatorships but are disguised in psychologically-persuasive language and liberal democratic trappings for the class and "race" privileged, open fascist terror for the poor and oppressed.

Relentless lies and crimes carried out in the name of the people, by the people, through U.S. history of white supremacist 'manifest destiny' have deformed millions of human beings who consider themselves superior into pathetic, cruel, mindless, hollow ciphers without concern or curiosity for anything beyond immediate gratification of their well-programmed desires. A meticulously groomed majority so seduced by white supremacy's privileges that the ruling class can count on their reliable indifference to its state's genocide against Black & brown oppressed peoples and nations here in the "homeland", or anywhere else in "their " world. A stupid, smug, self-satisfied mob easily distracted by a calculated violence and vulgarity, that's in thrall and indebted to all dehumanizing voices of 'authority' from any industry- -- military, religious, pop 'scientific', cultural, fashion, 'entertainment'. Americans' racist ignorant arrogance would be a sick joke were it not so deadly. People willingly convinced and politically contained by carefully constructed patriotism and electoral politics 'freeing' us from our humanity, from being truly alive, conscious human agents of change, passionate about the world and our responsibility for it --- 'liberated' into the robotic slavery of degraded and degrading 'lifestyles' fed by exploitation and racist oppression, 'liberated' into willing accomplices of capitalist state terrorism fueled by fascist fantasies, born of U.S. capitalism's insatiable greed and geo-strategic weakness in a world where millions are willing to die resisting it's strangulation and where resistance is defeating its fascist juggernaut.

Freedom is knowing and resisting the enemy, taking history into our hands, not capitulating and betraying humanity and ourselves, it means joining the real majority in the world to resist the U.S. world war of terror and tyranny against opposition and resistance to its savage global hegemony.


"Creative Chaos"
Felicity Arbuthnot
June 27, 2007
It is just sixteen months since an Iraqi friend said of the demolition of the golden-domed Al Askari Shrine in Samarra: "We can cry no more. There are no tears left." The Shrine was the resting place of the tenth and eleventh Imams, Ali al-Hadi and his son Hasan al-Askari. The twelfth Imam Muhammed al-Mahdi, is believed by Shias to have been born in Samarra and will return to save the world. A saviour was never more needed. The Shrine was destroyed after the US troops took control of the city.
Samarra, which, in the ninth century, was the Abbasid capital, was not alone a place of pilgrimage for the Shrine, but a legend in Arab history, revered for the artistic, literary and scientific splendours it brought the world, at the dawn of a millennium. Now, the slender, superb, hundred foot high minarets, which flanked the Shrine in their rich, gold and turquoise beauty have also been demolished. Like so much else in Mesopotamia's wealth of haunting historical wonders, which have survived invasions from time immemorial, they have been consigned to dust under the watch of Uncle Sam's crusaders.
From the country's founding to Saddam Hussein, with the exception of the Mongol destruction (1258 and 1401 A.D.) every ruler or regime, whatever its political hue, has strived not only to preserve the past, but also to leave something more superb than the previous one, for future generations to inherit and to gaze in awe, as believed incumbent by the Caliphs. It has taken America and Britain to destroy or defile the irreplaceable, even that in honour of the Gods themselves: mosques, churches, temples, shrines, monasteries, convents and even the resting places of the dead. A unique, unforgivable wickedness. Nearby the Shrine is the Malwiya (the spiral minaret) of the remains of the Great Mosque, built in A.D. 852 (although the Malwiya may have predated it) from bricks and clay, naturally golden from the glistening earth from which they came, the Mosque with its ten metre high walls, nearly three metres thick and supported by forty-four towers. US soldiers made a snipers' den at the top of the Malwiya, which resulted in it being seriously damaged. Sinners, the spiritual and those simply in wonder, have been tiptoeing in awe up the narrow, circular walkway of this gift to succeeding generations, for more than a thousand years - now, its mysticism too, is corrupted.

The destruction of the minarets, however, seems to bear an uncanny resemblance to events of that of the Shrine on 22nd February last year. The building had been sealed off and US and Iraqi troops were there from dawn. Residents assumed that dignitaries were to visit. Then the explosions felled the great gold topped Mosque, visible, glinting in golden splendour, under the sun, to travellers throughout history from thirty kilometres away, who, one might speculate, had whispered as they pointed, in reverance, as the drivers always did with me: "Samarra ..."

Reports and rumours differ regarding last week's desecration, but one fact seems consistent. The area around the Mosque had been sealed to cars and pedestrians since February 2006. It was guarded day and night, the four entrances also sealed and snipers were placed on rooftops around the site. Samarra itself has restricted entrance, with US soldiers and security personnel trained by them checking those going in or out. Yet somehow, sufficient explosive to destroy the two minarets entered the city - and those who did it spirited themselves into a sealed area and a sealed Mosque compound. That Interior Ministry forces had, it seems, taken over security for the Shrine in April, a Ministry spectacularly failing a reputation for shining integrity, is surely just another coincidence.

Further, AMSI noted on 13th June, the day of the attack: "It is also worthy to mention that the explosion last year had happened after a severe political crisis between blocs involved in the political process (under) the occupation. After the elections ... the establishment of the government was delayed at that time. This is quite similar to the political crisis faced by the government and parliament these days."

Donald Rumsfeld is quoted as saying that "creative chaos" was a valid strategy in Iraq. Stirring dissent, "divide and rule" has been an invaders' tactic since time immemorial - and none better at it than the US - and their British allies, from Belfast to Basra, where British operatives in Arab dress were caught with a car full of explosives (and a police station demolished by the British army to free them and no questions asked ever asked since.)... the army ID tags of two of the three kidnapped US soldiers, Spc. Alex R.Jiminez and Pvt. Byron Fouty, were allegedly found in a house near Samarra, four days before the minarets destruction. If this is true, it is not beyond belief that some US element or their militia might have thought to wreak revenge by furthering an inflammatory situation, setting more Iraqis against each other.

Last year a savvy Baghdadi friend said of Samarra's tragedy: "The Americans keep us in a constant state of chaos, they call it 'positive instability'.

Within twenty four hours of the second attack on Samarra's Shrine, thirteen Sunni mosques had been attacked from northern Mosul to southern Basra.

The cynic might speculate that the attacks (and they are ongoing) seemed co-ordinated in their instancy and thoroughness. Where were Britain's representatives of the "finest army in the world", as nine mosques, under their watch, in Basra and Basra Province, were fired or demolished? Between all the "surges", "crackdowns", "offences", "sweeps", "pacifications", rings of steel, raids, roundups, door smashing, trashing and stealing, there are still enough explosives and expertise to demolish the sanctities of the sacred? Sanctities for beliefs which had been revered and respected by all creeds, many with roots from the time of Mohammed and Christ. The start of destruction followed immediately, the invading US/UK crusaders' tanks. (And lest we forget, again a reminder that the British troops entered Basra with tanks and vehicles flying the St George flag: the crusaders' flag and Bush, of course declared his illegal Iraq onslaught a "crusade" - twice.) There is also the matter of the bombing over the border in Iran: "This bomb had a British accent", said a government spokesman. Who knows, but few would go in to shock if it proved correct.

In a seamless, almost instantaneous performance of singing from the same hymn sheet, Lt. General Martin Dempsey said the Samarra attack was: "clearly a signature attack of Al Qaeda" (where do they find these ludicrous expressions? It was Colin Powell and Dick Cheney who have signed bombs that fell on Iraq, not a trait attributed to Al Qaeda.) Major General Benjamin Moxon, repeated the statement almost word for word, as did US "Ambassador" Ryan Crocker, and General David Petreous. Never mind there had been no forensic - or any other kind of - investigation.

King Abdullah of Jordan called Samarra: "A heinous crime which offended all Muslims". Iraq's religious leaders were united in scepticism: Shaykh Al Khalisi told Shi'ia followers that the act was "a plan by the occupation to stir up sectarian strife". Saleh al-Haidiri, Head of the Shi'ite Endownment in Iraq said it was: "A criminal act (aimed) at creating sectarian strife." Sheikh Jawad al-Khaliss commented: "This is part of a vicious scheme to drag Iraqi people into sectarian strife", with the Association of Muslim scholars also blaming the occupation forces and their loyalists. Muqtada al Sadr, whose running between hare and hounds has become somewhat dizzying, nevertheless blamed the: "... cursed American, Israeli scenario that aims to spread turmoil (and) hatred ..." More than 3,000 Sadr loyalists staged a protest in Najaf, chanting, "No, no to America!", "No, no to Israel!" and "No, no to sedition!" reported the Jordan Times.

Already the unrest has had spokespeople in Washington consolidating their desire for staying in Iraq, like South Korea, for perhaps, fifty years. The reasoning: because those backward Iraqis are not trained and organised to run their country yet. In 1989 (the last year before the embargo) the year's UN Report called the country near first world, with explemporary medical, education, clean water and infrastructure....

It would be naive not also at least to speculate that much of the strife, destruction, torment within Iraq, came from the top in the Pentagon and State Department, a point proved by the latest revelations regarding Abu Ghraib. With call for Bush's impeachment and for Blair's trial at the International Criminal Court, at the Hague mounting, along with their appointed apparatchiks... there must be many hoping that the genocide committed with them at the helm... the US forces newest assault on people living in their own land is: "Operation Arrowhead Ripper".

Felicity Arbuthnot is a journalist and activist who has visited the Arab and Muslim world on numerous occasions. She has written and broadcast on Iraq, her coverage of which was nominated for several awards. She was also senior researcher for John Pilger's award-winning documentary "Paying the Price: Killing the Children of Iraq". http://www.johnpilger.com/page.asp?partID=

Pretext: "al Qaeda" is U.S. "terrorist" target, not Iraqi Resistance
By Chris Floyd
As Glenn Greenwald, among others, has pointed out, the new Bushist line is that everyone killed by American forces in Iraq is "al Qaeda" – a transparent falsehood belied by the Pentagon's own assessments but now mindlessly adopted by almost every corporate media venue, with the honorable exception (as always) of McClatchy Newspapers. Of course, the Invader-in-Chief and his multitude of bootlickers in traditional media and the blogosphere have always vastly inflated the numbers and importance of those elements in Iraq that are associated with al Qaeda in some way, however tenuous. Indeed, we know, again from the Pentagon itself, that the exaggeration of "al Qaeda's" influence in Iraq has been part of a deliberate, well-funded "psy-ops" scheme. (See "Hubub in Hibhib: The Timely Death of al-Zarqawi.") But now they have decided to dispense with the subtleties of psy-ops and simply repeat "al Qaeda" with every breath, in an effort to demonize all resistance (both in Iraq and at home, both violent and non-violent) ...
06/28/07 "ICH" ...This slander is being applied even to those Iraqis who have taken up arms against the very "al Qaeda" terrorists that the American military is purportedly protecting them from, Iraqis who are cooperating with the American-backed government and its American-trained military and security forces. The BBC reports about an horrific massacre of Iraqi civilians last week – an air attack with missiles and gunships that literally ripped to shreds the bodies of village guards who had just returned from a raid with Iraqi government forces on a suspected terrorist hideout. These men were then accused of being "al Qaeda gunmen" in Pentagon press releases trumpeting this magnificent feat of arms – accusations then duly (not to mention dully) parroted in the press.... http://www.ichblog.eu/content/view/1798/1/

Iraq's Sectarian Bloodshed 'Made in the USA'
Iraq never had a history of sectarian conflicts. U.S. policy choices provided a perfect road map for starting one
by Erik Leaver and Raed Jarrar
Asia Times
As each day is greeted with news of Iraq's daily death toll, the media debates whether Iraq is embroiled in an all-out civil war....
Foreign politicians have a history of misguided analysis about the potential for civil war in Iraq. In 1920, British Prime Minister David Lloyd George warned of civil war if the British army withdrew from Iraq. The exact same thing is heard today in the United States...the same Iraqis George wanted to protect from each other [sic] instead united in a revolution against the British occupation forces. With rising opposition within the Shi'ite ranks against the occupation, the United States could see a similar revolt in the coming months.
Iraqi Shia and Sunnis have lived in harmony for centuries. Historically, the two sects lived in the same areas, intermarried, worked together and didn't fight over religious beliefs. During the decade of U.S.-imposed sanctions, Iraq's generally secular society became far more religious. This transformation even affected the secular Baathist regime, which gave Islam a bigger role in schools and other aspects of everyday life. Still, there were no social conflicts based on religious differences in the country. When the United States ousted Saddam Hussein in April 2003, crime spiked and full-scale looting erupted. But there were still no signs of sectarian clashes. That quickly changed, however, as the U.S. administration assumed control over Iraq, led by Paul Bremer. Bremer, attempting to put an Iraqi face on the occupation, appointed members to the Iraqi Governing Council. Instead of reflecting how Iraqis saw themselves, the council's makeup mirrored and reinforced the U.S. sectarian view of the population . . .[continued]


. . . anything other than the continuance of government under the national-unity government, with Iraq as a unified country, would be disastrous.--Ehsan Ahrari, "Iraq's downward spiral toward partition," Asia Times, August 11, 2006]

In Iraq, in contrast to the embedded lie that the killings are now almost entirely sectarian, 70 per cent of the 1,666 bombs exploded by the resistance in July were directed against the American occupiers and 20 per cent against the puppet police force. Civilian casualties amounted to 10 per cent. In other words, unlike the collective punishment meted out by the US, such as the killing of several thousand people in Fallujah, the resistance is fighting basically a military war and it is winning. That truth is suppressed, as it was in Vietnam.--John Pilger, "Return Of People Power," New Statesman, September 4, 2006

The Iraq Study Group, co-chaired by James Baker, the former US secretary of state, is preparing to report after next month's congressional elections amid signs that sectarian violence and attacks on coalition forces are spiralling out of control. --Sarah Baxter, "America ponders cutting Iraq in three," Sunday Times, October 8, 2006

A dirty little secret from 5,000 years of history: Ethnic cleansing works.--Ralph Peters, "Blood borders: How a better Middle East would look," Armed Forces Journal, August 2006

The de facto role of the US armed forces will be to keep the world safe for our economy and open to our cultural assault. To those ends, we will do a fair amount of killing.--Ralph Peters, " Constant Conflict" Parameters, US Army War College Quarterly, Summer 1997, pp. 4-14]

Enver Masud, "Basra: Were the 'British' Undercover Agents Carrying Explosives? Why?," The Wisdom Fund, September 28, 2005

The post-invasion stage in Iraq also is an interesting case study of fanning discontent among enemies, . . . Like their SOG predecessors in Vietnam, U.S. elite forces in Iraq turned to fostering infighting among their Iraqi adversaries on the tactical and operational level.--Thomas H. Henriksen, "THE WAR: Divide et Impera," Hoover Digest, 2006 - No. 1 - Winter Issue]

"Mosque Bombing: Who Benefits? Iran Blames U.S.," The Wisdom Fund, February 23, 2006

Unity between Shias and Sunnis has always been a barrier to the success of the occupation.--Dahr Jamail and Simon Assaf, "United Iraqi protests against US divide and rule policy," socialistworker.co.uk, March 4, 2006

"Puppet Government Takes Charge in Iraq," The Wisdom Fund, May 21, 2006

Al-Mash'hadani accused the American forces of standing behind terrorist attacks in Iraq--"Mashhadani on Americastan in Iraq," Al Hayat, August 8, 2006

"This is a skilled and determined enemy. He's ruthless. He's got a thirst for blood like I've never seen anywhere in my life," said Army Maj. Gen. Joseph F. Fil Jr., 1st Cavalry Division commander in charge of military operations throughout the capital since late last year.

Divide and Conquer: Proven Tactic of U.S. Military
by Stan Moore
Dissident Voice
...It is instructive to take a look to the past to understand the present. It is useful to examine the colonization of the North American continent and the expulsion, even historic genocide, of the native inhabitants to see how the U.S. military has a proven history of conquering peoples by dividing them and turning them against their own people.

For instance, perhaps the single most freedom-loving human ever spoken of in recorded history of the North American continent was Crazy Horse, the warrior of the Oglala Lakota people. Crazy Horse saw the invasion of huge armies of white people into his native land. Crazy Horse loved his land and he loved his people. He was perfectly willing to sacrifice his own basic needs of food and shelter to provide for his people, sometimes going hungry for days so that others could eat food he had obtained by hunting. Crazy Horse surely knew that military victory against such huge numbers of heavily armed invader/colonizers was improbable. But he loved his freedom. He loved his Lakota way of life, and he refused to surrender his freedom, or to sell out his people. But, ultimately his people sold Crazy Horse out. The U.S. Army was able to recruit Indian Scouts, not only from the hated Crow nation to fight against the Lakota, but Lakotas were recruited as scouts into the U.S. Army. Crazy Horse and his small band could probably never have been tracked, much less captured by U.S. soldiers working alone. But with the aid of Indian Scouts, they were tracked and trailed and pursued until they were captured. In prison, at Camp Robinson, Nebraska, Crazy Horse was ultimately bayoneted and killed by U.S. soldiers. No, not by white soldiers, but by Lakotas enlisted in the U.S. Army. Crazy Horse lost his freedom and then his life under the U.S. military' policy of divide and conquer.

Geronimo was an Apache from the desert in Arizona. Like his fellow Apaches, he was an expert at what is now called "guerilla warfare." He fought all his life against Mexicans and American settlers until the U.S. Army came and divided his people and took his freedom. Like Crazy Horse, Geronimo could have evaded capture if only white soldiers had tried to pursue him. But his fellow Apaches took the handouts and the horses and the rifles of the U.S. Army and they tracked Geronimo down. But, unlike Crazy Horse, Geronimo ultimately became comfortable in his new lifestyle. He learned how to "capitalize" on his warrior fame, and would charge for his photograph and make money off his fame. Geronimo died an old man, part of the system that had divided his people and conquered his own freedom-loving spirit.

The people of Iraq were a prosperous people for a number of years due to the presence of oil under their homeland. If their leader, Saddam Hussein, had been willing to sign a contract with Bechtel corporation of the U.S. (for an oil pipeline between Iraq and Jordan; amazingly with cooperation of the Israelis and an Isreali "cut" in the profits), they would likely be prosperous still, and Saddam Hussein's lot in life would likely be very different than it is right now. We know that the U.S. prioritized support of the regime of Saddam Hussein during the Iran/Iraq war, even arming him and turning their heads from action against his known use of chemical weapons in warfare. If Saddam had been willing to do continued business with Donald Rumsfeld, George Schultz, and other high-level American officials connected to the petroleum industry, the Iraqi people would likely never have had to suffer through years of economic deprivations enforced by the U.S. military after America's client, Kuwait, provoked Saddam into an ill-considered retaliatory invasion. So it is that Iraq has become a poor country, with a high death rate of its children and now massive suffering from a pre-emptive war brought against it by America and a coalition partner or two. The tactics of divide and conquer used against the Lakota and the Apache are now used against the Sunni and the Shia. And these tactics work So, we see Shiites trading smiles for wheat wafers. We see Iraqis waving flags for the camera and speaking in broken English for their conquerors. We see the U.S. ferrying in Iraqi warriors to fight against their brethren.
We see freedom loving Iraqis who do not consent to colonization slain as they defend their freedom and their homes and homeland... puppet leaders of Iraq who do just like their Native American counterparts did -- sell out to the powerful and make out like bandits against their own people....
Stan Moore lives in San Geronimo, CA. He can be contacted at: hawkman11@hotmail.com Gamila Zahran's Arabian Sights gzahran@wanadoo.fr

CIA Terror Bombings, Bob Gates, and The Rise of Hezbollah
Michael Schwartz
While the atrocities reported in the "family jewels" are certainly atrocious in their own right, they are actually a tiny corner of a larger history that includes all manner of crimes against humanity, from mayhem against individuals to full fledged state terrorism.

MKULTRA: CIA mind-altering included children with Big Pharma & Nazi Help
Of all the heinous acts committed by the CIA in the name of national security, these experiments, done on the agency's behalf by prominent psychiatrists on innocent victims - including children as young as four - may be the darkest.... The release of the Family Jewels documents revealed the CIA handsomely funded these real-life Dr Strangeloves and engaged pharmaceutical companies to help its experiments. The agency appealed to Big Pharma to pass on any drugs that could not be marketed because of "unfavourable side effects" to be tested on mice and monkeys. Any drugs that passed muster would then be used, according to an internal memo, on volunteer US soldiers.

The Family Jewels files do not provide further detail into the numerous mind-control programs, such as MKULTRA, covertly propped up by the agency. In 1953, MKULTRA was given 6% of the total CIA budget without any oversight. Only the tip of a large iceberg had been previously released by the CIA under Freedom of Information Act provisions. The nature of the experiments, gathered from government documents and testimony in numerous lawsuits brought against the CIA, is shocking, from testing LSD on children to implanting electrodes in victims' brains to deliberately poisoning people with uranium.

"The CIA bought my services from my grandfather in 1952 starting at the tender age of four," wrote Carol Rutz of her experiences. "Over the next 12 years, I was tested, trained, and used in various ways. Electroshock, drugs, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, and other types of trauma were used to make me complain and split my personality (to create multiple personalities for specific tasks). Each alter or personality was created to respond to a post-hypnotic trigger, then perform an act and (I would) not remember it later." This Manchurian Candidate program was just one of the operational uses of the mind-control scenario by the CIA.

The US began these experiments after World War II when it made a grab for hundreds of Nazi scientists and doctors who had been researching [SIC] mind control in concentration camps, fearing they would fall into Soviet hands....that they were falling behind the communist bloc in the brainwashing race. The programs, though carefully hidden, continued into the 1970s when Helms ordered much of the documentation to be destroyed...
The attorney for Sirhan Sirhan, Lawrence Teeter, has said his client was programmed to assassinate Robert Kennedy in 1968.
Theodore Kaczynski, the Unabomber, volunteered to take part in CIA mind-control experiments when he was a student at Harvard University in the late 50s.

Col. Moe Davis: Portrait Of A Military Propagandist
In 2004 the chief prosecutor for the Office of Military Commissions wrote a how-to guide for manipulating the media complete with a six-point plan, "Effective Engagement in the Public Opinion Arena: A Leadership Imperative in the Information Age" which he published in Air & Space Power, an official journal of the Air Force. In this telling little treatise, Moe concedes that the public has "questions about operations in Iraq, prisoner abuse allegations at military confinement facilities, etc. Moe maintains that these challenges require the Armed Services to seriously beef up their public relations campaign. As the Colonel so eloquently puts it "For better or worse, public opinion matters. Public opinion affects the political arena and can influence funding, oversight and direction to the Department of Defense ... military's historical approach to responding to controversy is inadequate in today's instantaneous information age. The military's rules of engagement in the competition for the public's opinion need to be reassessed."
Moe reminds military authorities to craft a message and "stay on the offensive" and notes approvingly that Air Force training now involves extensive media relations instruction including such courses as The War for Public Opinion: Propaganda, Public Affairs and the Military-Media Relationship, which might as well be called Misinformation 101.... Today, Moe was given one of the most prized bullhorns in American media, an op-ed in the New York Times, the "paper of record."... Moe refers to PR work as "engagement in the public opinion arena." In military terminology, "engagement" means combat or a hostile exchange and indeed, Moe's articles and interviews constitute a propaganda assault on the American people. The Colonel has become a central figure in a DoD propaganda campaign against a public that is growing increasingly aware of, and hostile to, the Bush administration's program of illegal indefinite detention, endless war and secrecy. Colonel Moe Davis: remember his name and remember that he is a propagandist by trade.

Effective Engagement in the Public Opinion Arena: A Leadership Imperative in the Information Age
Col Morris D. Davis
Document created: 5 November 04
Air & Space Power Journal - Chronicles Online Journal

"The CIA owns everyone of any significance in the major media"
former CIA Director William Colby in Bernstein's 10/77 Rolling stone article

"While Hollywood takes care of fiction, the enormous monopoly press, together with the outflow of slick, clever, expensive magazines, attends to what it chooses to call ‘news. Within separate countries, one or two news agencies control the news handouts, so that a deadly uniformity is achieved, regardless of the number of separate newspapers or magazines; while internationally, the financial preponderance of the United States is felt more and more through its foreign correspondents and offices abroad, as well as through its influence over inter-national capitalist journalism. Under this guise, a flood of anti-liberation propaganda emanates from the capital cities of the West, directed against China, Vietnam, Indonesia, Algeria, Ghana and all countries which hack out their own independent path to freedom. Prejudice is rife. For example, wherever there is armed struggle against the forces of reaction, the nationalists are referred to as rebels, terrorists, or frequently ‘communist terrorists'! "
 Osageyfo Kwame Nkrumah, "Neo-Colonialism, the Last Stage of Imperialism" 1965

The US Mass Media:Tool of Disinformation And Control
Larry Pinkney
By definition, the word "media" is the plural of the word medium which is, in relevant part, defined by The American Heritage Dictionary as, "An agency by which something is accomplished, conveyed, or transferred." For purposes of clarification, in this instance, reference to "the US mass media" is including not only corporately controlled newspaper, radio, and television so-called "news" outlets, wire services, and information sources, but also most of the schools, colleges, and universities throughout America, where those of our Black youth who are not dead or in penitentiaries are calculatedly and callously miseducated.

When closely considering the above definition of the word "medium," we must ponder precisely what it is that the mass media of white America exists to "accomplish," and how - what is to be accomplished- is actually "conveyed or transferred," as it pertains specifically to the economic, political, and cultural disposition of Black Americans past, present, and future. From its very inception, the institutions of that entity which became known as the United States of America, made it crystal clear that the lot of Black people on this continent was to be one of collective inferiority, destitution, and subservience. However, what is often missed is that this position of collective inferiority, destitution, and subservience of Black people was and continues to be rationalized, maintained, and perpetuated by a US mass media whose objective is to misinform, disinform, and miseducate Black people and other people of color. A people who do not know, collectively, who they are, their enormous past achievements, or their incalculable contributions to humanity as a whole are incapable of attaining or even aspiring to attain the heights of greatness reserved for all human beings and their rightful and equal place in the human family. Thus, the ongoing and despicable role of the US mass media, be it in the form of so-called "news" and information or the miseducation of Black and other people of color in schools, colleges, and universities in the 21st Century, throughout America....
Contrary to alleged conventional wisdom, it is not "the medium that is the message" or vice versa; it is the debilitating and vile intent of the medium that is the actual ongoing powerful and crippling message to Black people, sometimes in overt form and at other times, insidiously subtle. The US mass media of white America and its surrogates is to Black and other people of color, akin to a virus that horribly weakens and debilitates the body. It is reminiscent of how true history reminds us that deadly disease-infested blankets were distributed by certain whites on this continent to Indigenous so-called "Indian" people in the name of honor and helping them. Such is the reality of the US mass media, both past and present.
Black America knows, from continuous and deeply painful first-hand experience, that those politicians and "journalists" who, for example, feign surprise and ignorance at there having been no so-called "weapons of mass destruction" in Iraq are, in fact, part and parcel of what the US mass media and "educational" system have always been about: deceit and disinformation...
We must endeavor to be discerning. The US mass media is not, nor has it ever been, the friend of Black America. We must constantly educate ourselves and our youth to this reality, realizing the folly of allowing the US mass media to miseducate us. We must support and create those sources which serve our political, social, and economic interests. Nothing less will do as we remain determined to persevere and keep it real in our struggle alongside the rest of humanity.
BC Columnist Larry Pinkney is a veteran of the Black Panther Party, the former Minister of Interior of the Republic of New Africa, a former political prisoner and the only American to have successfully self-authored his civil/political rights case to the United Nations under the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights.

Russian Probe Shuts U.S. NGO Media Foundation
By Peter Finn
Washington Post Foreign Service
Friday, June 29, 2007
MOSCOW -- The Educated Media Foundation a nonprofit organization in Russia funded by the U.S. government to train journalists and improve management at local television stations has been shuttered by a criminal investigation that critics charge is politically motivated.The effective closure of the foundation, whose computers have been seized and bank accounts frozen, is the starkest example yet of the Russian government's hostility to Western-funded nongovernmental organizations, or NGOs. The authorities accuse them of trying to foment the kind of political discontent that brought on street revolutions in neighboring Ukraine and Georgia. Russia has tightened registration and reporting requirements for the entire nongovernmental sector, with special restrictions on foreign-funded groups. President Vladimir Putin has repeatedly warned that Russia will not tolerate interference in its internal affairs.

The NED, NGOs and the Imperial Uses of Philanthropy: Why They Hate Our Kind Hearts, Too
In recent years, nations have challenged the activities and very existence of non-governmental organizations. Russia, Zimbabwe, and Eritrea have enacted new measures requiring registration; "Open Society Institute" affiliates have been shut down in Eastern Europe; and Venezuela has charged the Súmate NGO leaders with treason. In Iraq and Afghanistan, staff of Western charitable NGOs (CARE and Doctors Without Borders) have been assassinated.

What are these organizations, and who or what is behind them?

They are heirs of the missionaries, who did many good deeds, bringing sewing machines to Bulgaria, ideas of women's liberation to Chinese footbinders, and life-saving medicines to the less industrialized world. Yet the missionaries also served as scouts for corporations and colonizers, tying knots with the most ambitious local people, especially those adept at bilingualism.
Missionaries are still operating today, but the field has become more intensely populated and diverse. Today's NGOs are elephantine, serpentine, and Byzantine. They may be international organizations, their local affiliates, or seemingly spontaneous grassroots groups.

Most funding and direction come from the wealthy nations. Often the donors form a conglomerate creating mutual responsibility and considerable ambiguity. CIVICUS, a partnership to promote "civil society" worldwide, is funded by, among others, American Express Foundation, Bristol-Myers Squibb Foundation, Carnegie Corporation, Canadian International Development Agency, Ford Foundation, Harvard University, Oxfam, and United Nations Development Programme.

If the source is confusing, the message is usually clear: "democratization" strives for civil rights and elections, but it also must include an open door to foreign capital, labor contracts, resource extraction, and military training. These networks also define "civil society" to include rock concerts and street mobs, but not government-provided maternal health clinics, child care, or senior services.

Affluent nations' government agencies are important NGO funders. The most notorious is the US National Endowment for Democracy (NED; ostensibly a non°©governmental foundation), created by Congress in 1983 to do openly what had been CIA cold war covert activities. When these operations were revealed in 1967, there was shock, not so much because the US was covertly funding foreign political and labor groups, but because organizations such as the National Education Association, American Newspaper Guild, American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees, and the National Student Association were secretly used as pass-throughs, and all but the top officers were unwitting. Actual and phony foundations also distributed CIA funds....
Why would these philanthropic efforts offend anyone? Why do they hate our kind hearts?
In the first place, these public-private philanthropies have worked together to fund and direct overthrow movements. We had a "Subversive Activities Control Board" here, but export was encouraged. The grantees' activities included destabilization, the creation of mobs preventing elected governments from ruling, chaos, and violence. Among those funded were the Civic Forum in Czechoslovakia, Solidarity in Poland, Union of Democratic Forces in Bulgaria, Otpor in Serbia, and, more recently, similar groups in the succession states of the USSR. Sometimes mobs (especially of young people) have been moved around from one country to another to give the impression of vast popular opposition. The NED, Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, and the Soros philanthropies have been particularly active in these operations. Human Rights Watch (formerly Helsinki Watch) has nurtured opposition groups. Reformers seeking social democracy or democratic socialism were excluded; such systems might oppress the "vulture capitalists." [...]

SURPRISE! another timely state terrorist manufactured threat
..." not beyond reasonable speculation to suspect "al-Qaeda"[NBC]...whips up 911 racist war hysteria...
US urges vigilance after London bombs defused, but sees no specific July 4 threat 12:39AM (updated)
Unexploded car bombs in London led to extra patrols in the United States on Friday, but Bush administration officials said they saw no special terrorist threat. http://www.iht.com/indexes/ap/apsectionindex.php?section=america

Brown Proves He's Continue Blair Tradition as US Lapdog
Brown outlines terror crackdown
A new terrorism order will give the Treasury the power to stop funds reaching anyone in the UK suspected of planning terror attacks...Brown "will take the lead in targeting terrorist finance and abuse of the global capital system". http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/politics/6035861.stm

The "Use of the Armed Forces" in America under a National Emergency
Unrestricted & Arbitrary Powers conferred to the President & Vice President
by Prof. Michel Chossudovsky

In October 2006, Bush signed into law the Department of Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2007[DDAA 07]. 
DDAA 07 includes specific provisions which allow the military to take control of  normal policy and law enforcement functions at the Federal and State levels.  Sec. 1042 of the DDAA 07 overturns the Posse Comitatus Act of 1878, which prevents the military from intervening in the conduct of civilian government activities, including the conduct of Justice and Law Enforcement. Posse Comitatus has been central to the functioning of constitutional government. (It should be noted that other previous pieces of legislation have already invalidated the substance of Posse Comitatus).

What is significant in these specific provisions of DDAA 07 (Sec. 1042) is that  they dovetail the provisions of Bush's National Security Presidential and Homeland Directive (NSPD 51, HSPD 20) enacted on May 9, 2007. NSPD 51 would essentially scrap Constitutional government in the case of a so-called  "Catastrophic Emergency". . 
If an emergency situation were to be called by the President, NSPD 51 would instate martial law under the authority of the White House and the Department of Homeland Security. It would suspend constitutional government under the provisions of Continuity in Government (COG). It would establish extraordinary powers for the president and vice-president. 

The provisions of NSPD 51 are consistent with an existing body of legislation and regulations pertaining to alleged terrorist attacks on the Homeland and the declaration of martial law. Sec. 1042 of DDAA 07, however, goes much further in defining the role of the Military in the case of a "Catastrophic Emergency." Sec 1042 essentially defines the discretionary powers which would be conferred to the president and the vice president if  NSPD 51 were to be applied.
Sec. 1042 of the DDAA 07, which was apparently slipped in at the last minute at the request of the White House as an amendment of Sec. 333, pertains to the  "Use of the Armed Forces in Major Public Emergencies." Sec 1042 is extremely explicit; it virtually creates a Pinochet style environment for the mass arrest of political dissidents without trial, the storming of public rallies, etc.   It provides specific details regarding the powers conferred to the President and Vice President in the case of a "Catastrophic Emergency" as envisaged under NSPD 51: 

The president "may employ the armed forces ... to restore public order and enforce the laws of the United States" 

Unrestricted powers are granted to the White House. The President would have the authority to suspend  civilian law enforcement at the federal and state levels and call in the Military, which would be in charge of  suppressing "domestic violence" "insurrection"( e.g. public rallies), or "conspiracy", meaning anybody who might express dissent, indignation or opposition to the Bush Administration for having scrapped the Constitution.
The emphasis of Sec1042 is in relation to actions directed against "domestic enemies" rather than bona fide "defense" in relation to attacks by foreign forces, which is part of the Military's mandate.
Taken together, NSPD 51 and Sec 1042 of the DDAA 07 define the contours of a "democratic dictatorship" in America  under the authority of the White House. We are not dealing, however, with "Military Rule" or "Military Government" as normally understood, because the authority to govern under the provisions of NSPD 51 is vested in the President and the Vice President. What is at stake  is the unrestricted and arbitrary "Use" of the Military by the President /Vice President in the conduct of police and law enforcement functions, while bypassing the US Congress and the Judiciary.   

Full text of DDAA 07: Department of Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2007 is at

Secret Trials For Terrorists, Says US Judge
David Nason, Chicago
A TOP-RANKING US judge has stunned a conference of Australian judges and barristers in Chicago by advocating secret trials for terrorists, more surveillance of Muslim populations across North America and an end to counter-terrorism efforts being "hog-tied" by the US constitution.
Judge Richard Posner, a supposedly liberal-leaning jurist regarded by many as a future US Supreme Court candidate, said traditional concepts of criminal justice were inadequate to deal with the terrorist threat and the US had "over-invested" in them.
His proposed "big brother" solutions flabbergasted delegates at the Australian Bar Association's biennial conference, where David Hicks's lawyer, Major Michael Mori, is to be awarded honorary life membership.
"We have to fight terrorism with our strengths, and our strengths evolve around technology, including the technology of surveillance," said Justice Posner, a prolific legal scholar who sits on the US Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit.
"Are there terrorist plots that are at a formative stage among the large US Muslim community of two to three million people? In the 600,000 Canadian Muslim population, are there people planning attacks on the US?
"What we have to do is discover the extent of the terrorist threat to the US. There is a danger, and it demands a rethinking of some of our conventional views on the limits of national security measures. "We should think of surveillance as preventative, not punitive. We should think of controls that have nothing to do with warrants or traditional criminal justice to prevent abuses." http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17934.htm

United States still has some 10,000 nuclear weapons-each one far more powerful than the bombs that destroyed Hiroshima and Nagasaki? And that several thousand are on alert able to be launched within a matter of minutes? If the Bush administration gets its way, the United States will replace its entire arsenal with new warheads over the next two decades. http://tinyurl.com/2zwbml

Congress Votes to Send Iran President Before U.N. Court
Today the House of Representatives passed H. Con.Res.21, a resolution that pressures the United Nations Security Council to charge Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad with violating the 1948 Convention on Genocide and the United Nations Charter because of his alleged calls for the destruction of Israel.

Acts of war against Iran to "destabilize" Iran
 U.S. Bill TO deny supply of gasoline to Iran
 Under the proposed legislation, any company that provides Iran with gasoline or helps it import gasoline after the end of the year could lose its access to U.S. customers. http://www.signonsandiego.com/news/world/20070628-1518-us-iran.html


US pressures European banks and energy firms away from Iran:
 The United States is piling pressure on European banks and energy firms to avoid doing business with Iran, sending a blunt message that reputations are at stake if they do so, officials and analysts said.


U.S.: Iran, N.Korea missile threat rising:
 The top U.S. missile defense official warned Thursday that the ballistic threat from Iran and North Korea was rapidly growing and defended Washington's plans to base parts of its anti-missile shield program in Central Europe.

Obama would consider missile strikes on Iran:
U.S. Senate candidate Barack Obama suggested Friday that the United States one day might have to launch surgical missile strikes into Iran and Pakistan to keep extremists from getting control of nuclear bombs.

Digest note: Juan Cole is a liberal imperialist-zionist who defends Israel's right to exist with a "two state solution" but this report truthfully exposes u.s./israeli psywar propaganda:

Ahmadinejad: "I am not anti-Semitic"
Palestinians should Decide on Two-State Solution
By Juan Cole
06/27/07 "ICH" -- -- Dennis Kucinich and Ron Paul continue to show themselves among the few in Congress with any integrity and backbone. They declined to go along with a resolution charging Iranian President Mahmud Ahmadinejad with incitement to genocide, given his alleged call for Israel to be 'wiped off the face of the map.' As most of my readers know, Ahmadinejad did not use that phrase in Persian. He quoted an old saying of Ayatollah Khomeini calling for 'this occupation regime over Jerusalem" to "vanish from the page of time.' Calling for a regime to vanish is not the same as calling for people to be killed. Ahmadinejad has not to my knowledge called for anyone to be killed. (Wampum has more; as does the American Street).
If Ahmadinejad is a genocidal maniac who just wants to kill Jews, then why are there 20,000 Jews in Iran with a member of parliament in Tehran? Couldn't he start at home if that was what he is really about?

I was talking to two otherwise well-informed Israeli historians a couple of weeks ago, and they expressed the conviction that Ahmadinejad had threatened to nuke Israel. I was taken aback. First of all, Iran doesn't have a nuke. Second, there is no proof that Iran even has a nuclear weapons program. Third, Ahmadinejad has denied wanting a bomb. Fourth, Ahmadinejad has never threatened any sort of direct Iranian military action against Israel. In other words, that is a pretty dramatic fear for educated persons to feel, on the basis of . . . nothing.

I renew my call to readers to write protest letters to newspapers and other media every time they hear it alleged that Ahmadinejad (or "Iran"!) has threatened to "wipe Israel off the map." There is no such idiom in Persian and it is not what he said, and the mistranslation gives entirely the wrong impression. Wars can start over bad translations.

It was apparently some Western wire service that mistranslated the phrase as 'wipe Israel off the map', which sounds rather more violent than calling for regime change. Since then, Iranian media working in English have themselves depended on that translation. One of the tricks of Right-Zionist propagandists is to substitute these English texts for Ahmadinejad's own Persian text. (Ethan Bronner at the New York Times tried to pull this, and more recently Michael Rubin at the American Enterprise Institute.) But good scholarship requires that you go to the original Persian text in search of the meaning of a phrase. Bronner and Rubin are guilty disregarding philological scholarship in favor of mere propagandizing.

These propaganda efforts against Iran and Ahmadinejad also depend on declining to enter into evidence anything else he has ever said-- like that it would be wrong to kill Jews! They also ignore that Ahmadinejad is not even the commander in chief of the Iranian armed forces.

Anyone who reads this column knows that I deeply disagree with Ahmadinejad's policies and am not interested in defending him on most things. I profoundly disagree with his characterization of Israel, which is a legitimate United Nations member state, and find his Holocaust denial monstrous. But this quite false charge that he is genocidal is being promoted by Right-Zionists in and out of Congress as a preparatory step to getting up a US war against Iran on false pretences. I don't want to see my country destroyed by being further embroiled in the Middle East for the wrong reasons. If the Israeli hardliners and their American amen corner want a war with Iran, let them fight it themselves and leave young 18 year old Americans alone.

So here are some things Ahmadinezhad has said that make clear his intentions, and which are translated by the United States government Open Source Center. He is hostile to Israel. He'd like to see regime change (apparently via a referendum on the shape of the government ruling over geographical Palestine, in which all "original" residents of any religion would get a vote). Calling for a referendum on the dissolution of a government is not calling for genocide. Ahmadinejad also says he has no objection to a Jewish state in and of itself, he just thinks it should be located in, say, German territory set apart for the purpose, rather than displacing Palestinians from their homes. He may be saying unrealistic things; he is not advocating killing Jews qua Jews, or genocide.
Note that Ahmadinejad below denies being an anti-Semite (why deny it if he supposedly glories in it?); points out that he supports Jewish representation in the Iranian parliament; and compares his call for an end to the Zionist regime ruling over Jerusalem to the Western call for the dissolution of the old Soviet Union...

Iran's President Ahmadinezhad Holds New York News Conference 21 Sep (excerpt)
News conference by Iran's President Mahmud Ahmadinezhad at UN headquarters in New York -- correspondents' questions in English simultaneously translated into Persian -- live
Islamic Republic of Iran News Network Television (IRINN)
Friday, September 22, 2006
"Regarding the issue of the invasion of Lebanon, you saw that everyone - of all religions, of all faiths - condemned it. Because the nations have awakened. The nations hate aggression. . . Some people think that if they level accusations at Ahmadinezhad - saying: He is a terrorist, he is a murderer, he is anti-Semitic - the issue would be resolved. No. I am not anti-Semitic. Like all other human beings, Jews are respected. And, by the way, there are Muslims and Christians and Jews among the Palestinian people. We say the people of Palestine should choose. We do not say that it should be the Palestinian Muslims. For they lived in peace and harmony in the past. But then Britain came over and, with colonialist goals, took control and then handed it over to the Zionists. And the problem started. Let the people choose and see what will happen."

Iran: Presidential Website Reports Ahmadinezhad's Remarks at Holocaust Conference
"Truth-Seeking and Honest Groups Should Be Formed to Investigate the Holocaust"
Presidency of the Islamic Republic of Iran WWW-Text
Thursday, December 28, 2006
The president stated that due to God's wish and the vigilance of nations the days of the Zionist regime are numbered and added: We want prosperity for all humans and even like to guide our enemies, but some European and American politicians' one-sided and bigoted support for the Zionist regime no longer has a function in the world. Dr Ahmadinezhad stated that, with each day that passes of the Zionist regime's life, the interests and reputation of its supporting powers become more endangered. He added: The sensible and fair solution is to remove this regime the same way it was set up and imposed on the region's countries through planning and imperialistic objectives. This will bring peace to the world, and the region's countries will also forgive the atrocities of the last 60 years. The president also stated that God did not create human beings for war, hatred, and enmity. He said the key for establishment of peace and harmony is justice; justice is achievable through monotheism and believing in God. He emphasized: An international effort must be made to establish peace and to remove the roots of insecurity and injustice, as the international balance is changing rapidly and the future evolutions will certainly be for peace, brotherhood, justice, and worshiping God.

Bush cites Israel as an example of progress for Iraq:
President Bush held up Israel as a model for defining success in Iraq today, saying the U.S. goal there is not to eliminate attacks but to enable a democracy that can function despite violence. http://www.chron.com/disp/story.mpl/nation/4929061.html

VIDEOS: Peace & Security Loving Israelis at Work
Presented here are six videos that will not be screened on American or British televisions. Nor will they be shown in the Cinema Houses there. Six videos that document the horrors of the Israeli Occupation

Israeli forces killed at least 13 Palestinians on Wednesday and wounded more than 40 others in ground fighting backed by tanks and air support during military operations across the Gaza Strip http://tinyurl.com/2bf2yb
Here's the BBC version: http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/middle_east/6254230.stm
Here's what really happened: http://leninology.blogspot.com/2007/06/palestinians-shot-dead-in-cold-bl...

Bolton: I'm 'very worried' for Israel:
Sanctions and diplomacy have failed and it may be too late for internal opposition to oust the Islamist regime, leaving only military intervention to stop Iran's drive to nuclear weapons, the US's former ambassador to the UN, John Bolton, told The Jerusalem Post on Tuesday. Bolton said flatly that "diplomacy and sanctions have failed... [So] we have to look at: 1, overthrowing the regime and getting in a new one that won't pursue nuclear weapons; 2, a last-resort use of force." However, he added a caution as to the viability of the first of those remaining options: While "the regime is more susceptible to overthrow from within than people think," he said, such a process "may take more time than we have." To his dismay, however, the Bush administration was still clinging to the empty notion that the sanctions route could work, "even though [the UN's sanction] Resolutions 1737 and 1747 were full of loopholes. The US is still seeking another sanctions resolution and Solana is still pursuing diplomacy," he said bitterly. Bolton lamented that the Bush administration today was "not the same" as a presumably more robust incarnation three years ago, because of what he said was now the State Department's overwhelming dominance of foreign policy. "The State Department has adopted the European view [on how to deal with Iran] and other voices have been sidelined," he said. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice "is overwhelmingly predominant on foreign policy".
http://tinyurl.com/2yy2oc http://www.jpost.com/servlet/Satellite?cid=1182409649665&pagename=JPost%...

Morales' land reform targets vast holdings of Bolivian opposition leader
The Associated PressPublished: June 28, 2007
LA PAZ, Bolivia: The Bolivian government on Thursday began legal proceedings to seize the vast landholdings of a prominent opposition leader, saying the property was fraudulently obtained and should be given to a local Indian tribe. Vice Minister of Land Alejandro Almaraz on Thursday cited "abundant evidence" that Marinkovic amassed his family's empire at the expense of Santa Cruz's Guarayo Indians. "It would be unacceptable for the authorities to persecute certain people for their political position," Almaraz said. "But it would be equally condemnable for a political role to allow certain people to act with impunity. Almaraz said both local officials and Guarayo leaders were complicit in illegally selling their land to the Marinkovic family over the years.
Soybean oil magnate Branko Marinkovic, an outspoken critic of President Evo Morales, says the 64,250 acres (26,000 hectares) targeted by the government were obtained legally and are being used productively for ranching and agriculture — and that the fraud allegations are merely a political attack. Marinkovic, the son of Yugoslav immigrants, was elected this year as president of the Santa Cruz Civic Committee, an influential opposition-aligned group that opposes Morales' land reform and backs greater autonomy for Bolivia's eastern states.
Morales pushed through a sweeping land reform bill last November granting his government power to seize idle or ill-gotten land. He has pledged to redistribute a staggering 77,000 square miles (200,000 square kilometers) among the country's long-oppressed Indian majority over the next five years. The bill updated a 1996 initiative that had largely failed to sort out a centuries-old tangle of land titles in Bolivia's eastern lowlands, particularly in Santa Cruz state, where the Marinkovic family is among the largest land owners.

[TSA apparently has 'ok' lists for imperialist agents as well as 'suspected terrorist' lists for their opponents...]
Bolivia immigration director: US woman linked to embassy detained at airport with 500 bullets
By Dan Keane
June 28, 2007
LA PAZ, Bolivia (AP) An American woman with ties to the U.S. Embassy was detained at the La Paz airport upon her arrival from Miami on an American Airlines flight for attempting to enter Bolivia with 500 rounds of .45-caliber ammunition officials said Thursday. Donna Thi, 20, taken into custody by Bolivian immigration officials Wednesday night was released Thursday and will not face charges, officials said. Thi initially declared to customs that she was carrying various types of cheese. Upon her referral to secondary inspection, Thi acknowledged that her luggage also contained five boxes of 100 bullets each, Zegarra said.
``An American citizen related to the embassy was carrying bullets on an American airliner, mocking all the security mechanisms,'' Immigration Director Magaly Zegarra told Bolivian media Thursday, remarks broadcast by local radio stations. ``This is evidence, effectively, that someone could be orchestrating something against our country from outside.''
Zegarra said that the Thi was met at the airport by Zanbria Campbell, wife of a military liaison at the U.S. Embassy in La Paz, Col. James Campbell. Zegarra said. Campbell wanted the bullets for training and sport shooting, U.S. Ambassador to Bolivia Philip Goldberg said during a Thursday news conference at the presidential palace in La Paz.

Citing the tight security at U.S. airports, Zegarra said it was "incredible that she was able to pass through with luggage containing five boxes of bullets," ABI reported. It said the official had asked the airline for an explanation. http://www.alertnet.org/thenews/newsdesk/N28330618.htm

Anti-Mexican Radio Propaganda in the USA
Ernesto Cienfuegos
La Voz de Aztlan
"Radio gave the spoken word true mass effectiveness"
Josef Goebbels - Nuremberg, 1934

Los Angeles, Alta California - June 22, 2007 - (ACN) Josef Goebbels, the Minister of Propaganda for Adolf Hitler's Nazi Party, was intimately acquainted with the effectiveness of propaganda transmitted through radio to the masses. Goebbels' effective propaganda techniques did not die with him or the Nazi Party but are today being utilized in the USA against "people of color" and especially against Mexicans and Mexican-Americans.
USA anti-Mexican propaganda has existed since the Mexican - American War that ended in 1848 but today it has become particularly virulent because of increased Mexican immigration and the ongoing debate concerning immigration reform.... The primary objective of propaganda directed against Mexicans is to dehumanize and to instill fear of the group by the White majority population. One example of "dehumanization" is the "Operation Cuca Gotcha" at the New Jersey 101.5 WKXW-FM radio station. Mexican immigrants in this case where being compared to roaches that could be stepped on and killed. Mexican immigrants were, in this case, being dehumanized to the level of an objectionable insect.
Another case involved Disney owned KABC 790-AM in Los Angeles. In this case a Mexican news reporter on Spanish language Television was compared to a rodent or a "rata" as he was called over the airwaves by a KABC talk radio host. The host went beyond demonizing the Mexican news reporter. The KABC talk radio host drove in a KABC van to the building of the Spanish language Television station and took some "cheese for the rat" and a "funeral wreath" and placed it in front of the building. Later the KABC talk radio host bragged about his deed to all Los Angeles over the airwaves.
Fear against Mexicans is instilled by radio propaganda that constantly calls members of the group; illegal alien criminals, cop killers, child rapists, gang bangers and drug dealers. Any ordinary malfeasance committed by an undocumented Mexican immigrant is blown out of proportion over the radio airwaves. One well known example of this is the tragic drunk driving accident involving a Mexican immigrant in which two girls were killed. A well known national talk radio host used the tragedy in Virginia Beach, Virginia to launch a virulent hateful attack on all Mexican immigrants.
There is no doubt that this Goebbels like propaganda against Mexicans and Mexican-Americans by US talk radio can have grave and sometimes deadly consequences for members of the group. The Mexican community has experienced an alarming rise in hate crimes. Many of these hate crimes can be tied directly to anti-Mexican radio propaganda. One example of this occurred in the El Sereno community of Los Angeles where an elementary school that serves children of Mexican descent had to be evacuated when it first received an arson and then a bomb threat due to constant hate propaganda against the school by KABC 790-AM radio. The Disney owned radio station was not happy with the school's curriculum that promoted Mexican culture and language and began a vicious propaganda attack against the school and its principal. The principal, as direct consequence of the radio propaganda against him, received anonymous death threats.
Propaganda against Mexicans by talk radio is helping foment hatred that leads at times to murder by racists. This occurred in Fremont, California where a Mexican mother and her daughter where bludgeon to death by racists. In North San Diego County, 5 elderly Mexican agricultural workers were savagely beaten by a group of White youths. One day apart, in the same area, another Mexican agricultural worker was dragged to death along a dirt road. In Columbus, Ohio an apartment building housing Mexican immigrants was torched and an entire family perished. The list goes on and on and the number is rapidly increasing.
The propaganda against Mexicans by talk radio is not just negatively affecting undocumented immigrants. It has also affected US citizens of Mexican descent and Mexican-American elected officials. The former Attorney General of California Cruz Bustamante was so vilified by talk radio that it resulted in him receiving death threats. A favorite target of talk radio in Los Angeles is Mayor Antonio Villaraigosa. The principal talk radio stations like KABC 790-AM constantly refer to him as Mayor Antonio Vivalaraza. He has also received death threats. Talk radio show no respect for any Mexican-American elected official. During the past several days, KABC 790 AM has also gone after Los Angeles City Attorney Rocky Delgadillo and his wife. They are calling City Attorney Delgadillo "Degradillo" in a vendetta against him because of his action to assure that Ms. Paris Hilton return to jail after she was prematurely released.
There is a good possibility that the constant negative images being projected of Mexicans by talk radio may have played a part in the horrible death of Edith Rodriguez at a Los Angeles county hospital emergency room on May 9, 2007. Talk radio is constantly blaming Mexican immigrants for overcrowded schools and of abusing the public hospital emergency rooms. When the medical staff of King-Harbor Hospital refused to treat Edith Rodriguez as she laid on the floor vomiting blood, the staff may have thought that Edith Rodrigues was an "illegal alien" when in fact she was a US citizen, This situation happens often because of the xenophobia created by anti-Mexican propaganda on talk radio.
We saw in Nazi Germany the consequences of unabashed radio and other types of propaganda. In a twisted quirk of history, the very targets of Goebbels propaganda techniques are today practicing his art against others, for they are today the owners of talk radio and the bosses of the Rush Limbows, the Sean Hannitys, the Bill O'Reillys, the Bill Handles, the Doug McIntyres and many others. This may be the reason why Senator Trent Lott said "Talk radio is running America." http://www.aztlan.net/talk_radio_propaganda.htm Gamila Zahran's Arabian Sights gzahran@wanadoo.fr

FBI to restrict student freedoms
| United States | News

US university students will not be able to work late at the campus, travel abroad, show interest in their colleagues' work, have friends outside the United States, engage in independent research, or make extra money without the prior consent of the authorities, according to a set of guidelines given to administrators by the FBI.

Federal agents are visiting some of the New England's top universities, including MIT, Boston College, and the University of Massachusetts, to warn university heads about the dangers of foreign spies and terrorists stealing sensitive academic research. FBI is offering to brief faculty, students and staff on what it calls "espionage indicators" aimed at identifying foreign agents.
Unexplained affluence, failing to report overseas travel, showing unusual interest in information outside the job scope, keeping unusual work hours, unreported contacts with foreign nationals, unreported contact with foreign government, military, or intelligence officials, attempting to gain new accesses without the need to know, and unexplained absences are all considered potential espionage indicators.

Faculty, staff and students are encouraged to monitor their colleagues for signs of suspicious behaviour and report any concerns to the FBI or the military. "What we're most concerned about are those things that are not classified being developed by MIT [Massachusetts Institute of Technology], Worcester Polytech [Worcester Polytechnic Institute] and other universities," Warren Bamford, special agent in charge of the FBI's Boston office, told the Boston Herald. "It's to make sure these institutions receive training...[on] what spies look for. There are hundreds of projects going on that could be useful to a foreign power."

Last year the FBI initiated the College and University Security Effort (CAUSE), in order to establish an "alliance" between the Federal agency and academic institutions.
According to the FBI, through CAUSE, Special Agents in charge meet with the heads of local colleges to discuss national security issues and to share information and ideas.

Mcmansions, SUVs, Mega-Churches and the Baghdad Embassy
Life Among Dim and Brutal Giants
By Phil Rockstroh
Upon the nation's roadways and interstate highways, the overgrown clown cars of the apocalypse, SUVs, Humvees, and oversized pickup trucks also evince hugeness to compensate for the feelings of those folks inside the grotesque vehicles of being crushed down by alienation and isolation -- not only while on the road -- but by the realities of an existence within a hapless, oil-dependent empire which is itself powerless against the changing realities of the larger world.

In the ranks of the exploiter class, the fat salaries of CEOs separate them further from the general population of the consumer state (that they take every opportunity to bamboozle) as the American public itself grows fatter and fatter in body mass, vainly attempting to sate an inner emptiness borne of their perceived helplessness before the predation of corporate culture. Far from blameless, we continue to allow the elites to exploit us; therefore, we enable and sustain their titanic sense of entitlement. In turn, we accept their paltry bribes ...we Americans continue to believe our fables of righteous power: Big is good, goes our John Wayne jack-off fantasy.

Concurrently, in Baghdad, the U.S. embassy, which, when completed, will be the largest "diplomatic" compound on the planet is, in fact, an inadvertent monument to the mindless colossus the U.S.A. has become. The structure is as accurate as the art of architecture can be in its depiction of the spirit of a nation's people. As big and bloated as our national sense of exceptionalism, it stands in the so-called Green Zone of Baghdad, shielding those who will be bunkered down within it -- not only from the murderous madness unfolding outside its highly fortified walls -- but from reality itself. A massive emblem of the arrogance of power, the embassy is a testament to how the noxious vapors of cultural self-deception can be made manifest in reenforced concrete, armed watchtowers and razor wire.

In turn, our national landscape is stretched to the breaking point: Cluttered upon it, gigantic islands of garish light torment the night, scouring away the stars, estranging us from imagination, empathy, and eros, and leaving us only with the insatiable appetites of consumerism. Thus, around the clock, inside enormous, under-inspected, industrial slaughterhouses and meat processing plants, underpaid, benefit-bereft workers ply their gruesome, monstrously cruel trade, then the butchered wares are transported by way of brutal, double and triple-axle trailer, diesel trucks over stygian interstate highways to sepulchral supermarkets and charnel house restaurant chains. Insuring, we flesh-eating zombies are provided with all the water-bloated, steroid-ridden meat and industrially farmed, pesticide-laquered vegetables and starches -- The Cuisines Of The Living Dead -- we could ever crave ... uum, uum, it's the Thanatotic yumminess of empire's end.... Hyperbolic ravings, you say. America is not a culture in love with death.

Let's see. Drawing upon just one example: The corpses of well over half a million dead Iraqis testify otherwise. Moreover, the continuing Iraqi resistance to our occupation speaks volumes as well. Yet still, most of us cannot hear their elegy of outrage over the din created by the parade of killer clowns that we have mistaken for the pageantry of nationhood...
How does one slow this juggernaut of psychosis and curb these acts of murder/suicide being perpetrated on a global scale? Truth is, we might not be able to stop it, because this is what lies beneath our unlimited sense of entitlement and self-defeating arrogance: a death-wish that manifests itself as exceptionalism and may well destroy the nation by means of imperial overreach -- which is, of course, the time-established method by which empires dispose of themselves.

We are slaves who know next to nothing of freedom.
"One of the primary fictions that governs our lives is that we are in any meaningful sense free. Our way of life is predicated on freedom, and is freer than any other way of life that has ever existed, we tell ourselves endlessly, drearily, compulsively, as sleep-deprived we look out the window at the concrete walls of a subway tunnel, on a cattle car carrying us too slow yet too fast toward a job we do not love to make money to buy things we do not want, in a life carrying us too slow yet too fast toward an end—death—for which we are not prepared, having never really lived.

Sure, there are endless diversions available for those who have the money to afford them... We have the freedom to consume, and then consume, and then consume some more. We have the freedom to exploit and to be exploited, and then to exploit and to be exploited some more.

But we do not have the freedom to not live under an exploitative, hierarchical system that is killing the planet... systematically destroys non-exploitative, non-hierarchical, sustainable cultures. That’s what it does. It systematically destroys all alternatives...
Responsibility without freedom is slavery. As we see. Freedom without responsibility is immaturity. As we also see. Put them together and you’ve got an entire culture consisting of immature slaves." Derrick Jensen www.derrickjensen.org

6/27/07 Maximizing U.S. Capital Accumulation: World, Planet Bodies/Minds Wasted and in Chains

Grim claim on fourth anniversary of conflict
Alan Jones, THE Daily Record
On the fourth anniversary of the invasion by Allied troops, an Australian scientist insisted the true death toll dwarfed previous estimates. Dr Gideon Polya said: "Using the most comprehensive and authoritative literature and UN demographic data yields an estimate of one million post-invasion excess deaths in Iraq." This figure is far higher than the biggest previous estimate of 655,000 last July...

Iraqi Village bitterly disputes story of deadly attack: US military said 'Al-Qaeda gunmen' killed
But villagers in largely-Shia al-Khalis say that those who died had nothing to do with al-Qaeda. They say they were local village guards trying to protect the township from exactly the kind of attack by insurgents the US military says it foiled.
They say that of 16 guards, 11 were killed and five others injured - two of them seriously - when US helicopters fired rockets at them and then strafed them with heavy machinegun fire. Minutes before the attack, they had been co-operating with an Iraqi police unit raiding a suspected insurgent hideout, the villagers said. They are incensed that the village guards should be described as "al-Qaeda gunmen".
Here is the version of the incident issued by the US-led Multinational Forces on 22 June:
"Coalition Forces attack helicopters engaged and killed 17 al-Qaeda gunmen southwest of Khalis, Friday."Iraqi police were conducting security operations in and around the village when Coalition attack helicopters from the 25th Combat Aviation Brigade and ground forces from 3rd Brigade Combat Team, 1st Cavalry Division, observed more than 15 armed men attempting to circumvent the IPs and infiltrate the village. "The attack helicopters, armed with missiles, engaged and killed 17 al-Qaeda gunmen and destroyed the vehicle they were using."

FLASHBACK: In Defense of 'Chemical Ali'
Jude Wanniski
..."Chemical Ali" supposedly gave the order to the Iraqi Air Force to drop chemical bombs on Halabja, but W. Patrick Lang, who was the senior analyst for the Defense Intelligence Agency in that period and who concurs with Pelletiere on the facts in evidence, tells me the armies exchanged gas by mortars and no aircraft were used – as was reported by the New Yorker. Incidentally, there is still no evidence that any Iraqi Kurds died of gas ordered by "Chemical Ali," a nickname cooked up by the same propagandists at the Pentagon who made "Ali" the king of spades in its deck of cards..http://www.uruknet.de/?p=33963

digest note: article by ex-CIA/pro-imperialist 'forgets' U.S. supported both Iraq & Iran in the war it instigated in behalf of its geostrategic agenda
A War Crime or an Act of War?
By Stephen C. Pelletiere The New York Times, Jan. 31, 2003
MECHANICSBURG, Pa. - It was no surprise that President Bush, lacking smoking-gun evidence of Iraq's weapons programs, used his State of the Union address to re-emphasize the moral case for an invasion: "The dictator who is assembling the world's most dangerous weapons has already used them on whole villages, leaving thousands of his own citizens dead, blind or disfigured."

The accusation that Iraq has used chemical weapons against its citizens is a familiar part of the debate. The piece of hard evidence most frequently brought up concerns the gassing of Iraqi Kurds at the town of Halabja in March 1988, near the end of the eight-year Iran-Iraq war. President Bush himself has cited Iraq's "gassing its own people," specifically at Halabja, as a reason to topple Saddam Hussein....

I am in a position to know because, as the Central Intelligence Agency's senior political analyst on Iraq during the Iran-Iraq war, and as a professor at the Army War College from 1988 to 2000, I was privy to much of the classified material that flowed through Washington having to do with the Persian Gulf. In addition, I headed a 1991 Army investigation into how the Iraqis would fight a war against the United States; the classified version of the report went into great detail on the Halabja affair. [emphasis added]

This much about the gassing at Halabja we undoubtedly know: it came about in the course of a battle between Iraqis and Iranians. Iraq used chemical weapons to try to kill Iranians who had seized the town, which is in northern Iraq not far from the Iranian border. The Kurdish civilians who died had the misfortune to be caught up in that exchange. But they were not Iraq's main target.
And the story gets murkier: immediately after the battle the United States Defense Intelligence Agency investigated and produced a classified report, which it circulated within the intelligence community on a need-to-know basis. That study asserted that it was Iranian gas that killed the Kurds, not Iraqi gas....
I am not trying to rehabilitate the character of Saddam Hussein. He has much to answer for in the area of human rights abuses. But accusing him of gassing his own people at Halabja as an act of genocide is not correct, because as far as the information we have goes, all of the cases where gas was used involved battles. These were tragedies of war. There may be justifications for invading Iraq, but Halabja is not one of them.

In fact, those who really feel that the disaster at Halabja has bearing on today might want to consider a different question: Why was Iran so keen on taking the town? A closer look may shed light on America's impetus to invade Iraq.
We are constantly reminded that Iraq has perhaps the world's largest reserves of oil. But in a regional and perhaps even geopolitical sense, it may be more important that Iraq has the most extensive river system in the Middle East. In addition to the Tigris and Euphrates, there are the Greater Zab and Lesser Zab rivers in the north of the country. Iraq was covered with irrigation works by the sixth century A.D., and was a granary for the region.

Before the Persian Gulf war, Iraq had built an impressive system of dams and river control projects, the largest being the Darbandikhan dam in the Kurdish area. And it was this dam the Iranians were aiming to take control of when they seized Halabja. In the 1990's there was much discussion over the construction of a so-called Peace Pipeline that would bring the waters of the Tigris and Euphrates south to the parched Gulf states and, by extension, Israel. No progress has been made on this, largely because of Iraqi intransigence. With Iraq in American hands, of course, all that could change.
Thus America could alter the destiny of the Middle East in a way that probably could not be challenged for decades - not solely by controlling Iraq's oil, but by controlling its water. Even if America didn't occupy the country, once Mr. Hussein's Baath Party is driven from power, many lucrative opportunities would open up for American companies.
All that is needed to get us into war is one clear reason for acting, one that would be generally persuasive. But efforts to link the Iraqis directly to Osama bin Laden have proved inconclusive. Assertions that Iraq threatens its neighbors have also failed to create much resolve; in its present debilitated condition - thanks to United Nations sanctions - Iraq's conventional forces threaten no one.
Perhaps the strongest argument left for taking us to war quickly is that Saddam Hussein has committed human rights atrocities against his people. And the most dramatic case are the accusations about Halabja.

Before we go to war over Halabja, the administration owes the American people the full facts. And if it has other examples of Saddam Hussein gassing Kurds, it must show that they were not pro-Iranian Kurdish guerrillas who died fighting alongside Iranian Revolutionary Guards. Until Washington gives us proof of Saddam Hussein's supposed atrocities, why are we picking on Iraq on human rights grounds, particularly when there are so many other repressive regimes Washington supports?
Stephen C. Pelletiere is author of "Iraq and the International Oil System: Why America Went to War in the Persian Gulf."

Malcom Lagauche
June 26, 1993. On that date, the U.S. military, under the command of Bill Clinton, ordered 23 Tomahawk guided missiles to demolish the headquarters of the Mukhabarat, the Iraqi intelligence services, in central Baghdad. Twenty of the missiles hit the agency complex, while "only" three missed their targets. A jubilant Clinton took to the airwaves and proclaimed victory. He was happy that only three missed their targets. One could think he was addressing the public about the score of a sporting event. One of the three that missed destroyed the home of Layla al-Attar, killing her and her husband, and blinding her daughter. Layla al-Attar was the director of the Iraqi National Art Museum and a leading Arab artist ... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=33985

Blaming the Victims: Covering Up Terrorism in Iraq
by Ghali Hassan
A recent cover story in Time magazine (March, 2007, Europe and Asia) by Bobby Ghosh, "Why They Hate Each Other", aimed at removing the Occupation as the generator of violence against the Iraqi people, and portrays the violence as "Iraqis killing Iraqis". This media distortion obfuscates the U.S. monopoly on terrorism and allows the U.S. to use Iraq as a laboratory for terror at the expense of the Iraqi people.

Nowhere in his story does Ghosh tell the readers that the militias and the criminals were the creation of the Occupation and that the violence is the only pretext left to justify the ongoing Occupation. Why Iraqis didn’t "hate each other" before the illegal invasion of their country is totally ignored by Western media and remains a mystery to most Westerners. It is important to remember that Time was the leading propaganda organ which promoted the illegal aggression against Iraq, and continues to play a vicious role spreading Islamaphobia around the world.

To get a clearer picture of what has been done to Iraq and to Iraqi society, it is vital to connect the nearly two- decades of Anglo-American violence against the Iraqi people. Violence has been the primary tool of U.S. foreign policy and its dealing with smaller defenceless nations. Indeed, history has shown that all nations who qualified for U.S. violence were defenceless nations inhabited by coloured, or nonwhite human beings.

From 1990 to 2003, Iraq was under a 13-years genocidal sanctions regime enforced by the U.S. and Britain. The sanctions were the new weapons of mass killing the West used against innocent civilians. The sanctions were in fact a silent genocide that was deliberately used to target the most vulnerable of Iraqi society. More than 1.6 million Iraqis have died; a third of the victims were infants. In addition, the sanctions were accompanied by weekly acts of terrorism by U.S. and British forces disguised as air raids to "enforce the no-fly zones". The pretext for this long and silent genocide was (the non-existent of) Weapons of Mass Destructions (WMDs). As the perpetrators failed to break the will of the Iraqi people to survive, they initiated a war of aggression using the same concocted pretext as justification for war.

According to Robert H. Jackson, the Chief Prosecutor at the Nuremberg Trial,
"Any resort to war—any kind of war—is a resort to means that are inherently criminal. War inevitably is a course of killings, assaults, deprivations of liberty, and destruction of property. An honestly defensive war is, of course, legal and saves those lawfully conducting it from criminality. But inherently criminal acts cannot be defended by showing that those who committed them were engaged in a war, when war itself is illegal". (Nuremberg Trial Proceedings, 2nd Day, 21 November, 1945, pp. 145-146).

Before the U.S-Britain illegal aggression, Iraqis were living in relative safety. Iraq posed no threat to any other nation. The primary objectives of the war were the imperialist domination of the region by the U.S. and support for Israel’s terror and Zionist policy in Palestine.

A short history is in order. At the outset of the Occupation, Paul Bremer, the U.S. Proconsul during the early phase of the Occupation, issued an order dissolving the Iraqi State and disbanding the Iraqi Army and Police in order to create lawlessness and chaos. Bremer then hand-picked expatriate collaborators – most of them involved in crimes and acts of terrorism against the State of Iraq – and beguiled others to form the ‘Iraqi Governing Council’ (IGC). The IGC was based on ethnic and religious affiliations, and most of its members had lived outside Iraq for decades. Bremer’s aim was to divide Iraqis according to religion and ethnicity, which made the Iraqi people shiver in their sleep. The IGC continues to function today under the name of the "Iraqi Government" without any real power, reminiscent of the Nazis-imposed Vichy regime in France.

Furthermore, the U.S.-drafted Iraqi "Constitution" is designed specifically to divide the country on ethnic-religious lines. The so-called "federation" is euphemism for the geographical divisions of Iraq. The "Constitution" has relegated women’s rights to the Stone Age and denies them equality. Before the Occupation, Iraq had one of the most progressive Constitutions in the Muslim World.

In addition, the U.S. launched a campaign of terror and assassinations – as the U.S. did in every country it invaded or which backed its military junta. It all started with the "Debaathification"; a euphemism for a murderous campaign orchestrated by the occupying forces. U.S. Special Forces in collaboration with the Israeli Mossad agents trained the pro-invasion militias (the Kurdish Peshmerga, the SCIRI Badr Brigades and other U.S.-trained militias) and began a reign of terror targeting anyone with anti-Occupation tendency. Hence, the U.S. Occupation – enforced by more than 200,000 U.S. troops and other foreign mercenaries – is the roots of the violence and destruction in Iraq today.

The aim is to terrorise the population and force them into ethnic or sectarian enclaves, suppress the anti-Occupation voices and deprive the Iraqi Resistance of protection (by the population) and resources. The campaign is based in part on the U.S. previous terror campaigns in El Salvador in the 1980s and in the former Yugoslavia in the 1990s, and on Israel’s targeted assassinations of Palestinian unarmed men, women and children. Thousands of innocent Iraqi professionals were murdered in cold blood, including scientists, prominent politicians, Iraqi intellectuals, military officers and doctors. Even religious leaders and women opposing the Occupation are not immune from U.S. terror. Remember, all of this is known to Western mainstream media, journalists, pundits and NGOs; however, they continue to propagate the myths of "sectarian violence" and "civil war". (See, Notes).

As resistance against the Occupation continues to grow, the U.S. resorts to refocusing the violence on Iraqis in order to deflect responsibility and justify the ongoing Occupation. The U.S. and Britain – supported by a racist and violent media – are instigating insurrection (Futna) amongst Iraqis pushing one community against the other. Expatriate collaborators and U.S. agents are infiltrating the Resistance groups and anti-Occupation forces in order to provoke intra-communal strife using the civilian population as fodder for terrorism. At the same time they continue a reign of terror against the population. The goal is to use the violence as a pretext to continue the Occupation and at the same time mislead the public that there is no Resistance against the Occupation. Of course, nothing could be further from the truth. There is a massive Iraqi national Resistance movement.

Since the invasion, the aggressors have been responsible for the death of approximately a million innocent Iraqi civilians – whose names will never be published by Time magazine – and the destruction of the Iraqi society and nation. Unlike the American soldiers killed by the Resistance, the names of Iraqi victims will never be published. In addition, tens of thousands of Iraqis are enduring torture, sexual abuses; rape and humiliation at the hands of U.S.-British forces in hundreds of U.S.-British run prisons throughout Iraq. The Iraqi people must be asking the question: "why they hate us" so much.
The case of the three Iraqi women (Wissam Talib, 31, Zainab Fadhli, 25, and Liqa Omar Mohammed, 26) awaiting imminent execution in a Baghdad’s prison after a fraud trial – condemned even by Amnesty international as unfair – is the most shameful and cowardly act. The UN and the European Parliament should be ashamed for remaining silent.

Before the invasion and long after the Occupation, there were no bombs exploding in Iraq killing innocent civilians on religious pilgrimages. There were no "suicide bombers". Resistance attacks were against U.S. force and their Iraqi collaborators. It all started during the Occupation when the Iraqi people refused to surrender to the Occupation and the U.S. began the search for a pretext to continue the Occupation.

Credible sources reveal that the U.S. and British forces are behind these attacks. A case in point was that in September 2005, Iraqi Police in Basra arrested two British soldiers (the SAS) disguised as Arab "terrorists" planting bombs in civilian centres. Furthermore, most car bomb attacks on civilians were detonated by remote control, but propagated by the occupying forces and Western media as "suicide car bombs". The aim is to demonize Muslims and present them as as killers who having no concern for human life.

Aided by a new breed of native informers, such as the Iranian Vali Reza Nasr (employed by the U.S. Defence department) which has become a household name in the West to confirm it to Westerners that the violence in Iraq is between "two factions of Muslims" and the U.S. is on benevolent "mission" with "good intentions", Westerners have reacted to the violence in Iraq by labelling Muslims as "violent". However, Westerners ignore that Iraqis have no history of killing other Iraqis because of ethnic or religious affiliations.

Despite all this, and in addition to the daily suffering inflicted upon them by US forces, the Iraqi people remain firmly opposed to the Occupation. An overwhelming majority of Iraqis want the U.S. to end the Occupation of their country to end the violence.

Iraqis do not identify themselves according to ethnic and religious backgrounds. A fact recently acknowledged by George Bush himself when he admitted that he was not aware of Iraq’s ethnic-religious mix. This is the West’s way of discriminating and persecuting minorities. Religious sect was never an issue in Iraq before the invasion. There is no such thing as a "Shi’ite majority" and a "Sunni minority". Iraqi censuses never included religion and ethnicity.

Few months after the invasion "the U.S. army issued a list of 55 wanted top Iraqi officials, starting with President Saddam Hussein; half of those senior officials were Shia …The Committee of Debaathification issued a list of 100,000 senior Iraqi Ba'athists who would not be allowed to enjoy governmental posts, 66,000 of them were Shia - so how is the Ba'ath party a Sunni party?", a prominent Iraqi politician told the Arab media on December 19, 2006. I spent many long years in Iraq, and at no time I belonged to some kind of religious sect.

Thanks to a campaign of distortion generated by the media, the U.S. is succeeding brilliantly in convincing the world that the violence in Iraq is "sectarian" and that the U.S. is simply acting as a "saviour" protecting the Iraqi people. Hence, the U.S. will end the Occupation when the puppet government is able to provide security. It follows that the U.S. will decide on security and withdrawal when the U.S. sees fit. The longer the violence continues, the Occupation will continue.

In fact according to the Pentagon own assessment (Pentagon's latest quarterly report on security in Iraq), the violence has increased dramatically "forcing as many as 9000 civilians to flee the country each month". The report reveals that; "Although most attacks continue to be directed against coalition forces, with Iraqi civilians bearing the brunt of the violence". It adds; "Weekly attacks in Iraq rose to more than 1000 during the period of late 2006 and average daily casualties increased to more than 140".

On 12 March 2007 Vice President Dick Cheney, told supporters gathered at the pro-Israel lobby AIPAC's annual policy conference (the American Israel Public Affairs Committee Policy Conference) that withdrawal of U.S. troops from Iraq would endanger Israel, confirming that one of the motives of the illegal aggression against Iraq was to support Israel in the Middle East.

Furthermore, the U.S. is also succeeding in using the violence and Iraq’s current position to pass a new "Hydrocarbons Law" (drafted by the U.S. and U.S. Oil Corporations, in collaboration with the IMF) at the expense of the Iraqi people, who were kept uninformed about the theft of their resources. It gives large oil companies (mostly U.S. Oil Corporations) control over Iraqi oil and relegates Iraq to the old colonial dictatorship. The "Law" not only deprives Iraqis of their resources, it infringes on Iraq’s sovereignty. Hence, the violence is deliberate and it is serving U.S. interest well.

Finally, The Anglo-American public (including Australia) have a moral responsibility to hold their leaders directly responsible for the mass murder of innocent Iraqi civilians. Failure to do so, is tantamount to complicity.

It should be borne in mind that the U.S. is using Iran’s non-existent weapon program and the conflict in Darfur as a diversion to manipulate and keep the public in a constant state of fear.

The Time magazine’s cover story demonizes Islam, it is based on distorted images of Muslims. The entire Time story is a distortion of reality, which serves to cover up the atrocities committed in Iraq, while casually blaming the victims for the mass killings of civilians instigated by the Occupation forces.

Ghali Hassan is an independent writer living in Australia.
1. Max Fuller, Crying Wolf: Media Disinformation and Death Squads in Occupied Iraq; Also, Silence of the Lambs? Proof of US orchestration of Death Squads Killings in Iraq.
2. Ghali Hassan, Occupation and Sectarianism.
3. Peter Mass, The Way of the Commandos.

this sneaky 'admission of guilt' is a cover-up...
U.S., NATO occupation forces have killed more Afghan civilians than "insurgents"

Antonella Deledda, the U.N. anti-drug representative in Central Asia, told UPI the production of opium in Afghanistan might reach 4000 tons in 2003, ...
www.narconews.com/~myco/Mycoherbicide.info/ World-Regions/Uzbekistan/washington_times_2003.htm

U.S: Opium Connection Afghanistan
Summary of this page: http://www.cam.net.uk/home/aaa315/peace/opium.htm
The Bush Administration gave the Taliban $43 million in May of this year for their destruction of Afghan opium crops in February. Drugs and terrorism go hand in hand. Afghanistan had been the world's largest producer of opium/heroin, claiming close to 70% of the world's total production. The amount of drug cash flowing into Wall Street and U.S. banks was estimated to be around $250-$300 billion a year. The history of the drug trade in Central Asia is intimately related to the CIA's covert operations. The U.S., directly or indirectly, helped to fund the WTC attacks. George Bush, Sr. was in charge of all U.S. intelligence and narcotics operations from 1981 through 1989. It was Bush (the elder) who directly nourished and nurtured bin Laden's evolution.

Afghanistan, Opium and the Taliban
JALALABAD, Afghanistan (February 15, 2001U.N. drug control officers said the Taliban religious militia has nearly wiped out opium production in Afghanistan -- once the world's largest producer

Record opium crop in southern Afghanistan: Region set to become world's biggest supplier
A dramatic 49% increase last year to a record opium poppy harvest in the country led to a new record in the world production of opium, the UN says. Afghanistan accounts for 92% of global illict opium production. The total export value of the country's opium harvest is estimated by the UN to amount to more than $3bn (£1.5bn), almost half the size of the country's entire gross domestic product. More than 12% of Afghanistan's population of 23 million is involved in opium poppy cultivation. http://www.guardian.co.uk/afghanistan/story/0,,2112348,00.html

Why did production climb until the Taliban took over, then decline sharply, only to rise dramatically again after the US army invaded Afghanistan and routed them? They invaded... to secure the current and the future pipelines for corporate America, encircling Iran in the process and to secure the opium production for corporate America.... Opium money now filtrates freely into Western financial centers again and is whitewashed there....

Translation of a Palestinian Torture Video
The US financed the Palestinian Presidential Forces under control of Mahmoud Abbas with eighty million dollars. Not only that, but the war criminal of US General Keith Dayton also organizes the training of these Palestinian troops. And beyond that, the European Union is financing the PA and paying part of the salaries of these troops. The images in the following video, which was released to the Internet some time ago and whose translation I am presenting to the world, will show you the well-trained Fatah-PA troops. The way in which they torture their Palestinian prisoners shows the great achievements of the training given to these PA thugs by the USA. The Palestinian Authority forces seen in the video torturing the prisoners are from the death squads controlled by Mohammad Dahlan. The victims seen in the video are Palestinians, one of the prisoners wears a t-shirt with the legend of the 'Executive Forces", a Hamas unit under control of the Interior Ministry. The video is a direct consequence of the USA and EU subsidized with tax money from these countries... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34023

On Sunday 24, it became known that Keith Dayton and Jacob Wallace, the US Consul General in Jerusalem, are dictating the "security policy" for Palestine. Several meeting were held between the PA president Abass, the American envoys, and Palestinian General Abdel Razeq Al-Yehyah. The publication of the meeting with the Americans in the Palestinian media generated a huge wave of hate toward the US as well as huge anger against the PA. "We hate the US as they are the strongest alley of Israeli occupation, the Americans will never bring us the justice and peace, they just want to create a CIA puppet body in our land", is what the Palestinian public says...: http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34025

Palestinians at a Cross-Road
By Dr. Elias Akleh
Wednesday 13th of June 2007 marks a huge division among Palestinians. On that day open armed confrontation took place between Qassam Brigade, the military arm of Hamas, and what is locally known as the death squad mutineers, an American/Israeli backed militia within Fatah Presidential Security Guards under the leadership of national security chief Mohammad Dahlan. Many believe that what happened in Gaza Strip was the result of a failure in the American/Israeli policy of supporting Fatah mutineers (Dahlan’ death squads) to oppose and to topple Hamas government.

Contrary to this belief, what happened in Gaza was exactly what Bush’s administration and Israeli government planned for. They set an inescapable trap for Hamas, who was left without any other alternatives but to act in order to put an end to Dahlan’s death squads and to enforce security to protect Palestinian citizens. US, Israel, and some Arab leaders are distorting Hamas legitimate action in order to destroy the Hamas resistance phenomenon and to prevent it from spreading to the neighboring Arab countries.

To understand the dynamics of Fatah/Hamas conflict we need to go back in history ...
The decision came to starve Palestinians in order to cripple, discredit and to topple Hamas government. Before the establishment of the new government the old Fatah Parliament gave President Abbas more constitutional power. Abbas also hastened to double the number of his Presidential Security Forces. The Bush administration struck financial, economical, and political sanctions against Hamas government, and forced EU, the Quartet, and Arab countries to join in otherwise face financial isolation. The administration, under the supervision of General Keith Dayton, formulated a plan to finance Abbas, train his Security forces in Jericho, in Jordan, and in Egypt, and send in death squads, under the leadership of Security Chief Muhammad Dahlan, to spread terror, assassinations, and “creative chaos” to force Hamas to react. This reaction is expected to incite civil war as Dayton has opined in his Congress session late last May. This plan was revealed by Public Affairs and Department Spokesman Sean McCormack on 22nd of last December when he declared Washington’s readiness to provide PA with large shipment of weapons to topple Hamas government. The author of the plan was Bush’s Deputy National Security Advisor Elliot Abrams, who on 7th of last January called for a “hard coup” to overthrow Hamas.

Dahlan’s death squads started terrorizing people in Gaza. They attacked Hamas government buildings, torched Hamas charitable institutions and social services centers, attacked mosque goers, burned educational and cultural centers, assassinated Hamas resistance members, and fired automatic weapons randomly in the streets to terrorize people. Many times they engaged members of Qassam Brigade. They also had kidnapped foreigners and media reporters then let Dahlan release them as a show of his own influence. Arab mediations interfered many times to solve what was termed power struggle between Hamas and Fatah. Representatives of both factions met with Arab mediators in Egypt, Syria, and Saudi Arabia to come up with agreements that usually did not last except for few days, after which the death squads would start their terror again.

The death squads started targeting Hamas officials. PA Minister of prisoner’s affairs, Wasfi Quebha, escaped assassination attempt when his car was strafed with bullets. On 13th of last December Judge Bassam Al Farra was assassinated in Gaza. On the 14th Palestinian Prime Minister, Isma’el Haniyeh, himself was the target of a failed assassination attempt while entering Gaza from his Gulf trip. On the 17th of the same month there was another failed assassination attempt against Foreign Minister Mahmoud al-Zahar. Hamas leaders sent letters to President Abbas naming members of the death squads, who took camp in Presidential compound in Gaza and used it as prison and torture centers, and asking him to use his influence to put an end to Dahlan’s death squads. Yet Abbas did not give them any attention. In Mecca meeting Hamas offered to share power with Fatah in a form of a Unity Government to address security issues in Gaza. This Unity Government did not live long; Hani Qawasmi, the newly assigned Interior Minister charged with security reforms, turned in his resignation due to the many hurdles he met from Presidential Guards.

The beginning of month of June ushers what seems to be a preparation for a coup against Hamas government into Gaza. On the 2nd of June Hamas Interior Ministry in a press conference expressed its concern about armored military vehicles secretly crossing the borders and stationing in Presidential compound in Gaza. It was revealed that on Friday 6/1 ten large arms shipments were transported from Jericho to Gaza under the protection of the Israeli army. On Thursday 6/7 eye witnesses reported that several hundreds of members of Fatah’s Badr Brigade had crossed Rafah crossing into Gaza to join the 450 others, who preceded them in May 16th.
A wave of assassinations of Hamas cadre followed, Muslim Imams and their mosques were targeted, some Hamas ministers were also targeted, families of Hamas martyrs were attacked, 12 of their houses were burned and demolished Israeli style and their businesses were looted and torched, and finally the house of Prime Minister Isma’el Haniyeh was targeted with missiles. The death squads, emboldened with enforcements, attacked civilian homes and businesses openly and uncovered without their usual masks. They were led by Samih al-Madhoun, Dahlan’s thug, who was executed later for his many crimes against civilians.

The latest terror wave was the straw that broke the camel’s back. Hamas’ patience ran out and they could not take it any more. To protect themselves and Gaza citizens Hamas was forced to take the last resort of acting pre-emptively to get rid of Dahlan’s death squads and Fatah’s mutineers to avert a possible overthrow of the elected government. To avoid any misconceptions Hamas declared that since President Abbas has not taken any steps to improve security in Gaza it had taken these security measures against the death squads to secure the safety of the people who elected them to do so, and that their action was not directed against Fatah per se. Hamas officials demanded to take Dahlan to court for his crimes citing documented evidence for his treason found in the Presidential compound. Abbas rejected these claims. Circumventing the Palestinian constitution and bypassing the Palestinian Parliamentary Council Abbas dissolved Hamas government, declared emergency state, and appointed emergency government headed by Salam Fayyad. Abbas claimed that Hamas wants to establish an Islamic Taliban-like “Hamas-stan” in Gaza. He accused Hamas of revolting against the Palestinian legitimacy forgetting that this legitimacy was given to Hamas through election. He refused to negotiate with Hamas to solve the conflict while begging for negotiations with Ehud Olmert the real enemy of Palestinians. Olmert rewarded Abbas by accepting the emergency government as a real partner for peace negotiation, and by releasing Palestinian tax money to “improve” the lives of West Bank Palestinians.

Jordan and Egypt recognized the legitimacy of Fayyad’s government. Jordan offered to send Badr Brigade to Ramallah to help Dahlan secure the West Bank. Dahlan had already regrouped his Security Forces in Ramallah and sent them to attack and seize all Hamas institutions throughout the West Bank. They raided homes kidnapping and imprisoning Hamas leaders and supporters. They torched 180 Hamas social services, cultural, religious, and educational centers.
The Bush administration supported Abbas unconstitutional decrees, accepted his emergency government as legitimate, decided to back him financially, and to provide his Security Guards with more weapons to fight Hamas. The administration also had sent Jacob Walles (Jake) to the West Bank as a High Commissioner to support Fayyad’s government. The EU had followed the Bush administration in recognizing Fayyad’s government. It promised to end its financial sanctions, and to pour more financial donations to the newly yet unconstitutional government. Once more it seems that the American administration has successfully toppled another democratically elected government. Palestinians in Gaza seem to face another Nekba (catastrophe). This time it is not only the international community that conspired against them, but also their own leaders and brothers. eakleh@ca.rr.com

collaborators have no shame...
Mahmoud Abbas has asked Israel for permission to bring Palestinian forces based in Jordan to the West Bank to try to shore up his control after Hamas's Gaza takeover, Israeli officials said on Tuesday. http://tinyurl.com/2ron7n

Marines to train at new Israeli combat center
Built by the Army Corps of Engineers and funded largely from U.S. military aid, the 7.4-square-mile generic city - balad, in Arabic, means village - consists of 1,100 basic modules that can be reconfigured by mission planners to represent specific towns. Here, at Israel’s new National Urban Training Center, the Israeli Defense Force’s Ground Forces Command is preparing forces to fight in four theaters: Gaza, Lebanon, the West Bank and Syria.
Syria is developing specialized infantry battalions trained in the type of guerrilla warfare waged so successfully by Hezbollah in last summer’s war, a military intelligence source said. And with the “reasonable likelihood” of another war on Israel’s northern front — perhaps by summer’s end, according to some intelligence estimates here...
http://tinyurl.com/2jvsce http://www.marinecorpstimes.com/news/2007/06/marine_israel_combattrainin...

Hamas denies assassination attempt on Palestinian president:
Officials in Izz al-Din al-Qassam said Abbas was never a target, that "all of his accusations are false." http://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-3416034,00.html

Israeli authorities to provide up to $1Billion to President Abbas to continue domestic fight against Hamas
The Israeli authorities have announced that Israel intends to transfer between 400 million and one billion US Dollars to the Palestinian Authority within the next few weeks. Israeli Channel Two reported late on Friday evening that Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert "has the intention to start final status negotiations in the coming months, on the condition that [President] Abbas must fight Hamas." Israeli political analysts claimed that "there are many steps under preparation, agreed upon by [US President] Bush and [Israeli Prime Minister] Olmert, including a joint plan against the Hamas movement on the political, economic and security levels http://www.maannews.net/en/index.php?opr=ShowDetails&ID=23224

Bush pledges to increase US funding to Israel:
In a White House statement issued following Prime Minister Ehud Olmert's visit to Washington, President George W. Bush pledged to increase US military aid to Israel over the course of the next decade. http://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-3415479,00.html

Blank-Check Aid To Israel Costs U.S. Tax Payers $10 Billion Per Year:
Congress skillfully gives Israel $10 billion a year to expand its brutal occupation of Palestinian lands in a manner that hides the amount from taxpayers.

Israel: High Court permits torture of Palestinians:
The Israeli High Court issued a ruling that allows the Shabak, which is the Internal General Security Service of Israel, to torture with impunity.

Jewish colonizers uproot Palestinian trees, replant them in illegal Israeli colony
Destroying and stealing Palestinians lands, crops and trees is nothing new to Israel occupation and the Jewish colonizers in the Occupied Palestinian Territories... settlers uprooted 300 Palestinian olive trees and replanted them in their outpost (Palestinian stolen land) ... reminded me of the following video clip, which is AGAIN, not of the type that you might ever see on your 'late news show’. Sabbah's blog

The Quartet - the U.S., EU, U.N and Russia - is expected to name outgoing British Prime Minister Tony Blair as a senior peace envoy to the Mideast, U.S. officials said, speaking on condition of anonymity pending a formal announcement.

how many more secret 'experimental' prisons in U.S. gulag's 'homeland'?
Dr. Rafil A. Dhafir at Terre Haute Prison’s New Communications Management Unit
By Katherine Hughes
The Federal Correctional Institution at Terre Haute, Indiana (www.rawstory.com).

AT PRECISELY 7 a.m. on Monday, Dec. 11, 2006, 17 federal prisoners across the country were taken out of their cells, held in isolation for two days, then bused to the Federal Correctional Institution (FCI) in Terre Haute, Indiana. Here the government quietly began implementing the first stages of a secret new program, the Communications Management Unit (CMU). A completely self-contained unit housing almost exclusively Arab and/or Muslim inmates, it eventually will hold approximately 85 prisoners.
Special new rules set out in a “CMU Institutional Supplement” dated Nov. 30, 2006 include severe restrictions on prisoner communication. Contact with family and friends is limited; outgoing and incoming mail is monitored and copied, with a one- to two- week delivery delay; and no contact visits are allowed. Instead of 300 minutes of phone time a month, prisoners may receive only one 15-minute call a week, which the warden has the power to reduce to just three minutes a month. Unlike the usual weekly or biweekly all-day contact visits, visits in the CMU are for two hours, just twice a month, and are restricted to non-contact only. Calls and visits must be conducted in English unless prior arrangement is made.
According to Jennifer Van Bergen, the journalist who broke the CMU story, there are only three government offices—all within the Justice Department—that have authority to issue changes to federal prison operations: the Office of the Director of the Prisons Bureau, the Office of Legal Counsel, and the Office of the U.S. Attorney General. Van Bergen was unable to get confirmation of where the authorization originated. The Bureau of Prisons Web site () does not list CMU among its facility abbreviations, and a search of the site for “CMU” or “Communications Management Unit” yields no result.

In a Dec. 18, 2006 letter, however, CMU inmate Dr. Rafil A. Dhafir wrote:
“No one seems to know about this top-secret operation until now. It is still not fully understood. The order came from the Attorney General himself. The staff here is struggling to make sense of the whole situation. There are 16 of us, all Muslims but two, with one non-Arab Muslim. We are housed in what we are told was the holding area for those on death row!!!!! We are told this is an experiment, so the whole concept is evolving on a daily basis.” [...] http://wrmea.com/archives/May-June_2007/0705012.html

Betrayed by our media
Tariq A. Al-Maeena
When a South Korean student began his killing spree on the grounds of Virginia Tech back in April of this year, slaughtering 32 people during his murderous frenzy, the incident generated extensive coverage worldwide and scorched the headlines of most of the press in the region.
In the days that followed, this incident led to many an editorial regionally expressing their total shock and questioning the state of mind of Cho, the Korean student behind the carnage. And letters to the editors of the local papers poured in with sympathy and compassion for the families of the fallen.

But yet an incident this month, a killing with no less intent hardly drew a byline in the back pages of our newspapers. And there weren’t any distressed editorials condemning yet another round of carnage against the innocent. And very few if any letters to the editors were dispatched, expressing sympathy and comfort. 7 children aged between 4 and 12 years of age that were brutally killed by bombs released by a US led air strike against a compound in the remote region in eastern Afghanistan just a few days ago. US authorities admitted that it was a targeted strike, and that it was a ‘mistake’. Following the deaths of over 350 innocent civilians in the past few months by the occupational forces, this was just another round of ‘mistakes’....
Dr. Ajub Gul, a physician at the main hospital in the provincial capital Tirin Kot, added that following the bombing of this civilian enclave, more than two dozen patients were brought in with serious wounds. “There are many more wounded, but they can’t come because of the continuous shelling,” he said. “The aircrafts are targeting the civilians inside and outside of their houses. There are many villagers under the rubble.”

Violence has swelled, claiming about 2,400 civilian lives during 2007, according to an Associated Press tally of figures from Western military and Afghan officials. Those numbers dead at Virginia Tech pale in comparison! Arab media can often be mistaken as an arm of the Pentagon press, with glib reports swiftly describing Iraqi resistance to the illegal occupation of foreign troops as ‘insurgency’, and decrying the loss of American lives, while paying scant attention to the growing number of civilian lives being taken by the presence of these forces. Over 650,000 lives have been lost in Iraq under deceptive pretenses since the occupation, and yet our media fails to highlight this tragic point. Instead, those fighting against this brutality are more often than not termed as 'militants'...columns by some of our so-called regional commentators or ‘experts’ smacks of a patronizing attitude towards the mess in the region, seeking to deflect attention from US or Israeli brutality in Iraq or Palestine and hanging the cloak of regional ills onto ‘terrorists’ or ‘Al-Qaeda’. Notice how every ill has it’s roots in ‘Al-Qaeda’ today!
Daniel Perle and Wolfowitz couldn’t have stated it any better... To them, everything Israel and the US are doing militarily is for the better of the region...Where has the rest of our Arab press disappeared to if not having crawled under some obscure rock? Are they simply content to reprint wire releases from international press agencies and continue on with blinders in the face of the aggressive foreign policies being dictated upon them by the current US administration? Policies that murder and butcher the innocent, and then are grotesquely brushed aside as ‘mistakes’?
The writer is a Saudi socio/political commentator. He resides in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia and can be reached at talmaeena@yahoo.com

imperialism-zionism share common fascist ideology and history
Zyklon B on the US Border
Alexander Cockburn
Zyklon B came to El Paso in the 1920s. In 1929, for example, a U.S. Public Health Service officer, J.R. Hurley, ordered $25 worth of the material--hydrocyanic acid in pellet form--as a fumigating agent for use at the El Paso delousing station, where Mexicans crossed the border from Juárez. Zyklon, developed by DEGESCH (the German Vermin-combating Corporation) was made in varying strengths, with Zyklon C, D and E representing gradations in potency and price. As Raul Hilberg describes it in The Destruction of the European Jews, " strength E was required for the eradication of specially resistant vermin, such as cockroaches, or for gassings in wooden barracks. The 'normal' preparation, D, was used to exterminate lice, mice, or rats in large, well-built structures containing furniture. Human organisms in gas chambers were killed with Zyklon B." In 1929, DEGESCH divided the world market with an American corporation, Cyanamid, so Hurley presumably got his Zyklon B from the latter. http://www.counterpunch.org/

As David Dorado Romo describes it in his marvelous Ringside Seat to a Revolution: An underground history of El Paso and Juárez : 1893-1923 (available from Cinco Puntos Press, El Paso), Zyklon B had become available in the U.S.A. in the early 1920s when fears of alien infection had been inflamed by the alarums of the eugenicists, most of them from the "progressive" end of the political spectrum. In 1917, the U.S. Congress passed and Wilson--an ardent eugenicist--signed the Immigration Law. The United States Public Health Service simultaneously published its Manual for the Physical Inspection of Aliens.

The Manual had its list of excludables from the U.S. of A., , a ripe representation of the obsessions of the eugenicists: "imbeciles, idiots, feeble-minded person, persons of constitutional psychopathic inferiority (homosexuals), vagrants, physical defectives, chronic alcoholics, polygamists, anarchists, persons afflicted with loathsome or dangerous contagious diseases, prostitutes, contracts laborers, all aliens over 16 who cannot read." In that same year U.S. Public Health Service Agents "bathed and deloused" 127,123 Mexicans at the Santa Fe International Bridge between Juárez and El Paso.[...]

German Officials Report Increased Threat of Terrorist Attacks
Military involvement in Afghanistan, where Germany has 3,000 troops battling the Taliban, has led to a danger level comparable to that in U.S. before just before 9/11, officials warned.

Migrant's Choice: To Live and Die in Arizona or Iraq? …
Juana Carrasco Martín Juventud Rebelde, Cuba - Translated By Carly Gatzert, WatchingAmerica.com
The number is sure to rise with the summer heat, which is even more suffocating in the desert. A monthly average of 16 illegal immigrants died between January and June 2007 [96] in the Arizona desert, more than the number who died over the same period last year, when the death toll totaled 86. The data comes from the Border Patrol of the United States, who in their effort to contain the migratory flow - a clearly impossible task - succeed in forcing those determined to pursue their "Gilded Dream" to look for passage in the most remote and dangerous places.
The Arizona desert is one such death corridor for the undocumented people of South America. And in that inhospitable land, 220 people died between October 1, 2005 and September 30, 2006. Following current trends, this statistic will rise despite the efforts of organizations like "No More Deaths " who are equipped with medical professionals and keep an eye on the border to help those who have been displaced of their own accord....
the United Status has become involved "humanitarian" work on behalf of undocumented people, and is extending its hand with the purpose of granting them "legal" immigrant status and even "citizenship."
The Department of Defense [war] has expressed its hope that that the legislation now under debate will allow for undocumented foreigners to enlist in the military. The intent is for the U.S. Armed Forces to reach its recruitment quota. To do so, they must work under a provision of the law known by its acronym, DREAM. Although DREAM is the literal meaning of the acronym, it may transform into one's worst of nightmare...DREAM stands for Development, Relief and Education for Alien Minors, and it paves the way for the sons and daughters of undocumented people or illegal residents to enlist in the military and become citizens: If you arrive at the border as a minor with your parents and spend a certain number of years in the U.S. school system, you could be eligible for recruitment and subsequently qualify for U.S. citizenship after completion of service.. around 35,000 non-citizens are wearing the uniform. The door is open: every year, 8,000 permanent resident foreigners nibble this shark bait, thereby becoming cannon fodder. To live or die in Arizona or Iraq …http://www.juventudrebelde.cu/opinion/2007-06-16/puedes-morir-en-arizona-o-iraq/

New Scrutiny as Immigrants Die in Custody
Getting details about immigrants who have died in
administrative custody is a difficult undertaking.

28-Mile Virtual Fence Is Rising Along the Border
The Homeland Security Department is planning nine nearly 100-foot-tall towers with cameras and other equipment scanning 28 miles of the Arizona border with Mexico. http://www.nytimes.com/2007/06/26/us/26fence.html?th&emc=th

"The most brilliant propagandist technique will yield no success unless one fundamental principle is borne in mind constantly...it must confine itself to a few points and repeat them over and over."
Joseph Goebbels, Nazi Propaganda Minister

A suicide bomber assassinated several Sunni Arab sheiks cooperating with Americans to fight Al Qaeda.

the enemy is U.S. imperialism desperately trying to crush the heroic Iraqi national resistance, not a phantom 'al-Qaeda'
For G.I.'s in Iraq, a Harrowing Day Facing a Trap
BAQUBA, Iraq, June 25 — The enemy was a phantom ... the platoon’s push began shortly after 4 a.m. on Saturday, as American forces continued their effort to wrest the western section of this city north of Baghdad from Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia.

what would U.S. do without "al-qaeda"?
Al-Qaida leader urges support for Hamas
CAIRO, Egypt -- Al-Qaida's deputy leader called on Muslims worldwide to back Hamas with weapons, money and attacks on U.S. and Israeli interests, urging the Palestinian militant group on Monday to unite with al-Qaida after its takeover of Gaza. The Internet audio message from Ayman al-Zawahri, who is Osama bin Laden's top deputy, marked a major shift by al-Qaida, which in the past criticized Hamas for joining a government with the U.S.-supported Fatah faction.The audiotape appeared aimed at exploiting Hamas' gains and could fuel fears among Arab countries that Hamas-run Gaza will become a breeding ground for armed extremists. But Hamas appeared unconfortable Monday with al-Zawahri's approach. The Palestinian group has been cool in the past to attempts to link it with al-Qaida, saying its conflict is with Israel and that it has no plans to attack targets abroad. Also, Hamas does not want to alienate powerful Arab countries, such as Egypt.
Hamas spokesman Sami Abu Zuhri, a hardliner, distanced his group from the al-Qaida deputy's comments..."Hamas has its own program, regardless of the comments of this group or that group," he said Monday. "In Hamas, we want to have good relations with all Arab and Muslim powers, regardless of how close or far away we are in our own programs."

Zawahri Resurrected Again...
The 25-minute tape, al-Zawahri's seventh released this year, was posted on the same day Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak was hosting a summit in the Red Sea resort town of Sharm el-Sheik as a show of support for Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas of Fatah. Along with Mubarak and Abbas, Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert and Jordan's King Abdullah II are also attending the meeting. Egypt in particular fears a Hamas-ruled Gaza could fuel extremism that could spill over the border onto its own territory. In Monday's tape, al-Zawahri called on Bedouins in Egypt's Sinai Peninsula to help Hamas against the "repressive Egyptian regime."

in case you missed this important article:
 Bush Directive for a "Catastrophic Emergency" in America:
Building a Justification for Waging War on Iran?
By Prof. Michel Chossudovsky
The US media consensus is that "the United States faces its greatest threat of a terrorist assault since the September 11 attacks" (USA Today, 12 February 2006) The American Homeland is threatened by " Islamic terrorists", allegedly supported by Tehran and Damascus.

Top Targets Fled Before U.S. Push, Commander Says
The second-ranking American commander in Iraq said that Qaeda leaders had been alerted to an offensive in Baquba. "I think they were tipped off by us talking about the surge, the fact that we have a problem in Diyala Province." LT. GEN. RAYMOND T. ODIERNO,

Iraq Deaths Don't Mean Failure, Pace Says
Josh White, Washington Post Staff Writer
The recent rise in U.S. troop deaths in Iraq is the "wrong metric" to use in assessing the effectiveness of the new security strategy for Baghdad, Marine Gen. Peter Pace, the outgoing chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, said yesterday in a news conference with Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates. Despite military reports to Congress that use numbers of attacks and overall levels of violence (note: only resistance to U.S. genocidal terror is called 'violence') as an important gauge of Iraq's security status, Gates and Pace told reporters at the Pentagon yesterday that violence is not a useful measure of progress. http://www.uruknet.de/?p=33941

Baquba: ' A kill sack'
Felicity Arbuthnot
Operation 'Arrowhead Ripper' is underway. A new America killing field is opening up. The victims are the residents of Baquba, captol of Iraq's Diyala governorate. As the killers move in, they are targetting, as ever, 'Al-Qaeda.' If the pet cat or dog was run over, anywhere on the globe, it begins to feel likely a US spokesperson would blame Al Qaeda. ' We are enveloping the enemy into a kill sack,' said Command Sergeant Major Jeff Huggins from the 5th Battalion, 20th Infantry Regiment, 3rd Stryker Brigade, according to Reuters (23rd June.) A 'kill sack'? Good luck America, when these sickos return home. Shutter the windows, barr the doors - and above all, lock up your daughters. Remember little Abeer al-Janabi, multiply raped in nearby in Mahmoudiya, her family shot and she and all burned to cover the evidence? Remember Abu Ghraib? And where else? Think rape, rape, rape, sodomy, sodomy, sodomy - think the furthest other reaches of the most bestial inhumanity to man, women and yes, children. Think of America's finest selling the pictures of the dead, dying, defiled on the internet, in exchange for porn. Think also of chains of command. http://www.uruknet.de/?p=33965

the genocidal imperialist state terrorism called liberation
Curfew-Bound Fallujah On The Boil Again
Inter Press Service By Ali al-Fadhily*
** Dahr Jamail's MidEast Dispatches **
** Visit the Dahr Jamail website http://dahrjamailiraq.com
FALLUJAH, Jun 27 (IPS) - Strict curfew and tight security measures have brought difficult living conditions and heightened tempers to residents of this besieged city. The siege in this city located 60km west of Baghdad has entered its second month. There is little sign of any international attention to the plight of the city. Fallujah, which is largely sympathetic to the Iraqi resistance, was assaulted twice by the U.S. military in 2004. The second attack in November destroyed roughly three-quarters of the city of 350,000 residents. Now, Fallujah faces assault of another kind by way of a strict curfew where people are closed in from all sides. Many people who had earlier supported the Iraqi police that works with the U.S. military, now oppose it.
"We gave full support to the police force despite opposition from others to forming this force," a community leader in the city who asked to be referred to as Ahmed told IPS. "Others told us this force would only serve the occupation forces, but we accused them of being against stability and order. Unfortunately, they appeared to be absolutely right."...

On May 21 U.S. and Iraqi forces imposed a security crackdown on the city following continuing attacks. Local non-governmental organisations such as the Iraqi Aid Association (IAA) have told reporters that the U.S. military is not allowing them access to the city.
"We have supplies but it is impossible to reach the families. They are afraid to leave their homes to look for food, and children are getting sick with diarrhoea caused by the dirty water they are drinking," IAA spokesman Fatah Ahmed told reporters. "We have information that pregnant women are delivering their babies at home as the curfew is preventing them from reaching hospital." Medical services are inaccessible to most because the hospital is located on the other side of the Euphrates River from the rest of the city. Extra security checkpoints have severely hampered movement within the city, and most businesses have closed. A year ago the local police cut mobile phone services.

The curfew is also restricting residents' ability to go out and find much needed supplies in the markets. Residents told IPS that there is on average only two hours electricity in 24 hours. Residents say they are up against killing prices. "Now they are killing us with a new weapon," a young man with a mask covering his face told IPS. "A jar of gas costs 20 dollars and a kilo of tomatoes costs 1.50 dollar, and people cannot go to work. "U.S. snipers on rooftops are enjoying themselves watching us walk around to find a bite of food for our families," 55-year-old Hajji Mahmood told IPS. "They laugh at us and call us names. They should know Fallujah is still the same city that kicked them away three years ago.".

Life seems completely paralysed with little sign of movement under a blazing sun, with temperatures up to 45 degrees. "We are sweating to death because some of us went to those damned elections," said a 40-year-old lawyer, speaking with IPS on condition of anonymity, referring to the Jan. 30, 2005 elections. "The wise men told us not to, but we believed those crooks of the Islamic Party who promised to make things better," he said. Many people in the city accuse the Islamic Party supportive of the U.S. of leading the 'security plan' in al-Anbar province where Fallujah is located.

A local political analyst offered his views to IPS via the Internet, on condition of anonymity. "I find it rather strange that to control a city under the flag of providing citizens with peace and prosperity, you deprive them of all signs of life," he said. "Arab, Muslim and all international community leaders should be ashamed of themselves for not even talking about this crime. "Nonetheless, U.S. leaders are just buying more time towards more failure that they hope will magically turn into success. I am hopeless of any peace in Iraq as long as the democrats sold their fight cheap to the Bush administration."...
*Ali, our correspondent in Baghdad, works in close collaboration with Dahr Jamail, our U.S.-based specialist writer on Iraq who travels extensively in the region

The Bases Are Loaded - A Film by Alternate Focus

Will the U.S. ever leave Iraq? military bases in Iraq are being consolidated from over a hundred to a handful of "megabases" with lavish amenities. Much of what is taking place is obscured by denials and quibbles over the definition of "permanent." The Bases Are Loaded covers a wide range of topics. Gary Hart, James Goldsborough, Nadia Keilani, Raed Jarrar, Bruce Finley Kam Zarrabi and Mark Rudd all add their observations about the extent and purpose of the bases in Iraq.
See The Bases are Loaded on the dahr.org - flash format
Mirrors: http://alternate-focus.blip.tv/file/274043/ http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQHeo-CMQyc

"The CIA owns everyone of any significance in the major media."
--former CIA Director William Colby

Hussein's Cousin Sentenced to Die for Kurd Attacks
A judge pronounced five death sentences on the man Iraqis
know as Chemical Ali for his role in gas attacks on Kurdish
villagers in the late 1980s, but public interest in the
trials has flagged.

FLASHBACK: In Defense of 'Chemical Ali'
Jude Wanniski
..."Chemical Ali" supposedly gave the order to the Iraqi Air Force to drop chemical bombs on Halabja, but W. Patrick Lang, who was the senior analyst for the Defense Intelligence Agency in that period and who concurs with Pelletiere on the facts in evidence, tells me the armies exchanged gas by mortars and no aircraft were used – as was reported by the New Yorker. Incidentally, there is still no evidence that any Iraqi Kurds died of gas ordered by "Chemical Ali," a nickname cooked up by the same propagandists at the Pentagon who made "Ali" the king of spades in its deck of cards.... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=33963

Beware the Dominionist "love bomb"
By Kerry Tomasi
During a recent address to the Good Shepherd Baptists in Terre Haute Indiana, Col. J. Tyler Ryberg had this to say about our "war on terror", and its
current focal point, Iraq: " . . . it's an act of love to kill evil people who seek to kill Americans, it's an act of love for our nation". And with regards to those "Islamic jihadists" in Iraq seeking to kill us: "Peace is not an option."

imperialist-zionist disinformation
MEMRI, Middle East Media Research Institute, specializes in disinformation by distorting translations of film and print media stories originating in Arabic, Iranian and Turkish media. In essence, what MEMRI does is change the context of news stories by way of mistranslation and excision. Call it MEMRI loss, the deliberate mangling of media. MEMRI did this to Iranian president Mahmoud Ahmadinejad by turning a speech he delivered in 2005 into a racist and genocidal screed. MEMRI accomplished this through mistranslation. Not a day passes now we do not witness corporate media claims Ahmadinejad wants to wipe Israel off the map. In fact, Ahmadinejad said the “regime that is occupying Qods [Jerusalem] must be eliminated from the pages of history.” He did not say Israel must be wiped off the map. But this engineered lie is repeated constantly by the corporate media and to such a degree it is now accepted as fact. [...] http://kurtnimmo.com/

Lowering Flag for War's Dead Brings New Rift
Orders to lower the American flag, and decisions not to, are part of a conflict over how to commemorate tragedy when there is so much of it.
Opponents of lowering the flag see it as a subtle antiwar gesture that may run counter to federal guidelines, which reserve the action for “officials,” not soldiers.

Chavez rallies troops to 'prepare for war with US'
Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez has urged soldiers to prepare for a guerrilla-style war against the United States. He said the US government is using psychological and economic warfare as part of an unconventional campaign aimed at derailing his government.
“We must continue developing the resistance war, that’s the anti-imperialist weapon. We must think and prepare for the resistance war everyday,” said Chavez, who has repeatedly warned that American soldiers could invade Venezuela to seize control of the South American nation’s immense oil reserves. “We are strengthening Venezuela’s military power precisely to avoid imperial aggressions and assure peace, not to attack anybody,” he said yesterday. “It’s not just armed warfare,” said Chavez, a former army officer who is leading what he calls the “Bolivarian Revolution”, a socialist movement named after 19th-century independence hero Simon Bolivar. “I’m also referring to psychological warfare, media warfare, political warfare, economic warfare.” http://tinyurl.com/3bv4oy

Venezuela's state oil company said Exxon Mobil Corp. and ConocoPhillips had refused to sign deals Tuesday that would allow them keep pumping oil under tougher terms in the South American country.

North Africa Reluctant to Host U.S. Command
Algeria and Libya Reject Pentagon's AFRICOM Proposal; Morocco Signals Its Lack of Enthusiasm
By Craig Whitlock
Washington Post Foreign Service
RABAT, Morocco -- A U.S. delegation seeking a home for a new military command in Africa got a chilly reception during a tour of the northern half of the continent this month, running into opposition even in countries that enjoy friendly relations with the Pentagon. Algeria and Libya separately ruled out hosting the Defense Department's planned Africa Command, known as AFRICOM, and said they were firmly against any of their neighbors doing so either. U.S. diplomats said they were disappointed by the depth of opposition, given that the Bush administration has bolstered ties with both countries on security matters in recent years. Morocco, which has been mentioned as a possible site for the new command and is one of the strongest U.S. allies in the region, didn't roll out the welcome mat, either. After the U.S. delegation visited Rabat, the capital, on June 11, the Moroccan foreign ministry strongly denied a claim by an opposition political party that the kingdom had already offered to host AFRICOM. A ministry statement called the claim "baseless information." Rachid Tlemcani, a professor of political science at the University of Algiers, said the stern response from North African governments was a reflection of public opposition to U.S. policies in the predominantly Muslim region. "People on the street assume their governments have already had too many dealings with the U.S. in the war on terror at the expense of the rule of law," said Tlemcani, who is also a scholar with the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace. "The regimes realize the whole idea is very unpopular." The Bush administration announced in February that it intends to create a separate military command for Africa this year. Responsibility for U.S. military operations on the continent is now divided primarily between the Central Command, based in Florida, and the European Command, based in Stuttgart, Germany.

... enter the always-there-when-needed "al-qaeda"!

Bush administration officials have also touted the new command as a key part of their strategy for countering terrorism threats on the continent. Al-Qaeda-affiliated groups have experienced a resurgence in North and East Africa in recent years. A group calling itself al-Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb asserted responsibility for simultaneous suicide attacks in Algiers in April that killed 33 people. Suicide bombers have also struck Casablanca, Morocco, on three occasions since March, including an attack on the U.S. Consulate.

Defense officials acknowledge that one reason they are paying more attention to Africa is because the continent provides an increasingly large share of the U.S. supply of imported oil and natural gas.

Since 2003, the Pentagon has developed a regional counterterrorism partnership with several impoverished countries in North Africa, including Mali, Niger, Senegal and Chad. Defense officials say parts of the vast Sahara and neighboring regions serve as training and recruiting grounds for extremist groups, in part because local forces are unable to patrol their own territory. Rear Adm. William H. McRaven, commander of U.S. Special Forces in Europe and most of Africa, said the counterterrorism training programs are designed to avoid a large U.S. military presence and usually involve units of only 10 to 15 people, who spend a few months in Africa at a time. "Some nations remain somewhat concerned about too overt of a U.S. presence in the area," McRaven said in an interview in April. "But the nature of the special operations forces is that we can come in with a very small footprint. We can do that without a lot of visibility." The North African counterterrorism partnership is headed by the State Department and also includes economic and humanitarian aid programs delivered by civil affairs units. But Tlemcani, the Algerian political scientist, said the U.S. government needed to do much more on those fronts before taking a more prominent military role in Africa. "The best way to build a strategic relationship is with socioeconomic programs, which haven't been funded very well," he said by telephone from Beirut.

Beyond Iraq: The First Lady, Back in Africa
By Michael A. Fletcher
If three words could sum up President Bush's foreign policy legacy, they would be: Iraq, Iraq, Iraq. But if first lady Laura Bush has her way, historians also will remember the president's determination to fight deadly diseases in Africa and other parts of the developing world.
Laura Bush will be highlighting those programs as she leaves today on her third visit to Africa. The five-day trip will take her to Senegal, Mozambique, Zambia and Mali.
The sojourn also should show U.S. taxpayers the president's support of pressing humanitarian causes, she added. "We want the American people to know, because it's their taxpayer money that's doing it."

in case you missed it...

Richard Drayton

Soft and Undercover Coups d'État
The Albert Einstein Institution: non-violence according to the CIA
by Thierry Meyssan*
VoltaireNet, 4 January 2005

Africa: Resist the American Juggernaut
by Firoz Osman 
July 03, 2003: (ZNet)  
As President George Bush embarks on his African journey, civil society
ratchets up its opposition to resist the American juggernaut. Flushed with
the illusion of total military victory it is ominous that Africa has emerged
on the American leaders radar screen.[...]

...In short, money is simply printed by privately owned ³national² banks like
the Bank of England or the U.S. Federal Reserve, then lent to the government
of the day to be repaid plus interest with money collected from taxes. Thus
money is not created by governments themselves but by privately owned
³national banks², the governments being no more than the bank¹s debt
As Stewart tells us, the World Bank and the Internatinal Monetary Fund
work on exactly the same principle: money is ³created²‹or more precisely,
credit ‹is conjured out of nothing at all. This credit is then extended to
impoverished nations who repay it, not with cash, but with their natural
resources be they mineral reserves or the fruits of human labour. Either way
the debt, created out of nothing at all, is settled with some sort of real,
hard currency.

How crucial is African oil for the United States?
< http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/em/fr/-/2/hi/business/3054948.stm >

"Blacks & Bush's New World Order", warned that Africa was high on PNAC's list, with the "oil policy initative group"s "force projection".

US To Setup Military Base In Ghana U.S. "war on terrorism" targets Africa to dominate vital "arc of instability"
GhanaWeb news: http://www.ghanaweb.com/GhanaHomePage/NewsArchive/artikel.php?ID=37603

CIA's torture teachers:
Psychologists helped the CIA exploit a secret military program to develop brutal interrogation tactics... There is growing evidence of high-level coordination between the Central Intelligence Agency and the U.S. military in developing abusive interrogation techniques used on terrorist suspects. After the Sept. 11 attacks, both turned to a small cadre of psychologists linked to the military's secretive Survival, Evasion, Resistance and Escape program to "reverse-engineer" techniques originally designed to train U.S. soldiers to resist torture if captured, by exposing them to brutal treatment. The military's use of SERE training for interrogations in the war on terror was revealed in detail in a recently declassified report. But the CIA's use of such tactics -- working in close coordination with the military -- until now has remained largely unknown.

CIA to release 1970s documents on [a few 'justified'] agency’s crimes
The US Central Intelligence Agency is preparing to release a set of documents compiled more than 30 years ago detailing the agency’s involvement over the previous quarter century in crimes both at home and abroad. “Much of it has been in the press before, and most of it is unflattering, but it is CIA’s history,” said Hayden. “The documents provide a glimpse of a very different time and a very different agency.” On the contrary, the issues raised in the report—assassinations, domestic spying, kidnappings and torture—are all too familiar to anyone following the activities the CIA and other US security agencies have carried out in the name of the “global war on terrorism.”
... There is ample evidence that the agency has seldom been involved in as much criminal activity as it is today, while the limited restraints placed upon the national security establishment following the revelations of the mid-1970s have been largely swept aside since 2001, with the enactment of the USA Patriot Act and the assumption of ever-more-sweeping powers, including massive domestic surveillance, by the Bush White House. In his remarks at the conference in Washington, Hayden acknowledged that the press of increased operations had slowed down some of the agency’s declassification work. “The ops tempo we have maintained since 9/11—and must continue to maintain—is unmatched in our agency’s history,” he said. “The good news here is that we’re producing great stuff for future historians.” What will this “great stuff” include? Among the current “ops” that have been at least partially exposed is the CIA’s involvement in the illegal abduction of alleged suspects, and their rendition to secret prisons in many parts of the world where they have been subjected to torture and in some cases murdered. CIA agents have been indicted and brought to trial in Italy for one such “extraordinary rendition.” In addition, CIA death squads and assassination teams have been deployed in Iraq, Afghanistan, Somalia and elsewhere. It is unlikely, to say the least, the agency is preparing the release of documents detailing these criminal activities. As Hayden told his audience of historians, “Of course, we cannot tell the American people everything we do to protect them without damaging our ability to protect them.”

from the mouthpiece for all the imperialist - zionist "news" fit to print...
Comparing Today's Tactics With Those Used in the Past
A comparison is flawed but irresistible: Do the actions of the intelligence agencies in the era of Al Qaeda eclipse those of the Vietnam War period?
At both times, Americans faced a hostile global ideology — communism then, violent Islamic jihadism today — and feared cells hidden in their midst. In the face of such a threat, it may be no surprise that secret agencies, wielding powerful technology and with the formidable backing of a president, sometimes come into conflict with democratic ideals.
On Tuesday, the C.I.A. director, Gen. Michael V. Hayden, tried to pre-empt such comparisons in a message to agency employees that was part cheerleading and part explanation of why the agency had finally released the documents, first requested in 1992 under the Freedom of Information Act by the National Security Archive at George Washington University. http://www.nytimes.com/2007/06/27/washington/27assess.html?th&emc=th

National Security Archive Update, June 27, 2007, 3:45 p.m.For more information contact:
Thomas Blanton - 202/994-700 As an aid to researchers, the full 703-page "family jewels" collection, released yesterday by the Central Intelligence Agency, is now available as a searchable PDF document on the Archive's Web site.
Please follow the link below to read the document: http://www.nsarchive.org

The CIA's Family Jewels
Agency Violated Charter for 25 Years,
Wiretapped Journalists and Dissidents
CIA Announces Declassification of 1970s "Skeletons" File,
Archive Posts Justice Department Summary from 1975,
With White House Memcons on Damage Control
National Security Archive Electronic Briefing Book No. 222

Read the Documents
Note: The following documents are in PDF format.
You will need to download and install the free Adobe Acrobat Reader to view.
Document 1: Summary of the Family Jewels
6 Page Summary http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB222/family_jewels_wilderotter....
Memorandum for the File, "CIA Matters," by James A. Wilderotter, Associate Deputy Attorney General, 3 January 1975
Source: Gerald R. Ford Presidential Library
On New Years' eve, 1974, DCI Colby met with Justice Department officials, including Deputy Attorney General Laurence H. Silberman, to give them a full briefing of the "skeletons."

Document 2: Colby Briefs President Ford on the Family Jewels
Memorandum of Conversation, 3 January 1975
Source: Gerald R. Ford President Library
Ten days after the appearance of Hersh's New York Times story, DCI William Colby tells President Ford how his predecessor James Schlesinger (then serving as Secretary of Defense) ordered CIA staffers to compile the "skeletons" in the Agency's closet, such as surveillance of student radicals, illegal wiretaps, assassination plots, and the three year confinement of a Soviet defector, Yuri

Document 3: Kissinger's Reaction
Memorandum of Conversation between President Ford and Secretary of State/National Security Adviser Henry Kissinger, 4 January 1975
Source: Gerald R. Ford President Library
An apoplectic Kissinger argues that the unspilling of CIA secrets is "worse than the days of McCarthyism" when the Wisconsin Senator went after the State Department. Kissinger had met with former DCI Richard Helms who told him that "these stories are just the tip of the iceberg," citing as one example Robert F. Kennedy's role in assassination planning. Ford wondered whether to fire Colby, but Kissinger advised him to wait until after the investigations were complete when he could "put in someone of towering integrity." The "Blue Ribbon" announcement refers to the creation of a commission chaired by then-vice president Nelson A. Rockefeller.

Document 4: Investigations Continue
Memorandum of Conversation between Kissinger, Schlesinger, Colby et al., "Investigations of Allegations of CIA Domestic Activities," 20 February1975 Source: Gerald R. Ford Presidential Library
Cabinet and sub-cabinet level officials led by Kissinger discuss ways and means to protect information sought by ongoing Senate (Church Committee) and House (Pike Committee) investigations of intelligence community abuses during the first decades of the Cold War. Worried about the foreign governments that have cooperated with U.S. intelligence agencies, Kissinger wants to "demonstrate to foreign countries that we aren't too dangerous to cooperate with because of leaks."

New study from Pilots for 9/11 Truth: No Boeing 757 hit the Pentagon
Scholars for 9/11 Truth
June 22, 2007
Pilots for 9/11 Truth obtained black box data from the government under the Freedom of Information Act for AA Flight 77, which The 9/11 Report claims hit the Pentagon. Analysis of the data contradicts the official account in direction, approach, and altitude. The plane was too high to hit lamp posts and would have flown over the Pentagon, not impacted with its ground floor. This result confirms and strengthens the previous findings of Scholars for 9/11 Truth that no Boeing 757 hit the buillding.
Madison, WI (PRWEB) June 21, 2007 - A study of the black box data provided by the government to Pilots for 9/11 Truth has confirmed the previous findings of Scholars for 9/11 Truth that no Boeing 757 hit the Pentagon on 9/11. "We have had four lines of proof that no Boeing 757 hit the building," said James Fetzer, founder of Scholars for 9/11 Truth. "This new study by Pilots drives another nail into a coffin of lies told the American people by The 9/11 Commission":
The new society, an international organization of pilots and aviation professionals, petitioned the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) under the Freedom of Information Act and obtained its 2002 report on American Airlines Flight 77, a Boeing 757 that, according to the official account, hit the ground floor of the Pentagon after it skimmed over the lawn at 500 mph plus, taking out a series of lamp posts in the process. The pilots not only obtained the flight data but created a computer animation to demonstrate what it told them.
According to the report issued by Pilots for 9/11 Truth (http://pilotsfor911truth.org/), there are major differences between the official account and the flight data:[...]

Interviews with Leuren Moret and Alfred Webre on International 9/11 Citizen’s War Crimes Tribunal
Cathy Garger, Axis of Logic
Sunday, June 24, 2007 in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, at the Vancouver 9/11 Truth Conference independent scientist and world-renowned Uranium Weapons radiation expert, Leuren Moret, and International Lawyer Alfred Webre, J.D., M.Ed., will be calling publicly for the establishment of an International Citizen’s 9/11 War Crimes Tribunal. 300 Million Americans will not be around to watch - and celebrate - this historical announcement, as it will be in Canada.

Israeli Futurologist Warns of Nanotech Armed Cave Dwelling Muslim Terrorists
In Bushzarro world, and its concurrent manifestation in the world of Zionism, up is down, black is white, and cave-dwelling terrorists have their paws on nanotechnology and biochip brain implants. According to Dr Yair Sharan, director of Tel Aviv University’s Interdisciplinary Centre for Technology Analysis and Forecasting, terrorists—not the NWO type, mind you, but the Muslim sort—will in 20 short years utilize “suicide bombers remote-controlled by brain-chip implants” and unleash “nano-technology cluster bombs, or biological compounds for which there is no antidote.”

Such horrors will not be devised in Iran or “al-Qaeda” controlled areas of Iraq or hopelessly backward Afghanistan but right here in the good old USA. Of course, our spooks and military men would never use such things on innocents, never mind the CIA will supposedly come clean, according to Michael Hayden, and detail how the spook and world mayhem organization conducted “a series of ‘unwitting’ tests on US civilians, including the use of drugs,” the Los Angeles Times reports.

It is well-known the CIA used swine and dengue fever viruses against Cuba, and the Pentagon conducted radiation experiments on U.S. soldiers and even Eskimos, unwitting patients at university hospitals were injected with plutonium and uranium, mycoplasma was used in research on private citizens by the University of Maryland, and there are countless less documented cases of anthrax, tularemia, yellow and Q fever, botulinum toxin, wheat rust, rice blast, etc., ad nauseam, used against people and plants in Asia, South and Central America, and the Caribbean.

Dr Yair Sharan makes no mention of the terrorists who sprayed Agent Orange—and Agent White, Agent Blue, Agent Purple, Agent Pink and Agent Green—over Southeast Asia, resulting in countless cases of peripheral neuropathy, spina bifida, Type 2 diabetes, acute myelogenous leukemia, renal cancer, testicular cancer, spontaneous abortion, birth defects, neonatal or infant death and stillbirths, low birth weight, childhood cancers, abnormal sperm parameters, cognitive neuropsychiatric disorders, ataxia, peripheral nervous system disorders, circulatory disorders, respiratory disorders, skin cancers, urinary and bladder cancer, on and on.

No mention, as well, of the terrorists who dispensed tons and tons of depleted uranium in Iraq, Afghanistan, and Serbia, a process, according to Leuren Moret, that “will slowly annihilate all species on earth including the human species…. Depleted uranium aerosols will permanently contaminate vast regions and slowly destroy the genetic future of populations living in those regions, where there are resources which the US must control, in order to establish and maintain American primacy.” As we now know, depleted uranium particles are responsible for chronic myeloid leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, pancreas carcinoma, Gulf war-syndrome, fibromyalgia, auto-immune deficiencies, lung-, liver-, kidney failure, on and on.

Before frightening the little ones with Brothers Grimm stories about future terrorists unleashing nanotech cluster bombs, Dr Yair Sharan may want to take a look at his own government, responsible for “a new type of explosive” used in the Gaza Strip last year. “These explosives contain toxics and radioactive materials which burn and tear the victim’s body from the inside and leave long term deformations,” the Electronic Intifada reported.
“Allegations that Israeli forces have used chemical and biological weapons date back to the War of 1948,” notes Vermonters for a Just Peace in Palestine/Israel. “In March 2003, the highly-respected BBC television network presented Israel’s Secret Weapon, an investigation of Israel’s development of nuclear, chemical and biological weapons. The BBC reported: ‘The Israeli army has used new unidentified weapons. In February 2001 a new gas was used in Gaza. A hundred and eighty patients were admitted to hospitals with severe convulsions….Israel is outside chemical and biological weapons treaties and still refuses to say what the new gas was.’”

And then there was Israel’s attack against Lebanon last summer. “Blackened bodies have been showing up at hospitals in southern Lebanon two weeks into the war between Israel and Hizbollah guerrillas,” the Sydney Morning Herald reported. “Bachir Cham, a Belgian-Lebanese doctor at the Southern Medical Centre in Sidon…. said the bodies of some victims were ‘black as shoes, so they are definitely using chemical weapons. They are all black but their hair and skin is intact so they are not really burnt.’”...

LOCKERBIE: 'It is time to put right the wrongs'
EVIDENCE against the Lockerbie bomber was fabricated and manipulated on both sides of the Atlantic, according to leaked defence documents which appear to undermine the conviction of Abdelbaset Ali Mohmed al-Megrahi.
Investigators for Megrahi claim to have compelling new evidence of widespread tampering with evidence, missing or overlooked statements, and a concerted attempt to lead investigators away from the original Iranian-backed suspects and towards Libya.... The defence team believes it was necessary in 1990 for the prosecution to alter evidence, for political reasons. The Gulf War meant it was essential to keep Iran onside and Libya became a suitable scapegoat....Hundreds of new documents and photographs examined by Scotland on Sunday appear to show many aspects of the Lockerbie prosecution were at best incompetent and at worst amounted to an attempt to pervert the course of justice.... While the main perpetrators appear to have been CIA officers, according to the defence papers, there is also damning evidence suggesting police officers and other investigators took part in preparing false evidence. http://scotlandonsunday.scotsman.com/index.cfm?id=986842007

Lockerbie Pan Am Flight 103: Inconvenient Truths
At least four US intelligence officers, including the CIA’s deputy station chief in Beirut, were on the Flight 103 passenger list. In the days following the bombing, CIA agents scoured the Scottish countryside, some reportedly dressed in Pan Am overalls. Mary Boylan, then a constable with Lothian and Borders police, has said that senior police officers told her not to make an official record of the CIA badge she recovered from the wreckage, asking her instead to hand it over to a senior colleague. Her testimony, too, is now in the hands of the SCCRC. Jim Wilson, a farmer from the village of Tundergarth, reported shortly after the bombing that he had found in his field a suitcase packed with a powdery substance that looked ‘like drugs’. He last saw the suitcase when he handed it over to the police, he said; he was never asked about it again.
In December 1998, Susan Lindauer, a US congressional aide, submitted a sworn deposition to the court in which she claimed that Richard Fuisz, a CIA agent, had given her a guarantee that he knew who was behind the Lockerbie bombing. Lindauer’s affidavit describes a conversation in Fuisz’s ‘business office’ in Chantilly, Virginia, in which he said he knew for sure the perpetrators were based in Syria. ‘Dr Fuisz has told me that he can identify who orchestrated and executed the bombing. Dr Fuisz has said that he can confirm absolutely that no Libyan national was involved in planning or executing the bombing of Pan Am 103, either in any technical or advisory capacity whatsoever.’ ‘If the government would let me, I could identify the men behind this attack,’ Lindauer says Fuisz told her. Lindauer has since been accused by the US government of being an Iraqi agent; her case is pending. But her earlier deposition has been submitted to the SCCRC. It can’t count for much, however, since Fuisz himself is not able to comment. In October 1994, a month after Lindauer spoke to him, Fuisz was gagged by a Washington court. The US government ruled that under state secrecy laws he faced ten years in prison if he spoke about the Lockerbie bombing. UN observers have since criticised this apparent restraint of a key witness.

US-NATO 'Missile Shield' Programme: Index Timeline
Sarah Meyer, Index Research
The United States has blamed Russia for aggression after Putin's comments on the US Missile Shield programme. Mainstream Media have obediently followed the U.S. government line without investigating the background to Russia’s complaint. I am thus publishing a Missile Shield source review from February – early June 2007 in the hopes that a more balanced reportage will follow. One can see that the U.S. has been vigorously campaigning on behalf of NATO. It was thus astonishing to read, for example, a Guardian story saying that Mr Putin launched an "extraordinary broadside at the west over missile defence response." Not so "extraordinary" if one is aware of the background...

Open letter to the anti-war movement
By Hana Al-Bayaty

The national popular resistance in Iraq, defending the whole of humanity against a culture of force, deserves our recognition and support...

US ..imperialists are trying to destroy this civilisation, refusing to be subject to international law and replacing it with the law of the jungle. How can the world — Americans included — be identified with such a savage enterprise as the war on and occupation of Iraq?

Arabs are not strangers to neo-imperial attempts to prevent their development. They recall the systematic demonisation of their popular movements: the attempted toppling of the democratically elected Syrian government in 1956 for being “communist”, the characterisation of Nasser as a “fascist” when he nationalised the Suez Canal, the criminalisation of the Iraqi Baath Party, referred to as “Nazis”, when it refused to surrender control over Iraq’s resources. Even the Palestinian and Lebanese people who heroically struggle against occupation are considered “terrorists”. We know well what are colonial policies in general and in this region in particular. The US always pretends to defend the rights of a minority — whether its demands are justified or not — in order to control the majority. In Iraq, since 1991, the US appealed to Kurds and Shias to rebel, trying to insinuate that those who govern them are Sunnis. Anyone with intellectual honesty knows that the Baath Party was neither sectarian in its thinking nor in its membership.

US-Israeli plans, based on creating divisions among Arabs in one country, or between countries, have failed. In Iraq, the policy of charming some groups of the Iraqi Resistance or their supporters in order to divide them and isolate the resistance has failed ....

The struggle of Iraq is a struggle for civilisation, for culture, for justice, and for not reducing human life to mere production and consumption or the conquest of others. Indeed, the present uprising of Iraqis is not only a part of the wider struggle against savage globalisation and “free” capital, it is its forefront battle. It is because the Iraqis refuse to surrender their sovereignty to multinational corporations that Iraq is being destroyed so viciously....

The US did not and cannot achieve its goals, even if it exterminates whole sections of Iraqi society. To succeed in stopping this insanity, the anti-war movement must revise all its terminology and refuse the terms dictated by the occupation. ...

Number of Americans who believe Saddam-9/11 tie rises to 41 percent:
A new Newsweek poll out this weekend exposed "gaps" in America's knowledge of history and current events.
A new Newsweek poll out this weekend exposed "gaps" in America's knowledge of history and current events. Perhaps most alarmingly, 41% of Americans answered 'Yes' to the question "Do you think Saddam Hussein’s regime in Iraq was directly involved in planning, financing, or carrying out the terrorist attacks of September 11th, 2001?" That total is actually up 5 points since September 2004. Further, a majority of people couldn't identify Saudia Arabia as the country of origin of most of the 9/11 hijackers, even given the question in multiple choice format. 20% answered Iraq, while 14% believed the hijackers came from Iran...

The Empire of Clowns Continues on Its Murderous, Genocidal Path
By Arthur Silber
At this moment in the monstrously bloody course of American Empire, I suppose I might take the sardonically grateful point of view. At least we now have some direct experience of how easy it was for nauseatingly corrupt Roman leaders to impose their will upon the ignorant hordes, and literally to get away with murder. Hell, who needed to "get away" with murder? Bloody, painful, lingering, ungraspably sadistic murder was one of the major entertainments.
And so it is with us, for the majority of Americans are now both stupid and cruel. Comfort yourselves with fantasies about "good Americans" who "mean well" if you wish; the facts provide you scant support. The criminal slaughter in Iraq goes on from day to day...look, Paris Hilton is being dragged off to jail! Again! It becomes clearer with every day that passes that metastasizing mayhem in the Middle East is not an unfortunate byproduct of a plan gone awry: it was the goal from the start. It provides the perfect excuse for a significant American military presence for decades to come — which was also the plan from the beginning.

06/25/07 "ICH" -- --A number of Americans may be decent people individually; in the aggregate, they are entirely ignorant of history, both their own and everyone else's. The elites who rule us are no better. The governing class insists that, from its inception, the United States was granted a special dispensation from God, or Nature, or some mysterious, never to be understood combination of galactic forces: we have been endowed with the "Truth" and the One True Way. It is our mission to share this Truth with the rest of the world. When some of the "lesser peoples" unaccountably resist recognizing the Truth which belongs to us and to us alone...well, that's why God gave us the greatest military the world has ever seen. If resistance by these "others" proves especially nettlesome...well, that's why nukes were invented. Why would God, or Nature, or the galactic forces provide such bounty to the United States if we were not meant to use it — or at least threaten to use it? After all, serious leaders know that all options must be kept on the table. Our table is the whole damned planet, baby! The fact that we are willing to obliterate it in its entirety and turn all of life into dust only proves the strength of our dedication to What Is Right. (We've already done this on a horrifying scale, you know, and then lied about every aspect of it. We had our reasons, and you are not to question them.)
If we knew anything about history, we would know that all such claims have been made many times before. Every notable civilization of the past was convinced it was the recipient of special favor; each fervently believed it was unique in this respect. We are not even unique in our claim to being unique[...] http://www.ichblog.eu/content/view/1772/1/

Drug Firms' Education Role
Drug companies have become the biggest sponsors of continuing medical education courses even at the nation's top medical schools... nearly two-thirds of the cost of continuing education courses sponsored by medical schools, popular for their prestige, are paid for by drug and medical device companies and other commercial interests. "Most of what doctors know about drugs comes from the industry, and that's not healthy," said Jerry Avorn, a Harvard Medical School professor and critic of the sponsorships. "Academic organizations lend their names to courses that are nothing more than infomercials."

Probe Finds NIH Official Violated Government Regulations
David Schwartz, a physician and researcher recruited from Duke University to great fanfare in 2005 as chief of the National Institutes of Health disregarded conflict-of-interest guidelines by making decisions affecting the university where he was a faculty member, broke government spending rules, and raised concerns with his growing involvement as an expert witness in legal cases, according to sources within NIH and Congress and hundreds of pages of confidential documents.... ethics officials in NIH and in the Health and Human Services secretary's office have grown increasingly frustrated with Schwartz's repeated insensitivity to conflict-of-interest rules.... officials learned that Schwartz had not fully divested all his biotechnology and drug company stocks as required, Schwartz wrote to the NIH ethics office that the divestiture "seems totally unreasonable. . . . I'm simply not willing to limit my investments in this way." Also raising alarms were Schwartz's growing commitments to give expert testimony in multimillion-dollar asbestos injury cases -- of concern because he might be perceived as profiting personally from his status as head of the nation's premier environmental toxicology program. Schwartz brought more than a dozen Duke researchers to his federal lab, despite a requirement that he recuse himself from matters involving Duke. He also overspent his lab budget by millions of dollars [...]

helping people adjust to state terrorist exploitation and war
Psychiatrists Top List in Drug Maker Gifts
Psychiatrists earn more money from drug makers than doctors in any other specialty.

The Mind in Chains
Why They Want to Fire Ward Churchill
By Eva Liddell

"ICH" -- --- The latest efforts by folks in support of two well known university professors to either receive tenure or retain it is a little foreign to me but I'm workin' with it. I'm from the generation that shut down universities during college strikes in the 1960's. I can't recall anybody chanting during demonstrations for professor so and so to get tenure. We were urging professors to drop out like everybody else and join in resisting a ludicrous war. Times change. But we're still in a war.

What struck me about Ward Churchill's essay that caused the stir leading to his current troubles, "The Roosting of Chickens" and the thing about little Eichmanns was that it was not that radical a piece of writing. (Something I bet he admits). It was catchy though. Telling Americans they're like Nazis is like saying frog. They'll jump. When he wrote his essay I thought the analogy was already a little thread-bare. Using Germany or the "good German" as stereotypes of evil whether ultimate or banal strikes me as a little too easy. We've got plenty to work with by comparing ourselves to ourselves.

From the first grade on and up through the university system citizens are systemically taught not to judge for themselves. We are taught we have freedom of speech but we are trained not to think. We think we have academic freedom because we are trained to believe we are free. The ultimate goal of our educational system, the dogmatic smothering of minds is overseen by the Department of Education, state boards of regents and the university education departments. Universities are one of the most policed sectors of the State. Should a university professor happen to defy the knowledge factory he has defied the State which aggrandizes itself through the university system. That's why so few do. It's why we have people like Doris Kearns Goodwin, one of our foremost court historians to show us how the game is played.

Get sued for a million dollars for plagiarism and your academic cronies will protect you if you quickly produce a worshipful book about one of our most revered presidents, Abraham Lincoln. When countries all over the world were ending slavery by peaceable means Lincoln needed to kill seven hundred thousand Americans to do it. One of the most important myths coming out of the university system is sustaining the Lincoln Mythos which underpins our Democracy Mythos. Very few people educated in the U.S. school system think Lincoln was anything except a hero, our Great Emancipator. We don't stop to examine that the slaves he emancipated were in states that already had seceded from the Union so "emancipating" them didn't do them much good. Let alone that up until Lincoln's presidency States had the right to secede from the Union until he took that freedom away making the states themselves enslaved to a centralized government. If we think about Lincoln other than how we are taught professors alert us that we are "state rights' wackos" or something.

Another myth straight out of our schools is the notion that slavery existed for "ninety years" replaced by Jim Crow as if slavery wasn't really slavery until the Constitution was ratified. Who then were those people in chains two hundred and fifty years before the Civil War? We are taught that our "founding fathers" ran America with an institutionalized system of slavery until a turn in consciousness made people realize that slavery was bad. That's odd. Millions of people knew in the 1600's that slavery was bad, namely the slaves. I guess it only counts if white people figure it out.

It is interesting that Ward Churchill's essay dealt with the fact that if we have a bad foreign policy like the one after 1945 we might get it thrown back in our faces sooner or later. But our foreign policies had been resisted long before 9/11. Native Americans fought a courageous war against the whites for four hundred years. When they formally surrendered, they were thrown into concentration camps euphemistically called "reservations" where they've been ever since. See what I mean about comparing ourselves to ourselves? What do we need the Germans for? We need Germany as the ultimate evil because if Germany is the ultimate evil the U.S. is less evil. That could be one of the reasons that the university system supported Steven Spielberg's project to bring in thousands of computers as instructional tools teaching the German Holocaust to students of color. Black and Hispanic kids are taught that if they think they had it bad look at the Jews they had it worse. Two hundred and fifty years of chattel slavery undermined. The American Mythos preserved....

I admire Norman Finkelstein and Ward Churchill for writing what they did. They pissed off the wrong people. The universities are reacting as if their corns have been stepped on. Yet the essential myths that comprise the American dream remain undisrupted.
Eva Liddell lives in the Pacific Norfthwest.

another imperialist war based on lies...
June 27, 1950 President Truman ordered the Air Force and Navy into the Korean War following a call from the [U.S. ORGAN of DOMINATION]
UN Security Council for member nations to help South Korea repel an invasion from the North.

a great day...
June 25, 1876, Lt. Col. George A. Custer and his 7th Cavalry were wiped out by Sioux and Cheyenne Indians in the Battle of Little Big Horn in Montana.http://www.nytimes.com/learning/general/onthisday/20070625.html

Special Digest Issue: Directive for a "Catastrophic Emergency" in America: Building a Justification for Waging War on Iran?

Digest note: beside creating the pretext for next U.S. military aggression toward its goal of global domination [see *docs. at bottom of page], a state of emergency/martial law is being prepared for all eventualities to suppress resistance --the only means of stopping the fascist juggernaut--should it ever finally arise here in the "homeland" and worldwide:

Bush Directive for a "Catastrophic Emergency" in America: Building a Justification for Waging War on Iran?
By Prof. Michel Chossudovsky
Global Research, June 24, 2007

"Another [9/11 type terrorist] attack could create both a justification and an opportunity that is lacking today to retaliate against some known targets" (Statement by Pentagon official, leaked to the Washington Post, 23 April 2006)

The US media consensus is that "the United States faces its greatest threat of a terrorist assault since the September 11 attacks" (USA Today, 12 February 2006) The American Homeland is threatened by " Islamic terrorists", allegedly supported by Tehran and Damascus. America is under attack" by an illusive "outside enemy".
Concepts are turned upside down. War becomes Peace. "Offense" becomes a legitimate means of "self-defense". In the words of President Bush:
"Against this kind of enemy, there is only one effective response: We must go on the offense, stay on the offense, and take the fight to them." (President George W. Bush, CENTCOM Coalition Conference, May 1, 2007)

The intent is to seek a pretext to wage a preemptive war. A "terrorist attack on America" could be used to justify, in the eyes of an increasingly credulous public opinion, on "humanitarian grounds", the launching of a major theater war directed against Iran and Syria.
Allegedly supported by Iran, the terrorists are said to possess nuclear capabilities. They are supposedly planning to explode "radiological dispersion devices" (RDD) or "dirty bombs" in densely populated urban areas in the US. Former Secretary of State Colin Powell had already forewarned in 2003 that, "It would be easy for terrorists to cook up radioactive ‘dirty’ bombs to explode inside the U.S. … How likely it is, I can't say..." (10 February 2003).

The sheer absurdity that Al Qaeda might have advanced capabilities to wage a nuclear attack on America is, nonetheless, pervasive in US media reports. Moreover, numerous drills and exercises, simulating a terrorist attack using nuclear devices, have been conducted in recent years, creating the illusion that "the threat is real": "What we do know is that our enemies want to inflict massive casualties and that terrorists have the expertise to invent a wide range of attacks, including those involving the use of chemical, biological, radiological and even nuclear weapons. ... [E]xploding a small nuclear weapon in a major city could do incalculable harm to hundreds of thousands of people, as well as to businesses and the economy,...(US Congress, House Financial Services Committee, June 21, 2007).

Consistently since 911, the Bush administration has reminded Americans of the danger of a "Second 9/11":

"The near-term attacks ... will either rival or exceed the 9/11 attacks... And it's pretty clear that the nation's capital and New York city would be on any list..." (Former DHS Secretary Tom Ridge, December 2003)

"... Credible reporting indicates that Al Qaeda is moving forward with its plans to carry out a large-scale attack in the United States in an effort to disrupt our democratic process... (Former DHS Secretary Tom Ridge, 8 July 2004)
"The enemy that struck on 9/11 is weakened and fractured yet it is still lethal and planning to hit us again." (Vice President Dick Cheney, 7 January 2006)

"We are still a nation at risk. Part of our strategy, of course, is to stay on the offense against terrorists who would do us harm. In other words, it is important to defeat them overseas so we never have to face them here. Nevertheless, we recognize that we've got to be fully prepared here at the homeland." (President George W. Bush February 8, 2006)

"Our main enemy is al Qaeda and its affiliates. Their allies choose their victims indiscriminately. They murder the innocent to advance a focused and clear ideology. They seek to establish a radical Islamic caliphate, so they can impose a brutal new order on unwilling people, much as Nazis and communists sought to do in the last century. This enemy will accept no compromise with the civilized world.... (President George W. Bush, CENTCOM Coalition Conference, May 1, 2007)

We're fighting a war on terror because the enemy attacked us first, and hit us hard. ... Al Qaeda's leadership has said they have the right to "kill four million Americans,... For nearly six years now, the United States has been able to defeat their attempts to attack us here at home. Nobody can guarantee that we won't be hit again. ... (Vice President Dick Cheney, United States Military Academy Commencement, West Point, New York, May 26, 2007)

In the immediate wake of the invasion of Iraq (April 2003), various national security procedures were put in place which focused on the eventuality of a "Second 911". These initiatives in the area of Homeland Security outlined the precise circumstances under which martial law could be declared in the case of a second major terrorist attack on America.

Under martial law, the military would take over several functions of civilian government including justice and law enforcement.
A terrorist attack on American soil of the size and nature of September 11, would lead ---according to former CENTCOM Commander, General Tommy Franks-- to the downfall of democracy in America. In an interview in December 2003, which was barely mentioned in the US media, General Franks outlined a scenario, which would result in the suspension of the Constitution and the installation of military rule in America:
"[A] terrorist, massive, casualty-producing event [will occur] somewhere in the Western world - it may be in the United States of America - that causes our population to question our own Constitution and to begin to militarize our country in order to avoid a repeat of another mass, casualty-producing event." (General Tommy Franks Interview, Cigar Aficionado, December 2003)

Franks was obliquely alluding to a "Second 9/11" terrorist attack, which could be used to galvanize US public opinion in support of a military government and police state. The "terrorist massive casualty-producing event" was presented by General Franks as a crucial political turning point. The resulting crisis and social turmoil is intended to facilitate a major shift in US political, social and institutional structures, leading to the suspension of constitutional government.

US Northern Command
The Administration's "Catastrophic Emergency" procedures are intimately related to military planning at the level of the Pentagon. In this regard, the formation of US Northern Command (NORTHCOM) in April 2002 (based at Peterson Air Force Base, Colorado) constitutes an important landmark in the evolving relationship between the Military and Homeland Security.
US Northern Command was created as a new command structure with the explicit mandate to defend the Homeland against foreign terrorists.
This mandate is defined in the Pentagon's "Joint Doctrine for Homeland Security (JP-26)". Even in the case where the "outside enemy" is fabricated (and this is known at the highest levels of the military-intelligence apparatus), a military coup d'Etat characterized by detailed command military/ security provisions, would become operational almost immediately.
NORTHCOM's "Command Mission" encompasses a number of "non-military functions" including "crisis management" and "domestic civil support". Under Northcom jurisdiction, the latter imply a process of "military support to federal, state and local authorities in the event of a terror attack."
NORTHCOM has a mandate to "defend the homeland" against an illusive "outside enemy" (Al Qaeda), which is said to be threatening the security of America. According to Frank Morales, "the scenario of a military take-over of America is unfolding." And Northern Command is the core military entity in this takeover and militarization of civilian institutions.

Dick Cheney's "Contingency Plan"
Following the creation of NORTHCOM in 2002, "Defense of the Homeland" functions -including domestic counter-terrorism and national emergency procedures-- have become increasingly integrated into the broader process of military planning by the Pentagon . This integration should be understood as part of the Pentagon's preemptive war doctrine, where a presumed or planned attack on the Homeland by "Islamic terrorists" becomes a justification for waging an "offensive" (defined as defensive) war in the Middle East.

The September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks were used to wage war on Afghanistan, using the pretext (without a shred of evidence) that the Afghan Taliban government was a "State sponsor" of the 9/11 attacks.

In August 2005, Vice President Dick Cheney is reported to have instructed USSTRATCOM, based at the Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska, to draw up a "Contingency Plan", "to be employed in response to another 9/11-type terrorist attack on the United States". (Philip Giraldi, Attack on Iran: Pre-emptive Nuclear War, The American Conservative, 2 August 2005)

Dick Cheney's "Contingency Plan" was predicated on the preemptive war doctrine. Implied in the "Contingency Plan" was the presumption that Iran would be behind the attacks. The Vice president's instructions were given to USSTRATCOM, which is in charge of the central planning and coordination of major overseas theater wars, rather than to NORTHCOM, whose mandate consists in defending the North American Homeland against terrorist attacks. . Cheney's "Contingency Plan" under USSTRATCOM jurisdiction, would draw on the possibility of a "Second 9/11" attack to prepare for a major military operation directed against Iran, while pressure would also be exerted in the corridors of the United Nations on Tehran, in relation to its (non-existent) nuclear weapons program. What is diabolical in this 2005 decision by the US Vice President is that the justification to wage war on Iran rests on Iran's alleged involvement in a hypothetical terrorist attack on America, which has not yet occurred. The plan to attack Iran is based on the principle of self defense. It "includes a large-scale air assault on Iran employing both conventional and tactical nuclear weapons." (Philip Giraldi, Attack on Iran: Pre-emptive Nuclear War, The American Conservative, 2 August 2005) "Several senior Air Force officers involved in the planning are reportedly appalled at the implications of what they are doing—that Iran is being set up for an unprovoked nuclear attack—but no one is prepared to damage his career by posing any objections. (Ibid)

The Pentagon's "Second 9/11"
In early 2006, (former) Secretary Don Rumsfeld approved a far-reaching military campaign plan to fight terrorism around the World, with a view to retaliating in the case of a second major terrorist attack on America. This Pentagon plan was, in essence, an extension of the Second 911 "Contingency Plan" agenda announced by Dick Cheney in 2005.

The Pentagon's anti-terrorist plan was outlined in three secret documents, of which excerpts were leaked to the Washington Post. These three documents consist of an overall "campaign plan" plus two "subordinate plans". The second "subordinate plan" explicitly focuses on the possibility of "Second 9/11" and how a second major attack on American soil might provide "an opportunity" to extend the US led war in the Middle East into new frontiers:
"[It] sets out how the military can both disrupt and respond to another major terrorist strike on the United States. It includes lengthy annexes that offer a menu of options for the military to retaliate quickly against specific terrorist groups, individuals or state sponsors depending on who is believed to be behind an attack. Another attack could create both a justification and an opportunity that is lacking today to retaliate against some known targets, according to current and former defense officials familiar with the plan. (Washington Post, 23 April 2006, emphasis added)
The presumption of this military document, is that a Second 911 attack "which is lacking today" would usefully create both a "justification and an opportunity" to wage war on "some known targets [Iran and Syria]".

National Security and Homeland Security Presidential Directive, NSPD-51/ HSPD 20
In May 2007, a major presidential National Security Directive is issued, (National Security and Homeland Security Presidential Directive NSPD 51/HSPD 20)
NSPD 51 / HSPD 20 is a combined National Security Directive emanating from the White House and Homeland Security. It is tailor-made to fit the premises of both the Pentagon's 2006 "Anti-terrorist Plan" as well Vice President Cheney's 2005 "Contingency Plan". The directive establishes procedures for "Continuity of Government" (COG) in the case of a "Catastrophic Emergency". The latter is defined in NSPD 51/HSPD 20 (henceforth referred to as NSPD 51), as "any incident, regardless of location, that results in extraordinary levels of mass casualties, damage, or disruption severely affecting the U.S. population, infrastructure, environment, economy, or government functions." "Continuity of Government," or "COG," is defined in NSPD 51 as "a coordinated effort within the Federal Government's executive branch to ensure that National Essential Functions continue to be performed during a Catastrophic Emergency."

NSPD 51 has barely been reported by the mainstream media. There was no press briefing by the White House or by DHS Secretary Michael Chertoff, which would be the normal practice, given the significance and implications of NSPD 51. The text of NSPD /51 HSPD 20, announced by the White House is not even mentioned on the DHS's website.

This Combined Directive NSPD /51 HSPD 20 grants unprecedented powers to the Presidency and the Department of Homeland Security, overriding the foundations of Constitutional government. NSPD 51 allows the sitting president to declare a “national emergency” without Congressional approval The adoption of NSPD 51 would lead to the de facto closing down of the Legislature and the militarization of justice and law enforcement: The President shall lead the activities of the Federal Government for ensuring constitutional government. In order to advise and assist the President in that function, the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counter terrorism (APHS/CT) is hereby designated as the National Continuity Coordinator. The National Continuity Coordinator, in coordination with the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs (APNSA), without exercising directive authority, shall coordinate the development and implementation of continuity policy for executive departments and agencies. The Continuity Policy Coordination Committee (CPCC), chaired by a Senior Director from the Homeland Security Council staff, designated by the National Continuity Coordinator, shall be the main day-to-day forum for such policy coordination. (National Security and Homeland Security Presidential Directive NSPD 51/HSPD 20, emphasis added) NSPD 51 grants extraordinary Police State powers to the White House and Homeland Security (DHS), in the event of a "Catastrophic Emergency". The Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counter terrorism (APHS/CT), who is slated to play a key role in the eventuality of Martial law, is a key White House adviser, Frances Fragos Townsend.

Foreign Policy Implications of NSPD 51
While NSPD 51 has the appearances of a domestic national security decision, it is, nonetheless, an integral part of US foreign policy. It belongs to a longstanding military national security agenda. Were NSPD 51 to be invoked, Vice President Dick Cheney, who constitutes the real power behind the Executive, would essentially assume de facto dictatorial powers, circumventing both the US Congress and the Judiciary, while continuing to use President George W. Bush as a proxy figurehead. NSPD 51, while bypassing the Constitution, nonetheless, envisages very precise procedures which guarantee the powers of the Vice President:
"This directive shall be implemented in a manner that is consistent with, and facilitates effective implementation of, provisions of the Constitution concerning succession to the Presidency or the exercise of its powers, and the Presidential Succession Act of 1947 (3 U.S.C. 19), with consultation of the Vice President and, as appropriate, others involved. Heads of executive departments and agencies shall ensure that appropriate support is available to the Vice President and others involved as necessary to be prepared at all times to implement those provisions." (NSPD 51, op cit.)

In the case of a "Catastrophic Emergency", NSPD 51 could potentially be used to justify the implementation of retaliatory military action against Iran in accordance with Dick Cheney's 2005 "Contingency Plan". If the "Catastrophic Emergency" were to be triggered by a terrorist attack, NSPD-51 could be invoked as "the justification and ... opportunity ... to retaliate against some known targets" as outlined by the Pentagon in its 2006 anti-terrorist plan.

The broader question is whether the occurrence of this "Catastrophic Emergency " is actually being planned by the Pentagon, with a view to justifying an attack on Iran.

The Role of the US Military in the Case of a "Catastrophic Emergency"
NSPD 51 would instate martial law under the authority of the White House and the DHS. It would suspend constitutional government under the provisions of Continuity in Government (COG). The provisions of NSPD 51 are consistent with an existing body of legislation and regulations pertaining to alleged terrorist attacks on the Homeland and the declaration of martial law.

Since 2003, following the invasion of Iraq, Homeland Security (DHS) has contemplated time and again the possibility of a so-called code red alert "scenario" --using a potential or possible Al Qaeda terrorist attack on America soil as a pretext for implementing martial law. (For further details, see Michel Chossudovsky, America's "War on Terrorism", Global Research, 2005) Since 2003, the DHS has conducted several "anti-terrorist exercises" under the TOPOFF (top officials) program. The latter consisted in organizing anti-terror preparedness in a military style exercise with the participation of federal, State and local level governments. Various attack "scenarios" by foreign terrorists using weapons of mass destruction had been envisaged.
Code Red Alert was initially established under the provisions of Homeland Security Presidential Directive-3 (March 2002). Under the existing legislation, a code red alert would trigger conditions for the "temporary" suspension of the normal functions of civilian government. Several functions of civilian administration would be closed down, others could be transferred to the jurisdiction of the military. More generally, the procedure would disrupt government offices, businesses, schools, public services, transportation, etc. According to (former) Homeland Security Secretary Tom Ridge (22 Dec. 2003): "If we go to [code] Red ... it basically shuts down the country."

In which case, a national emergency is declared, Northern Command deploys its forces on air, land and sea. Several functions of civilian government are transferred to NORTHCOM headquarters, which already has the structures which enable it to oversee and supervise civilian institutions.
Code red alert would suspend civil liberties, including public gathering and/ or citizens' protests against the Administration's decision to declare martial law.
The emergency authorities would also have the authority to exert tight censorship over the media and would no doubt paralyze the alternative news media on the internet.
In turn, code red alert would trigger the "civilian" Homeland Emergency response system, including the DHS' Ready.Gov instructions, the Big Brother Citizen Corps, not to mention the USAonWatch and Neighborhood Watch Program which have a mandate to "identify and report suspicious activity in neighborhoods" across America.

The Militarization of Civilian Institutions
NSPD 51 is, in principle, a civilian directive emanating from the Presidency and the DHS.
What would be the involvement of the Military in a martial law situation, following the activation of NSPD 51?
In theory, the Posse Comitatus Act of 1878 adopted in the wake of the US civil war, prevents the military from intervening in civilian police and judicial functions. This law has been central to the functioning of constitutional government. Although the Posse Comitatus Act is still on the books, in practice the legislation is no longer effective in preventing the militarization of civilian institutions. (See Frank Morales, Global Research, September 2003)

Legislation inherited from the Clinton administration, not to mention the post 9/11 Patriot Acts I and II, "blurs the line between military and civilian roles", it allows the military to intervene in judicial and law enforcement activities even in the absence of an emergency situation.
In 1996, legislation was passed which allowed the military to intervene in the case of a national emergency (e.g.. a terrorist attack). In 1999, Clinton's Defense Authorization Act (DAA) extended those powers (under the 1996 legislation) by creating an "exception" to the Posse Comitatus Act, which would allow the military to be involved in civilian affairs "regardless of whether there is an emergency". (See ACLU)
Under this 1999 provision, "the mere threat of an act of terrorism would justify calling in military units. That represents a loophole large enough to drive a battalion of army tanks through." (Ibid)

In other words, the Clinton era legislation had already laid the legal and ideological foundations of the "global war on terrorism". (emphasis added)

While NSPD 51 is a significant and timely landmark, it is broadly consistent with the pre-existing legislation, with one important exception. NSPD 51 confirms that "Continuity in Government" (COG), while suspending the Constitution, would be carried out under the control of the Presidency.
This distinction is important, in view of mounting opposition within the Armed Forces to the possible use of a "false flag" terrorist attack as a justification for the launching of a broader Middle East war, in which nuclear weapons could be used against Iran. NSPD 51 largely confirms the "legitimacy" of preexisting procedures and legislation, while also stipulating a central and critical role for the presidency in the case of a "Catastrophic Emergency". In fact, NSPD 51 thwarts the possibility of discretionary actions taken unilaterally by the Military in the case of a national emergency. Broadly speaking, NSPD 51 reinforces the control exerted by the White House, its civilian apparatus as well as its corporate lobby groups. While COG would result in the militarization of civilian institutions, this process would be under the control of civilian policy-makers, acting on behalf of their corporate sponsors. This civilian policy apparatus, made up of senior NeoCon advisers, with links to the Washington think tanks, Wall Street and the oil giants, is slated to play a key role in the case of martial law.
Whereas the militarization of justice and law enforcement would proceed, the Military would, nonetheless, remain subordinate to a "civilian dictatorship".

War Games and the Militarization of National Emergency Preparedness
Another relevant dimension of the militarization of civilian institutions pertains to interagency collaboration between the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and the Pentagon in the conduct of military style "catastrophic emergency response" exercises .
This "interagency collaboration" was endorsed in 2006 by the US Congress. FEMA (under the jurisdiction of the Department Homeland Security) was given exceptional powers. A significant budget was also provided to finance an ongoing partnership between FEMA and the US Military.
Northern Command was responsible for establishing links with civilian agencies involved in emergency preparedness (operating under the Defense Support of Civil Authorities (DSCA)).

What has unfolded is an integrated military/civilian outlook on emergency preparedness. A number of civilian agencies now actively participate in the conduct of Pentagon war games. In 2006, FEMA's "catastrophic disaster response" exercise was integrated into the conduct of US Northern Command's "Operation Vigilant Shield 07": "[In a] joint exercise activity, FEMA and USNORTHCOM exercised catastrophic disaster response during Vigilant Shield 07, an exercise focusing on a nuclear weapons accident and a terrorist event. (David Paulison, Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management, Agency (FEMA), statement to the Committee on House Transportation and Infrastructure Subcommittee on Economic Development, Public Buildings and Emergency Management, US Congress, 19 May 2007). Vigilant Shield 07 was a far-reaching "New Cold War" type war games exercise, directed against directed against (Irmingham) Iran and its Cold war era enemies: Ruebek (Russia), Churya (China), and Nemazee (North Korea). (for further details, see Michel Chossudovsky, Theater Iran Near Term, Global Research, February 21, 2007)

In April-May 2007, FEMA together with a number of civilian agencies including the FBI, local and State and private organizations participated in the Pentagon's Ardent Sentry-Northern Edge 07 war games (AS-NE 07), under the helm of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. U.S.
Part of the AS NE 07 war games were directed against Russia. They were held in the vicinity of the Bearing Straits on the immediate borders with Russia's Fareast, These associated exercises in Alaska entitled Alaska Shield also included the participation of Canadian forces. (For further details, see NorthCom.mil Fact Sheet)

Continued Emergency Preparedness
In the months prior as well as following the release of NSPD-51 by the White House on 9 May 2007, emergency exercises have been held, with the support of the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) in several US cities. [*Digest note: see below New Orleans-Katrina]. How to respond in the case of a "Catastrophic Event". Brainstorming sessions involving officials from local, state and federal agencies have met to examine what to do in the case of "Catastrophic Event" or terrorist attack. On June 2nd, the US was "dominated by screaming headlines and sensationalist broadcast coverage of an alleged plot in New York to blow up John F. Kennedy International Airport" (See Bill van Auken, June 7, 2007). In the meantime, the US public has become increasingly skeptical of repeated fake terror alerts: There is every reason to believe that the succession of “terror” cases, each one weaker than the last and virtually all of them driven by “informants” who seem to play more the role of agents provocateur, are aimed at achieving precisely this effect. They serve as a means of intimidating public opinion with fear, justifying attacks on democratic rights and diverting attention from the ongoing debacle in Iraq. The problem faced by the government is that the public is growing increasingly skeptical about these cases, with a sizeable portion of the population having concluded that they are trumped up for political purposes. (Ibid)

New Military Appointments; The Firing of the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff
Several key military appointments were made in recent months. Of significance, Admiral. William J. Fallon, was appointed Commander of U.S. Central Command (CENTCOM) in March by Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates.
Meanwhile, another major military appointment was implemented, which has a direct bearing on war preparations in relation to Iran. Admiral Timothy J. Keating Commander of US NORTHCOM was appointed on March 26, to head US Pacific Command, which includes both the 5th and the 7th fleets. The 7th Fleet Pacific Command is the largest U.S. combatant command. Keating, who takes over from Admiral Fallon is also an unbending supporter of the "war on terrorism". Pacific Command would be playing a key role in the context of a military operation directed against Iran.(http://www.pacom.mil/about/pacom.shtml)

Of significance, Admiral Keating was also involved in the 2003 attack on Iraq as commander of US Naval Forces Central Command and the Fifth Fleet.

Admiral Fallon is fully compliant with the Bush administration's war plans in relation to Iran. He replaces Gen. John P. Abizaid, who was pushed into retirement, following apparent disagreements with Rumsfeld's successor, Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates. While Abizaid recognized both the failures and the weaknesses of the US military in Iraq, Admiral Fallon is closely aligned with Vice President Dick Cheney. He is also firmly committed to the "Global War on Terrorism" (GWOT). CENTCOM would coordinate an attack on Iran from the Middle East war theater.

Moreover, the appointment of an Admiral is indicative of a shift in emphasis of CENTCOM's functions in the war theater. The "near term" emphasis is Iran rather than Iraq, requiring the coordination of naval and air force operations in the Persian Gulf.
The instatement of NSPD 51 in May 2007 was followed barely a few weeks later by the announcement of the "non-renewal of the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff (CJCS) General Peter Pace, who in recent months, has indicated his disagreement with the Administration regarding the Iran threat. .
General Pace stated (February 2007) that he saw no firm evidence of Tehran supplying weapons to Shiite militias inside Iraq, which was being heralded by the Bush administration as a justification for waging war on Iran: "[M]aybe that's why he's the outgoing chairman. Maybe that's why they're not renewing him. Because ...He has seen no evidence that Iran is fomenting unrest in Iraq that's causing Americans lives... " (Fox News' Alan Colmes, ox News, June, 13, 2007),
General Peter Pace ends his term as Chairman of the JCS in September 2007. Defense Secretary Gates has already announced that Admiral Michael Mullen, who is U.S. Chief of Naval Operations, has been nominated to replace General Peter Pace as Chairman of the Joint chiefs of Staff
Admiral Mullen's discourse is in marked contrast to that of General Peter Pace. Mullen, who was in charge of coordinating naval war games off the Iranian coastline, has expressed an unbending commitment to "waging" and "winning asymmetric wars", while also "protecting the United States":
"we must ensure we have the Battle Force, the people, and the combat readiness we need to win our nation's wars...Our Navy is fighting the Global War on Terror while at the same time providing a Strategic Reserve worldwide for the President and our Unified and Combatant Commanders.... Simply reacting to change is no longer an acceptable course of action if our Navy is to successfully wage asymmetric warfare and simultaneously deter regional and transnational threats" (Statement, Senate Armed Services Committee, 7 May 2007)

Admiral Mullen's stance is in line with that of the Bush Administration's key Neo-conservative ideologues. With regard to Iran, echoing almost verbatim the stance of the White House, Admiral Mullen considers that it is "unacceptable that Iran is providing U.S. enemies in Iraq and Afghanistan with capabilities that are hurting and killing U.S. troops." (Inside the Pentagon, June 21, 2007). But on the issue of Iran, the Democrats are on board. There is a bipartisan consensus, expressed by Senator Jo Lieberman: "I want to make clear I'm not talking about a massive ground invasion of Iran,... [but a] strike over the border into Iran, where we have good evidence that they have a base at which they are training these people coming back into Iraq to kill our soldiers" (AP, June 11, 2007)

US Nuclear Weapons in the Middle East War Theater
The use of conventional and nuclear weapons are now part of the same integrated command structure.
The Bush administration has confirmed that it contemplates the possible use tactical bunker buster nuclear bombs to "take out" Iran's non-existent nuclear weapons' facilities. An operational plan to wage aerial attacks on Iran has been in "a state of readiness" since June 2005. Essential military hardware to wage this operation has been deployed. (For further details see Michel Chossudovsky, Nuclear War against Iran, Jan 2006 ).

Vice President Dick Cheney' "Contingency Plan" "includes a large-scale air assault on Iran employing both conventional and tactical nuclear weapons." (Philip Giraldi, Attack on Iran: Pre-emptive Nuclear War , The American Conservative, 2 August 2005). USSTRATCOM would have the responsibility for overseeing and coordinating this military deployment as well as launching the military operation. (For details, Michel Chossudovsky, Nuclear War against Iran, Jan 2006 ).

The Bush administration has the full support of its NATO allies and Israel.
US made B61 tactical nuclear weapons have also been deployed in five European non-nuclear states, members of NATO, including Belgium, the Netherlands, Italy, Germany and Turkey. The B61 tactical nuclear warheads under the jurisdiction of these five non-nuclear states, plus Britain are pointed at Iran. While Iran, which possesses a bona fide nuclear energy program, is the object of potential military retaliation, these five European non-nuclear countries (not to mention Israel), are not considered by the "international community" as a threat to global security, in a clear expression of double standards...

Concluding Remarks
9/11 and the threat of a second major attack on America are ostensibly part of the building block of the US National Security doctrine. While, the threat of an impending 9/11 type attack by "Islamic terrorists" is a fabrication, extensive media propaganda, supported by covert intelligence operations, has ensured that the "Global War on Terrorism" or GWOT is widely accepted both by the supporters and opponents of the Bush administration. Visibly based on an outright lie, GWOT has nonetheless gained in legitimacy among America's European partners and allies, which have adopted their own ("copy and paste") anti-terrorist emergency procedures.

Despite mountains of evidence, the 9/11 attacks continue to be upheld by the US and its NATO allies as a bona fide act of war by a foreign power. Since 911, the GWOT is supported by the governments of more than 90 countries. (President George W. Bush, CENTCOM Coalition Conference, May 1, 2007)

Ironically, the Global War on Terrorism is also endorsed by several prominent and authoritative "progressive" intellectuals, who condemn US foreign policy and the Middle East war, while upholding the legitimacy of America's campaign against "Islamic terrorism." An important segment of the US antiwar movement [SIC] has a similar stance. While calling for the withdrawal of US troops from Iraq, it denies the existence of a national resistance movement to the US led occupation: "We are against the US led war in Iraq, but we support the war on terrorism." Not surprisingly, Bush's "Catastrophic Emergency" Directive (NSPD 51) does not seem to have raised much concern within the US Antiwar movement.

Since 9/11, numerous lead stories and Op Eds outlining the nature of the "Global War on Terrorism" have been fed profusely into the news chain. A worldwide Al Qaeda legend has emerged.

Repeated ad nauseam on a daily basis, the GWOT has also become part of a shaky bipartisan political consensus. Despite the blatant contradictions and the political lies, in particular in relation to 9/11 and the possibility of a second terrorist attack, the GWOT is nonetheless accepted by an increasingly skeptical US public opinion. Behind this diabolical "catastrophic emergency" scenario, which ultimately hinges on the powers of media disinformation and deceit, is a profit driven war.

The spiraling multibillion dollar "defense" budget, which according to independent estimates has reached the trillion dollar mark, is barely acknowledged, nor is the privatization of war itself. The US military industrial complex which produces the numerous "humanitarian weapons" including the mini-nukes and bunker buster bombs used to go after the terrorists, would be the direct beneficiary of a war on Iran, together Wall Street and the Anglo-American oil giants, which vie to appropriate and privatize the region's extensive oil and gas reserves.

This war is not led by the military but by the civilian corporate [e.g. capitalist] interests which lie behind the Bush administration. The military takes orders from civilians acting on behalf of those dominant economic interests.... the worldwide demonization of Islam is part of this profit driven war. Three quarters of the World's oil reserves lie in Muslim lands. (World Oil 2004, see also Michel Chossudovsky, The Demonization of Muslims and the Battle for Oil, Global Research, January 2007 ). Vilification of the enemies of America, portrayed as fanatic Islamic terrorists, is part of the Battle for Oil. If the oil were in countries occupied predominantly by Buddhists or Hindus, one would expect that Bush's entire National Security agenda, including the recent "Catastrophic Emergency" Directive NSP 51 would be directed against Buddhists and Hindus.

The threat of a Second Al Qaeda "Attack on America" is being used profusely by the Bush administration to galvanize public opinion in support of a global military agenda . Known and documented, the "Islamic terror network" is a creation of the US intelligence apparatus. The "war on terrorism" is bogus. The 911 narrative as conveyed by the 911 Commission report is fabricated.

How to reverse the tide
The Bush administration is involved in acts of cover-up and complicity at the highest levels of government. Revealing the lies behind 911 would serve to undermine the legitimacy of the "global war on terrorism" which constitutes the main justification for waging war in the Middle East. Without 911, the war criminals in high office do not have a leg to stand on. Their entire National Security construct collapses like a deck of cards.


* digest note: the IRAQ 'CIVIL WAR' was MADE-IN-USA : "Under this plan Iraq would cease to exist"
Plans to foment an 'IRAQI civil war' were formulated in early 90's as a US 'exit strategy' to redirect and destroy the unbeatable, expanding growing Iraqi nationalist resistance. The US must destroy Arab anti-imperialist/zionist struggles for liberation and sovereignty. 80% of the world's oil is in Arab countries: Iraq is the lynchpin to the U.S.-israeli plan for a "new middle east" so it can only be understood in the context it is central to, the broader U.S. global geostrategic agenda. Control of the ME politically & economically, as Brzezinski & others analyzed, is necessary to leverage control over friends as well as enemies-- to expand and secure the fascist and futile U.S. fantasy of "full-spectrum dominance" over a 'new world order':


Excerpts From Pentagon's Plan: 'Prevent the Re-Emergence of a New Rival'
NYT March 8, 1992
Following are excerpts from the Pentagon's Feb. 18 draft of the Defense Planning Guidance for the Fiscal Years 1994-1999: This Defense Planning guidance addresses the fundamentally new situation which has been created by the collapse of the Soviet Union, the disintegration of the internal as well as the external empire, and the discrediting of Communism as an ideology with global pretensions and influence. The new international environment has also been shaped by the victory of the United States and its coalition allies over Iraqi aggression -- the first post-cold-war conflict and a defining event in U.S. global leadership. In addition to these two victories, there has been a less visible one, the integration of Germany and Japan into a U.S.-led system of collective security and the creation of a democratic "zone of peace."

1996 A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm
Following is the policy blueprint prepared by The U.S. Institute for Advanced Strategic and Political Studies’ "Study Group on a New Israeli Strategy Toward 2000." The main substantive ideas in this paper emerge from a discussion in which prominent opinion makers, including Richard Perle, James Colbert, Charles Fairbanks, Jr., Douglas Feith, Robert Loewenberg, David Wurmser, and Meyrav Wurmser participated.

1997: THE GRAND CHESSBOARD: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives
Zbigniew Brzezinski

1997 A geostrategy for Eurasia, by Zbigniew Brzezinski
Foreign Affairs,76:5, September/October 1997 Council on Foreign Relations Inc.


2000 Strategy, Forces and Resources For a New Century: A Report of The Project for the New American Century
The Project for the New American Century (PNAC) is a neo-conservative think tank with strong ties to the American Enterprise Institute. PNAC's web site says it was "established in the spring of 1997" as "a non-profit, educational organization whose goal is to promote American global leadership."
PNAC's policy document, "Rebuilding America's Defences" advocates total U.S. global primacy...

2000 “Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century”
http://www.newamericancentury.org/RebuildingAmericasDefenses.pdf, basically transformed into the NSS of USA ...

2002 United States Government, National Security Strategy of the United States /NSS of USA


1] U.S. Considers Dividing Iraq Into Three Separate States After Saddam Is Gone
FORECASTS & TRENDS, Oct 1, 2002 http://www.profutures.comarticle.php/91/%20

Stratfor.com http://www.stratfor.com/ reports that one of the leading long-term strategies being considered by US war planners is to divide Iraq into three separate regions. Under this plan Iraq would cease to exist. [empasis added]

Stratfor says that such a plan reportedly was discussed at an unusual meeting between Crown Prince Hassan of Jordan and pro-US Iraqi Sunni opposition members in London in July. Further, they say that in September, the Israeli newspaper, Yedioth Ahronoth, stated that the US goal in Iraq was to create a United Hashemite Kingdom that would encompass Jordan and Iraq's Sunni areas. Also, Israeli terrorism expert Ehud Sprinzak recently echoed this sentiment on Russian television on September 24.
So whose idea is this? According to Stratfor, Sprinzak stated that the authors of the "Hashemite" plan are Vice President Dick Cheney and Deputy Secretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz, both considered the most hawkish of Bush administration officials.[...]

2] 2004 Rand study “U.S. Strategy in the Muslim World After 9/11”
By Abdus Sattar Ghazali, exec. editor American Muslim Perspective
Rand study titled “U.S. Strategy in the Muslim WorldAfter 9/11” suggests exploiting Sunni, Shiite and Arab, non-Arab divides to promote the US policy objectives [...]

By Pepe Escobar
The plan [to break up Iraq] allegedly conceived by David Philip, a former White House adviser working for the American Foreign Policy Council (AFPC)[...]

4] Dismembering the body politic in Iraq By Ahmed Janabi
Thursday 22 June 2006, 8:31 Makka Time, 5:31 GMT Iraqi nationalists fear the break-up of their country [...]

5] Iraq's Partition
The U.S. will... work to dissolve the Iraqi nation and state into three independent statelets under a powerless sham national government and, of course, total U.S. control (...) As Col. Lang emphasizes, the seeds for partioning were laid when Cheney and the neocon figures around him ordered the Iraqi army to be disbanded and the de-Baathification of the Iraqi government, its total annulment. The idea of partitioning Iraq may even have been the very reason for the war. The New Middle East expression goes back to the [see above] 1996 "Clean Break" document (pdf) prepared by U.S. as a strategy for Israel's Netanyahu government. The first modern partition Iraq argument was made by Zionist strategist Oded Yinon in 1982. In A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eighties he recommends: In Iraq, a division into provinces along ethnic/religious lines as in Syria during Ottoman times is possible. So, three (or more) states will exist around the three major cities: Basra, Baghdad and Mosul, and Shi'ite areas in the south will separate from the Sunni and Kurdish north. The now imminent, new policy of partitioning Iraq is indeed only the announcement of the result of a process that has been the plan and the policy all along. This is a real "Mission Accomplished" moment...

6] "Civil war likely in Iraq, not necessarily negative"
Tony Jones Interview with Daniel Pipes
Australian Broadcasting Corporation, 02/03/06

TONY JONES: Tell me what sort of trends you’re talking about? Because I’m still struggling to understand how it would be anything but a strategic disaster.
DR DANIEL PIPES: ...should there be a civil war in Iraq, there are various trends which will be disrupted, trends which I think are negative... in the first place, there would be fewer attacks on our forces in Iraq as they fight each other. More broadly outside Iraq. There would be fewer attacks on us as the Shi’ites and the Sunnis attack each other. The imperative that the US Government, in particular, has been following would be shunted aside - an imperative which I think has led to negative results, because the victors in democracy, whether it be Afghanistan, Iraq, Lebanon, the Palestinian Authority, Saudi Arabia and Egypt, have in all these cases been our most extreme enemies - the Islamists. And I think as developments in Iraq slow down the democracy process, so it will elsewhere and we will be the better for it. …

8] Iraq's Sectarian Bloodshed 'Made in the USA'
Iraq never had a history of sectarian conflicts. U.S. policy choices provided a perfect road map for starting one
by Erik Leaver and Raed Jarrar, Asia Times http://www.twf.org/News/Y2006/0810-Sectarian.html

9] The Minister of Civil War: Paul Bremer, and the rise of the Iraqi death squads
Bayan Jabr,
Harper’s Magazine, August 2006. By Ken Silverstein.
The rise of the death squads corresponds almost precisely to the April 2005 appointment of Bayan Jabr as interior minister in Iraq’s transitional government. The Interior Ministry, which is something like a combined FBI and Department of Homeland Security, controls billions of dollars and more than 100,000 men in police and paramilitary units. Jabr was a former high-ranking member of the Iranian-backed Badr Brigade, the military arm of the fundamentalist Shiite Supreme Council for the Islamic Revolution in Iraq (SCIRI) that is now the dominant political force in the country. After taking over the Interior Ministry, he quickly purged it of Sunnis, and members of the Badr Brigade were widely incorporated into the ministry’s police and paramilitary units….

Mahdi Army ‘Not to Resist’ U.S. Troops
By Nidhal al-Laithihttp: http//www.azzaman.com/english/index.asp?fname=news\2007-01-15\kurd.htm
The Mahdi Army, the Shiite militia group blamed for much of the sectarian violence in Iraq, has taken several measures to alleviate the impact of a possible attack by U.S. troops. The United States is sending thousands of more troops to Baghdad as part of a new strategy to pacify the restive city.
Moqtada al-Sadr, often described as a ‘radical anti-American cleric,’ is at the center of Iraq’s growing sectarian divide. He has reportedly ordered the commanders of the Mahdi Army,which he controls, to hold their fire when the Americans begin
operating in Sadr City and other Shiite areas....

11] The War Becomes More Unholy
Dahr Jamail and Ali al-Fadhily
...Occupation forces claim that mosque raids are being conducted because holy places are being used by resistance fighters.
A leaflet distributed in Fallujah by US forces late November said mosques were being used by “insurgents” to conduct attacks against
“Multinational Forces,” and that this would lead to “taking proper procedures against those mosques.” The statement referred to daily
sniper attacks against occupation forces in Fallujah in which many US soldiers have been killed. Local people refute these claims by coalition forces.

“Fighters never used mosques for attacking Americans because they realize the consequences and reactions from the military,”
a member of the local municipality council of Fallujah told IPS. “Nonetheless, US soldiers always targeted our mosques and
their minarets.”… the occupation forces have been supportive of clerics who took part in the political structure that the US coalition created
in Iraq. These include Shi’ite clerics and political leaders... most Sunnis do not follow any leader for religious reasons. Yet after we found
Americans targeting our religious symbols, we had to stand together around the man who did not sell us to the occupation.” [...]
“The world must be aware that this US administration is pushing the situation to the black hole of a new religious conflict by giving the
green light to their soldiers to attack mosques and arrest clerics whenever they feel like it,” Kassim Jabbar, an Iraqi political analyst
from Baghdad University told IPS….(Inter Press Service)

12] The Pentagon is Fomenting the Civil War in Iraq
The Pentagon’s “Proactive, Preemptive Operations Group (P2OG)” is behind many of the terrorist attacks in Iraq. The car bombings,
assassinations, sabotage, kidnappings and attacks on mosques are designed to cause violence and discord between Sunnis and Shiites.
P2OG in collusion with Israeli IDF and MOSSAD operatives are responsible for a series of secret covert operations whose purpose is to create an
all out civil war in Iraq. The ultimate purpose is to dismember the country, achieve complete control and make it easier for the USA and
Zionist Israel to profit from Iraq’s vast oil resources.

As part of the Pentagon’s well funded programme, the CIA and Israeli MOSSAD have been training and arming the Kurds for terror raids inside
Iraq. The Israeli operatives are also helping train US special forces in aggressive counter-insurgency operations, including the use of
assassination squads against guerrilla leaders, prominent Iraqi academics, scientists, politicians and religious leaders. .

Their first major operation was the bombing on February 22, 2006 of the Shiite Askariya shrine in Samarra, also known as the Golden Mosque.
The mosque was a very well thought out target that holds the tombs of two revered 9th-century imams of the Shiite branch of Islam. The attack
on the Golden Mosque began at 7 a.m., when a dozen men dressed in paramilitary uniforms entered the shrine and handcuffed four guards who
were sleeping in a back room. The attackers then placed a bomb in the dome and detonated it, collapsing most of the dome and heavily damaging
an adjoining wall.

The covert operation against the Golden Mosque was designed to provoke Shiite groups into committing violent acts and retaliations against the
Sunnis. Sunni political leaders said retaliatory attacks hit more than 20 Sunni mosques across Iraq with bombs, gunfire or arson. Authorities
reported at least 18 people killed in the aftermath, including two Sunni clerics. In one incident, in Basra in southern Iraq, police said gunmen
in police uniforms broke into a jail, seized 12 Sunni men and later killed them. These attacks against the Sunnis were also carried out by operatives
under the Pentagon’s “Proactive, Preemptive Operations Group”.

The Pentagon blamed the bombing of the Golden Mosque on al-Qaeda but cleric Abdul Zara Saidy had another explanation He said the mosque
attack was the work of “occupiers,” Americans, “and Zionists”.

Related La Voz de Aztlan report:
NORTHWOODS PROJECT: Exposing the Pentagon’s Schemes

The National Intelligence Estimate (NIE) on Iraq - a consensus report of all U.S. intelligence agencies - makes clear the need for a political settlement based on federalism, as called for in the Biden-Gelb plan.
Biden supports three-part Iraq split
By CRIS BARRISH, The News Journal
Posted Sunday, March 4, 2007


* Racist Genocide in New Orleans Continues: "Like 911 But Add Water"
by liz burbank
A renaissance of Black resistance and leadership, historically the leading edge of revolution is what the postmodern slavemasters fear most in the racist "homeland".
Katrina was no accident, no surprise, no act of 'mother nature', the 'gods' , nor bureaucratic incompetence. The human and environmental and impact on New Orleans of a hurricane of this magnitude had been scientifically calculated. Rescue and recovery were deliberately withheld as working class Black people were drowned, militarily imprisoned, forcibly dispersed and murdered by the armed state. This intensification of america's historical genocide, a crime of U.S. imperialist state terrorism, is a premeditated physical and psychological attack to destroy its strength, pride, cultural cohesion and resistance of the Black nation to capitalist white supremacy's fascist global juggernaut.
Central to the U.S. strategy for global domination, Katrina and the brutal aftermath was engineered to serve this fascist agenda in two interrelated ways: uprooting, dispersing and weakening the Black Nation, while simultaneously inflaming racist support for the consolidation of a fascist mode of state capitalism under the guise of "rescue, relief and recovery” from a "major casualty-producing event" the state declared a “natural disaster.” [...]
full article at http://lizburbankdigest.blogspot.com/2006/03/racist-genocide-in-new-orle... also in archives http://www.burbankdigest.com/

6/21/7 Palestinian "Final Solution" Attempts; U.S: "I Like This Violence"; More "Sectarian Strife" Mosque Bombings; The Alb

Dear readers, thanks for your concern and patience. Incoming & outgoing mail is back to normal finally thanks to MAC & my local indie ISP.

Isma'il Haniyah: 'We are the legitimate government'
Interview with Palestinian [National] Authority Prime Minister Isma'il Haniyah by Patrick de Saint-Paul in Gaza.

Bush, Olmert praise Abbas as 'president of all the Palestinians'
U.S. President George W. Bush and Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert both threw their support behind Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas on Tuesday, with Bush praising Abbas as "a voice for moderation" and calling him the true "president of all the Palestinians."

from reactionary World Net Daily report:
Hamas lists seized U.S. weapons
Claims over $400 million in munitions, equipment taken from compounds
By Aaron Klein
© 2007 WorldNetDaily.com

Hamas and Popular Resistance Committees leaders told WND upon taking over Gaza City's Fatah compounds, particularly the Preventative Security Services building and intelligence compound, they seized the purported CIA files and that prior to Hamas' advances, Fatah officials attempted to destroy the CIA files but only succeeded in eliminating some.

U.S. security coordinators the past few years maintained a presence at Fatah's Gaza headquarters.

Hamas' Al Aqsa Television last week broadcast footage of Hamas gunmen brandishing American assault rifles, rocket-propelled grenades, rocket launchers and ammunition the U.S. reportedly provided to Fatah over the past few months.
Members of Hamas' so-called "military wing" today sent WND a preliminary list of U.S. weaponry and equipment they claimed they obtained during last week's coup. The Hamas members clarified it was possible a small quantity of munitions on the list were provided to Fatah by other countries besides the U.S., but they claimed the vast majority of weapons and equipment they detailed were transferred by Washington.

The list of claimed seized U.S. material included:
"Dozens" of mounted machine guns
Approximately 7,400 American M-16 assault rifles
About 800,000 rounds of bullets.
Eighteen armored personnel carriers
Seven armored military jeeps
"Tens" of armored civilian cars, including pickup trucks and magnums.
Eight massive trucks equipped with water cannons for dispersing protests
Fourteen military-sized bulldozers
Hamas sources said the terror group was still sifting through the weapons and equipment it obtained. They said the list they provided didn't include what they said were large quantities of U.S.-provided rocket propelled grenades, grenade launchers, explosives, and military equipment, such as boots and tents.
Abu Abdullah, a senior member of Hamas' so-called military wing, told WND Hamas estimates they obtained at least $400 million worth of American weapons and equipment. That number couldn't immediately be verified. The average cost of an M-16 in Gaza yesterday was $16,911, and the average cost of a bullet there was $12.07, meaning the cost in Gaza of U.S. assault rifles and bullets Hamas claims to have obtained amount to over $137 million. Abu Abdullah said Hamas officials and "military" leaders were surprised Fatah didn't evacuate some of the heavy machinery it left behind, including the bulldozers and armored personnel carriers. "I am surprised Fatah weren't directed by their Zionist and American handlers to evacuate the heavy equipment. It could have been brought out through the Egyptian border," Abu Abdullah said.

U.S. pledges more aid to Abbas
The Hamas list of purportedly seized American weapons comes as Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice announced this week the U.S. will resume "full assistance to the Palestinian government," lifting an economic and political embargo against the Palestinian government enacted after Hamas came to power in March 2006.
Rice said she will ask Congress to rework a previous $86 million aid package to Abbas that was lowered following concerns by some lawmakers some of the money would end up financing terrorism. Congress in April only approved about $59 million of the aid package and stipulated the money cannot be used to purchase weapons. Rice intends to request Congress now grant the full $86 million.
Rice also said the U.S. would contribute an additional $40 million to the United Nations to help Palestinians, particularly in the Gaza Strip, which is now controlled by Hamas.
According to Palestinian and Israeli diplomatic sources, the bulk of the $86 million is slated to be used to fund Force 17, which serve as de facto police units in the West Bank and previously patrolled the Hamas-seized Gaza Strip. Many members of Force 17 are also openly members of the Al Aqsa Martyrs Brigades terror group, which took responsibility together with Islamic Jihad for every suicide bombing in Israel the last two years

"Like the American weapons in Gaza we told you will come to Hamas, also the weapons and aid the Americans are giving to Abu Mazen (Abbas) as part of their conspiracy against us in the West Bank will finds its way to the Palestinian resistance and Hamas," said Abu Abdullah.
Hamas' Abu Abdullah said, "Now our job is to study these files, which are already showing that they are crucial for our fight against the Zionists and anyone who collaborates with them, including the Americans."...
Abdullah said the CIA documents they browsed so far contain "information about the collaboration between Fatah and the Israeli and American security organizations; CIA methods on how to prevent attacks, chase and follow after cells of Hamas and the Committees; plans about Fatah assassinations of members of Hamas and other organizations; and American studies on the security situation in Gaza."
Abdullah claimed the documents also detailed CIA networks in other Arab countries and "how to help beat Islamic allies of Hamas in other Arab countries, including Egypt and Jordan."
"We will use these documents and make portions public to prove the collaboration between America and traitor Arab countries," Abdullah said.

...Fath under Arafat was always more willing to fight other Palestinians than to fight Israel. Fath under Arafat fought other Palestinian organizations prior to Black September in Jordan, and then did the same in Lebanon. But what is new today is that the entire Palestinian leadership of the Fath movement was eliminated (assassinated by Israel and its allies), and a new leadership was installed by the US and Israel (with the support of client Arab regimes). We have never had in the history of Palestinian struggle a more open collaborationist regime in Palestine.... And it is openly aligned with Israel and the US: this is unprecedented. I mean, even under the Village Leagues and the notorious Muhammad `Ali Al-Ja`bari: there were those silly denials of collaboration, and the Palestinians made sure that those attempts don't go very far. Not anymore. And you see press reports to Salam Fayyad as "independent". Independent? Who brought this World Bank official to Palestine? Who forced him on Yasir Arafat? The Palestinian people? His own popularity or popular base? He is as much an independent as much as Mr. Bush is a "uniter not a divider." And the characters in this saga are just almost fictional. Yesterday, the official statement or Ottoman Faraman (it was really drafted and read as a faraman) by Mahmoud Abbas was read by none other than Tayyib `Abdur-Rahim. Are you kidding me? He was dressed in a fancy suit, but this is `Abdur-Rahim. We knew him from his days in Lebanon. He was known as Abu At-Tayyib: he was in charge of Force 17. Force 17 was responsible under Arafat of dirty tricks and dirty fighting and dirty murders. That was its mission. And to have this same man yesterday speak on "constitutional matters" was laughable. But less laughable than Condoleezza Rice offering opinions on the proper constitutional procedures in Palestine. Don't get me wrong: I have never been a fan of Hamas: not of its ideology and not of its practices...
The Saudi media--without a sense of irony--are now resorting to equating Hamas with Taliban and Al-Qa`idah: as if what works in New York City can really work in the Arab world. They think that they can really convince Arab public opinion that they (House of Saud and its allies) represent a secular alternative? And please, don't give me that line that Fath is "a secular organization." We know Fath well, and know that Arafat was guilty of arming and financing fanatical religious groups since his days in Lebanon: just like what Arab regimes and Israel (and US) have done. Khalid Mish`al today responded to that allegation in his press conference by denying that Hamas plans to impose a religious order....both Hamas and Hizbullah tried to do that in years past before they realized that they can't continue to grow if they did not change. Neither the Lebanese nor the Palestinians would put up with a religious order. Both are sinful people, thankfully.

U.S. Mideast Envoy On Palestinian Civil War: "I Like This Violence"
...here's David Welch, Assistant Secretary of State for Near Eastern Affairs and US Envoy to the Middle East, speaking in private several weeks before Rice. This appears on p.21 of the leaked report (pdf) by Alvaro de Soto, former UN coordinator for the Middle East:
"...the US clearly pushed for a confrontation between Fateh and Hamas -- so much so that, a week before Mecca, the US envoy declared twice in an envoys meeting in Washington how much "I like this violence"... because "it means that other Palestinians are resisting Hamas".

Who is Mohammad Dahlan?
Arjan El Fassed, The Electronic Intifada
Some have called Mohammad Dahlan the Palestinian Ahmad Chalabi, because he reportedly negotiated with the US and Israel about taking control of Gaza after the August 2005 disengagement plan. In April 2002 testifying before the Knesset Foreign Affairs and Defense Committee, Defense Minister Benjamin Ben-Eliezer said he had offered control of the Gaza Strip to Dahlan. In exchange, Dahlan, who had control of the most significant military force on the Gaza Strip, would be obligated to ensure complete quiet along the border. He is believed to have drawn up an early agreement at a January 1994 meeting in Rome with senior Israeli military and Shin Bet officials to contain Hamas, and was actively involved in subsequent negotiations with the Israelis... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=33857

JERUSALEM, June 17 (Reuters) - The U.S. government began to lay the ground for President Mahmoud Abbas to dismiss the Hamas-led Palestinian government at least a year before the Islamist group's violent takeover of the Gaza Strip last week.
Western, Israeli and Palestinian official sources said over the weekend that, far from being an ad hoc response to Hamas's offensive, Abbas's declaration of a state of emergency and his replacement of a Hamas prime minister with Western favourite Salam Fayyad marked the culmination of months of backroom deliberations, planning and U.S. prodding.... Western officials said Abbas was able to move swiftly this week to form a new government because much of the advance work had already been done. In one closed-door briefing with U.S. lawmakers earlier this year, a senior U.S. official said Abbas could rule by decree for 6-12 months before elections are held. On Sunday, faced with a constitutional article demanding any new government be approved by parliament, where Hamas has a majority, Abbas simply issued a decree scrapping that provision.
Despite Fatah's Gaza setback, some U.S. and Israeli officials see opportunities in Hamas's victory. Abbas's unity government blurred the line between Hamas and Fatah. Now, one European diplomat said, things may be more "black and white".
"It does clarify things" and may help Israel and the United States create a broader front against Hamas and its major backer, Iran, said a former Bush administration official. Hamas, they note, has been left isolated in a sealed-off, densely populated scrap of coast. Renewing the flow of funds to Abbas in the much bigger West Bank, where stability is more critical to Israel, could help drive a wedge between the Hamas leadership and Gaza's increasingly impoverished population. Some Western and Palestinian officials argue Washington fanned the flames as soon as Hamas and Fatah formed a short-lived "unity" government in March. U.S. officials pushed Abbas into giving Hamas's nemesis, Mohammad Dahlan, control over security and then pushed him to deploy Fatah forces in Gaza. http://www.alertnet.org/thenews/newsdesk/L17443574.htm

Not for sale:
Palestinians won’t accept a Vichy government
By Khalid Amayreh
Occupied Jerusalem, 17 June 2007 -- -The vast bulk of Palestinians, at home and in the Diaspora, will not accept a quisling government in Ramallah that might be at Israel’s beck and call. This is precisely what the Bush administration and Israel expect the new government, headed by Salam Fayyad, to be.
The Palestinian masses know very well what the US symbolize for them, their children and their enduring cause. It symbolizes oppression in its ugliest forms. It symbolizes mass murder, land theft, dispossession, deprivation and ultimate mendacity and hypocrisy. America is the enabler, sustainer and justifier of 40 years of Israeli Nazism whose ultimate goal is the obliteration of Palestinians as a nation, by arrogating their homeland for them and making their future as precarious as possible. In short, America to the Palestinians is very much like what Nazi Germany was to the Jews. Hence, any government agreeing to throw itself into the American lap will lose its legitimacy if not its very existence http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17900.htm

PA, R.I.P.
Tony Sayegh, Palestinian Pundit
Hamas resisted the dissolution of the PA and kept pursuing the mirage of "national unity" with the people it knew of being collaborators with Israel and stooges who get their instructions from the CIA. Now Hamas has the records of that collaboration in the documents seized in Gaza from the headquarters of the PA intelligence services. Two key elements, which I repeatedly urged, are the dissolution of the PA and the pursuit of resistance in an underground, clandestine manner. Critics used to argue that these suggestions were impractical, that if Hamas was not part of the PA and part of the political process, then the other side would sellout the cause and conclude an agreement with Israel at the expense of the national constants. Well, here we are. The other side has finally removed the mask and has declared its own, collaborationist Vichy "government." The question was and still is what to do with this quisling entity? My answer has always been to deal with it and with its instruments (security, etc) in the same way people under occupation have always dealt with quislings. Iraq under occupation illustrates the point. The other point, which is now forced on Hamas, is to go underground. This is becoming evident in the West Bank, where Hamas and anything even remotely related to it, such as schools, charities or even journalists and university professors are being hunted down. For all practical purposes Hamas and anyone even suspected of having sympathy (let alone support) for it are being persecuted. It is a witch hunt, pure and simple. In the West Bank, Hamas will have to fight this proxy of the occupation and fight for its very existence as a movement... in an intelligent, organized and clandestine way. In this regard it could potentially become more effective in the West Bank against the occupation and its surrogates. Again Iraq is the model. Gaza is different and unpredictable. In the short term Hamas, being the only power, will by definition be above ground to ensure order and meet the needs of the population. But this situation will not last very long. The IOF is likely to invade in a big way and will try to reinstall the Palestinian quislings.... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=33812

How Israelis Torture Captives
The twilight zone / 'Now you are paralyzed, as we promised'
Gideon Levy, Haaretz
June 18, 2007
We have to make you do a little sports," the Shin Bet interrogator said, launching four successive days of questioning accompanied by brutal physical torture. The result: Luwaii Ashqar can no longer stand on his feet. He sits in his wheelchair...
Was there a judgment by the High Court of Justice? There was. It banned precisely the types of torture he underwent: the "banana posture," the "shabah" (body stretching with hands tied to a chair), "invisible" blows and the "frog posture" (being forced to stand for hours on the toes in a crouching position) - all the way to a vicious kick to his chest that bent his body backward while he was tied to a chair with his arms and legs, and which was the probable cause of the partial paralysis of his legs.
Throwing up with the vomit entering his nostrils, losing consciousness and being given only saltwater to drink, relieving himself in his pants, not sleeping or resting - all of that for four consecutive days and nights.
Ashqar is not alone. The Public Committee Against Torture in Israel has just issued a new report containing the testimonies of nine torture victims (English version: www.stoptorture.org.il//eng ). As the authors of the shocking report say, the testimonies "paint a dismal picture in which can be discerned various categories of secret-keeping collaborators, who, in keeping silent, protect the [Shin Bet] system of torture." ...

This is the response received by Haaretz from the Shin Bet:
Luwaii Ashqar was arrested in April 2005, after serious suspicions were raised against him concerning his involvement in terrorism, including possession of weapons and assistance to wanted individuals - terror activists from Islamic Jihad...The suspect was tried and convicted in a plea bargain, and sentenced to 14 months in prison and another 14 months in prison stemming from a pending conditional sentence, so that all told he was sentenced to 26 months in prison. In addition, he received a 28-month suspended sentence.

His interrogation was carried out according to the rules and directives, with constant review of the interrogation process.
During the interrogation, the above-named put forward medical complaints, which were examined and treated by the appropriate medical authorities, including an examination he underwent in hospital.
It should be noted that during the interrogation he did not cite medical complaints of the same seriousness as those mentioned in the query.
Complaints relating to his interrogation, from, among other sources, the Committee Against Torture and the Red Cross, were referred to the State Prosecutor's Office for examination, which ordered an examination by the Ombudsman of Interogees' Complaints.
The examination of the complaints did not turn up any excesses in the interrogation, and in the wake of this, the official in charge of the OIC in the State Prosecutor's Office decided to close the examination file. www.uruknet.info?p=33808

Killing the Palestinians
Sonja Karkar, Global Research

A drive through the West Bank quickly dispels any notions one might have of Israel’s beneficent intentions. There are none. The first ugly blight on the horizon are gleaming white structures clumped together on hilltops. They jut out treeless, naked and unashamed as below them the green valleys continue to gently undulate in their menacing shadows. A shimmering sliver cuts through the land or over it, every now and then brought to life by cars that speed along these highways towards Jerusalem, Tel Aviv or Haifa: and below them, life barely moves at all. A looming watchtower confirms the feeling of something very wrong. Grey and threatening with cavernous windows, behind which shadows watch and aim at things that move, this is one of hundreds of such towers overseeing the mass of humanity waiting endlessly at yet another checkpoint that makes every journey torture for every Palestinian.
Soldiers, machine guns, tanks make up the rest of the set pieces as does the razor wire which coils around the kilometres of fencing before it comes up against the Wall – mammoth in size and structure and even more monstrous in the reason for its existence.

Closing in
The Wall is Israel’s provocative solution to the Palestinian problem in the West Bank. It is a wall ostensibly built for Israel’s security, yet its path does not follow the borders between Israel and the Occupied Palestinian Territories. Instead, at many points it goes deep into the heart of Palestinian territory. The Wall is being built, despite an advisory opinion by the International Court of Justice that condemned it. It is being built despite a similar wall coming down almost two decades ago between East and West Berlin. Then, the whole world breathed a sigh of relief that such barbarity had finally come to an end – in the West at least. Israel’s Prison Wall - much higher and longer and begun only 4 years ago – hardly raises a whimper of protest where it counts, despite it being built contrary to the Court’s ruling. It is a wall, the like of which most people cannot imagine – 8 metres high in places and up to 100 metres wide in others and running 720 kilometres the length and breadth of the West Bank – a wall in some places and electrified razor fencing with ditches and a no-man’s land in others. Already 180 kilometres of wall run right through thousands upon thousands of acres of private land – Palestinian land. Half of that wall encircles East Jerusalem, isolating the city from the rest of the occupied West Bank and separating it from its Palestinian neighbourhoods which are dependent on Jerusalem for their survival. In the process, the Wall has skirted around three of the largest illegal Jewish settlement blocs –aggressively staking out more territory – and connected them to Israel, wiping out all the areas needed for Palestinian natural growth and economic development.
The Wall is the most dangerous phase of Israel’s occupation of Palestinian land because it allows for the continual expansion of illegal Israeli settlements deep inside the West Bank. The end result for the Palestinians will be three miserable truncated enclaves without access to valuable water resources or the fertile agricultural land on which they have depended for centuries. Certainly, there will be no contiguity between them or the walled-in Gaza Strip on the coast. It also means that Palestinian movement will have to be severely curtailed within the West Bank in order to protect these implanted illegal settlements. And these illegal activities are still going on while everyone continues to talk in absolute terms about a two-state solution and totally ignoring the realities on the ground. The wall has relegated Palestinian self-determination in their own sovereign state to the bulldozed, treeless dust heap of a prison that Israel has deliberately and systematically succeeded in diminishing. This is the land that Israel wants and is taking, while herding Palestinians into ever smaller disconnected Bantustans, in order to establish an exclusively Jewish state.

How it happened
The actual owners of all of historic Palestine - the Palestinians - have watched their land being dispensed, taken, fragmented, violated and bartered over since 1947 with no regard for their ownership by stint of their birth, residence, contributions, achievements, and continuous ancestry going back to time immemorial. Not only were they - the majority population - driven from it, made refugees and refused their right to return home, those who remained in what was left, have now found themselves living under a brutal regime of occupation...
Emerging out of British and European colonialism and a desire to protect Western interests, the United Nations had arbitrarily given 55 per cent to European Jewish immigrants and left the Palestinians with 45 per cent of their own country. The Palestinians did not accept this, but soon news of massacres and the razing of villages began filtering through which terrified Palestinians into fleeing for their lives. A war ensued involving the Arab states and the newly-created Israel, but it was a war for which the Palestinians were not prepared. The exodus of Palestinian families gathered momentum and became a tragic turning point in their history known as al-Nakba or "the Catastrophe". The fleeing families sought refuge in neighbouring Arab countries until they could return home. This never happened: most of them are still languishing in pitiful circumstances in refugee camps waiting for the day they can return and/or receive compensation for the terrible damage done. For those who stayed, the only concession the world made was to allow them a reduced 22 per cent of their own land. But, the Palestinians never really had it – the West Bank and East Jerusalem was controlled by Jordan, and the Gaza Strip, by Egypt. Israel waited in the wings.
In 1967, Israel wrested control of all the remaining lands of historic Palestine when it won the 6-day war – an occupation that has continued for 40 long and bitter years and now affects some 4 million Palestinians. Israel never adhered to the requirements of international law and conventions that required it to withdraw to the 1949 armistice "Green" line once hostilities had ceased...
Like any people, the Palestinians want to be free and independent and to live in peace: they have pursued all avenues towards that end. None of them have been successful, despite umpteen United Nations resolutions supporting their inalienable right to self-determination. America holds veto power in the Security Council and uses it always in favour of Israel. Also, the effects of the Israel Lobby’s powerful influence have been felt not only in government circles, but also the media, business, NGOs, academia and even in trade unions and religious organizations at the highest levels. Therefore, as long as the world’s only superpower - the United States of America - supports Israel, the international community is powerless to implement the UN resolutions. Only at the grassroots level is there a chance for people to come together and force the issue by demanding truth and justice for the Palestinians. But, time is running out.

Today, the Palestinians are facing imminent ruin as Israel embarks on yet another reprehensible program that deliberately regards the Palestinians as "non-existent"... the 1.4 million Palestinians citizens of Israel... are the subject of an elaborate system of laws and administrative regulations that have been designed to discriminate against non-Jews – essentially the Palestinians – in order to create and preserve an exclusively Jewish state. Now, all the Palestinians are being discriminated against in favour of Jews from anywhere in the world who want to make Israel their home, including those who want to settle in the illegal settlements being built in the areas that have long been designated for a future Palestinian state.M Those deviant laws and regulations have allowed Israel to expropriate Palestinian land, confiscate their property and demolish some 18,000 homes since 1967 to make way for the illegal settlements, Israeli-only roads, prohibited military areas and the Wall. The result has been the breaking up of lush and productive farming communities and a centuries-old Palestinian society that prospered in ancient cities like Jerusalem, Bethlehem, Nablus, Hebron, Jenin and Ramallah. Long used to visiting and trading between these towns, the Palestinians have been forcibly stopped from moving freely by a grid of Israeli military checkpoints that make it difficult and sometimes impossible to get to work, school, shops, hospitals, or just visiting friends and family. At these checkpoints, Palestinians are humiliatingly subjected to endless waiting, never knowing if they will be refused permission to continue their journey or be detained or even die. Such is daily life for every Palestinian in the Occupied Territories ....

The final solution – ethnic cleansing
The diabolical endgame is closing in. Left on the board are apartheid, enslavement, transfer, ethnic cleansing and genocide. Unpalatable as these terms are, more and more people are beginning to see just where Israel’s policies and practices are heading.
The first person to coin the term "genocide" was a Polish-Jewish legal scholar Raphael Lemkin whose idea was widely accepted by the international community and it became one of the legal bases of the Nuremburg Trials. It is interesting to see the parallel between his definition and what is happening to the Palestinians today:
"Generally speaking, genocide does not necessarily mean the immediate destruction of a nation, except when accomplished by mass killings of all members of a nation. It is intended rather to signify a coordinated plan of different actions aiming at the destruction of essential foundations of the life of national groups, with the aim of annihilating the groups themselves. The objectives of such a plan would be the disintegration of the political and social institutions, of culture, language, national feelings, religion, and the economic existence of national groups, and the destruction of the personal security, liberty, health, dignity, and even the lives of the individuals belonging to such groups." Axis Rule in Occupied Europe (Wash DC: Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, 1944), p79.

For those people who think that what is happening to the Palestinians is not apartheid or ethnic cleansing or genocide, ask the Palestinian parents who have just lost their children, the Palestinian families who are watching bulldozers rip into their homes, the Palestinian children who are too afraid to go to school, the elderly and the handicapped who are too afraid to stay at home, the Palestinian mothers who have lost their babies, the Palestinian children who wet their beds, the half-alive Palestinians without legs and arms and only half their face.

Ask the Palestinians who have collapsed from heart attacks and strokes because ambulances are not allowed through. Ask Palestinians who must scramble over torn up bitumen and take the long way round while Israelis zoom along modern highways built only for their use. Ask the Palestinians who are spat on and ridiculed, stripped, taunted and humiliated in front of the waiting crowds by the Israeli soldiers for whom it has become a sport.

Ask the Palestinians who come home weary from all that waiting and all that shame to find their family homes reduced to rubble, their children sobbing, their possessions scattered and buried. Ask the Palestinians who come back to the ruins of their offices and their schools only to find walls and files and books and pictures smeared with soldiers’ excrement and fouled with their urine. Ask the thousands of Palestinians who have been woken at gunpoint in the early hours of the morning and herded outside. And then ask the families how they feel when their fathers, brothers, grandfathers, and sons are bound and blindfolded, beaten up and taken away and then killed or jailed or simply disappear without a trace.

Ask the Palestinians how they feel when they hear the rumble of 200 Israeli tanks mass along a 9 kilometre stretch outside their cities. Ask the Palestinians if they shudder when they hear the scream of F-16 bombers slice the skies, or hear the whirr of Apache helicopters hovering overhead. Ask the Palestinians how it feels to have a gun pointing at you when you have been waiting at the checkpoints in the hot sun or the bitter wind and icy rain for hours.

Ask the Palestinians what it is like to be stateless, to have no papers, no passport, no legitimacy. Ask the Palestinians who apply for a laissez passez allowing them to travel overseas, what it is like to be refused re-entry by Israel if they are late for any reason. Ask what it is like to then have to move from country to country because no one will accept you as a citizen. Ask the Palestinian refugees who are languishing in camps without any future or hope for their children because Israel refuses to allow them to return home. Ask Palestinians who have tried to seek asylum and have been told that they must be held in detention for the rest of their lives because Israel will not accept them and neither will any other country. Ask the Palestinians who "write born in Palestine" on forms when it really was Palestine and have it crossed out because no such place is recognised even though legally and actually it is right.

Ask the Palestinian workers who come home empty-handed because a wall rises between them and their jobs, the Palestinian farmers whose crops are rotting on trees they cannot get to and whose farming land has been turned into roads and Israeli settlements. Ask the men who wait at gates in the wall to open, sometimes all day, to tend to their land so that Israel cannot use the Absentee Laws against them.
Ask what you would say if all this was happening to you and every door to freedom was slammed shut forcing you to stumble from one dead end to another. Ask what you would do, what you would accept. Ask if it is human and if you could see it done even to the least of mankind... Forty years of oppression and almost sixty years of dispossession are too many years of pain for any human being. It is time for the Palestinians to be released from Israel’s vice-like control. It is time to balance the scales of justice. It is time to stop killing the Palestinians.
Sonja Karkar is the founder and President of Women for Palestine in Melbourne, Australia. See www.womenforpalestine.com

Desert Peace
It's come down to a 'numbers game'.... how long will it take the population of Gaza to run out of food? The speculation has already started with Abbas, Olmert and Bush doing the guessing. 10 days seems to be the general opinion.... What then? What surprises will be in store for a people that have already had their lives destroyed by a joint Israeli/American conspiracy against them.... now that a section of their own has joined forces with that devil?...http://www.uruknet.de/?p=33824

Hamas: We can prove Fatah link to CIA: The headquarters of the General Security Service, commanded by Ramallah-based General Tawfik Tirawi, fell to Hamas gunmen. Hamas said documents it found there prove that the Fatah-affiliated security apparatus has close ties with the Central Intelligence Agency http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/

Abbas seeks Israel's cooperation in West Bank
Abbas' aides have asked Israel to assist Salam Fayyad's new cabinet in the battle over public opinion, against Ismail Haniyeh's Hamas government, which is refusing to resign. Ynet has learned that even before Fatah's last outpost in the Strip was taken over by Hamas, Hajj Ismail Jaber, deputy commander of the Palestinian security forces, began negotiating the issue with Israel. http://www.uruknet.de/?p=33771

Fatah Troops Enter Gaza With Israeli Assent
Hundreds Were Trained in Egypt Under U.S.-Backed Program to Counter Hamas
Washington Post Foreign Service http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2007/05/17/AR200705...

"War is nothing but a continuation of politics by other means."
von Clausewitz

VIDEO: Rumsfeld ordered torture
  Former head of Abu Ghraib, Karpinski, willing to testify

Women: weapons and booty of unjust wars and unjust "peace"
US Soldier Sodomised Female Iraqi Detainee:
June 17, 2007
Seymour Hersh interview with General Anthony Taguba, who investigated Abu Ghraib, confirms details of the abuse not previously public. It also confirms that the torture was sanctioned from the top. http://www.truthout.org:80/docs_2006/061707A.shtml

"The United States must cultivate a mental view toward world settlement after this war which will enable us to impose our own terms, amounting perhaps to a pax-Americana."
U.S. Department of State - Source: Minutes S-3 of the Security Subcommittee, Advisory Committee on Postwar Foreign Policy, 6 May, 1942, Notter File, Box 77, Record Group 59, Records of the Department of State, National Archives, DC.

US military launches massive assault in Iraq
By Bill Van Auken
20 June 2007
Backed by armored columns and helicopter gunships, some 10,000 US troops have launched a massive assault on the provincial capital of Baquba and other areas north and east of the Iraqi capital of Baghdad. The operation, dubbed Arrowhead Ripper, is one of the largest since the US invasion of Iraq in March 2003. It is being portrayed as an offensive aimed at clearing Al Qaeda [SIC] terrorists from Diyala province, which is said to have become a new stronghold for the group. In reality, the attack is directed at crushing opposition to the US occupation in a region where the overwhelming majority of the population opposes the American presence and is therefore a center of resistance in which Al Qaeda plays a decidedly limited role.

In one of its first communiqués, the Pentagon claimed that a “quick-strike nighttime air assault” by the 3rd Stryker Brigade Combat Team, 2nd Infantry Division had included an assault by attack helicopters and ground forces which had “engaged and killed 22 anti-Iraqi forces in and around Baquba.” “Anti-Iraqi forces” is the Orwellian term used by the American military command to describe any Iraqis who resist the US occupation of their country. ....

The operation is the largest since US troops laid a murderous siege to the predominantly Sunni city of Fallujah in November 2004, killing thousands, reducing most of its buildings to rubble and turning tens of thousands more into refugees. Baquba, about 30 miles northeast of Baghdad, is roughly the same size as Fallujah—both had pre-war populations of over 300,000. Whether it will be subjected to similar devastation remains to be seen. The siege of Baquba was joined with a series of other actions by US and allied forces in the southern suburbs of Baghdad as well as in the predominantly Shia south of the country. In the Arab Jubour area south of the capital, an offensive began with a nighttime raid by American B-1 bombers, which dropped “precision-guided bombs” in heavily populated areas.
Meanwhile, further south in Maysan province, US and British forces launched attacks on Shia militiamen, who fought back with machine guns and rocket-propelled grenades. The US-led forces called in air strikes, which left dozens dead.
From each of these fronts in the US-led counteroffensive against the Iraqi resistance there emerged reports of atrocities, civilian deaths and sweeping house-to-house raids together with the roundup of many Iraqis as “security detainees.” Television broadcasts from Baquba included footage of long lines of blindfolded Iraqi males being held at gunpoint or herded into vehicles for transfer to one of the large US prison camps in the country.

The Mahdi Army and the [puppet] government forces burned the mosque Khodeir al-Janabi in Baghdad
Association of Muslim Scholars in Iraq (AMSI) June 13, 2007
This afternoon the Mahdi Army militia burned the mosque Khodeir al-Janabi in al-Baiah neighborhood in Baghdad. Local sources stated that the Mahdi Army militiamen attacked the mosque in collaboration with the forces of the so-called "Save the System". Last week the Fattah Pasha Mosqueal-Baiah was bombed by these militias and by government forces backing them.

Sceptical After Second Shrine Attack
Inter Press Service
By Ali al-Fadhily*
"We now realise the plot more than we did before," Mustafa Hussain from the predominately Shia area of Sadr City in Baghdad told IPS, "I am not sure who is doing this and I do not have the habit of speculating, but now I, and most Iraqis, are sure it is just a conspiracy to divide Iraqis into Shiite and Sunnis. All this was planned and paid for by people outside our country and community."
"They are dreaming of evicting the people of Samarra in order to deepen the wound in the Iraqi flesh," 35-year-old Yassir al-Samarrai'i, a local television reporter from Samarra told IPS in Baghdad, "Their problem is that Iraqis are still reluctant to engage in full scale civil war despite all the dirty business the occupiers have conducted to ignite it by these shrine explosions."
"I am a Shiite, but I know for sure that Sunnis have the same respect we have for holy shrines and they would never do anything to humiliate their sacred status," 29-year-old Ruqaya Salih told IPS in Baghdad, "Americans must know that there are Iraqis who realise that they are planning to divide the community."

"They attacked ten mosques in Basra including the one that has the grave of Talha Bin Obaidillah, Mohammad's companion," Sheik Abdul-Wahab Hassan
in Baghdad told IPS, "Sunnis will not fall for such acts, knowing the fact that their Shiite brothers would not commit such crimes except those Shiite
who collaborate with the occupying forces and Iran."** Dahr Jamail's MidEast Dispatches ** http://dahrjamailiraq.com ** Website by http://jeffpflueger.com **

Destroying once again the Two Imams' Shrines' Minarets in Samarra
The Arab Baath Socialist Party
It is becoming clearer every passing day that the sectarian strife or Fitna is one of the most important pillar of the US, Iranian and Zionist's plan, theoretically and practically and today's attack against Samarra's Imams Ali Al Hadi's and Hassan al Askari's shrines, comes within this framework. Now, a year and four months have passed since the first destruction took place uncovering the US -Iranian involvement in that destruction for the shrine was heavily guarded by two military and security US and Iraqi puppets belts! Despite that the explosion took place in a well studied technical way and with no obstacles. This destruction bears the evident US - Iranian signature to fuel a sectarian war all over Iraq, and we know that those who undertook such action are Iran's agents and namely Jaber Soolagh, allowing Mahdi army to move to serve a US and Iranian plan to ethnically cleanse Baghdad and transform Iraq's Capital from a city for all Iraqis into a city for a specific sect only and for Persians imported from Iran, leading to the most horrible inter sectarian cleansing throughout all Iraq's history... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=33687

"Suicide Bombings" Cover Story For US Military Ops In Iraq
Joe Quinn Signs of the Times http://www.signs-of-the-times.org/articles/show/130203-%22Suicide+Bombin...
Al-sarafiya bridge which, until two days ago, spanned the Tigris in Baghdad, linking Shia and Sunni neighborhoods of the city.
"Suicide bombings" are a daily occurrence in Iraq, and are the major propaganda tool used by the US government and its mainstream media to convince the world that there is still some "freedom and Democracy" work to be done by US troops in Iraq. But what if they are a cover for something else?...
The Tigris river now serves as a de facto dividing line between the mostly Shiite east and the largely Sunni west of the city, with the bridges the only connection between them. It's called "counter insurgency strategy" - divide and conquer. [...]

Seamus McGraw, Aftermath News
...Lax enlistment standards have inadvertently allowed thousands of gang members to join the military, including young men who belong to the Crips, Bloods, Latin Kings, and various white supremacist groups.... no gang has infiltrated the armed forces as deeply as the Gangster Disciples, a 100,000-member Chicago-based syndicate that has been linked to an assortment of crimes ranging from murder to mortgage fraud. "There’s no doubt about it—the Gangster Disciples are the biggest [gang] in the Army," says Chicago Police Lieutenant Robert Stasch, who has spent 30 years tracking the group’s rise from a handful of street-corner hoodlums to what he calls "the most sophisticated criminal enterprise in the United States." Founded three decades ago by Larry Hoover, the Gangster Disciples have worked to burnish their image, says Stasch. They have courted politicians and sought to enhance their legitimacy. At one point Hoover changed the group’s name to "Growth and Development" and tried to portray himself as the leader of a community organization. According to Stasch, "They even set up a political action committee…that would actually go to various cities and states, and even to the federal level, in an attempt to get gang-friendly legislation enacted." Now, with the unintended [SIC] help of the U.S. Army, the gang is extending its reach worldwide. According to a Chicago Sun-Times article last year, Gangster Disciple graffiti has been spotted all over Iraq. The gang’s initials and main symbol, the six-pointed star, have been tagged on concrete blast barriers, armored vehicles, and even remote firebase guard shacks. In an astonishing study of just three Army bases over the past four years, a Department of Defense detective identified more than 300 active gang members. Some experts estimate that up to 2 percent of the soldiers on active duty—perhaps as many as 20,000—have sworn allegiance to one gang or another.[...]

Uncle Sam's "Islamic Terrorists": "Black Ops" against Iran, Lebanon and Syria
By Prof. Michel Chossudovsky
Global Research
The Bush administration has admitted that covert actions of an aggressive nature were applied against Iran and Syria. The stated objective was to wreck
the countries' economies and currency systems. The infamous Iran-Syria Policy and Operations Group (ISOG) created in early 2006, integrated by officials from the White House, the State Department, the CIA and the Treasury Department, had a mandate to destabilize Syria and Iran, and bring about "Regime Change":

Wilsonian imperialism, then and now
... The US is lauding Pakistan's contribution to the 'war on terror', although the Pakistani military is apparently a bit wary of battling the Talibs.
Meanwhile, the New York Times wing of US capitalism wonders if Pakistan can 'mix well with democracy'. Describing the opposition as 'pro-Western moderates', it nevertheless wonders if the US might make 'the same mistake as in Iraq' by supporting democracy in a country that 'can't change', and where it is therefore 'better' 'having someone with a heavy hand' etc etc. This - which only reports what is openly stated by think-tanks and both Democrat and Republican candidates - is a breathtaking mixture of hypocrisy and racism. These places - being, y'know, populated by dark-skinned people - are simply unready for self-government, which is why the US's Wilsonian mission to bring about a set of democratic revolutions has failed. Interestingly, this sort of drivel is not so very far from Woodrow Wilson's own convictions about 'self-government'. His entire vision of the global political order, as well as the domestic one, was permeated by a 'natural' 'racial' hierarchy, in which the 'Aryans' were the 'nobler' race and the source of the best forms of government, especially since their state had originated from the 'patriarchal' family (whereas, he maintained, the more 'stationary' races permitted 'kinship by motherhood alone'). In fact, he too maintained that America should rule the Philippines - this was the first time America maintained a direct long-term colonial occupation of another country without annexing it - "with a strong hand that will brook no resistance, and according to principles of right gathered from our own experience, not from theirs, which has never yet touched the vital matter that we are concerned with … They are children and we are men in these deep matters of government and justice"....

US Military Threat directed against Iran: Muffled Voices, ElBaradei’s Unheard Assessments
by Shirin Saeidi

... the consistently erroneous portrayal of Iranian officials by news sources for this trend has accelerated in recent weeks and is part of a greater US attempt to vilify the country. For example ....
These media distortions exist in the greater context of American funding of terrorist organizations within Iranian territory (The Independent, “Fear grips Iranian academics as radical groups launch campaign of intimidation,” 16 June 2007), the refusal of American forces to return five Iranian diplomats taken hostage in Irbil in January, and arresting three other diplomats in Iraq on Friday June 15th (Islamic Republic News Agency, IRNA, “Iran strongly condemns arrest of 3 diplomats in Iraq,”16 June, 2007), American attempts to halt international business with Iranian banks and institutes (AFP, “US Treasury chief urges allies to blacklist Iran's banks,” 15th June 2007), and American funding of exile organizations and domestic NGO’s, “the survival of Iranian non-governmental organisations is being threatened by the US administration's continuing attempts to fund the country's civil society, leading activists have warned….But there is no sign the US administration will retreat. Condoleezza Rice, the secretary of state, made clear last month the US would not be deterred from funding pro-democracy efforts in Iran by requesting a sharp increase in spending to $75m for -"civil society and human rights projects in Iran" in 2008” (Financial Times, “US funds put Iran's activists in line of fire,” 15 June 2007). 

G7 Play Thermonuclear Chess with Putin
by F. William Engdahl
The most significant outcome of the recent G8 Summit at Heiligendamm was not Chancellor Merkel’s “victory” on the contentious issue of greenhouse gas emissions. It was the shrewd chess play by Russia’s President Vladimir Putin on the US Missile Defense strategy for Europe.
Putin outplayed his US counterpart Bush as he laid on the table a new proposal to deal with Washington’s ostensible argument why it must build its ballistic missile defense system in Poland, the Czech Republic and perhaps also Ukraine and Bulgaria. The proposal was as simple as it was devastating for the US argument in favor of Czech and Polish ABM sites.
At a joint press conference following their private talks, Putin declared, “We have our own ideas. I outlined them in detail. The first proposal involves the joint use of the Gabala radar station that Russia leases from Azerbaijan. I spoke with the President of Azerbaijan about this just yesterday. Our present agreement with Azerbaijan would allow us to do this and the President of Azerbaijan stressed that he would be happy if his country could contribute to ensuring global security in this way.
“We can do this automatically,” Putin added, “and in this case the system we established would include all of Europe without exception, rather than simply one part of the continent. This would completely eliminate the possibility of missiles falling on European countries because they would fall either into the sea or into the ocean. It would eliminate the need -- or, more accurately -- allow us to refrain from changing our position and retargeting our missiles...”

US replies
After this press conference Bush’s spokesman announced that he had taken ill. More likely Mr Bush had to get briefed and fast how to respond to the unexpected Russian offer. Condi Rice even admitted they were caught off guard. The Russian President called their bluff before the world press.
The response didn’t take long. On June 15 General Henry Obering, head of the US Missile Defense Agency declared the Russian proposal wouldn’t help against the “Iran threat” and installing a US radar system in the Czech Republic and a missile base (sic) in Poland was the “best possible decision given studies of possible flight trajectories of long-range ballistic missiles the Islamic Republic was working on…”
A day earlier at a NATO defense ministers’ meet, US Defense Secretary Gates stated the US would go ahead with its plans for a missile defense system in Eastern Europe whether or not any agreement is reached on an alternative Russian proposal. In brief, Washington’s response has been a parody of Admiral Farragut’s famous cry: “Damn the missiles; full speed ahead!”

The US made a formal request in January to place a radar base in a military area near Prague, and interceptor missiles in neighbouring Poland as part of a US-controlled missile defense shield. In doing so, Washington, we should recall, claimed rogue missile attacks from Iran or North Korea as justification.
The world could well look back to Heiligendamm as the last chance the major powers had to avoid thermonuclear destruction. Sound overly dramatic? The day after he made his proposal to Mr Bush, Putin called an open press conference with all invited G8 media.

Why Putin is right
A western reader of mainline press would conclude that Russia has unilaterally reverted to its Cold War stance and threatens world peace. The reality is a little different. As Putin told the G8 press in comments almost completely blocked out in western media, “if this missile system is put in place, it will work automatically with the entire nuclear capability of the United States. It will be an integral part of the US nuclear capability.”

In other words, missile “defense” is not defensive at all. It is offensive. If one of two nuclear opponents has nuclear strike ability and even a modest shield against retaliation from the other, he has what NATO strategists have dreamed of since the mid-1950’s: Nuclear Primacy. You can simply dictate terms of surrender to the other. The first nation with a nuclear missile shield would de facto have ‘first strike ability.’ Quite correctly, Lt. Colonel Robert Bowman, Director of the US Air Force missile defense program, recently called missile defense, “the missing link to a First Strike.”

We can dismiss the argument about Iran missiles. The Azeri offer of Putin for US missile shield would stand on the Iran border. The current US plans for Europe call to mind the September 2000 report which in addition to calling for regime change in Iraq also demanded upgraded priority to missile defense as a tool to “project US power.” That report, ‘Rebuilding America’s Defenses,’ by the hawkish Project for the New American Century, where Dick Cheney and Don Rumsfeld were members, declared, ‘The United States must develop and deploy global missile defenses to defend the American homeland and American allies, and to provide a secure basis for US power projection around the world.’ (author’s emphasis)

"Depopulation should be the highest priority of U.S. foreign policy towards the Third World."
Henry Kissinger, National Security Memo 200, dated April 24, 1974

The Scramble for Africa's Oil
by Christopher Thompson
The Pentagon is embarked on a massive effort to militarily secure African oil assets for the United States. Under cover of the so-called "war on terror," the U.S. is deepening its military ties to "friendly" African regimes, enhancing their capacity to deal with internal dissidents and external rivals. From the Horn of Africa to the Gulf of Guinea and the Niger Delta, the Americans bolster authoritarian regimes and flaunt U.S. air, naval and "special operations" power. Even the FBI has gotten into the act, performing interrogations of hundreds of "suspects" swept up in Ethiopia's invasion of Somalia and brutal suppression of internal foes.
The Pentagon at present has five geographic Unified Combatant Commands around the world, and responsibility for Africa is awkwardly divided among three of these. Most of Africa - a batch of 43 countries - falls under the European Command (Eucom), with the remainder divided between the Pacific Command and Central Command (which also runs the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan). Now the Pentagon - under the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the defense department - is working on formal proposals for a unified military command for the continent under the name "Africom." This significant shift in US relations with Africa comes in the face of myriad threats: fierce economic competition from Asia; increasing resource nationalism in Russia and South America; and instability in the Middle East that threatens to spill over into Africa.

"The US must reshape its whole military policy if it is to maintain control of Africa."
The Pentagon hopes to finalize Africom's structure, location and budget this year. The expectation is that it can break free from Eucom and become operative by mid-2008. "The break from Europe will occur before 30 September 2008," Professor Peter Pham, a US adviser on Africa to the Pentagon told the New Statesman. "The independent command should be up and running by this time next year."...
n March 2006, speaking before the Senate armed services committee, General James Jones, the then head of Eucom, said: "Africa currently provides over 15 per cent of US oil imports, and recent explorations in the Gulf of Guinea region indicate potential reserves that could account for 25-35 per cent of US imports within the next decade."... These high-quality reserves - West African oil is typically low in sulphur and thus ideal for refining - are easily accessible by sea to western Europe and the US. In 2005, the US imported more oil from the Gulf of Guinea than it did from Saudi Arabia and Kuwait combined. Within the next ten years it will import more oil from Africa than from the entire Middle East. Western oil giants such as ExxonMobil, Chevron, France's Total and Britain's BP and Shell plan to invest tens of billions of dollars in sub-Saharan Africa (far in excess of "aid" inflows to the region).
But though the Gulf of Guinea is one of the few parts of the world where oil production is poised to increase exponentially in the near future, it is also one of the most unstable. In the big three producer countries, Nigeria, Equatorial Guinea and Angola, oil wealth has been a curse for many, enriching political elites at the expense of impoverished citizens. Angola is now China's main supplier of crude oil, supplanting Saudi Arabia last year. The Chinese, along with the rest of oil- hungry Asia, are looking covetously at the entire region's reserves.... China is willing to offer billions in soft loans and infrastructure projects - all with no strings attached - to secure lucrative acreage.... According to Nicholas Shaxson, author of Poisoned Wells: the Dirty Politics of African Oil, "[Africom] comes in the context of a growing conflict with China over our oil supplies."
Africom will significantly increase the US military presence on the continent. At present, the US has 1,500 troops stationed in Africa, principally at its military base in Djibouti, in the eastern horn. That could well double, according to Pham. The US is already conducting naval exercises off the Gulf of Guinea, in part with the intention of stopping Delta insurgents reaching offshore oil rigs. It also plans to beef up the military capacity of African governments to handle their dissidents, with additional "rapid-reaction" US forces available if needed. But - echoing charges leveled at US allies elsewhere in the "war on terror" [...]

Will Sudan be Re-Colonized?
By Stephen Gowans
The United States is maneuvering to introduce a UN peacekeeping force into
Darfur, as a first step to securing control of the region’s vast supply of
oil. US control of Darfur’s petroleum resources would deliver highly
profitable investment opportunities to US firms, and scuttle China’s
investment in the region, thereby slowing the rise of a strategic competitor
whose continued industrial growth depends on secure access to foreign oil.
Washington is using highly exaggerated charges of genocide as a
justification for a UN intervention it would dominate, while at the same
time opposing a workable peacekeeping plan acceptable to the Sudanese
government that would see the current African Union mission in Darfur expand
Continued at http://gowans.wordpress.com/2007/06/14/will-sudan-be-re-colonized/

Bush uses Sudan, Iran Assets in Iraq; US GIs Killed, Trapped in Bridge Rubble; Al-Mashhadani Dismissed as Speaker; Clashes, Demonstrations in Sadr City
Juan Cole, Informed Comment
Remember all that Bush administration bluster against Sudan? Turns out that the CIA is using Sudanese spies against the Iraqi guerrillas. Bush sees no enemies among the oil states, only opportunities to be exploited. Most Americans don't realize that Bush has also de facto deployed Iran-trained Badr Corps fighters against the Sunni Arabs in Iraq, as well. So Iran and Sudan are the great bogeymen in Bush rhetoric, but the pillars of his Iraq policy in reality... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=33605

“I hope they kill each other”
Henry Kissinger at beginning of U.S. supported 8 year long war which killed over a million

"Al-Qaeda" & "Taliban" blamed for genocidal U.S. State Terror
U.S. Kills 100 in 3 Days In Afghanistan
Afghan Officials Say Casualties Include Civilians, Police, Militants, 7 Kids Killed By U.S. Air Strike

New U.S. torture tactics revealed
Philippe Khan, Aljazeera.com
Instead of scrapping abusive interrogation tactics that are being practiced not only in the CIA’s secret overseas prisons but also in Guantanamo Bay, Afghanistan and Iraq, the Bush administration is finalizing new methods that would give even wider latitude for torture techniques. According to an article published on the New York Times last week, the new interrogation tactics are expected to prohibit water-boarding, the most used method by U.S. interrogators despite its cruelty. However, the so-called "enhanced interrogation" methods would allow prolonged stress positions, exposure to harsh elements as well as general mental and physical torture; methods that "go beyond those allowed in the military by the Army Field Manual," according to the Times... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=33600

“We are on the verge of global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order.”
David Rockefeller in a 1994 Statement to the United Nations Business Council

Soft and Undercover Coups d'État
The Albert Einstein Institution: non-violence according to the CIA
by Thierry Meyssan*
VoltaireNet, 4 January 2005

Non-violence as a political action technique can be used for anything. During the 1980s, NATO drew its attention on its possible use to organize the Resistance in Europe after the invasion of the Red Army. It's been 15 years since CIA began using it to overthrow inflexible governments without provoking international outrage, and its ideological façade is philosopher Gene Sharp's Albert Einstein Institution. Red Voltaire reveals its amazing activity, from Lithuania to Serbia, Venezuela and Ukraine.

Unknown to the public, Gene Sharp formulated a theory on non violence as a political weapon. Also he first helped NATO and then CIA train the leaders of the soft coups of the last 15 years. Since the 50s, Gene Sharp studied Henry D. Thoreau and Mohandas K. Gandhi's theory of civil disobedience. For these authors, obedience and disobedience were religious and moral matters, not political ones. However, to preach had political consequences; what could be considered an aim could be perceived as a mean. Civil disobedience can be considered then as a political, even military, action technique.

In 1983, Sharp designed the Non Violent Sanctions Program in the Center for International Affairs of Harvard University where he did some social sciences studies on the possible use of civil disobedience by Western Europe population in case of a military invasion carried out by the troops of the Warsaw Pact. At the same time, he founded in Boston the Albert Einstein Institution with the double purpose of financing his own researches and applying his own models to specific situations. In 1985, he published a book titled "Making Europe Unconquerable " [1] whose second edition included a preface by George Kennan, the Father of the Cold War. In 1987, the association was funded by the U.S. Institute for Peace and hosted seminars to instruct its allies on defense based on civil disobedience. General Fricaud-Chagnaud, on his part, introduced his "civil deterrence" concept at the Foundation of National Defense Studies. [2]

General Edward B. Atkeson, well-known by CIA director, [3] incorporated the Institute to the American interference stay-behind network in allied States. To focus on the moral issues of an action helped to avoid all doubts on the legitimacy of an action. Therefore, non violence, recognized as good-natured and assimilated to democracy, offered a suitable aspect to antidemocratic secret actions.

In 1989, when the Albert Institution became well known, Gene Sharp began to advice anticommunist movements. He participated in the establishment of Burma's Democratic Alliance - a coalition of notable anticommunists that quickly joined the military government - and Taiwan's Progressive Democratic Party - which favored the independence of the island from communist China, something U.S. officially opposed. He also unified the Tibetan opposition under Dalai Lama and tried to form a dissident group within PLO so that Palestinian nationalists would stop terrorism [4] (he made the necessary arrangements with Colonel Reuven Gal, [5] director of the Psychological Action division of the Israeli armed forces, to train them secretly in the American Embassy in Tel Aviv).

When CIA realized how useful could the Albert Einstein Institution be, it brought Colonel Robert Helvey into play. An expert in clandestine actions and former dean of the Embassies's Military Attachés Training School, "Bob" took Gene Sharp to Burma to educate the opposition on the non violent strategy for criticizing the cruelest military junta of the world without questioning the system. By doing this, Helvey could identify the "good" and the "bad" opponents in a critical moment for Washington: the true opposition, led by Mrs. Suu Kyi, was labeled as a threat to the pro-American regimen.

«Bob's» job was easily done. Since he was military attaché in Rangoon from 1983 to 1985 and helped to structure the dictatorship, he knew everybody. By playing a double game, Colonel Helvey simultaneously directed a classical action of military support to Karen resistance: by providing weapons and controlling a limited guerrilla, Washington wished, indeed, to maintain the military junta under pressure.

Since that moment, Sharp has always been present everywhere American interests are put at risk. In June 1989, he and his assistant, Bruce Jenkins, went to Beijing, two weeks before Tiananmen events. They were both expelled by Chinese authorities. In February 1990, the Albert Einstein Institution hosted a Conference on Non Violent Sanctions that brought together 185 experts of 16 countries under Colonels Robert Helvey and Reuven Gal. This marked the beginning of an international anticommunist crusade to involve peoples in non violent action.

Professor Thomas Schelling, [6] well known economist and CIA consultant, joined the Administrative Council of the Institution whose official budget was still stable though it was also funded by the International Republican Institute (IRI), one of the four branches of the National Endowment for Democracy (NED/CIA). [7]

At the same time, Baltic countries proclaimed their independence but, after a test of endurance with Mijail Gorbatchov, they postponed their decision for 2 or 3 years to negotiate their terms. In October 1990, Gene Sharp and his team traveled to Sweden and trained several Lithuanian politicians in the organization of a popular resistance against the Red Army. Months later, in May 1991, when the crisis broke out and Gorbatchov deployed his special forces; Gene Sharp was the adviser of Sajudis separatist party (Perestroika Initiative Group) and remained close to Vytautas Landsbergis. In June 1992, independent Lithuania Minister of Defense, Audrius Butkevicius, hosted a symposium to thank Albert Einstein Institution's key role during the independence process of the Baltic countries.

When the U.S began its rearmament in 1998, [8] the Albert Einstein Institution became part of an expansionist strategy. It provided ideology and technique to Otpor («Resistance»), a group of Slobodan Milosevic's young opponents. Simultaneously, it intervened in Kosovo province to train Ibrahim Rugova's LDK, but it turned useless for Washington during the Kosovo war. Then, Otpor quickly became a choice to overthrow Milosevic who was very popular for resisting NATO. Colonel Helvey trained Otpor's leaders through seminars hosted at Hilton Hotel in Budapest. Money was not a problem to overthrow Europe's last communist government. The person in charge of commanding the operation was agent Paul B. McCarthy, discreetly settled at Moskva hotel in Belgrade until Milosevic's resignation in October 2000.

In September 2002, Gene Sharp went to The Hague to train the members of the Iraqi National Council who were preparing themselves to return to Iraq, along with the American army.

In September 2003, it was also the Albert Einstein Institution who advised the opposition to question the electoral results and go on demonstrations to force Eduard Shevardnadze's resignation [9] during the «revolution» of the roses in Georgia.

When the CIA-organized-coup against Venezuela failed in April 2002, the State Department counted again on the Albert Einstein Institution which advised the owners of enterprises during the organization of the revocatory referendum against President Hugo Chávez. Gene Sharp and his team led the leaders of Súmate during the demonstrations of August 2004. As done before, the only thing they had to do was questioning the electoral results and demanding the resignation of the president. They managed to get the bourgeoisie out in the street but Chavez's popular government was to strong. All in all, international observers had no other choice but to recognize Hugo Chávez's victory.

Gene Sharp failed in Belarus and Zimbabwe for he could not recruit and train in the proper time the necessary amount of demonstrators. During the orange «revolution» in November 2004, [10] we met again with Colonel Robert Helvey in Kiev. Finally, we must point out that the Albert Einstein Institution has begun to train Iranian agitators

But, why Albert Einstein? It is an unsuspicious name. Gene Sharp's first book on Gandhi's methods began with a preface signed by Albert Einstein, though the book was written in 1960, five years after the genius's death. Therefore, Albert Einstein did not write anything for Sharp's work. All that Sharp did was reproducing an article on non violence written by the scientist.

Thierry Meyssan
Journalist and writer, president of the Voltaire Network.
This author's articles:

[1] Making Europe Unconquerable: The Potential of Civilian-based Deterrence and Defense. Taylor & Francis Publishing House, London, 1985. Its second edition included a preface by George F. Kennan, Ballinger Publishing House, Massachusetts, 1986.
[2] General Georges Fricaud Chagnaud had been military attaché at the Embassy of France in Washington, and some time later he was appointed Chief of NATO's French military mission.
[3] General Edward B. Atkeson is currently a CSIS expert and manager of the Association of Former Intelligence Officers (AFIO).
[4] Mubarak Awad, one of the agents formed by Sharp, is currently (January 2005) in charge of the American aid sent to Indonesia after the tsunami.
[5] Nowadays, Colonel Reuven Gal is deputy head of the National Security Council of Israel in charge of molding Palestine society.
[6] In March 2004, Thomas Schelling was one of the drafters of the Copenhagen Consensus. Sponsored by The Economist, this document questioned the UN Millenium Program and the Kyoto Protocol. Mr. Schelling formulated a theoretical model which suggested that economic growth is the best way to combat global warming for, in the future, it should guarantee the development of the necessary techniques to solve the problem.
[7] Thierry Meyssan : «The Networks of "Democratic" Interference», Voltaire (text in French), November 21, 2004.
[8] In 1998 and despite the lack of enemy, the Congres forced President Clinton to implement a rearmament policy.
[9] See Paul Labarique : «Les dessous du coup d'État en Géorgie», text in French, Voltaire, January 7, 2004.
[10] See Emilia Nazarenko: «Moscow and Washington confronting each other in Ukraine», Voltaire (Text in French), November 1st, 2004. This article was published by Red Voltaire before the first part of the presidential elections and described the organization of the pretended spontaneous movement of the following weeks.

"Strategic non-violence" runs into resistance again...
U.S. Study Program in Iran Sees Struggle
TEHRAN, Iran (AP) -- The American Studies program at the University of Tehran is a bold experiment in a nation locked in bitter confrontation with the United States -- at a school where chants of ''Death to America!'' still punctuate Friday prayers...The two-year-old master's program tries to teach American government, culture and society to some of Iran's top students.But the rare academic outreach has been called off amid accusations of espionage, the latest victim of the increasingly poisoned relationship between the U.S. and Iran. The controversy grew hot enough that Iran's Foreign Ministry weighed in, with spokesman Mohammad Ali Hosseini charging at a news conference that ''Americans, under cover of academic cooperation, are pursuing their own goals'' -- an apparent reference to regime change. The overseas study plan began to fall apart when its sponsor -- a U.S. nonprofit organization partially funded by the State Department [...]

'Strategic nonviolent struggle is all about political power.' And I thought, 'Boy is this guy speaking my language,' that is what armed struggle is about."
Col. Robert Helvey

Washington's New World Order "Democratization" Template:
Ukrainian PostModern Coup completes testing of New Template--Soros--U.S. Non-Violent Strategy
by Jonathan Mowat
www.globalresearch.ca     9 February 2005
The URL of this article is: http://globalresearch.ca/articles/MOW502A.html
Centre for Research on Globalisation
Centre de recherche sur la mondialisation

Jolie: the Pretty Face for the Global Slave Gulag
Kurt Nimmo, Another Day in the Empire
The "UN Goodwill Ambassador" Angelina Jolie will front for the "prestigious" NWO "think tank," the Council on Foreign Relations. "Angelina Jolie will now be joining former presidents Bill Clinton and Jimmy Carter, current Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice, Diane Sawyer and several other distinguished names as a member of the Council on Foreign Relations," TransWorldNews reports. "The bombshell Oscar winner-turned globe-trotting activist is one of 94 new 'term members’—a category reserved for up-and-coming young policy thinkers in their early 30s, most from the corporate world, government, academia or the media, who after their five-year terms can apply to join the 'life membership’ ranks of Cheney, Soros, Greenspan, Kissinger, etc. What this means for Angelina: a chance to kibitz with top global policy experts. What this means for CFR: more paparazzi," adds the CIA’s favorite newspaper, the Washington Post... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=33599

"The most brilliant propagandist technique will yield no success unless one fundamental principle is borne in mind constantly...it must confine itself to a few points and repeat them over and over."
Joseph Goebbels, Nazi Propaganda Minister

"The process [of mass-media deception] has to be conscious, or it would not be carried out with sufficient precision, but it also has to be unconscious, or it would bring with it a feeling of falsity and hence of guilt.... To tell deliberate lies while genuinely believing in them, to forget any fact that has become inconvenient, and then, when it becomes necessary again, to draw it back from oblivion for just so long as it is needed, to deny the existence of objective reality and all the while to take account of the reality which one denies — all this is indispensably necessary."
George Orwell in the book 1984

"The CIA owns everyone of any significance in the major media."
--former CIA Director William Colby

Power in the Age of Empire
When language has been butchered and bled of meaning, how do we understand "public power"? When freedom means occupation, when democracy means neoliberal capitalism, when reform means repression, when words like "empowerment" and "peacekeeping" make your blood run cold. Ordinary people in the United States have been manipulated into imagining they are a people under siege whose sole refuge and protector is their government. If it isn't the Communists, it's Al Qaeda. If it isn't Cuba, it's Nicaragua. As a result, this, the most powerful nation in the world - with its unmatchable arsenal of weapons, its history of having waged and sponsored endless wars, and the only nation in history to have actually used nuclear bombs - is peopled by a terrified citizenry, jumping at shadows. A people bonded to the state not by social services, or public health care, or employment guarantees, but by fear. This synthetically manufactured fear is used to gain public sanction for further acts of aggression.
Arundhati Roy , http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17888.htm

Washing one's hands of the conflict between the powerful and the powerless means to side with the powerful, not to be neutral.
Paulo Freire

Larry Pinkney
In April of 1996, in a published piece entitled, Double Standards I wrote, "The point is simple - America must deal with the root causes of terrorism: racism, injustices, and the suppression of human aspirations throughout the world, including inside the United States itself. Ignoring and accommodating these injustices is in itself an act of terrorism." These words remain accurate and have become even more relevant in the 21st Century, particularly in the case of Black Americans and other people of color.

Terrorism is not limited to hijacked airliners flying into sky scrapers or bombs exploding in civilian areas. Terrorism also includes enslaving millions of Black people on this continent, socially and economically crippling their off spring, and then denying responsibility for the ongoing horrible damage that has been done, while simultaneously refusing to pay reparations and hypocritically perpetuating de facto racial inequality in this "land of the free."

Terrorism also includes committing genocide against millions of Indigenous Red peoples on this continent, stealing their lands, and continuing today to pretend that these actions represented "progress" and/or "civilizing the natives." Terrorism is invading the sovereign nation of Mexico, stealing and annexing its land, and the racist audacity of referring to Mexicans, who enter this land that was a part of Mexico's sovereign territory (until it was stolen by America), as "illegal aliens."

No health care or decent paying jobs, inferior or no educational opportunities, and massive incarceration, represent the very real state- and corporate-sponsored terrorism being systematically perpetrated and perpetuated against Black people and other people of color in America. This economic, social/judicial, and political war being waged against Black people, by the state and federal governmental apparatus of the US, is nothing short of terrorism on a daily basis.

Yes, terrorism must necessarily also include "the suppression of human aspirations throughout the world including inside the United States itself." These realities represent terrorism's hidden meaning for Black Americans in the 21st Century.

The noted Emmy award-winning singer, actor, and activist, Harry Belafonte, was unflinchingly correct when in Venezuela some months ago, he referred to US President George W. Bush as "the greatest terrorist in the world." However, just as importantly, we Black Americans know that it makes little difference as to who occupies the so-called "White" House. The terror against us to one degree or another is, and has been, constant. As Malcolm X succinctly put it, we always "catch hell" from white America. Indeed, the democracy of America toward Black people continues, in one form or another, to be a democracy of terror. Thus, the very real need to first understand and then clearly reject the terrorism that is continually being waged against us, physically and culturally, by white America and its surrogates.

Notwithstanding the horrible economic realities that often coerce young Black men and women to join the US military, the place for Black people is not on the battle fields of Iraq, Afghanistan, Iran or in someone else's nation elsewhere in the world. Our place is here in America, where we must face and struggle against what is probably one of the most insidious 21st century forms of economic and social apartheid anywhere in the world today. To paraphrase the words of Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., "Violence is the voice of the unheard." White America and the US Government know this and have always known this. The injustices of hunger, economic exploitation, and racial and cultural domination are all forms of the systemic terrorism practiced by white America both internally and externally. The response to that terrorism is of course more terrorism, which in turn allegedly provides America and its institutions with the excuse for waging war internally and internationally. As all bullies and/or dictators know, perpetual war means putting into motion and reinforcing the cycle of perpetual terrorism; and in reality, war - waged even by a nation-state - is nothing more than organized terrorism sanctioned by a nation....
BC Columnist Larry Pinkney is a veteran of the Black Panther Party, the former Minister of Interior of the Republic of New Africa, a former political prisoner and the only American to have successfully self-authored his civil/political rights case to the United Nations under the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. Click here to contact Mr. Pinkney.

Freedom Rider: Supreme Injustices
by Bar editor and senior columnist Margaret Kimberle
Our worst nightmares are becoming reality as George Bush's U.S. Supreme Court strangles the very concept of due process and nonracial administration of justice. In its latest frothings, the High Court ruled that workers must be clairvoyant in order to win job discrimination cases - requiring they file charges within 180 days of the offense, thus leaving no room to prove a pattern and practice of discrimination. The justices affirmed that potential jurors who oppose the death penalty - disproportionately Black - can be excluded from capital cases, ensuring that "only racist, conviction happy jurors sit in judgment." ... many of the sentencing disparities and draconian drug laws that have now decimated the black community originated with the Clinton administration. Read more... www.blackagendareport.com.

Army Data Show a Continued Risk for New Orleans
A report shows, in block-by-block detail, that a big stormwould be likely to flood large areas of the city.

Racist Genocide in New Orleans Continues: "Like 911 But Add Water"
by liz burbank
A renaissance of Black resistance and leadership, historically the leading edge of revolution is what the postmodern slavemasters fear most in the racist "homeland".
Katrina was no accident, no surprise, no act of 'mother nature', the 'gods' , or bureaucratic incompetence. The human and environmental and impact on New Orleans of a hurricane of this magnitude had been scientifically calculated. Rescue and recovery were deliberately withheld, working class Black people militarily imprisoned, forcibly dispersed and murdered by the armed state. This intensification of america's historical genocide, a crime of U.S. imperialist state terrorism, is a premeditated physical and psychological attack on the Black Nation to destroy its strength, pride, cultural cohesion and resistance to capitalist white supremacy's fascist global juggernaut.
Central to the U.S. strategy for global domination, Katrina and the brutal aftermath was engineered to serve this fascist agenda in two interrelated ways: uprooting, dispersing and weakening the Black Nation, while simultaneously inflaming racist support for the consolidation of a fascist mode of state capitalism under the guise of "rescue, relief and recovery” from a "major casualty-producing event" the state declared a “natural disaster.” [...]
full article at http://lizburbankdigest.blogspot.com/2006/03/racist-genocide-in-new-orle...
also in archives at http://www.burbankdigest.com/]

The Slow Slide to Barbarity on the Border
by Laura Carlsen
The basic elements of a horror story are being assembled on the U.S. southern border, which in the next decade or so may become the scene of perpetual low-level warfare. An "American Militarized Security Zone" is slowly taking shape, fueled by racist rhetoric and a fortress mentality that can only lead to transformation of the U.S.-Mexican border into a permanent battleground. In an extrapolation of current realities into the future, the author presents a nightmare scenario of a garrisoned region where "body-counts" and marshal law are the order of the day.

"Military men are just dumb stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy"
Henry Kissinger http://en.wikiquote.org/wiki/Military

U.S. Military Wants To Enlist "Illegal Immigrants"
A senior defense official expressed hope today that a provision in the stalled immigration bill that would have allowed some undocumented aliens to join the military won’t fall off the radar screen.

state terrorist family values
Impounded Fathers
June 17, 2007

MY father died in May 2005, after an agonizing battle with lung disease. This is the third Father’s Day that I will spend without him since we started celebrating together in 1981. That was when I moved to the United States from Haiti, after his own migration here had kept us apart for eight long years.
My father’s absence, then and now, makes all the more poignant for me the predicament of the following fathers who also deserve to be remembered today.

There is the father from Honduras who was imprisoned, then deported, after a routine traffic stop in Miami. He was forced to leave behind his wife, who was also detained by immigration officials, and his 5- and 7-year-old sons, who were placed in foster care. Not understanding what had happened, the boys, when they were taken to visit their mother in jail, asked why their father had abandoned them. Realizing that the only way to reunite his family was to allow his children to be expatriated to Honduras, the father resigned himself to this, only to get caught up in a custody fight with American immigration officials who have threatened to keep the boys permanently in foster care on the premise that their parents abandoned them.

There is also the father from Panama, a cleaning contractor in his 50s, who had lived and worked in the United States for more than 19 years. One morning, he woke to the sound of loud banging on his door. He went to answer it and was greeted by armed immigration agents. His 10-year asylum case had been denied without notice. He was handcuffed and brought to jail.

There is the father from Argentina who moves his wife and children from house to house hoping to remain one step ahead of the immigration raids. And the Guatemalan, Mexican and Chinese fathers who have quietly sought sanctuary from deportation at churches across the United States.

There’s the Haitian father who left for work one morning, was picked up outside his apartment and was deported before he got a chance to say goodbye to his infant daughter and his wife. There’s the other Haitian father, a naturalized American citizen, whose wife was deported three weeks before her residency hearing, forcing him to place his 4-year-old son in the care of neighbors while he works every waking hour to support two households.

These families are all casualties of a Department of Homeland Security immigration crackdown cheekily titled Operation Return to Sender. The goals of the operation, begun last spring, were to increase the enforcement of immigration laws in the workplace and to catch and deport criminals. Many women and men who have no criminal records have found themselves in its cross hairs. More than 18,000 people have been deported since the operation began last year.
So while politicians debate the finer points of immigration reform, the Department of Homeland Security is already carrying out its own. Unfortunately, these actions can not only plunge families into financial decline, but sever them forever. One such case involves a father who was killed soon after he was deported to El Salvador last year.
“Something else could be done,” his 13-year-old son Junior pleaded to the New York-based advocacy group Families for Freedom, “because kids need their fathers.”
Right now the physical, emotional, financial and legal status of American-born minors like Junior can neither delay nor prevent their parents’ detention or deportation. Last year, Representative José E. Serrano, a Democrat from New York, introduced a bill that would allow immigration judges to take into consideration the fates of American-born children while reviewing their parents’ cases. The bill has gone nowhere, while more and more American-citizen children continue to either lose their parents or their country.
Where are our much-touted family values when it comes to these children? Today, as on any other day, they deserve to feel that they have not been abandoned — by either their parents or their country.
Edwidge Danticat is the author of the forthcoming “Brother, I’m Dying,” a memoir.

big surprise!
Microsoft Finds Legal Defender in Justice Dept.
A company the government once tried to break up has been repeatedly defended by the Bush administration against charges of anticompetitive conduct. http://www.nytimes.com/2007/06/10/business/10microsoft.html?th&emc=th

Microsoft and the National Security Agency
In January the Washington Post reported that Microsoft had announced that its new operating system, Vista, was being brought to us with the assistance of the National Security Agency. http://killinghope.org/aer44.htm

Lies, Damn Lies, and Lies that Unleash Hell
Jason Miller
Each day untold millions of US Americans unwittingly immerse themselves in an intellectual, social, cultural, economic, political and spiritual cesspool so rancid and toxic that even microbes with the most voracious appetites for human waste, vomit, and inanimate flesh would shun this infinitely repulsive sewer.
Many highly qualified and intelligent researchers, analysts, and authors have written books, essays, and reports documenting the astounding multitude and variety of crimes committed by the United States throughout its history. Since a nation is an entity comprised of numerous elements and dynamics, we can’t simply blame the government, the Republicans, the Religious Right, the Democrats, George Bush, Bill Clinton, or any one particular component. Therefore, nearly all US Americans bear a degree of responsibility. Obviously, some (i.e. Bush and Cheney) are far more culpable than others because they wield such tremendous power and act with a conscienceless, cynical awareness of the suffering they are inflicting on the Earth and its sentient inhabitants.
Since only about 4% of the population shares Bush’s sociopathic inability to experience empathy or guilt, what is this powerful siren call that motivates so many inherently decent human beings to repeatedly lacerate their souls upon the jagged rocks of complicity in acts that inflict unnecessary suffering upon billions of humans and animals?

How did we become a statistical aberration to the extent that we are a nation of resource-rich, technologically-advanced, mean-spirited, intellectually-stunted moral barbarians where a significant percentage of the population behaves as sociopaths by directly supporting or apathetically ignoring the evils in which they are complicit.

Let’s deconstruct but a few examples of the nearly innumerable strands in the tangled web of pernicious lies comprising our false consciousness: ....

Despite the brutal nature and seemingly insurmountable power of this juggernaut of a nation, there is still hope for humanity and the world. While the opulent class, military careerists, fundamentalist Christian leadership, corporatists, AIPAC, "elected" officials, and the prostitutes in the corporate-dominated media propagate a sociopathic agenda through maintaining the simulacrum of the United States as the "leader of the free world," there is abundant evidence of an increasing awareness of their perfidy and malevolence. Simmering beneath the surface for years, moral outrage now threatens to reach full boil thanks to the increased awareness facilitated by the Internet.

Video: George Bush's speechwriter

6/1/7 Terrorism Defined in Action: Africa, Palestine/"Middle East", Latin America, Eurasia, USA

"...Colonial administration always relies on creating dissension between subjugated "native" tribes and populations. The fundamental white-power core of the American ruling class manages the nation in the colonial style. It sees itself as a small elite of elevated race (with a sprinkling of approved and tested tokens) that must control a vast, lower-class population. Setting the natives against each other in petty jealousies helps to fragment any opposition to their true masters.
The "carrot" always offered to subjugated natives is the chance to "sit at the right hand of the master, at his table." This is an avenue of advancement for a select few -- the Clarence Thomases, the Alberto Gonzalezes -- to implement the rule of the elite to the detriment of their own tribes, but for personal gain. Such people have been termed the "comprador" class in the literature of colonial administration. These are the "native bosses" who buy the labor needed for elite projects (e.g., native troops and native police), and keep current on doings in the tribes, to ensure the elite can quell independent thinking should it threaten to arise (e.g., weed out opposition leaders). They also man the facade of "diversity" and "equal opportunity" which all colonial administrations find useful for public relations. See the movie "Burn" by Pontecorvo (1970, starring Marlon Brando).
What can frustrate many natives is that the comprador option is just a cynical ploy, not an indication of real avenues of opportunity. So it is only open to a few, and these must be both highly capable and thoroughly compromised. Thus there can be much frustration among natives who are taken in by the ploy yet unable to actualize the false promises. Many want to "sit at the table" and believe themselves worthy, either on the basis of their own talents and achievements or by association with a reliably exploitable tribe ("we deserve it").
 Manuel Garcia, Jr  --  Immigrant Bashing For Colonial Control 


Congo and Darfur: Where Anti-Arab Prejudice and Oil Make the Difference
Wednesday, 30 May 2007
by Roger Howard

Three million to four million Congolese have been killed, compared with the estimated 200,000 civilian deaths in Darfur.”
Some Black bodies are more worthy of attention than others. The three million dead in the Democratic Republic of Congo, where U.S. allies such as Rwanda keep the genocidal pot boiling and multinational corporations field private armies to guard their mineral extraction enterprises, get scant mention in corporate media. But Darfur, where 200,000 Black Sudanese lives have been lost, is cause for crocodile tears among right-wingers and Arab-haters. Genocide sensitivity is, apparently, an acquired, selective taste: it depends on who is doing the killing, and how much oil is in the mix.

“The Democratic Republic of Congo has received a fraction of the media attention devoted to Darfur.”
The key difference between the two situations lies in the racial and ethnic composition of the perceived victims and perpetrators. In Congo, black Africans are killing other black Africans in a way that is difficult for outsiders to identify with. The turmoil there can in that sense be regarded as a narrowly African affair. In Darfur the fighting is portrayed as a war between black Africans, rightly or wrongly regarded as the victims, and "Arabs," widely regarded as the perpetrators of the killings.
In practice these neat racial categories are highly indistinct, but it is through such a prism that the conflict is generally viewed. It is not hard to imagine why some in the west have found this perception so alluring, for there are numerous people who want to portray "the Arabs" in these terms. In the United States and elsewhere those who have spearheaded the case for foreign intervention in Darfur are largely the people who regard the Arabs as the root cause of the Israel-Palestine dispute.
From this viewpoint, the events in Darfur form just one part of a much wider picture of Arab malice and cruelty. Nor is it any coincidence that the moral frenzy about intervention in Sudan has coincided with the growing military debacle in Iraq – for as allied casualties in Iraq have mounted, so has indignation about the situation in Darfur. It is always easier for a losing side to demonize an enemy than to blame itself for a glaring military defeat, and the Darfur situation therefore offers some people a certain sense of catharsis.

“The US backed an Ethiopian invasion of Somalia to topple an Islamic regime that the White House perceived as a possible sponsor of anti-American ‘terrorists.’ ”
Humanitarian concern among policymakers in Washington is ultimately self-interested. The United States is willing to impose new sanctions on the Sudan government if the latter refuses to accept a United Nations peacekeeping force, but it is no coincidence that Sudan, unlike Congo, has oil – lots of it – and strong links with China, a country the US regards as a strategic rival in the struggle for Africa's natural resources; only last week Amnesty International reported that Beijing has illicitly supplied Khartoum with large quantities of arms.
Nor has the bloodshed in Congo ever struck the same powerful chord as recent events in Somalia, where a new round of bitter fighting has recently erupted. At the end of last year the US backed an Ethiopian invasion of Somalia to topple an Islamic regime that the White House perceived as a possible sponsor of anti-American "terrorists." The contrasting perceptions of events in Congo and Sudan are ultimately both cause and effect of particular prejudices.

Those who argue for liberal intervention, to impose "rights, freedom and democracy," ultimately speak only of their own interests. To view their role in such altruistic terms always leaves them open to well-founded accusations of double standards that damage the international standing of the intervening power and play into the hands of its enemies. By seeing foreign conflicts through the prism of their own prejudices, interventionists also convince themselves that others see the world in the same terms. This allows them to obscure uncomfortable truths, such as the nationalist resentment that their interference can provoke. This was the case with the Washington hawks who once assured us that the Iraqi people would be "dancing on the rooftops" to welcome the US invasion force that would be bringing everyone "freedom". Highly seductive though the rhetoric of liberal interventionism may be, it is always towards hubris and disaster that it leads its willing partners.
Roger Howard is the author of What's Wrong with Liberal Interventionism.

President Bush “Hurts” for Darfur
Darfur Is Safer than US Urban Cities
By Ali Baghdadi, Chicago

...What is breaking the heart of our President, the most “powerful” man in the history of mankind, is the Darfur tragedy! He has been hearing that Arabs are massacring black Africans; Arab Janjaweed militia is carrying out “ethnic cleansing”, “genocide”, and “rape” against blacks. To emphasize the gravity of the situation and the degree of concern, the President even went to the Holocaust Memorial Museum in Washington and threatened the Sudanese government that they must immediately stop the carnage or he will order additional sanctions.
Two years before the Darfur conflict erupted, President Bush expressed his dissatisfaction with the policies and conduct of the Sudanese government. He expressed his desire to see a regime change in Khartoum, similar to the one he brought about in Baghdad. He wants Sudan to become an oasis of freedom and democracy for the entire black continent, Iraqi style. One million Iraqis have lost their lives and four million have become refugees since he stood on top of an aircraft carrier and told the world, “Mission Accomplished”. Iraqi infant mortality, which was lower than the United States prior to the 1991 invasion by his father, is today the highest in the world. Iraqis lack clean water, their sanitation plants are destroyed, they receive no more than 2 to 3 hours of electricity per day, and their lands are polluted by tons upon tons of depleted uranium.

In late April, I joined a delegation of 31 African-American journalists in a fact-finding mission to the Sudan. Included in the entourage were: Akbar Muhammad, the trip organizer, a writer, a historian and the founder of Youth 4 Africa; James Mtume, KISS FM Radio – Talk Show Host; Alesia Powell, TV One – Producer; Kenneth Carr, PFW Radio –Talk Show Host, and others. I had the opportunity to meet with many members of the Sudanese government, on the national, state and local levels, including President Omar Hassan Al-Bashir, as well as members of the opposition who had, until recently, carried arms against the central government. Darfur is the size of France, and is comprised of three states. I visited two, the North and the South. I talked to Darfurians in the internally displaced persons (IDP) camps, as well as people in the marketplace, men, women and children.

Members of my family and some of my friends and their friends were too worried about me. They doubted that I would come home alive. They were overwhelmed by the news reports of Sudanese violence that Americans are bombarded with daily. In their perspective houses of worship, some also prayed for my safe return.
First, I must inform my President, who is greatly concerned about the safety and well being of every US citizen, particularly Palestinian Americans, that I am home, safe and sound.
After viewing the facts as they are on the ground, and not according to the US news factories, it is my utmost duty to relate to the President, his cabinet, the Congress, the US corporate media, as well as all who “championed” the Darfur cause, the good and bad news.
The United Nations and Doctors without Borders have been right all along. No genocide! No ethnic cleansing! No rape! Our politicians and media don’t seem to understand geography. They don’t seem to know how to read a world map. Darfur is not in occupied Iraq. It is not in occupied Palestine. I felt safer in Darfur than in US urban cities.
I also discovered the obvious, what I had known all along. The Sudanese citizens of Darfur are all Africans, all blacks, all Sunni Muslims, and all speak Arabic, the language of the Quran, the Muslim holy book. My African-American companions often asked, “Where are the Arabs?” However, I repeatedly asked, “Where are the Africans?”

The Janjaweed are not a militia that the central government arms and equips. They don’t belong to a specific tribe or ethnicity. They are bandits, outlawed, and the army and local police severely prosecute them when caught. The Janjaweed phenomenon has existed for centuries in this vast land, and the tribal chiefs were able to deal with it through the traditional tribal justice system. The situation has worsened due to outside interference and desertification caused by global warming.

It is true that there is a tragedy in Darfur. Approximately 9,000 civilians have lost their lives. There are refugees who escaped the violence. There is a rebellion and there are rebels that are sheltered in neighboring countries. There are also opposition “leaders” who refuse to sign the Abuja Peace Agreement sponsored by the African Union, and are waiting to enter Darfur behind US tanks. Darfurians, young and old, have assured me that Darfur will become a new Iraq; their land will become a graveyard for invaders.

An old man in his eighties that I had met at one of the IDP camps made it clear that his people reject donations collected in their names by US anti-Muslim Jewish organizations. The American Jewish World Service, one of the sponsors of the “Save Darfur” campaign, collected approximately $31 million; $28 million of the relief funds were channeled back into Jewish lobbying efforts. Most of the remaining $3 million earmarked for Darfur was spent on advertisement. The organization has made it clear that its objective is to create Jewish “presence” in world “humanitarianism”...

As far as Darfur is concerned, Mr. Al-Bashir insists that foreign intelligence is behind the rebellion, and that the conflict will cease the moment the West, particularly the US government, stop financing, arming, and supporting the rebels....When I asked him for the real reasons for this enmity towards his country, Mr. Al-Bashir stated that Sudan, the largest country in Africa (2.5 million square kilometer) is rich in oil, uranium, copper, iron and many other minerals. The land is fertile; water is abundant; they have the White and the Blue Nile rivers and underground reservoirs. The land, with the proper infrastructure, can become the bread basket of Africa and the Arab world. This would not only provide the Black continent with food security but will also bolster its political and economic independence, which the US overtly and covertly opposes....
In a May 21 editorial in the Financial Sense titled “Darfur Oil could result in second Cold War”, William Engdahl spells up the Sudanese tragedy in clear terms, “What’s at stake in the battle for Darfur? Control over oil, lots and lots of oil.
“Darfur and Chad are but an extension of the US Iraq policy “with other means”- control of oil “everywhere”… China is challenging that control “everywhere”, especially in Africa. It amounts to a new undeclared Cold War over oil.”

The American people should know that despite internal conflicts created by the West, Al-Bashir’s government made great strides in agriculture, industry, education, health, and other services. National growth, which the previous regime left in the red, is now 11 percent. The country, which ranked number 95 among developing nations in 1989, now occupies number 51. In the past, 80% of the budget depended on foreign aid. The budget today depends on local resources. Agricultural land increased from 16 million to 60 million acres. Exports increased from 480 million to 8 billion dollars. Universities increased from 7 to 37. Although al-Shefa, the major pharmaceutical plant in Khartoum, was hit and destroyed by ballistic missiles by former President Bill Clinton to divert attention from the Monica Lewinski scandal, Sudan today has 37 factories that meet 70% of the local needs. The destruction of al-Shefa, whose ruins I inspected, was disastrous to Iraq. Iraqis depended on the vaccine produced by the plant for the treatment of their cattle. Some medicines manufactured in the Sudan are exported to other African countries.

I do understand the reason for Mr. Bush’s wish for a regime change in Khartoum. Unlike the great majority of Arab and Muslim leaders that walk all the way to Washington on their hands and knees and enjoy Bush’s blessing, approval, and support, President Omar Hassan Al-Bashir is quite different. Certainly, he is not Husni Mubarak of Egypt.
The Arab-African leader and the members of his government are known to be uncorrupt. They do not squander the resources of their country. They do not have Swiss banks accounts with money stolen from the poor. They do not accept bribes from foreign governments or multi-national corporations.
Despite the economic sanctions and the enormous pressures imposed on the Sudan, Mr. Al-Bashir refuses to submit to the will and dictate of the United States government. When it comes to the sovereignty and welfare of the Sudan, Mr. Al-Bashir is unwilling to compromise. The Sudanese are solidly behind their President. The Organization of Islamic Conference headed by the Malaysian Prime Minister, representing fifty-five Muslim nations, has just reaffirmed its endorsement.

u.s. "humanitarian" aggression tactics revealed despite NYT cover-up attempt...
Darfur Advocacy Group Undergoes a Shake-Up
Save Darfur has gotten into hot water with aid groups helping the refugees of the conflict....In February it began a high-profile advertising campaign that included full-page newspaper ads, television spots and billboards calling for more aggressive action in Darfur, including the imposition of a no-flight zone over the region.
Aid groups and even some activists say banning flights could do more harm than good, because it could stop aid flights. Many aid groups fly white airplanes and helicopters that may look similar to those used by the Sudanese government, putting their workers at risk in a no-flight zone.Sam Worthington, the president and chief executive of InterAction, a coalition of aid groups, complained to Mr. Rubenstein by e-mail that Save Darfur’s advertising was confusing the public and damaging the relief effort.“I am deeply concerned by the inability of Save Darfur to be informed by the realities on the ground and to understand the consequences of your proposed actions,” Mr. Worthington wrote.He noted that contrary to assertions in its initial ads, Save Darfur did not represent any of the organizations working in Darfur, and he accused it of “misstating facts.” He said its endorsement of plans that included a no-flight zone and the use of multilateral forces “could easily result in the deaths of hundreds of thousands of individuals.” Another aid group, Action Against Hunger, said in a statement last week that a forced intervention by United Nations troops without the approval of the Sudanese government “could have disastrous consequences that risk triggering a further escalation of violence while jeopardizing the provision of vital humanitarian assistance to millions of people.” Aid groups also complain that Save Darfur, whose budget last year was $15 million, does not spend that money on aid for the long-suffering citizens of the region....similar tension had flared publicly during the 1998-99 war in Kosovo, when relief groups had staff members in the Balkans at the same time advocacy groups were calling for bombing and more aggressive military action.“Not only were there concerns among relief agencies that their workers would be hit if there were bombing, but they were also fearful that more aggressive action could provoke a counterattack against aid workers, who might be seen as representative of the Western powers doing the bombing,”[...]

Revisiting the "Rwandan Genocide"
Resurrecting Ghosts, or Exorcising Demons?
by Steven da Silva
Global Research, June 1, 2007

...it is that utterly foreign spirit which has possessed the corpus of Central African history which has come to be known as the ‘Rwandan genocide’ – a hideous beast of a story concocted by imperialism. Hideous not only because of what happened between the months of April and July 1994, but hideous for how the tales told about those few months in Rwanda have served to mask the role imperialism has played in Central Africa at large throughout the 1990s. The tales told about the ‘Rwandan genocide’ are intended to disarm critical reason and deflect attention away from the even larger atrocities and the even greater war criminals that Western imperialism is trying to hide.
The Causes of the Rwandan Civil War

To the extent that Westerners know anything about Rwanda today, it is thanks to the Rwandan genocide entertainment industry which has proliferated in recent years (Hotel Rwanda, Shakes Hands with the Devil, Un Dimanche à Kigali, to name only a few). According to the myth propagated in these and many other films, books, and documentaries, the conflict really only begins in April 1994 with the shooting down of Rwandan President Juvénal Habyarimana’s plane. As the mainstream discourse goes, ‘extremist’ Hutus shot down their own president’s plane in order to justify the slaughter of the country’s ethnic Tutsi minority. But if the conflict can be so easily periodized at all, one should really begin the story in late 1980s when the current Rwandan President Paul Kagame was head of the Ugandan army’s military intelligence under the American-backed dictatorship of Yoweri Museveni.

In late September 1990, while both the presidents of Rwandan (Habyarimana) and Uganda (Museveni) were away in New York attending a UNICEF meeting, 4000 soldiers and high ranking officers from the Ugandan National Army ‘mutinied’ and invaded Rwanda.1 Immediately after the invasion, Paul Kagame – who was in the United States at the time of the invasion being trained by the U.S. military in Fort Leavenworth, Kansas – returned to Uganda to take up a position as the commander of invading Ugandan forces (soon to be known as the Rwandan Patriotic Forces (RPF)).2

For the next three years, Museveni allowed his former troops to move freely across the Rwanda-Uganda border as the RPF terrorized and dispossessed hundreds of thousands of Hutu peasants in northern Rwanda of the most fertile land in the country. Robin Philpot, who has written a damning exposé on the Western role played in the Rwandan civil war, has written that within “two and a half years after the invasion, only 1800 people lived in an area of northern Rwanda that previously had a population of 800,000.”3 In other circumstances, this act has been called ‘ethnic cleansing’, if not genocide. But such victims are not worthy of mention when Western imperialism has had a hand in such acts. Conspiracies of silence most often shroud their histories.

In a testimony submitted to the International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda, one source recites that from 1989 onwards, America supported joint RPF-Ugandan attacks upon Rwanda... There were at least 56 'situation reports' in (US) State Department files in 1991… As American and British relations with Uganda and the RPF strengthened, so hostilities between Uganda and Rwanda escalated… By August 1990 the RPF had begun preparing an invasion with the full knowledge and approval of British intelligence.4

At a time when the Western presses were expressing harsh indignation at Saddam Hussein for invading Kuwait, the international community was giving little attention to the RPF’s war crimes. Instead, it was the Habyarimana government that was being condemned by the world for its responses to the invasion and occupation (not unlike the way the Iraqi people are being demonized today for fighting back against their own occupation). In response to the October 1990 invasion, the Rwandan government had some 8000 suspected collaborators arrested, holding them for periods ranging from a few days to a few months. And without taking into consideration the state of emergency which gave rise to these arrests, human rights organizations like Human Rights Watch, as Philpot reports, ignorantly claimed that “the arrests provided verifiable proof of serious human rights violations...proof of the genocidal intentions of the Rwandan Government leaders”.5 But no mention of the genocidal intentions of the RPF were made by Human Rights Watch.

Aside from the attacks being lodged by NGOs, Habyarimana was facing a host of other destabilizing forces from without. The ‘international community’ was pressuring Habyarimana to hold multiparty elections (while under occupation); and the IMF was imposing a Structural Adjustment Program that ended up leading to a harsh devaluation of the Rwandan Franc.6

By August 1993, with pressures escalating from all sides, the Habyarimana government buckled, signing the Arusha accords which allowed for a near parity of military and political forces between the Habyarimana government and the RPF forces.

In the same period in neighbouring Burundi, the first democratically elected Hutu president Melchior Ndadaye was assassinated by Tutsi officers in the Burundian army shortly after taking office. As a consequence, 375,000 Hutu refugees fled from Burundi to Rwanda to add to the one million Hutus internally displaced by the RPF.7 One cannot underestimate the level of resentment Hutus would have been experiencing at this point as they were being unilaterally victimized in a conflict, with the world siding with the RPF. Up until 1994, the refugee crisis in Rwanda was one that solely affected Hutus, thus intensifying the ethnic animosities between the 85-90% Hutu majority and Tutsi minority.

The precipitating cause for what came to be known as the Rwandan genocide came on April 6, 1994 when the plane carrying President Habyarimana and the president of Burundi Cyprien Ntaryamira was shot down with a shoulder rocket. But this is not how the world would come to know this event: not as an assassination of two heads of state deeming a global outcry and an appropriate response by the United Nations, but rather a ‘plane crash’, brought down by unknown perpetrators, likely ‘Hutu extremists’ looking for a pretext to execute their genocidal plot. But no evidence has ever been brought against any Hutu extremists for this crime. In fact, all evidence that has been gathered on the case points to the RPF and Paul Kagame. [...]


Richard Hugus Commentary
The upcoming June 10 End the Occupation demonstration in Washington is based on a call stating that Palestinians have been under occupation for 40 years - i.e., since 1967. In fact, Palestine has been militarily occupied since 1948, or 59 years. The call purposely omits the massive stealing of land between 1948 and 1967. This position is characteristic of Zionists who think the state they have set up in Palestine is ultimately legitimate, that at least the land besides the West Bank and Gaza is rightfully "Israeli." This is an idea that should be rejected.

Below is an article detailing some of the political maneuvering done by left liberals in the US on the cause of Palestine. I don't forward it as an endorsement of the demonstration or a call to attend.
Mobilizing for June 10th - March for Liberation and Return!

The Notion of the “Jewish State” as an “Apartheid Regime” is a Liberal-Zionist One
by Gary Zatzman

"Islamic Terrorists" supported by Uncle Sam: "Black Ops" directed against Iran, Lebanon and Syria
by Prof Michel Chossudovsky

The Bush administration has admitted that covert actions of an aggressive nature were applied against Iran and Syria. The stated objective was to wreck the countries' economies and currency systems. The infamous Iran-Syria Policy and Operations Group (ISOG) created in early 2006, integrated by officials from the White House, the State Department, the CIA and the Treasury Department, had a mandate to destabilize Syria and Iran, and bring about "Regime Change" :
"The committee, the Iran-Syria Policy and Operations Group [ISOG], met weekly throughout much of 2006 to coordinate actions such as curtailing Iran's access to credit and banking institutions, organizing the sale of military equipment to Iran's neighbors and supporting forces that oppose the two regimes." (Boston Globe, 25 May 2007)
ISOG had also been providing undercover assistance to Iranian opposition groups and dissidents. The group's propaganda ploy consisted in feeding disinformation into the news chain and "building international outrage toward Iran". (Boston Globe 2, January 2007)

About-Turn in Iran-Syria Policy?
Washington has recently announced an apparent about-turn: no more treacherous covert ops directed against "rogue enemies" in the Middle East. The Iran-Syria Policy and Operations Group (ISOG) has been disbanded on the orders of President Bush. The US will no longer be involved in "[covert] aggressive actions against Iran and Syria", according to State Department officials... A senior State Department official,... said the group [ISOG] was shut down because of a widespread public perception that it was designed to enact regime change. State Department officials have said the focus of the Iran-Syria group was persuading the two regimes to change their behavior, not toppling them." (Ibid)

Believe it or not?
Foreign policy analysts have described Washington's decision as proof of a welcome "softening" of US strategy in the Middle East. The Bush administration is said to have discarded " regime change" in favor of a more flexible approach, consisting of constructive dialogue with Tehran and Damascus. Aggressive covert actions, we are told, have been swapped for bona fide international diplomacy: The [dissolution of ISOG] comes as the Bush administration has embarked on a significant new effort to hold high-level meetings with Iran and Syria...

The decision to dismantle ISOG is largely cosmetic. Most of these intelligence operations remain intact. ISOG was one among several covert initiatives to destabilize Iran and Syria. Regime change and outright war are still part of the Administration's agenda. In fact, destabilizing covert intelligence operations directed against Iran and Syria have been stepped up in the course of the last four years. Moreover, these operations are closely coordinated with Israeli and NATO war plans, which constitute an integral part of the US sponsored military operation directed against Iran, Syria and Lebanon.

The covert ops have been synchronized with the military road map, including the various US war scenarios envisaged since the launching of " Theater Iran Near Term" (TIRANNT) in May 2003, barely a month after the invasion of Iraq. These war-like scenarios explicitly envisage regime change: ... Under TIRANNT, Army and U.S. Central Command planners have been examining both near-term and out-year scenarios for war with Iran, including all aspects of a major combat operation, from mobilization and deployment of forces through postwar stability operations after regime change." (William Arkin, Washington Post, 16 April 2006)

The US is on a war footing and the various covert operations and Psy-Ops --which routinely feed despicable images of the Iranian head of State into the news chain--, are an integral part of the military-intelligence and propaganda arsenal. In turn, the covert ops are coordinated with US, Israeli and NATO military deployments in the Eastern Mediterranean and the Persian Gulf including the conduct of major war games, which have been carried out almost continuously since Summer 2006.

CIA " Black Ops" directed against Iran
Coinciding with the announcement on the closing down of ISOG, "The CIA has received secret presidential approval to mount a covert "black" operation to destabilize the Iranian government, according to current and former officials in the intelligence community... " (ABC News Report 22 May 2007). This parallel CIA sponsored initiative, which "received approval by White House officials and other officials in the intelligence community", has broadly the same mandate as that of the defunct ISOG: "The sources, who spoke on the condition of anonymity because of the sensitive nature of the subject, say President Bush has signed a "nonlethal presidential finding" that puts into motion a CIA plan that reportedly includes a coordinated campaign of propaganda, disinformation and manipulation of Iran's currency and international financial transactions...The CIA plan was apparently "designed to pressure Iran to stop its nuclear enrichment program and end aid to insurgents in Iraq." The covert operation, according to US officials, was a softer alternative to that of a military strike on Iran, an option which was favored by Vice President Dick Cheney and other hawks within the administration: "Current and former intelligence officials say the approval of the covert action means the Bush administration, for the time being, has decided not to pursue a military option against Iran."Vice President Cheney helped to lead the side favoring a military strike," said former CIA official Riedel, "but I think they have come to the conclusion that a military strike has more downsides than upsides." (Ibid)

The covert intelligence operations directed against Iran and Syria is not an alternative to military action. Quite the opposite. The CIA plan was designed to support Washington's strategy to destabilize Iran and Syria, through both military action and non-military means including covert intelligence operations.

Unleashing The Islamic Brigades Inside Iran
In relation to Iran, US intelligence has been supporting a Pakistani based terrorist group, Jundullah (Soldiers of God), that has conducted terrorist raids inside Iran. The group operates "from bases on the rugged Iran-Pakistan-Afghanistan 'tri-border region'." According to a report by ABC News: "A Pakistani tribal militant group responsible for a series of deadly guerrilla raids inside Iran has been secretly encouraged and advised by American officials since 2005, U.S. and Pakistani intelligence sources tell ABC News.

The group, called Jundullah, is made up of members of the Baluchi tribe and operates out of the Baluchistan province in Pakistan, just across the border from Iran.
It has taken responsibility for the deaths and kidnappings of more than a dozen Iranian soldiers and officials." (ABC News, 2 April 2007)
Abd el Malik Regi, the leader of Jundullah, commands a force of several hundred guerrilla fighters "that stage attacks across the border into Iran on Iranian military officers, Iranian intelligence officers, kidnapping them, executing them on camera, ... Most recently, Jundullah took credit for an attack in February that killed at least 11 members of the Iranian Revolutionary Guard riding on a bus in the Iranian city of Zahedan." (Ibid). US government sources have acknowledged that Jundullah's leader "had regular contact with US officials" but denies any "direct funding" of Jundullah by US intelligence.

Inherent in CIA covert operations, the Agency never grants funding "directly". It invariably proceeds through one of its proxy organizations including Pakistan's Inter Services Intelligence (ISI), which historically, since the Soviet-Afghan war, has provided support to Islamic terror groups, including the funding of the training camps and the madrassahs, always acting on behalf of the CIA. In fact this insidious role of Pakistan's ISI (on behalf of the the CIA) is candidly acknowledged by US intelligence:
"American intelligence sources say Jundullah has received money and weapons through the Afghanistan and Pakistan military and Pakistan's intelligence service. Pakistan has officially denied any connection." ( Brian Ross and Christopher Isham, The Secret War Against Iran, April 03, 2007
Other channels used by US intelligence in funding terrorism is through Saudi Arabia and the Gulf States, where foundation money is funneled to various militant Islamic groups on behalf of Uncle Sam. "Some former CIA officers say the arrangement [with regard to Jundullah] is reminiscent of how the U.S. government used proxy armies, funded by other countries including Saudi Arabia, to destabilize the government of Nicaragua in the 1980s [reminiscent of the Iran-Contra affair]." (Ibid)

Consistent Pattern: Historical Origins of "Islamic Terrorism"
Ironically, the Islamic groups are portrayed as working hand in glove with Tehran. Iran, a predominantly Shia country, is accused of harboring Sunni Islamic terrorists, when in fact these Islamic terrorists are " intelligence assets" of the United States, supported indirectly by Washington.
This role of US intelligence in support of "Islamic terrorists" is well established. The covert op applied in Iran are part of a consistent pattern. The not so hidden agenda of US intelligence, applied throughout Central Asia and the Middle East, is to trigger political instability and foment ethnic strife by supporting "Islamic terrorist organizations", ultimately with a view to weakening the Nation State and destabilizing sovereign countries.

From the onslaught of the Soviet-Afghan war and throughout the 1990s, a central feature of CIA activities has consisted in providing covert support to " Islamic terrorist organizations":
In 1979 "the largest covert operation in the history of the CIA" was launched in response to the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in support of the pro-Communist government of Babrak Kamal.(See Fred Halliday, "The Un-great game: the Country that lost the Cold War, Afghanistan, New Republic, 25 March 1996): Ahmed Rashid, The Taliban: Exporting Extremism, Foreign Affairs, November-December 1999. See also Michel Chossudovsky, America's "War on Terrorism", Global Research, 2005, Ch. 2.)

With the active encouragement of the CIA and Pakistan's Inter Services Intelligence, "some 35,000 Muslim radicals from 40 Islamic countries joined Afghanistan's fight between 1982 and 1992. Tens of thousands more came to study in Pakistani madrasahs. Eventually more than 100,000 foreign Muslim radicals were directly influenced by the Afghan jihad." (See Chossudovsky, op cit)

These covert operations in support of the "Islamic Brigades" continued in the post-Cold war period. The ISI's extensive intelligence military-network was not dismantled in the wake of the Soviet-Afghan war. The CIA continued to support the Islamic "jihad" out of Pakistan. New undercover initiatives were set in motion in Central Asia, the Middle East and the Balkans. Pakistan's military and intelligence apparatus essentially "served as a catalyst for the disintegration of the Soviet Union and the emergence of six new Muslim republics in Central Asia." (Ibid). "Meanwhile, Islamic missionaries of the Wahhabi sect from Saudi Arabia established themselves in the Muslim republics of the Former Soviet Union as well as within the Russian federation encroaching upon the institutions of the secular State." (Ibid)

A similar pattern emerged in the Balkans. Starting in the early 1990s, the Clinton Administration supported the recruitment of Al Qaeda Mujahideen to fight in Bosnia alongside the Bosnian Muslim Army. Ironically, it was the Republican Party in a document published by the Republican Party Committee of the US Senate which accused Clinton not only of a "''hands-on' involvement with the Islamic network's arms pipeline" but also of collaborating with the Third World Relief Agency (TWRA), "a Sudan-based, phony humanitarian organization believed to be connected with such fixtures of the Islamic terror network as Sheik Omar Abdel Rahman (the convicted mastermind behind the 1993 World Trade Center bombing) and Osama Bin Laden,... " (The original document can be consulted on the website of the US Senate Republican Party Committee (Senator Larry Craig), at http://www.senate.gov/~rpc/releases/1997/iran.htm )

Since the launching of the Global War on Terrorism (GWOT) in the wake of September 11, 2001, many of the official documents, which single out the insidious relationship of US intelligence to the "Islamic terror network", have been carefully removed from the public eye.

US Sponsored "Islamic Terrorists" inside Lebanon
The recent killings of civilians in Palestinian refugee camps in northern Lebanon, resulted from the confrontation between Fatah Al Islam and the Lebanese armed forces. Fatah al-Islam is a predominantly non-Palestinian Sunni fundamentalist group, operating inside the refugee camps. Fatah Al Islam is also inspired by the Wahabi sects of Saudi Arabia, which were part of the CIA's covert operations since the onslaught of the Soviet-Afghan war.

The Lebanese armed forces have been involved in raids on the camps, leading to the uprooting of the Palestinians refugees. The number of Fatah al Islam militants (made up of Saudi, Syrian, Yemeni and Moroccan fighters), inside the camp was of the order of 150-200 according to press reports. The Lebanese military offensive has been disproportionate, resulting in countless civilian casualties. "Yet, the massively disproportionate assault on the camp has been unconditionally endorsed by US Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice. “The Siniora government is fighting against a very tough extremist foe,” Rice said. “But Lebanon is doing the right thing to try to protect its population, to assert its sovereignty and so we are very supportive of the Siniora government and what it is trying to do.”

Lebanon has used the police action against this tiny group to ask the US for $280 million in military assistance to help put down what it grandiosely calls an “uprising.” State Department spokesman Sean McCormack said the request for funds, $220 million of which would go to the Lebanese Armed Forces and another $60 million to security forces, was being considered by Washington. The US gave $40 million in military aid to Lebanon last year and an additional $5 million so far this year. (Chris Marsden, 27 May 2007)

Fatah Al Islam has been presented in media reports, in an utterly twisted logic, as an organization linked to the Fatah movement in Palestine, a secular organization, founded by Yaser Arafat. From an ideological standpoint, Fatah al Islam, is similar to Al Qaeda, which is known to financed out of Saudi Arabia and the Gulf States and supported by Pakistan's Inter Services Intelligence (ISI) in liaison with its US counterpart.

According to Seymour Hersh, Saudi Arabia is providing funding as well as covert support to Fatah Al Islam, in close consultation with the Bush administration. Hersh points to a "private agreement" between top NeoCon officials and Prince Bandar bin Sultan of Saudi Arabia, who worked closely with CIA Director George Tenet, when he was Saudi Ambassador in Washington. The Lebanese government is also involved in this intelligence operation:
“The key player is the Saudis. What I [Hersh] was writing about was sort of a private agreement that was made between the White House, we’re talking about Richard—Dick—Cheney and Elliott Abrams, one of the key aides in the White House, with Bandar [Prince Bandar bin Sultan, the Saudi national security adviser]. And the idea was to get support, covert support from the Saudis, to support various hard-line jihadists, Sunni groups, particularly in Lebanon, who would be seen in case of an actual confrontation with Hezbollah—the Shia group in the southern Lebanon—would be seen as an asset, .as simple as that.. We're in the business now of supporting the Sunnis anywhere we can against the Shia, against the Shia in Iran, against the Shia in Lebanon, that is Nasrullah. Civil war. We're in a business of creating in some places, Lebanon in particular, a sectarian violence..”(CNN Interview with Seymour Hersh, CNN International's Your World Today, 21 May 2007)

The pattern of Saudi support to Fatah Al Islam is part of a US sponsored covert operation similar to those conducted by the CIA in the 1980s in support of Al Qaeda.

Well, the United States was deeply involved. This was a covert operation that Bandar ran with us. Don't forget, if you remember, you know, we got into the war in Afghanistan with supporting Osama bin Laden, the Mujahideen back in the late 1980s with Bandar and with people like Elliott Abrams around, the idea being that the Saudis promised us they could control -- they could control the jihadists so we spent a lot of money and time, ... in the late 1980s using and supporting the jihadists... And we have the same pattern, ... using the Saudis again to support jihadists [Fatah Al Islam], Saudis assuring us they can control these various group, the groups like the one that is in contact right now in Tripoli with the government. (CNN Interview with Seymour Hersh, CNN International's Your World Today, 21 May 2007)

Staged Event in Lebanon? Building a Humanitarian Justification for Military Intervention
Fatah Al Islam is an "intelligence asset" financed by Saudi Arabia. While the Bush administration accuses Damascus of supporting Fatah Al Islam, there are indications that the killings in the Palestinian refugee camps were the result of a carefully staged military intelligence operation..

Since the Summer 2006 following the Israeli bombing of Lebanon, NATO forces are present inside Lebanon as well as off Syrian-Lebanese coastline. The UN Security Council Resolution allowing for the deployment of NATO peace-keeping forces was the first step in this process, which followed the 2005 withdrawal and Syrian forces from Lebanon.
The objective of the military roadmap, is to create sectarian violence inside Lebanon which will provide a pretext "on humanitarian grounds" for a stepped up military intervention by NATO forces under a formal UN mandate. This humanitarian military NATO intervention in liaison with Israel, is envisaged as a sequel to the withdrawal of Syrian troops in 2005 and the Israeli bombings of 2006. If it were to be launched it could lead to a situation of de facto foreign occupation of Lebanon as well as the enforcement of a economic blockade directed against Syria.
The pretext for these stepped up military actions are Syria's alleged support of Fatah Al Islam and Damascus' supposed involvement in the assassination of Rafiq Hariri. The timely "investigation" into Hariri's assassination and the setting up of a kangaroo court are being used by the coalition to foment anti-Syrian sentiment in Lebanon. From a military and strategic standpoint, Lebanon is the gateway into Syria. The destabilization of Lebanon supports the US-NATO-Israeli military agenda directed against Syria and Iran. US intelligence sets loose its Islamic brigades, while also accusing the enemy of sponsoring terrorist groups, which are in fact covertly supported and financed by Uncle Sam.

from The Narco News Bulletin, indispensable resource on Latin America and U.S. Drug War

Venezuela Accuses U.S. DEA of Being a “Drug Cartel”
By: Chris Carlson - Venezuelanalysis.com
Mérida, May 8, 2007 (venezuelanalysis.com)— The Venezuelan government responded yesterday to United States Drug Czar John Walters' criticisms that Venezuela is not cooperating with the United States in the fight against drugs by saying that the U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency is a "drug cartel." The Venezuelan government rejected Walters' statements, saying that the U.S. has the intention of damaging Venezuela's reputation and intervening in its affairs.

John Walters, who is the Director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy in Washington, made the statement in an interview with the Colombian magazine Semana last week. And today in Brussels, Walters made further statements about Venezuela at a meeting with the European Union and NATO about drug-related issues. Walters warned of an increasing problem with cocaine entering Europe from South America, and in particular from Venezuela.
"Venezuela is gaining importance for drug dealers," said the US Drug Czar. "There are flights from legal airports to Dominican Republic and Haiti. Sea shipments are dispatched from several points on the Venezuelan coast."

But the Venezuelan government rejected the claims made by Walters, saying it was an attempt to discredit anti-drug efforts in Venezuela. Minister of the Interior Pedro Carreño warned that the recent declarations are a new attempt to intervene in Venezuela with the intention of putting military bases in Venezuelan territory.
¨The United States establishes cooperation agreements in the fight against drug trafficking through economic cooperation so that they can later impose the presence of military bases under the pretense of cooperation," said Carreño yesterday.
Carreño dismissed any possibility of permitting the intervention of US authorities in Venezuela to fight drug trafficking and accused the US Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) of forming its own “drug cartel.” According to the Carreño, when Venezuela ended its cooperation with the DEA two years ago, they observed that the US agency was trafficking drugs through the country.
"They were making a large quantity of drug shipments under the pretense of monitoring them, and they didn't carry out arrests or breakup the cartels," explained Carreño. "We were able to determine the presence of a new drug cartel in which the United States Drug Enforcement Agency was monopolizing the shipment of drugs," he said...
"Venezuela is a free, independent country that has its own National Armed Forces and security forces to provide protection to our country, and we are not going to let some other Armed Forces come to our government and impose on us the presence of military bases," stated Carreño.
Venezuelan President Hugo Chávez ordered an end to the country's cooperation with the DEA in 2005, alleging that some members of the agency were infiltrating government intelligence and were a threat to the security of the country. Since then, Washington has made repeated accusations about drug trafficking in Venezuela, claiming that their lack of cooperation is allowing drugs to be passed through the country and into the United States.
The Venezuelan government, however, sees these declarations as an attempt to coerce them into allowing US intervention in the country.[...]

in case you missed it...
U.S. Intelligence Hoax on Venezuela?
By: Michael Fox - Venezuelanalysis.com, 4/19/6
Caracas awoke to the news in the Venezuelan daily paper, 2001, that US intelligence sources reported the existence of a secret agreement between Iran and Venezuela whereby Iran will be sending nuclear weapons to Venezuela and Cuba...A deeper investigation, however, reveals an uncanny similarity between yesterday morning’s 2001 article and the information found in an article by former self-proclaimed criminal and current US law-enforcement collaborator Kenneth Rijock.
[sources included]

Indigenous people explain the cruel realityi of "globalization" on their lives, lands and livelihoods and their determined resistance -- in Spanish with english subtitles
Video: The Path of the Mayos (Part I)
With the Other Campaign in Sonora
By Promedios
Indymedia Chiapas
Video: El camino de los Mayo (Parte I)
May 27, 2007

Video: The Path of the Mayos (Part II)
With the Other Campaign in Sonora
By Promedios
Indymedia Chiapas
Video: El camino de los Mayo (Parte II)
M http://images.indymedia.org/imc/chiapas/the_path_of_the_mayos_part_ii.mp... 27, 2007


‘Less Meeting, More Fighting!’: Lessons Learned by Grassroots Katrina and Tsunami Social Activists
Wednesday, 30 May 2007
by Bill Quigley

American activists were startled to find that Indians could not comprehend the passivity of the U.S. public to the ejection of Katrina survivors from their home city and state, in the wake of the flood. "If this happened in India, there would be a revolution," said one Indian community organizer. The Christmas Tsunami that claimed hundreds of thousands of lives along the coasts of the Indian Ocean did not destroy the people's will to rebuild on land that was their birthright. But "disaster capitalism" has apparently triumphed in the United States, where rights can be washed away with no trace. [...]

Racist Genocide in New Orleans Continues: "Like 911 But Add Water"
by liz burbank
A renaissance of Black resistance and leadership, historically the leading edge of revolution is what the postmodern slavemasters fear most in the racist "homeland".
Katrina was no accident, no surprise, no act of 'mother nature', the 'gods' , or bureaucratic incompetence. The human and environmental and impact on New Orleans of a hurricane of this magnitude had been scientifically calculated. Rescue and recovery were deliberately withheld, working class Black people militarily imprisoned, forcibly dispersed and murdered by the armed state.
This intensification of america's historical genocide, a crime of U.S. imperialist state terrorism, is a premeditated physical and psychological attack on the Black Nation to destroy its strength, pride, cultural cohesion and resistance to capitalist white supremacy's fascist global juggernaut.
Central to the U.S. strategy for global domination, Katrina and the brutal aftermath was engineered to serve this fascist agenda in two interrelated ways: uprooting, dispersing and weakening the Black Nation, while simultaneously inflaming racist support for the consolidation of a fascist mode of state capitalism under the guise of "rescue, relief and recovery” from a "major casualty-producing event" the state declared a “natural disaster.” [...]

full article at http://lizburbankdigest.blogspot.com/2006/03/racist-genocide-in-new-orle... and http://www.burbankdigest.com/]


FOREIGN DESK Estonia Computers Blitzed, Possibly by the Russians
Estonian officials declared that their country is the first to fall victim to cyberwarfare. “If you have a missile attack against, let’s say, an airport, it is an act of war,” a spokesman for the Estonian Defense Ministry, Madis Mikko, said Friday in a telephone interview. “If the same result is caused by computers, then how else do you describe that kind of attack?”
Officials in Estonia have accused Russia of orchestrating the attacks, officially or unofficially. They raised the issue at a meeting of NATO on Monday, with Defense Minister Jaak Aaviksoo saying that the alliance, which Estonia joined in 2004, needed to urgently debate the question — once seemingly a distant threat — of whether mass computer attacks posed a threat to national security.
“Events of this nature make a lot of people sit up,” a NATO spokesman, Robert Pszczel, said in a telephone interview. “Today Estonia, tomorrow it could be somebody else.”
The Kremlin has repeatedly denied government involvement in the attacks, dismissing Estonia’s complaints as fabrications..

Digital Fears Emerge After Data Siege in Estonia

TALLINN, Estonia, May 24 — When Estonian authorities began removing a bronze statue of a World War II-era Soviet soldier from a park in this bustling Baltic seaport last month, they expected violent street protests by Estonians of Russian descent.
They also knew from experience that “if there are fights on the street, there are going to be fights on the Internet,” said Hillar Aarelaid, the director of Estonia’s Computer Emergency Response Team. After all, for people here the Internet is almost as vital as running water; it is used routinely to vote, file their taxes, and, with their cellphones, to shop or pay for parking.
What followed was what some here describe as the first war in cyberspace, a month long campaign that has forced Estonian authorities to defend their pint-size Baltic nation from a data flood that they say was set off by orders from Russia or ethnic Russian sources in retaliation for the removal of the statue.
The authorities anticipated there would be a backlash to the removal of the statue, which had become a rallying point for Estonia’s large Russian-speaking minority, particularly as it was removed to a less accessible military graveyard.
The Russian government has denied any involvement in the attacks, which came close to shutting down the country’s digital infrastructure, clogging the Web sites of the president, the prime minister, Parliament and other government agencies, staggering Estonia’s biggest bank and overwhelming the sites of several daily newspapers.
“It turned out to be a national security situation,” Estonia’s defense minister, Jaak Aaviksoo, said in an interview. “It can effectively be compared to when your ports are shut to the sea.” Computer security experts from NATO, the European Union, the United States and Israel have since converged on Tallinn to offer help and to learn what they can about cyberwar in the digital age. “This may well turn out to be a watershed in terms of widespread awareness of the vulnerability of modern society,” said Linton Wells II, the principal deputy assistant secretary of defense for networks and information integration at the Pentagon...

The attackers used a giant network of bots — perhaps as many as one million computers in places as far away as the United States and Vietnam — to amplify the impact of their assault. In a sign of their financial resources, there is evidence that they rented time on other so-called botnets.... The 10 largest assaults blasted streams of 90 megabits of data a second at Estonia’s networks, lasting up to 10 hours each. That is a data load equivalent to downloading the entire Windows XP operating system every six seconds for 10 hours. “Hillar and his guys are good,” said Bill Woodcock, an American Internet security expert who was also on hand to observe the response...

Linnar Viik, a computer science professor and leader in Estonia’s high-tech industry... said the episode would serve as a learning experience. The use of botnets, for example, illustrates how a cyberattack on a single country can ensnare many other countries.
In recent years, cyberattacks have been associated with Middle East and Serbian-Croatian conflicts. But computer systems at the Pentagon, NASA, universities and research labs have been compromised in the past.
Scientists and researchers convened by the National Academy of Sciences this year heard testimony from military strategy experts indicating that both China and Russia have offensive information-warfare programs. The United States is also said to have begun a cyberwarfare effort.

Though Estonia cannot be sure of the attackers’ identities, their plans were posted on the Internet even before the attack began. On Russian-language forums and chat groups, the investigators found detailed instructions on how to send disruptive messages, and which Estonian Web sites to use as targets.
“We were watching them being set up in real time,” said Mr. Aarelaid, who weeks later could find several examples using Google.

For NATO, the attack may lead to a discussion of whether it needs to modify its commitment to collective defense, enshrined in Article V of the North Atlantic Treaty. Mr. Aarelaid said NATO’s Internet security experts said little but took copious notes during their visit.
Because of the murkiness of the Internet — where attackers can mask their identities by using the Internet addresses of others, or remotely program distant computers to send data without their owners even knowing it — several experts said that the attackers would probably never be caught. American government officials said that the nature of the attacks suggested they were initiated by “hacktivists,” technical experts who act independently from governments...“At the present time, we are not able to prove direct state links,” Mr. Aaviksoo, Estonia’s defense minister...

A spokesman for the Kremlin, Dmitri S. Peskov, denied Russian state involvement in the attacks and added, “The Estonia side has to be extremely careful when making accusations.” The police here arrested and then released a 19-year-old Estonian man of Russian descent whom they suspected of helping to organize the attacks. Meanwhile, Estonia’s foreign ministry has circulated a document that lists several Internet addresses inside the Russian government that it said took part in the attacks.

“I don’t think it was Russia, but who can tell?” said Gadi Evron, a computer security expert from Israel who spent four days in Tallinn writing a post-mortem on the response for the Estonians. “The Internet is perfect for plausible deniability.” Mr. Evron, an executive at an Internet security firm called Beyond Security, is a veteran of this kind of warfare. He set up the Computer Emergency Response Team, or CERT, in Israel. Web sites in Israel are regularly subjected to attacks by Palestinians or others sympathetic to their cause. “Whenever there is political tension, there is a cyber aftermath,” Mr. Evron said, noting that sites in Denmark became targets after a newspaper there published satirical cartoons depicting the prophet Muhammad...

The last major wave of attacks was on May 18.
Jaan Priisalu, the head of computer security at Hansabank, and other friends from Estonia’s Internet security fraternity... said... somebody orchestrated this thing.”

NYT Editorial
Cyberblockade in Estonia
The small but technologically adept nation of Estonia has raised an alarm that should be heard around the wired world. Last month it weathered what some describe as the first real war in cyberspace when its government and much of its commerce nearly shut down for days because of an orchestrated Internet assault.
The assault on Estonia’s virtual society began in April after authorities moved a real bronze statue of a Soviet soldier from a central park in Tallinn to a military graveyard farther from the center of the city. For many Estonians, the statue was another reminder of Soviet invaders who took over their homes at Stalin’s orders. But Russians and Estonians of Russian descent immediately took to the streets to protest. The statue’s move was, for them, a sign of disrespect for Soviets who battled the Nazis in World War II.
The rioting and looting in Tallinn turned out to be nothing compared to what began happening to Estonia’s computers. Waves of unwanted data quickly clogged the Web sites of the government, businesses and several newspapers, shutting down one branch of their computer network after another. One minister described it as a kind of electronic blockade, like having the nation’s ports all shut to the sea. Estonian authorities charged that the data flood came on orders from the Kremlin. President Vladimir Putin’s government has denied any involvement.
In recent years, governments, businesses and individuals have focused on ways to keep hackers or destructive viruses from stealing or destroying sensitive information. But Estonia should put the computer-dependent world on full notice that there can be many offensive forms of information warfare and figuring out how to stop it — and ultimately who is behind it — is essential to all of our security.


...The attacks began on the day that the Estonian authorities removed a Soviet-era war monument that had been the source of protests and diplomatic tensions with Russia for months. Russia reacted vehemently, accusing Estonia, a former republic of the Soviet Union, of besmirching the memory of Soviet soldiers who fought against Nazi Germany. In the days that followed, Russia suspended rail service, ostensibly for track repairs, while protesters in Moscow staged raucous demonstrations, harassing Estonia’s ambassador in one instance. Senior officials have called for a boycott of Estonian goods, which at least one supermarket chain has observed.

The tensions with Estonia, along with Russian disputes with Poland and Lithuania, overshadowed a meeting in southern Russia near the city of Samara on Friday between Mr. Putin and the European Union’s leaders, including Chancellor Angela Merkel of Germany, the Union’s rotating president, and José Manuel Barroso, the president of the European Commission, the Union’s governing body. Tensions between Russia and Estonia were discussed at the meeting, but the computer attacks were not...

As the attacks have continued, they are now being traced to computers around the world, from Vietnam to the United States, according to Hillar Aarelaid, the head of the country’s newly created Computer Emergency Response Team.
Mr. Aarelaid said attacks involved “botnets,” networks of computers that have been compromised by an unauthorized user, who can then command and control them, surreptitiously and usually nefariously. Instructions in Russian on how to attack Estonian sites have circulated on the Internet, he added, suggesting that the world’s first cyberwar would continue. “We can’t say we have seen the biggest attack yet,” he said, “because each wave is bigger than the one before.”

Support global anti-imperialist resistance!
Iraqi Bombers Thwart Efforts to Shield G.I.'s
Even as the Pentagon has made a major effort to defend against makeshift explosives, the proportion of American deaths caused by them has sharply risen. "The problem will not subside even when there is a stable situation of some kind reached in either Iraq or Afghanistan. This is going to be around. This is too easy for an insurgent."
- GEN. MONTGOMERY C. MEIGS, director of a Pentagon task force on roadside bombs.

"Military men are just dumb stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy"
Henry Kissinger

Just Look What “Your Country” Did To You
By Adam Engel
Have I mentioned the spirits of 30 million slain Native Americans reaching through the TV sets to choke Boobus Americanus on his livingroom sofa? Or the ghosts of 100 million-plus African slaves tearing down the buildings they were forced to erect

Global hegemony is a bipartisan imperialist empire survival game run now mainly by a ‘neocon’ team … with total neoliberal cooperation & complicity
What Dick really means . . . Neocon terrorists have ambitions of empire, says Cheney
By Dr. June Scorza Terpstra, translating the doublespeak from a report from
Sidney, Australia
Online Journal Contributing Writer

The US War of Terror’s ultimate aim is to establish “a stronghold for the New World Order, covering a region from Spain, across North Africa, through the Middle East and South Asia, all the way to Indonesia — and it wouldn’t stop there,” US Vice President Dick Cheney warned yesterday. He said the war of terror ”had ambitions of empire.”http://onlinejournal.com/artman/publish/article_1816.shtml

Violence/Non-Violence: Imperialist Marriage of Convenience…and a message to liberal ‘peace’ /’non-violent’ missionaries
Washington’s New World Order “Democratization” Template
by Jonathan Mowat

“Gene Sharp started out the seminar by saying ‘Strategic nonviolent struggleis all about political power.’ And I thought, ‘Boy is this guy speaking my language,’ that is what armed struggle is about.”
Col. Robert Helvey


Terrorism Defined
George Orwell and the power of language
by Stephen Lendman

George Orwell knew about the power of language before the age of television and the internet enhanced it exponentially. He explained how easy "doublethink" and "newspeak" can convince us "war is peace, freedom is slavery, and ignorance is strength." He also wrote "All war propaganda, all the screaming and lies and hatred, comes invariably from (chicken hawk) people who are not fighting (and) Big Brother is watching...." us to be sure we get the message and obey it.

In 1946, Orwell wrote about "Politics and the English Language" saying "In our time, political speech and writing are largely the defence of the indefensible" to hide what its user has in mind. So "defenseless villages are bombarded from the air (and) this is called 'pacification'." And the president declares a "war on terrorism" that's, in fact, a "war of terrorism"...

George Bush's [U.S. IMPERIALISM'S] "war on terrorism" began on that fateful September day when his administration [WITH COMPLICIT IMPERIALIST DEMOCRATIC PARTY] didn't miss a beat stoking the flames of fear ... for the long-planned aggressive imperial adventurism...needing "a catastrophic and catalyzing (enough) event - like a new Pearl Harbor" to launch. .. Many writers, past and present, have written on terrorism with their definitions and analyses of it... first an official definition...

How the US Defines Terrorism

(A) "violent acts or acts dangerous to human life that are a violation of the criminal laws of the United States or of any State, or that would be a criminal violation if committed within the jurisdiction of the United States or of any State;"

(B) are intended to -

(i) "intimidate or coerce a civilian population;

(ii) influence the policy of a government by intimidation or coercion; or

(iii) affect the conduct of a government by mass destruction, assassination, or kidnapping; and

(C) occur primarily outside the territorial jurisdiction of the United States...."

The US Army Operational Concept for Terrorism (TRADOC Pamphlet No. 525-37, 1984) shortens the above definition to be "the calculated use of violence or threat of violence to attain goals that are political, religious, or ideological in nature....through intimidation, coercion, or instilling fear." ...

[Canadian] scholar/author/activist and Global Research web site editor Michel Chossudovsky began writing that 911 evening publishing an article the next day titled "Who Is Osama Bin Laden," perhaps being the first... critic to courageously challenge the official account of what took place that day. He then updated his earlier account September 10, 2006 in an article titled "The Truth behind 9/11: Who is Osama Bin Ladin."...

Here's a summary of what he wrote that was included in his 2005 book: "America's War on Terrorism In the Wake of 9/11" he calls a complete fabrication
"based on the illusion that one man, Osama bin Laden (from a cave in Afghanistan and hospital bed in Pakistan), outwitted the $40 billion-a-year American intelligence apparatus." He called it instead what it is, in fact - a pretext for permanent "New World Order" wars of conquest serving the interests of Wall Street, the US military-industrial complex, and all other corporate interests profiting hugely from a massive scheme harming the public interest in the near-term and potentially all humanity unless it's stopped in time.

On the morning of 9/11, the Bush administration didn't miss a beat telling the world Al Qaeda attacked the World Trade Center (WTC) and Pentagon meaning Osama bin Laden was the main culprit - case closed without even the benefit of a forensic and intelligence analysis piecing together all potential helpful information. There was no need to because, as Chossudovsky explained, "That same (9/11) evening at 9:30 pm, a 'War Cabinet' was formed integrated by a select number of top intelligence and military advisors. At 11:00PM, at the end of that historic (White House) meeting, the 'War on Terrorism' was officially launched... the decision was announced (straightaway) to wage war against the Taliban and Al Qaeda in retribution for the 9/11 attacks" with news headlines the next day asserting, with certainty, "state sponsorship" responsibility for the attacks connected to them. The dominant media, in lockstep, called for military retaliation against Afghanistan even though no evidence proved the Taliban government responsible, because, in fact, it was not and we knew it.

Four weeks later on October 7, a long-planned war of illegal aggression began, Afghanistan was bombed and then invaded by US forces working in partnership with their new allies - the United Islamic Front for the Salvation of Afghanistan or so-called Northern Alliance "warlords." Their earlier repressive rule was so extreme, it gave rise to the Taliban in the first place and has now made them resurgent.

Chossudovsky further explained that the public doesn't "realize that a large scale theater war is never planned and executed in a matter of weeks." This one, like all others, was months in the making needing only what CentCom Commander General Tommy Franks called a "terrorist, massive, casualty-producing event" to arouse enough public anger for the Bush administration to launch it after declaring their "war on terrorism." Chossudovsky, through thorough and exhausting research, exposed it as a fraud.

He's been on top of the story ever since uncovering the "myth of an 'outside enemy' and the threat of 'Islamic terrorists' (that became) the cornerstone (and core justification) of the Bush administration's military doctrine." It allowed Washington to wage permanent aggressive wars beginning with Afghanistan and Iraq, to ignore international law, and to "repeal civil liberties and constitutional government" through repression laws like the Patriot and Military Commissions Acts. A key objective throughout has, and continues to be, Washington's quest to control the world's energy supplies, primarily oil, starting in the Middle East where two-thirds of known reserves are located.

Toward that end, the Bush administration created a fictitious "outside enemy" threat without which no "war on terrorism" could exist, and no foreign wars could be waged. Chossudovsky exposed the linchpin of the whole scheme. He uncovered evidence that Al Queda "was a creation of the CIA going back to the Soviet-Afghan war" era, and that in the 1990s Washington "consciously supported Osama bin Laden, while at the same time placing him on the FBI's 'most wanted list' as the World's foremost terrorist." He explained that the CIA (since the 1980s and earlier) actively supports international terrorism covertly, and that on September 10, 2001 "Enemy Number One" bin Laden was in a Rawalpindi, Pakistan military hospital confirmed on CBS News by Dan Rather. He easily could have been arrested but wasn't because we had a "better purpose" in mind for "America's best known fugitive (to) give a (public) face to the 'war on terrorism' " that meant keeping bin Laden free to do it. If he didn't exist, we'd have had to invent him, but that could have been arranged as well.

...Today's "Enemy Number One" rests on the fiction of bin Laden-led Islamic terrorists threatening the survival of western civilization. In fact, however, Washington uses Islamic organizations like Islamic jihad as a "key instrument of US military-intelligence operations in the Balkans and the former Soviet Union" while, at the same time, blaming them for the 9/11 attacks calling them "a threat to America."

September 11, 2001 was, indeed, a threat to America, but one coming from within from real enemies... to undermine democracy and our freedoms...in pursuit of their own imperial interests for world domination by force through endless foreign wars and establishment of a locked down national "Homeland Security (police) State." They're well along toward it, and if they succeed, America, as we envision it, no longer will exist. Only by exposing the truth and resisting what's planned and already happening will there be any hope...
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

5/25/7 "Final Solution" to Palestinian Liberation: Anti-Imperialism vs. Liberal Imperialism: Where Do You Stand?


Commentary: Where do you stand?
Left liberal ‘Support’ for Palestinian liberation is based on liberal imperialist-zionist positions—(including the ludicrous lie that Israel controls U.S. superpower and is destroying it)— more pervasively that there should be justice for both Palestine AND "Israel", the oppressed & the oppressor, thus legitimizing the fascist settler state and its U.S. master.

What does genuine anti-imperialist-zionist support for Palestine --and all oppressed, occupied nations -- mean? Following are articles expressing genuine support and others demonstrating the liberal apologetics characteristic of most of the u.s. ‘left’, as represented by Noam Chomsky, reputed "anti-imperialist-pro-Palestine" guru. This reputation immunizes him from critical scrutiny and grants his treacherous position wide legitimacy and influence on the ‘left’: (1) to validate the existence of Israel’s racist colonial settler state in the name of a “two state solution” --on the Palestinian nations historic homeland -- criticizing only Israel’s “policies”, not its illegitimate existence
(2) to function as apologist for U.S. imperialist by accusing Israel of “...breaking sharply with U.S. policy”--as if the u.s., contrary to its recalcitrant zionist partner, supports Palestinian liberation, as if the zionist entity could exist without U.S. support and is an independent agent, as if the U.S. doesn’t call the shots for “eretz israel” whose expansionist agenda jibes with and serves the U.S. global domination Pax Americana agenda and its global war of terror. Where do you stand?

U.S. Policy Blueprint for Israel
A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm
Following is a report prepared by The U.S. Institute for Advanced Strategic and
Political Studies’ "Study Group for the incoming Benjamin Netanyahu regime on
a New Israeli Strategy Toward 2000."
The main ideas in this paper emerge from a discussion in which
prominent opinion makers, including Richard Perle, James Colbert, Charles
Fairbanks, Jr., Douglas Feith, Robert Loewenberg, David Wurmser, and Meyrav
Wurmser participated. The report, entitled "A Clean Break: A New Strategy
for Securing the Realm," is the framework for a series of follow-up reports
on strategy.

From one of many U.S. based zionist foundations and think-tanks
Item: The U.S. military is training Abu Mazen’s “Presidential Guard” in the belief or ephemeral hope that this particular group of Palestinians, more than others, meets an American standard for the responsible exercise of lethal force. This would be risible if it were not so dangerous....
The U.S. is training one army of the government against another army of the government but, according to reports from the area, Fatah, including American-trained forces, have been almost entirely ineffectual against Hamas. Fatah is pleading for more weapons... Hamas is fighting Fatah for control in order to freely pursue its terrorist agenda against Israel. And despite American help - or because it only saw our help as a means to an entirely different end - Fatah is in no position to advance its own goals (not that those are so great, either). This suggests that Israel may be forced to consider intervention for its own safety. If it comes, the U.S. will bear heavy responsibility.
JINSA has a Two-Fold Mandate:
1. To educate the American public about the importance of an effective U.S. defense capability so that our vital interests as Americans can be safeguarded; and
2. To inform the American defense and foreign affairs community about the important role Israel can and does play in bolstering democratic interests in the Mediterranean and the Middle East.

Israel prepares Gaza attack to crush Hamas
Uzi Mahnaimi, Tel Aviv
THTT T THREE Israeli divisions comprising 20,000 troops are on standby, ready for a full-scale invasion of the Gaza Strip as Hamas militants continue to fire salvos of rockets into Israel
A cabinet meeting in Jerusalem today will test whether there is the political will for an onslaught that is likely to be costly both in casualties from the Israeli Defence Forces and for the Palestinian civilian population.

Yesterday Israeli aircraft fired missiles towards Gaza City and the towns of Beit Hanoun and Jabalya, killing four people and bringing to 24 the number of Palestinians who have died in airstrikes in the past week. The rival Hamas and Fatah factions reached a ceasefire agreement after a week of internecine fighting. Earlier truces had collapsed within hours and it was not clear if this one would hold.

The Israeli army’s high command is recommending an attack to crush Hamas “before Gaza turns into another southern Lebanon”, said a source. But they are opposed by elements in the security forces who argue that the timing is premature.
The battle plan is to cut Gaza into three parts, seal its borders and crush Hamas by flooding its towns and villages with troops in an operation intended to last no more than a week. Israel would rely on speed, superior technology, better training and intelligence and sheer force of numbers to smash Hamas...

The generals insist that they are ready to invade. Earlier this year in the remote Negev desert, three army divisions completed a dress rehearsal for an incursion into Gaza. A giant Palestinian “refugee camp” was built to help the infantry to train in door-to-door search methods in the tightly packed Palestinian camps. The last time they attempted such an attack was five years ago in the West Bank refugee camp of Jenin. Many houses were demolished and 23 Israeli soldiers and 52 Palestinians were killed....
With Israeli connivance, about 500 well-trained Palestinian Authority soldiers were rushed from Egypt into Gaza last week to help their Fatah comrades who are fighting for their lives against the more powerful Hamas militants.
“We should have no illusions,” said an Israeli defence source. “Once we step in, Fatah will not stand on Gaza’s pavements to cheer us on. They will join Hamas in the fighting and postpone their battles for later.”...The Israelis are expected to go for a lightning strike aimed at killing as many militants as possible in the first few days before pulling out. “We won’t have more than a week for the fighting,” said a military source familiar with the plan.
On Friday Tzipi Livni, the Israeli foreign minister, summoned the diplomatic corps to outline the Hamas threat. “We want peace in the Middle East,” she said. “But sometimes the only way to maintain normal life in Gaza is to put pressure on the militants.”

Benjamin Netanyahu, leader of the opposition and the most popular Israeli politician, has no doubt about it. “The attacks on our citizens are horrible,” he said in Sderot last week. “The government should launch an attack to stop the rockets.”...

Principles of Unity
• Palestine is Arab land. We support the struggle of the Palestinian Arab people to liberate themselves from military occupation and colonial settlement in all of historic Palestine. We affirm the right of Palestinians to reclaim their land and resources, to maintain their culture, and to free their land from occupation by soldiers and settlers by any means necessary.

• We oppose the existence of the colonial-settler state of "Israel."

• We are for an end to all US aid to "Israel" – military, economic, and political.

• We oppose all forms of normalization with "Israel." We support boycotts and other popular actions aimed at isolating "Israel" economically and politically.

• We recognize that the struggle of the Palestinian people is part of a regional struggle against US, European, and Zionist imperialism. We support the regional struggle for indigenous sovereignty over land and resources.

Statement by the New England Committee to Defend Palestine on the Anniversary of the Balfour Declaration:
New England Committee to DefendPalestine: necdp@onepalestine.org
The Balfour Declaration led to the dispossession of land and displacement of the Palestinian people.  The colonization of Palestinian can be seen as the most recent overt manifestation of colonial history lasting for centuries in Asia, Africa, and the Americas. The same European powers that sought to divide up the non-European world in 1917 occupied Turtle Island (the North American continent) in 1492.  As Europeans ethnically cleansed the Americas of their indigenous populations, they claimed that they were bringing "civilization." These same powers forced millions of Africans onto boats and brought them here against their will as slaves in the name of American "freedom."  And  it is these same racist powers today who continue to force their way of life  onto the rest of the world, finding ever-new justifications for doing so, in  complete contempt of decency, humanity, and world opinion. The rhetoric of "manifest destiny" has been replaced by the "war on terror" but the methods and goals are equally racist and genocidal.
On November  2nd, Palestinians all over the world remember that the Nakba ("catastrophe") of 1948 was the direct result of the European colonial project articulated by Balfour in 1917....

Confessions of a human bomb from Palestine
by Hujayra al 'Arabi
"We are a strong people.  We are steadfast.  That is not enough to prevail against the machinery of Death that has been set in motion against us.  The fact that we have survived a century of genocide speaks eloquently of our strength and steadfastness, but how much longer can we endure?  Those .  who robbed us originally of our land die peacefully in their beds of old age, having spawned another two or three generations of robbers and thieves Those offspring convince themselves that they bear no responsibility for the continuing deprivation of our people as they invite more robbers into our homeland, while herding more of our people over the bridge to exile.    They will not listen to the voice of justice.  They speak of 'peace' when they have made the word an obscenity."
Continued at: http://www.freearabvoice.org/articles/ConfessionsOfAHumanBombFromPalesti...

“I Don’t Want to Know Their Names” : The Plan for Genocide in Gaza and Judaization in Galilee
by Julie Saad
Julie Saad explains Sharon's "disengagement" plan as a cover for continued genocide and war against Palestine.
In this article, Saad quotes Israeli author and "peace activist"A.B. Yehoshua, who says,  “ …after we remove the settlements and after we stop being an occupation army, all the rules of war will be different. We will exercise our full force. We will not have to run around looking for this terrorist or that instigator – we will make use of force against an entire population. We will use total force. Because from the minute we withdraw I don't want to know their names. I don't want any personal relations with them. I am no longer in a situation of occupation and policing and B'Tselem [the human rights organization]. Instead, I will be standing opposite them in a position of nation versus nation.” 

Repression of Palestinian Activists in the US: Where are the Defenders of Justice?
By Noah Cohen
"Based on the official position of the National Lawyer’s Guild in support of the Palestinian Right of Return and other similar positions, one would expect strong support in NLG chapters across the nation for the rights of Palestinian activists in the US. The NLG has historically helped in the defense of Palestinians; David Cole continues to represent the LA8 in their ongoing appeals.
 In Boston, this support has not been forthcoming from any of the existing organizations. In addition, active members of the civil liberties community who have taken public stands on the Palestinian cause have clearly been on the side of “left Zionism.” Our experience suggests that “left-Zionists” in particular may have an interest in silencing Palestinian activists, since this allows them to dominate what passes for “pro-Palestinian” politics in the US. Palestinians who call for strong positions in support of their full historic rights to land and their right to defend themselves from colonial settlers “by any means necessary” are frequently repudiated and shut out of public venues by these same nominal “pro-Palestinians.” [...]

Sami Al-Arian
Palestinian refugee, father, and professor found not guilty December 6, 2005, but still in jail. "Since 1995, Dr.Al-Arian has been the target of an orchestrated campaign to silence him for his views in support of Palestinian human rights. After nine years of a highly public investigation, the government has yet to provide evidence to support its claims against Al-Arian and his codefendants. Meanwhile, the case has already been intensely politicized by years of misinformation and lobbying by pro-Israel groups. On Feb. 20, 2003, Dr. Al-Arian and three others were arrested at their homes in a pre-dawn raid by federal agents. The arrests were yet another indication that, under the guise of fighting terrorism, the Bush administration, led by Attorney General John Ashcroft, is silencing political speech and expression protected under the U.S. Constitution's Bill of Rights."Continued at http://www.freesamialarian.com/home.htm
Attacks / Prisoners: Continued at http://www.altimimi.org/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=37&Ite...

NECDP co-founder, Amer Jubran.
Amer Jubran was one of the co-founders of the New England Committee to Defend Palestine... Amer was the subject of a relentless campaign of persecution and harassment by the FBI, the INS, and Homeland Security, which began on November 4 of 2002, barely two days after the first public action of the NECDP on the streets of Boston. Even before that, he had been subject to illegitimate arrest and intrusive surveillance by local and federal police agencies going back to June 2001 when he organized a protest of the "Israel Day Celebration" in Brookline, Massachusetts.
He is now living in Jordan as a result of the government's efforts to silence his speech in defense of the Palestinians' struggle against colonialism, apartheid and genocide, and to sabotage any effort aimed at building a political current in the U.S. that fully supports the creation of a liberated Palestinian state in all of historic Palestine.

breaking it down...
Is the US Anti-War Movement Pro-Resistance?
By Amer Jubran
February 4, 2004

At this point, it is a waste of time to discuss the perfidy of the US government. It is established beyond doubt that Bush, like presidents before him, represents the interests of a prosperous war industry. What is worth researching, though, is the methods by which the US managed to achieve its vast criminal empire. Such research needs not focus on the well-known economic and military machinery and its political consequences, but rather on the unconventional and secret strategies employed by the US to encircle and strangle its prospective targets. These strategies include client regimes, large-scale media propaganda, and co-opting opponents of the system. One such opponent is the United States "antiwar movement."

As one administration after another wages war with impunity, culminating with Bush ignoring 10 million antiwar protesters on February 15, 2003, any hope one might have that this movement could bring change has become wishful thinking. In order to bring the US war machine to a halt, insights are needed into why the antiwar movement has not been effective. This must include an examination of the leadership, culture, theoretical and practical goals, mission, and strategies of the movement as it stands today.

During the Vietnam era, the US government spent a great deal of resources on researching the movement and its impact. It responded to the movement with imprisonment, harassment, and assassination of leaders. An entire system of social rewards was developed to buy people off. The government's most effective strategy, however, was its choosing to contain the opposition rather than attempt to eradicate it. It was by this means that a "loyal opposition" was created - an opposition which the government could manipulate and control, allowing it enough power to reach a large segment of the population, and to disseminate a message of change, but withholding the power necessary for such change to be in any way implemented.

In the Vietnam era many realized the government could not be trusted. The pretense of a democracy in which two parties struggled against each other to keep the USA honest would no longer work. Elite planners understood that non-governmental organizations could do what the Democrats had formerly done. That is, they could push for reform of policies set by Republicans, and their free expression of political frustration could be promoted and used as a sign of a healthy, confident democracy. Such organizations could thus continue work vital to the government's longevity, absorbing the opposition in the name of reform, and the Democrats and Republicans could more openly merge forces.

After thirty years under this system the movement has established its right to freedom of expression, and not much else. The focus has changed from demands for changes in government policy to just having the right to express those demands.

Unlike the 60's, when antiwar protesters were attacked by dogs, sticks, and water hoses, protesters today are accompanied by police motorcades. The government issues rally permits, marching permits, sound permits, and vending permits. Some consider it a victory just to obtain a permit to protest. This reflects how demoralized the antiwar movement has become. Of course, once a protest is permitted, it will then be subjected to massive police supervision, as we have all seen.

For some whites and excluded minorities such as Natives, Blacks, Arabs, Latinos, and others whose political tone was too radical, the US developed more serious measures. The strategy was to hit these groups hard, away from public view. A large number of those who could leave choose to do so, and work within the system. Some whites saw the double standard and this made them sensitive about their privilege but paralyzed in their ability to take initiatives. Naturally, the minorities reacted with contempt toward whites. Part of the antiwar movement was thus divided, and thus conquered

"Give Peace A Chance"
Today in the US, there are many groupings in the movement. The biggest two differ in their political positions and tone, but are comparable in their behavior. One takes the position of reforming the system by appealing to the president, government, Congress, and voters. During the Gulf War of 1991, this group demanded the US "let the sanctions work." Similarly, leading up to the occupation of Iraq in 2003, it said, "let the inspections work." No matter what the outrage, this bloc's song is "Give peace a chance."
The moral base for this bloc is "peace" - an abstract goal that no one disagrees with but which lacks critical definition. It does not seek to address root causes - the fundamental need for justice as a requisite for peace, and the immediate necessity of stopping the US war machine in order to obtain that justice. Instead, it claims to be objective, to see the light at the end of the tunnel, and blames bad leaders on both sides - a US president and a third world tyrant, Bush and Saddam, Sharon and Arafat - as if both sides were equal.

The dominant philosophy in this bloc is pacifism - at any cost. Not only does this ensure zero risk to themselves in confrontations with the authorities, it leads them to condemn the resistance even of those being oppressed. Only if the victims of the US are purely oppressed and do not fight back does this bloc advocate for them. It joins with the US government in labeling resistance movements as "terrorist."

The most troubling area in this bloc's politics is its position on Palestine -- its complete failure to understand the long history of racism, killing, displacement, and torture used against Palestinians, and to understand the Palestinians' commonality with other people around the world who have been invaded and dispossessed. Its position on Palestine is not very far from the official public position of the United States, Israel, and the Arab client regimes. The leadership of this bloc accepts only "good Palestinians" as activists in their movement. A good Palestinian is one who accepts their vision of peace between what it contends are two populations -- Israelis and Palestinians -- competing for equal rights. History is thus erased. The oppressor is put on an equal footing with the oppressed. Worse, the Israeli aggressor is treated as the victim.
This bloc's leadership is composed mainly of white liberals, and is heavily infiltrated by Zionists. It draws its constituencies from left democrats, churches, academics, and some students. Normally, the constituencies are loyal. Members are steady in their numbers and contributions.

"Bring the Troops Home Now"
Criticism of the second bloc is more important than of the first. The first practically announces itself as a loyal opposition. The second does not -- its opposition is more formidable. The second bloc takes a strong stand against US imperialism but does so on the basis of the material self-interest of another abstraction-of--the working class. With this group, the needs of working people at home take priority over support for resistance in countries under US attack. Instead of spending money on war, this group says, money should be spent on providing jobs, education, and health care. Their priority demand, "Bring the troops home now," comes close to the mainstream's "Support the troops," and is a betrayal of those people in other nations whom "the troops" are busy shooting at, bombing, and colonizing.

This group rightly points out the existence of an "economic draft" but does not grapple with the fact that poor and minority people who have been taken in by the economic draft are capable of moral choice, did not have to join, and are just as guilty of the crimes of imperialism as George Bush if they pull the trigger. Also not recognized is that many of the "troops" bring with them the prevalent US diseases of ignorance and racism, and fight because they believe in what they are doing. A significant number are not minorities. Some come from military families. The best reason for wanting these particular soldiers to come "home" is to stop them from killing people. To appeal for their return on the basis of an injustice done to them twists both logic and morality. Yet more ink will be spent on one GI resister in this bloc's newspapers and leaflets than on a thousand Iraqi resisters who gave their lives confronting Uncle Sam. Indeed, more ink will be spent on the need for domestic health care and education and decent jobs in the relatively wealthy US than on the right of Iraqis or Palestinians just to live.

It is important for any movement's leadership to take a position on issues. Constituencies need clear analysis in order to understand world events and mobilize in response to them. However, clear, strong positions are of no use if an organization's main goal is to build numbers. Building numbers means slogans with broad appeal and minimum controversy which generate the largest possible protests. The goal becomes flexing political muscle and self- promotion which, in turn, establish the power of an organization, and give it credibility in negotiations. The negotiations are carried out on two tracks.

The first track is with the US government
When concerns about permits, collecting funds, and event promotion become more important than changing a brutal system, the movement is in trouble. After the dramatic protests of Seattle and Quebec City, the government became more serious about granting permits to protest. It asserted its right to control when, how, and where protesting could take place. Lengthy negotiations with protest organizers became necessary. Concessions were required. The result was a long stream of non-violent, peaceful, and inconsequential protests in several years of some of the most blatant military and economic violence the world has ever seen.

The protest against the World Economic Forum in New York City in the winter of 2002 provides an example. The authorities cleared all protests from twenty city blocks around where the forum was taking place, except for the area of the official protest. Protesters who wanted to get to the designated area were allowed to do so only through numerous and arbitrary police barricades. They were then corralled into narrow pens along the street, block after block, standing for hours in miserable, cold weather. The only action was speeches and chanting. If anyone wished to break away and march to the Waldorf Astoria, where the forum was being held, they had to go through the security marshals

of the protest organizers before getting to the police lines. At the end of the day, the statement came from the stage: "Go home in small groups; we have won today by showing the ruling class that the movement is strong and present." In fact, the ruling class only learned that the movement is willing to sit in pens and police itself all day long, and mount no challenge whatsoever to the fat capitalists assembled in the forum.

The second track of negotiations is with the liberal "peace" bloc of the antiwar movement.
Using slogans to recruit and build numbers is an act of sectarianism. Sectarian attitudes focus on recognition. Milder politics lead to greater numbers and resources. The second bloc wants to tap into these resources, but also wants to be recognized as dominant in the movement. An ideal strategy is building a principled position and allowing people time to discover its consistency and clarity. But overcoming differences in political opinions with the other bloc requires a compromise. At this point, language is made to serve both sides of an issue. For example, demands like "Free Palestine . . Victory to Palestine . . . Long live the Intifada" and "Stop US Imperialism" become "End the Occupation" and "Support the troops--bring them home."

With time, the importance of such issues as Palestinian and Iraqi resistance could be brought to the weaker bloc, but such effort would meet with decisive opposition from Zionists both within and outside the movement who are in a position to dictate the political agenda. To maintain numbers, popularity, power, and financial backing, the anti-imperialist bloc is forced to sacrifice principles and make deals. Sometimes, these deals require dropping an issue or, worse, presenting it diluted. The blood and suffering of victims of US imperialism are thus used to serve the purposes of power politics.

Another critical problem is this bloc's readiness to adjust its agenda to its sources of funding, making such decisions without the knowledge of its wider constituency. For example, funding from the Muslim clergy shifted the focus of the April 2002 demonstration to Palestine, a focus which was certainly correct, but which should not have depended on money. On October 25, 2003, funding from the liberal donors of the Vanguard organization resulted in Palestine being dropped from a large west coast antiwar protest. Because of funds pouring in from Vanguard, key organizers who had once been in support of Palestine attempted to veto a speaker for the Palestinian resistance from addressing the San Francisco audience. However, they did allow the Democrats to speak on the stage that day.

Although this bloc is a coalition, decisions on strategy and events are made by only a few individuals. A central committee selects people it deems appropriate to represent various causes. These people are often limited to describing first hand how the US government made their lives miserable, leaving political analysis to the central leadership. Furthermore, if the representative criticizes a stand, or how an event is handled, regardless if it was right or wrong, this individual will be iced. Instead of healthy debate, critics are condemned.

The second bloc has difficulty maintaining loyal members and allies. That is why it doesn't grow. Unlike the pacifists and reformists of the first bloc, the constituency of the second bloc is made up of radicals angry at injustice. These people possess the best qualities of revolutionaries -- bravery, political sophistication, and a willingness to sacrifice. Sadly, they find themselves sucked in by something that talks revolution, but doesn't deliver. As a result, radicals either lose interest or disperse into smaller groups with smaller resources and try to avoid sectarian conflict with the larger bloc. They are miles ahead of the first bloc in seeking to resist, but they are halted and slowed down.

Both blocs differ in their politics, but have like strategies. During a crisis, they both call for a stand and make plans for a massive protest. Inevitably, that protest falls on a Saturday. A protest in a public park on a Saturday in Washington, D.C. might maximize the numbers of those who attend, but it does nothing to interfere with business as usual. The government is away for the weekend. Why can't a day be chosen when someone is there to listen, or when the White House or Congress is about to decide on a matter important to the movement? When Turkey's Parliament was deciding if it should join the US in invading Iraq, hundreds of thousands opposing the war surrounded the building and threatened violence if the resolution passed. The result was defeat of the resolution and Turkey staying out of the war.

Both blocs of the antiwar movement take protest only so far as political rallies with a stage and speakers, followed by a permitted "march." Would the coalition proceed if a permit were rejected? Anarchists' who protest without permits and who do interrupt business as usual, are denounced by some in the antiwar movement. Instead of being viewed as a wing in the movement that counters the inertia of the pacifists, they are left to deal with police brutality alone. This makes them distrust the rest of the antiwar movement. Is there anyone in the US antiwar movement who resists the US government as fighters in Vietnam, Columbia, Iraq, and Palestine have done? Is there an underground that has recognized the futility of peaceful protest and mobilized to directly stop US war and aggression? In the current movement, anarchists have gone further along these lines than anyone else, but no one has gone far.

Both blocs are reactive to whatever the US government does. They wait for Washington to make the decisions. A clear strategy of taking initiatives and putting the government on the defensive is absent.

Every movement likes to brag about its victories and achievements. Here is a short list of what the US has done since Vietnam:

attacked and started the war in Afghanistan 1980
attacked Iran 1980
pushed Iraq to attack Iran 1980
attacked Central America 1980's
attacked Lebanon 1983
invaded Grenada 1983
attacked Libya 1986
attacked Iran 1986
invaded Panama 1989
attacked Iraq 1991
invaded Somalia 1993
attacked Yugoslavia 1999
attacked Afghanistan 2001
attacked Iraq again 2003
As well, the US continues to maintain Israeli oppression of Palestine, it continues to wage war against Colombia using a phony war on drugs as a pretext, it continues to defy international treaties regarding war crimes, it continues to refuse to submit to an international court of law, it continues to steal oil from the Arab world, and it continues to support the dictatorships of its many client regimes. At home it has created the police- state Department of Homeland Security, the Patriot Act, the Border Security Act, and the world's largest prison population.
Where is the list of achievements and victories of the antiwar movement?

The Reconciliation Game is for Saving the Occupier his Criminal Operatives . Beware of it Beware of those playing the Double side Game
Sheikh Majeed Al-Gaood
...The Reconciliation they want is the one leading to normalization with the Occupation his Project , the acceptance of all his Results . It also means the complete submission to the current situation imposed on Iraq his people . Wich means the ending of the National Resistance the acceptance of the Sectarian Ethnical! Division of Iraq . This Reconciliation is the way to grant success to the American Project his enlargement to include all of the Arab Countries ; which would allow Israel to realize all its goals in the region . The goals representing a part of the American-Zionist Project..

The Notion of the “Jewish State” as an “Apartheid Regime” is a Liberal-Zionist One 
by Gary Zatzman 
November 21, 2005

The cause of Palestine consists of the restoration of the national rights of
the Palestinian people and enabling the Palestinians to exercise their right
of self-determination in their own territory. Theirs is the territory
illegally mandated to Great Britain by the League of Nations in 1920-21 and
subsequently "partitioned" by the United Nations in 1947 to establish a
so-called "Jewish state" enclave for the Zionist movement. Enabling the
Palestinians to exercise their right of self-determination in their own
territory means implementing the Palestinians' right to return to their
lands and to be restored in the property/properties that were taken from
them in the course of acts of conquest by the Zionist movement, and in clear
cut violation of international law, during 1947-48 and again in June 1967. 

Many activists in this highly just cause have been drawing comparisons
between the regimen of bantustans and separate laws imposed on the native
population by the tiny apartheid white-racist minority's regime in South
Africa between 1948 and 1991 and the "legal" regime by which the
Zionists' regulatory authorities at all levels -- up to the
Knesset/legislature and the Cabinet/executive, as well as throughout the
armed forces -- have continued to secure their own presence and dominance by
extending their control over every possible aspect of Palestinians' lives. 

Although not identical, the colonialist and racist pedigrees and impacts of
each system of oppression are structurally comparable. However, whereas the
solution in South Africa always turned upon finding some new form of state
in which majority rule would prevail and white-racist privilege be finally
extirpated, the cause of Palestine entails eliminating the Zionist junta's
so-called "Jewish state" of European-American colonialist privilege and
restoring to the Palestinians what the Zionists stole. How does disabling
the racist provisions of the laws and regulations of the State of Israel,
and reforming the "Jewish-only" element to become fully inclusive of the
entire population, bring the Palestinians any closer to restoring what the
Zionists stole?  ...

The line of freelance organization of external "support" for the cause of
Palestine is liberal Zionism at its most diabolical: it is liberal Zionism
at work plotting to seize control of the Palestinian movement for national
liberation on one of its most vital points. Organization of external
"support" for the cause of Palestine is a matter for those actually waging
the struggle for national liberation within Palestine to tackle, to give the
direction and designate organizations and individuals to do it.
Interestingly, the comparison of Zionist oppression with white-racist South
African apartheid no longer passes muster with Archbishop Desmond Tutu or
other prominent leaders of the ANC-led struggle against apartheid. The
archbishop explicitly commented that what he was been able to witness and
learn about daily life under Zionist occupation in the West Bank alone is
already many times worse than anything he experienced during apartheid. If
such a determinedly non-revolutionary activist has already seen through the
falsehood of the analogy, the time would seem to have ripened to set this
analogy aside once and for all and remain clear-eyed about, as well as
vigilant against, the liberal Zionists' aim and presence in the cause of
Gary Zatzman is co-editor of Dossier on Palestine. He can be reached at:

Slave Sovereignty: Palestinian Elections Under Occupation
Many Palestinians are boasting that they will soon enjoy, again, the most free and democratic elections in the entire Arab World. The only problem is that electing a Palestinian president while still under the boot of the occupier is an oxymoron. Sovereignty and occupation are mutually exclusive. The world, including many well-informed readers, seem to think that the Palestinian people is actually practicing the ultimate form of sovereignty by freely choosing its own president. This is easily extrapolated in the heads of many to mean that Palestinians are in a way free. So what's all this talk about occupation? Notice, for example, how little media attention is given now to the almost daily killings of Palestinian civilians by the Israeli occupation forces. Of course, the only thing that matters is who is running; who is not; what Mahmoud Abbas might have intended to say; or what Marwan Barghouti could have done only if . Bulldozing houses in Rafah, expanding colonies in Hebron and killing innocent children in Beit Lahya is simply a bore, a peripheral story, an ordinary occurrence in the midst of an election extraordinaire.

There are several things wrong in this picture, least of which is the fact that it is false.

First, some facts. This Sunday, Palestinians in the West Bank and Gaza will be electing the president of the Palestinian Authority (PA), not the president of the Palestinian people. The former is an organ created according to the 1993 Oslo agreements between the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) and the government of Israel, according to which the PA will do little more than run the educational, health, municipal and taxation services. In addition, it will do its very best to provide security for Israel, mainly by clamping down on the armed resistance factions.

Israel and the United States helped create the PA specifically to control the occupied territories, -- while maintaining the foundations of occupation, of course -- and eventually to sign some "peace" treaty that would exonerate Israel from its legal and moral obligations to allow the repatriation and compensation of the Palestinian refugees, to comprehensively withdraw its entire colonial apparatus from the West Bank and Gaza -- not just by removing its army but also its Jewish colonies, illegal under international law -- and to end its system of racial discrimination against its own Palestinian citizens.

Ironically, the PA at best represents a minority of the Palestinian people, those in the occupied West Bank and Gaza strip. The majority of Palestinians, refugees and Palestinian citizens of Israel, are not represented by the PA. Here's where the real paradox lies: how can an entity that represents no more than one third of the people of Palestine be expected to meaningfully and legally sign away the rights of the remaining two thirds? Easy. Redefine the Palestinians to preclude those unwanted two-thirds. Since Oslo, the mainstream media in the west, and puppet Arab media as well, have done just that. They have used the term Palestinian exclusively to mean those resident in the occupied West Bank and Gaza alone. Problem solved!

Well, not quite. Those two-thirds cannot be easily written out of history and out of the identity of Palestine. They are increasingly becoming well-organized, politically active and they have developed their own channels of expression, if not yet their own frames of representation. Plus, many Palestinians in the occupied territories are themselves refugees who yearn to return to Haifa, Jaffa, Lydda, Majdal and Acre, all in what is now Israel. In all semi-accurate public opinion polls, the number one issue of political interest for Palestinians in the West Bank and Gaza has consistently remained the right of return for the refugees. So it seems that the PA project may not after all yield the expected returns on the Israeli-American investment.

Given this picture, shouldn't any form of sovereignty, albeit limited, help Palestinians declare their independence of Israel? But that's precisely the problem. The Palestinians are not free; they should not be giving the world the impression that they are. They are a nation under a very real and brutal occupation that is committing crimes with utter impunity and passé colonial arrogance. They should remind the world in every occasion that the only just and enduring solution to the conflict in the region can be attained by ending Israel's oppression -- in all three forms mentioned above -- not by changing the Palestinians' perception of it. They should struggle to revive the moribund structures of the PLO, the only organization that ever represented all Palestinians. All three components of the Palestinian people urgently need a single, democratically elected body to represent their interests and to shoulder the responsibility for their fate. This task is well beyond the ability, the job description or the best intentions of the PA.

Ten years after Oslo, the PA's political function seems to have become restricted to acting as an accessory to colonial rule, allowing Israel to maintain its oppression, while appearing to the world as engaged in some peace process. Since Oslo, the formerly closed doors have opened to Israel: in Europe, Africa, Asia and even in the middle of the Arab World. The once formidable Arab boycott of Israel has all but collapsed, allowing Israeli businesses to reap massive profits, boosting the Israeli economy to record growth rates, just before the second intifada broke out. In fact, the only peace that this Oslo process has achieved is the deadly silence of the oppressed while the oppressors go on with their regular business.

A presidential election under these circumstances can only help Israel cover up its speeding colonization of what remains of Palestine, while the Palestinians of the West Bank and Gaza are busy celebrating their superior "democracy."

When the slaves are distracted with "free" elections of their deputy jailers, the masters can only rejoice.
Omar Barghouti is an independent Palestinian political analyst. He can be reached at: jenna@palnet.com

note: contrast unequivocal support for the just Palestinian struggle for self-determination with sleazy apologetics by Noam Chomsky, so-called Palestine-Israel ‘left’ authority, where he (1) justifies Israel’s racist colonial settler state in the name of a “two state solution”--on the Palestinian nations historic land and (2) acts as apologist for U.S. accusing Israel of “...breaking sharply with U.S. policy”--as though U.S. imperialism doesn’t call the shots and bank-roll “eretz-Israel”’s expansionist agenda to serve its own global rule agenda :

Noam Chomsky perspective on the Palestinian - Israeli issue
Palestine-Israel-USA, Politics, 12/26/2005

... There was no effort to conceal the fact that Gaza disengagement was, in reality, West Bank expansion. The official plan stated that Israel will permanently take over major "population centers, cities, towns and villages, security areas and other places of special interest to Israel." That was endorsed by the US Ambassador, as it had been by the President, breaking sharply with US policy. Along with the disengagement plan, Israel announced investment of tens of millions of dollars in West Bank settlements. Prime Minister Sharon approved new housing units in the town of Ma'aleh Adumim to the East of Jerusalem, the core of the salient that divides the southern from the central Bantustan, along with other expansion plans. Ha'aretz political commentator Aluf Benn added that the timing was "no coincidence." Rather, it underscores Sharon's determination that Gaza disengagement is a component of the plan to expand permanent control over the West Bank...

...consistent with Chief Justice Barak's doctrine that Israeli law supersedes international law, particularly in East Jerusalem, annexed in violation of Security Council orders. Practically speaking, he is correct, as long as the US continues to provide the required economic, military, and diplomatic support, as it has been doing for 30 years, in violation of the international consensus on a two-state settlement...

In 1976, the major Arab states introduced a resolution to the UN Security Council calling for a peace settlement on the international border, based on UN 242, the basic document as all agree, but now adding a call for a Palestinian state in the occupied territories. The US vetoed the resolution, again in 1980. The General Assembly passed similar resolutions year after year, with the US and Israel opposed. The matter reached a head in 1988, when the PLO moved from tacit approval to formal acceptance of the two-state consensus. Israel responded with the declaration that there can be no "additional" Palestinian state between the Jordan and the sea – Jordan already being a Palestinian state -- and that the status of the territories must be settled according to Israeli guidelines. The US endorsed Israel's stand. I can only add what I wrote at the time: it's as if someone were to argue that Jews don't need a "second homeland" in Israel because they already have New York...

High-level informal negotiations continued, leading to the Geneva Accord of December 2002, welcomed by virtually the entire world, rejected by Israel, dismissed by Washington. That could have been the basis for a just peace. It still can be. However, by then, Bush-Sharon bulldozers were demolishing any basis for it.

Every sane Israel hawk understood that it is absurd for Israel to leave 8000 settlers in Gaza, protected by a large part of the army while taking over scarce water resources and arable land. The sane conclusion was to withdraw from Gaza while expanding through the West Bank. That will continue as long as Washington insists on marching "on the road to catastrophe" by rejecting minimal Palestinian rights, to quote the warning of the four former heads of Israel's Shin Bet Security Service. There are clear alternatives, and if that march to catastrophe continues, we will have only ourselves to blame.
note: Newsweek/MSNBC now gives once reviled anarchist Professor Chomsky “The Last Word”

The Last Word: Noam Chomsky
A Tale of Two Quagmires
Newsweek International
Even today I am willing to volunteer to do the dirty work for Israel, to
kill as many Arabs as necessary, to deport them, to expel and burn them, to
have everyone hate us, to pull the rug from underneath the feet of the
Diaspora Jews, so that they will be forced to run to us crying. Even if it
means blowing up one or two synagogues here and there, I don't care. And I
don't mind if after the job is done you put me in front of a Nuremberg Trial
and then jail me for life. Hang me if you want, as a war criminal..."
From an Interview with Ariel Sharon published in the Israeli daily Davar
Dec. 17, 1982

U.S.-ISRAEL are fomenting "civil war", arming Abbas/ Fatah to destroy Hamas and the Palestinian struggle for national liberation. "Israel" has no right to exist on Palestinian land, or "security" from justified Palestinian resistance to U.S. supported genocidal occupation. Over 50 Palestinians have been killed in past week, Hamas leadership targeted -- no Israeli dead.

...As the top Democratic recipient of pro-Israel funds for the 2006 election cycle thus far, pocketing over $58,000 as of October 31 last year, Senator Clinton now has Iran in her crosshairs.  
 During a Hanukkah dinner speech delivered on December 11, hosted by Yeshiva University, Clinton prattled, “I held a series of meetings with Israeli officials [last summer], including the prime minister and the foreign minister and the head of the [Israeli Defense Force] to discuss such challenges we confront. In each of these meetings, we talked at length about the dire threat posed by the potential of a nuclear-armed Iran, not only to Israel, but also to Europe and Russia. Just this week, the new president of Iran made further outrageous comments that attacked Israel’s right to exist that are simply beyond the pale of international discourse and acceptability. During my meeting with Prime Minister Ariel Sharon, I was reminded vividly of the threats that Israel faces every hour of every day ... It became even more clear how important it is for the United States to stand with Israel...” 

Lies Of The Israeli Peace Movement
By Richard Hugus
... It is time to respond to the pacifist progressive in particular who collaborates with the oppressor by equating and condemning all violence. The language of resistance must be clearly spoken: It is right for Palestinians to resist the occupation, not just the occupation of the West Bank and Gaza, but of all of Palestine, by whatever means possible. It is right for the Iraqi resistance to resist the similar vicious US occupation of Iraq. It was right for the Sioux to resist, it was right for the African slave to resist, it was right for the Vietnamese to resist. In no way can the minor losses of the oppressor be equated with or compensate for the original crime of his aggression. It is time for progressives in the US to openly and clearly support resistance to the monster that the US has become, and the proxies it supports, like Israel, and increasingly this means rejecting the false language of the pacifist. The conflict in Palestine is not morally ambiguous. It is not a battle between two sides who are equally guilty. Zionists attacked, Palestinians defended. There is a right and a wrong.

Bravo Abbas! Bravo Hamas!
by Gabriel Ash; Dissident Voice; January 28, 2006
Elections results in the Occupied Territories show that Fatah has lost its majority in the Palestinian parliament by a stunningly large margin. This is a transformational event with lasting geopolitical importance, for Hamas and Fatah, for Palestinians and Israelis, and for the world.
Mahmoud Abbas, leader of Fatah and head of the make-believe Palestinian “government”, was never an inspiring figure. Palestine today is still at a stage that requires a liberation movement. Yet Abbas, even more than Arafat before him, bought into the Western conceit that he was a head of state in the making. Rather than leading the struggle for liberation, Abbas focused on being a technocrat to satisfy the rhetorical needs of the EU and the US who funded him. In his speeches, he sometimes channeled the words dictated to him by his donors more than the aspirations of his constituents. His handling of his greatest challenge as a politician -- restoring cohesion and a sense of purpose to Fatah -- was mediocre. The necessary takeover of Fatah by the younger generation of leaders is happening, but far from smoothly, and older figures widely perceived as corrupt and ineffectual continue to cling to power. Finally, Abbas has staked his grand strategy on the continuation of Oslo and a negotiated peace with Israel. On that front he has achieved nothing; although, to be fair, it wasn’t his fault.
Nevertheless, Abbas is about to make history, and leave his people and the whole region an inspiring gift. Abbas is overseeing the first grand democratic defeat of an Arab leader in a popular election. If he steps down as he has promised to do, he will have completed an achievement without parallel. Let it be noticed that losing was not as easy as it may seem. Abbas had to overcome and ignore the persistent calls within his own party to postpone the elections. He had to contend with a grand chorus of Israeli, US and EU voices calling on him to undermine the democratic process by excluding Hamas. He had opportunities aplenty to cave in. He did not. Palestinians, not the least because of their poverty and years of stubborn resistance, have a more democratic culture than the rest of the Middle East. Nevertheless, it is to Abbas’ credit that he accepted and expressed this democratic spirit. It is a rare leader anywhere, and rarer still in the Middle East, who doesn’t imagine himself God’s gift to his nation. For defending the integrity of this fragile democratic exercise even as it went against him Abbas deserves an unqualified Bravo.
Hamas is the big winner of the elections. It too deserves a Bravo. (From reading the mainstream Western media, one gets the impression that the only interesting question is when Hamas will recognize Israel and renounce violence. Our “objective” journalists cannot possibly adopt a perspective other than that of the Israeli state. Do send them a nice card; their “profession” is the oldest in the world. I will not bore you with the same question. I hope Hamas does what Palestinians expect them to do and nothing else -- lead the fight for liberty and dignity.)
For many years now Hamas has been at the forefront of the struggle for Palestinian liberation. While far from being alone, Hamas recognized early that Oslo was a cul-de-sac and a fraud. For better or for worse -- and the jury is still out -- Hamas played a crucial role in the decision to meet the militarized Israeli repression of the second intifada with arms. Hamas was early to adopt the tactic of suicide attacks. Thanks to the usual double standard, these are viewed in the West as more reprehensible than the much more lethal weapons routinely used by Israel. Fatefully, Hamas took a hard line on the use of suicide attacks, refusing to accept distinctions others proposed, such as between civilian and military targets, or between targets inside the Occupied Territories and those in pre-67 Israel. While I believe this was Hamas’ biggest mistake and a missed opportunity to drive a wedge between Israel’s bellicose leadership and less bellicose public, Hamas’ position reflected significant segments of Palestinian public opinion and was neither less nor more immoral than Israel’s military practices.
Crucial to its current electoral success is Hamas’ recognition that resistance is more than guns. Since its inception, Hamas has operated mosques, schools, clinics and charities. It has made the survival and maintenance of Palestinian society a major priority, providing vital services in an economic environment that got bleaker by the day. Despite not having access to the larger sums and apparently useless expertise that the PA received from the US and the EU, Hamas is widely recognized to have done a better job than the PA as a provider of services. That is no small success and reflects well on the qualities of Hamas’ leaders and cadres. Beyond that, it demonstrates Hamas ability to maintain a spirit of dedication and personal integrity.
Public rejection of corruption is no doubt a major explanation for the rise of Hamas. But so is religion. Palestinian society has turned increasingly to religion in response to the hardships of daily life under Israeli occupation. At the same time, it is hard not to credit the religious bond and commitment for Hamas’ strength and ability to resist the lure of corruption. It is fashionable in the West, especially at the center and left of the political discourse, to compare “our fundamentalists with theirs.” While there is truth in that comparison, it misses quite a lot. “Our fundamentalists,” from George Bush to Pat Robertson, are fundamentally corrupt. Their religion is a racket. On the Muslim side the opposite seems often to be the case. Far from being a shakedown, religion over there is an antidote to corruption. Karl Marx famously dismissed religion as “Opium for the masses.” In the Middle East it is more like amphetamines. It keeps people going past the end of exhaustion and despair.
While Palestinian society turned more religious, Hamas turned more ecumenical. Palestinian parliamentarian Hanan Ashrawi expressed fear that “militants will now impose their fundamentalist social agenda and lead the Palestinians into international isolation.” That is a distinct and worrying possibility, but it is not set in stone. In these elections the candidates for Hamas’ new political party “Reform and Change” included women, Christians, and moderates. Hamas is now a larger political tent of Palestinian nationalism with a strong religious orientation; it encompasses radicals, moderates and conservatives with a variety of perspectives. Tensions between democratic and religious authority will continue to exist, and narrow fundamentalist tendencies are clearly present. But there is also hope that the current openness will hold and that Hamas will continue to develop toward increased democracy and inclusiveness.
With regards to the national struggle, which understandably casts a large shadow, Hamas has staked two major differences from Fatah. These differences underscore the threat that the victory of Hamas poses to the West’s colonial strategies.
Hamas maintains it will continue to defend armed struggle as a legitimate option. For now, Hamas is abstaining from violence, although the cease-fire agreed in Cairo had officially expired. It is quite possible that Hamas will continue to favor peaceful means. But it refuses to cave in to pressure and maintains the right to evaluate its strategies from a Palestinian rather than Western perspective. American, Israeli and European officials claim they will not talk to Hamas as long as it doesn’t renounce violence. As long as these hypocrites don’t renounce violence themselves, they have zero moral authority. Hamas deserves credit for refusing to take moral guidance from self-righteous bullies.
Hamas is also refusing to recognize Israel and negotiate on the basis of Oslo and the roadmap. Instead Hamas candidates have outlined a strategy of independence, strengthening Palestinian society and resistance and advancing national goals without relying on Israeli and international approval. Hamas calls this option “ignoring Israel.”
In the current international context, such a strategy is dangerous but not without sense. While Israel demands to be recognized, it is clearly unwilling to recognize minimal Palestinian demands. Both the White House and the Democrats -- “progressive” such as Barack Obama and regressive like Clinton and Lieberman -- are parroting Israel like a second grade pupil reading from My Pet Goat. The EU seems mostly interested in helping the US play a “good cop, bad cop” routine. There will be a price to pay, but Hamas seems to think the West has currently little to offer Palestinians beyond money to lubricate the wheels of corruption. There is precious little evidence to prove them wrong.
As Hamas handles the pressure of assuming power, either in a coalition with Fatah or alone, it is possible that these two principles will be watered down significantly. The price for consistency may be too high, especially in lost foreign assistance. Palestinians today survive on foreign charity (or, one could rephrase that as saying that the Israeli occupation is financed by the EU and the US). Unless Hamas can hook up new donors to replace the EU and US, it may be willing to compromise rather than face a popular backlash. I hope that Hamas finds creative ways to subvert this new phase of Western colonialism. But realistically, the challenge is enormous.
As a secular leftist, I would have been more comfortable had Palestinian society coalesced around a leftist resistance movement. I’m sure many readers share that preference. But Palestine is not in Latin America, and our comfort level is not the most pressing issue. Hamas is today an important face of the Palestinian struggle for liberty, equality and justice. It is the face chosen by the majority of the Palestinian public in the Occupied Territories in clear defiance of Western colonialism. With its new power and old habits, Hamas will have plenty of opportunities to go wrong. However, as long as it maintains its commitment to democracy and strives to advance the rights of all Palestinians to full human dignity, Hamas can be a force for good.
Gabriel Ash is an activist and writer who writes because the pen is sometimes mightier than the sword and sometimes not. He welcomes comments at: g.a.evildoer@gmail.com. 

US Holocaust Commission And Holocaust Denial
By Dr Gideon Polya

...This US Resolution [ UN General Assembly] was an act of (a) gross dishonesty and (b) gross hypocrisy. Thus (a) the dishonest IMPLICATION was that Iran (not mentioned in the Resolution but mentioned in the US and Israeli UN speeches) has offended – yet the Iranian delegate made it quite clear that Iran recognized the horror of the Jewish Holocaust and condemned the “Genocide and immense sufferings associated with that horrific crime” (words of the Iranian delegate) (see: http://www.newsbull.com/forum/topic.asp?TOPIC_ID=40398 ); and (b) the US is actively involved in on-going Holocaust Commission in Occupied Iraq and Occupied Afghanistan and, together with Israel, has been involved in obscene, public promotion of an Iranian Holocaust involving nuclear weapons.

Conspicuously absent from the US Resolution were the ongoing 1990-2007 Iraqi Holocaust ( 2.6 million excess deaths and 3.7 million refugees so far); and the 2001-2007 Afghan Holocaust (2.2 million excess deaths and 3.7 million refugees so far) (see: http://mwcnews.net/content/view/11293/42/ , http://mwcnews.net/content/view/11849/42/ , http://mwcnews.net/content/view/12163/42/ and http://mwcnews.net/content/view/11968/42/ ) ...

Not content with horrendous Holocaust Commission and Holocaust Denial in relation to the Iraqi Genocide (Iraqi Holocaust) and the Afghan Genocide (Afghan Holocaust), the US and its proxy Israel have both been threatening pre-emptive nuclear attack on peaceful, non-nuclear-armed, non-aggressive Iran (a Google search for the obscene phrase “nuke Iran” and for the phrase “Jewish Holocaust” today yielded about 0.3 million URLs in both cases) – clear, unequivocal and horrifying Holocaust Promotion.

It is not only the US that is involved in Holocaust Promotion, Holocaust Commission, Holocaust Ignoring and Holocaust Denial - the UK, Australia and their Coalition and NATO Allies are also involved in Holocaust Commission and Holocaust Denial in relation to both Afghanistan and Iraq (see: http://mwcnews.net/content/view/11293/42/ ). Racist White Australia has been involved in all the US post-1950 Asian wars, is currently actively involved in the Iraqi Holocaust and the Afghan Holocaust and is in practical denial over the appalling, ongoing Australian Aboriginal Genocide (the annual death rate of Australian Aborigines, 2.2%, is similar to that of Australian sheep, 2.5%) (see: http://mwcnews.net/content/view/10865/26/ ). Israel as a key partner in US-Israeli State Terrorism is involved in an ongoing Palestinian Genocide (post-invasion excess deaths 0.3 million; 6 million Palestinian refugees; 3.5 million Occupied Palestinians held in abusive captivity for 40 years) (see: http://mwcnews.net/content/view/11409/42/ ).

"Killing the Palestinians and then Killing the Story"
Pro-Israeli Editors Seek to Influence Al-Jazeera International English Satellite TV
Khalid Amayreh on Zionist influence at Al-Jazeera International and Al-Jazeera/English.net

State of siege: Israel flourishes amid the bombs
Gabriel Rozenberg: Economics Reporter
May 21, 2007 http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/middle_east/article1803568.e...
A bloody and costly war, the constant threat of terror attacks, a string of political scandals and a land almost devoid of natural resources. Only in Israel could this be the backdrop for the most impressive economic success story of the modern Middle East.
Despite the war with Lebanon, 2006 was a golden year for the economy of the region’s only liberal democracy. GDP grew by 5.1 per cent, competitiveness improved sharply and the stock market surged. Israel came fifteenth in the World Economic Forum’s global competitive index, topping the list of Middle East states and up from 23rd place the previous year. Its nearest regional rival, the United Arab Emirates, came 32nd. In recent years, this small state has turned itself into a “world technology powerhouse”, according to Augusto López Claros, the WEF’s chief economist. Much of the credit must go to Binyamin Netanyahu, who as Finance Minister in 2003 cut a deal with the Prime Minister, Ariel Sharon, that gave him free rein to push through market reforms[...]

Overthrow, America's Century of Regime Change from Hawaii to Iraq
Stephen Kinzer
The recent of Saddam Hussein may have turned "regime change" into a contemporary buzzword, but it's been a tactic of American foreign policy [always u.s. capitalist 'manifest destiny' strategy for global domination] for more than 110 years. Beginning with the ouster of Hawaii's monarchy in 1893, Kinzer runs through the foreign governments the U.S. has had a hand in toppling. http:/www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17743.htm

The people of Palestine must seize power now
By Redress Information & Analysis
21 May 2007
Palestinians must organize from the grassroots upwards to form an all-inclusive, progressive, patriotic liberation movement to seize control from Fatah, Hamas and their like and refocus the struggle on liberation and the right of return....

For the past weeks and months, friends of the Palestinian people throughout the world have been witnessing with growing despair the spectacle of Palestinian killing Palestinian, of parasites – from the Salafi Group, to mafia-style clans to common criminals and collaborators – exploit the resulting lawlessness for their own gain, all the time while the Israeli occupation consolidates and the land grabs continue at a spectacular pace.

Ever since the Islamic Resistance Movement (Hamas) won the Palestinian legislative elections in January 2006, an unholy alliance of Israel, the United States, the European Union and Egypt embarked on a concerted effort to undermine Hamas by making the Palestinian territories ungovernable.

First came the use of starvation as a weapon. The United States, together with the European Union and Israel, colluded to starve the Palestinians into removing the Hamas government and replacing it with compliant politicians. While the US and its European satellites cut off all aid to the Palestinians, Israel expropriated Palestinian tax money, a practice known to the civilized world as robbery. The message to the Palestinian people was clear: you can have democracy only if you elect the people we want you to elect, otherwise you shall starve. The result is there for all to see. According to Professor Sara Roy of Harvard University [...]

The second part of the strategy consisted of finding a Palestinian collaborator to help undermine the rule of Hamas. To its eternal shame, the Palestine Liberation Movement (Fatah) under the leadership of Mahmud Abbas put itself forward as a willing proxy to implement the Euro-American-Israeli plot against the people of Palestine....

Enter Egypt, which since the Camp David agreements of the late 1970s had become the main instrument of Israel and US... in the Arab world. According to several sources*, from January 2007 Egypt... began to send large quantities of weapons to Fatah, with the aim of triggering a civil war in the Palestinian territories....
The irony... of this situation is that neither Mahmud Abbas, nor Fatah, nor Hamas have any power or authority over anything, not over the Palestinian people or even over their own gunmen. The “Palestinian National Authority” (PNA) itself is a misnomer: it never had, was never intended to have by the Oslo agreements that created it and never will have any power or authority over anything...
The stark fact is that the fratricidal blood letting which is devastating Palestinian society and losing the Palestinians their hard-won international support is the logical consequence of the Oslo agreements of 1993 which set up the PNA. The sole purpose of these agreements was to establish disconnected enclaves, or bantustans, into which the Palestinian population of the West Bank and Gaza can be squeezed, leaving the remainder of the post-1967 occupied territories populated by Jewish settlers – in fact, squatters and misfits brought over from the United States, Europe and the former Soviet Union. The intention was that these bantustans be controlled by a quisling Palestinian regime, a role which Fatah was happy to perform in return for a little power.

Mumia Abu-Jamal
Democracy is a word used as a mask We don't really believe in democracy in America, nor have we ever done so. America stands for domination. Period...domination exported to the Middle East, just as it was exported 100 years ago to Indian Country; to Oklahoma, and to Mexican territories.

The second coming of Saladin (excerpt)
By Pepe Escobar , THE ROVING EYE

Divide and rejoice
Conditions are more than ripe for the advent of a new Saladin - after the Nakhba, the 1967 lightning Israeli victory against the Arabs, the failures of pan-Arabism, the occupation of Afghanistan and Iraq, the Israeli attack on Lebanon, the limited appeal of Salafi-jihadism, the non-stop stifling of nationalist movements by Western-backed brutal dictatorships/client monarchies.

When the future Saladin looks at the troubled and dejected Middle East, the first thing he sees is US Vice President Dick Cheney shopping for yet another war - skipping the "axis of evil" (Iran, unofficial member Syria) and ordering support from the "axis of fear" (Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Jordan, Kuwait, the Emirates) in his relentless demonizing of Iran. After inflating sectarianism in Iraq, this time the imperial "divide and rule" weapon of choice is Arabs vs Persians.

The administration of US President George W Bush may have taken a leaf from former colonial power France - which invented Greater Lebanon as a confessional state, thus prone to perennial turbulence - to apply it in Iraq. But plunging Iraq into civil war to control better it is not enough (and there's still the matter of securing the oilfields).
Forcing a practically de facto partition of Iraq into three warring crypto-states - a Kurdistan, a southern "Shi'iteistan" and a small central, oil-deprived Sunnistan - mired in a sea of blood in the heart of the Middle East is not enough. For Cheney, the industrial-military complex and assorted Ziocon (Zionist/neo-conservative) warriors, the big prize is the subjugation of Iran. Because Iran, apart from its natural wealth, is the only power capable - at least potentially - of challenging regional US hegemony.
Yet the trademark Cheney threats - with the standard high-tech aircraft-carrier background - are not cutting much ice. Al-Jazeera has been rhetorically bombarded by everybody and his neighbor - from retired Egyptian generals to Emirati political analysts - stressing that the Middle East will not support another US war. Iranian President Mahmud Ahmadinejad, in a swift move, has just been to the United Arab Emirates - the first visit by any Iranian leader since the Emirates became independent in 1971, and all the more crucial because of a still-running dispute over a bunch of Persian Gulf islands.

The House of Saud - for which the only thing that matters is its own survival - desperately wants a solution as soon as possible for the Palestinian tragedy, before they may be buried six feet under by the terrible sandstorms blowing from Mesopotamia (think of hordes of battle-hardened Salafi-jihadis coming home after fighting the US in Iraq).

King Abdullah is not bent on antagonizing Iran. On the contrary: the most important guest at the recent Riyadh conference was Iranian Foreign Minister Manoucher Mottaki. Saudis and Iranians want to prevent US-provoked sectarianism in Iraq from spreading regionally. And King Abdullah wants a better deal for Sunni Arab Iraqis (hence his identification of Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki as an Iranian puppet).

While Cheney wants to pit Saudi Arabia against Iran, a discreet, behind-the-scenes Saudi-Iranian pact of no aggression may be all but inevitable, diplomats tell Asia Times Online. Saudi Foreign Minister Prince Saud al-Faisal said as much on the record: "Stop any attempt aimed at spreading sectarian strife in the region."

Iran of course can be very persuasive, holding some tasty cards up its sleeve - such as hard-earned intelligence directly implicating the Saudis in training the Sunni Arab muqawama (resistance) in Iraq on explosive form penetrators (EFPs), which the Pentagon foolishly insists come from Iran. Everyone in Iraq knows it is operatives from "axis of fear" allies Saudi Arabia and Egypt - and also Pakistan - who have provided the Sunni Arab guerrillas in Iraq with technology and training on improvised explosive devices and EFPs.

Thus we have another Bush administration foreign-policy special: Cheney coddling guerrilla-arming Sunni Arabs - who are facilitating the killing of American soldiers in Iraq - to support an attack on Shi'ite Persians (allied with the Iraqi Shi'ites supported by the Americans ...).

Anyway, Iraqi Shi'ites are more than winning the US surge game. The surging US soldiers are fighting various strands of the Sunni Arab resistance and al-Qaeda in Iraq. Meanwhile, the officially ensconced Badr Organization and its shady death-squad spinoffs are free to apply a lot of deadly pressure on the Sunni Arab civilian population. The Mehdi Army, on Muqtada al-Sadr's orders, is just lying low - not taking the bait of fighting the Americans. Nothing will change the reality of this surge picture in the next few months.

About that clash
A possible Saudi-Iranian entente would be a classic case of local powers taking the destiny of the region in their own hands. In a parallel register, in southern Beirut - prime Hezbollah territory - there are plenty of banners in front of buildings destroyed by Israel last summer. They read: "The Zionist enemy destroys, the Islamic Republic of Iran builds."

Unity in the Muslim world is not a chimera: crypto-scientific Western babble of the "Arabs are extinct" variety is plain silly, as are nonagenarian Bernard Lewis' pontifications on the "clash of civilizations" - the "perhaps irrational but surely historic reaction of an ancient rival against our Judeo-Christian heritage". The new Saladin would tell Lewis to get a grip on reality and admit that the unabated political repression, tremendous social inequality and prevailing economic disaster all over the Middle East are direct consequences of decades of "divide and rule" Western imperialism plus some extra decades of non-stop meddling coupled with rapacious, arrogant and ignorant local elites.

The new Saladin knows how the US and Britain initially supported the Muslim Brotherhood - and then the Brotherhood supported the birth of Hamas. He knows how the US and Britain initially supported Iranian clerics - especially the late ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini - against the shah. He knows how the US and Britain initially supported the Taliban. The aim was always to stifle any form of progressive, secular movement by socialists, communists or Arab nationalists.

A possible Saudi-Iran entente is still a dream. There is the parallel emergence of a coalition of top members of the "axis of fear" - Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Jordan - with Turkey and, of all players, Israel. Common objective: the containment of Iran. And not only Iran, but also Hezbollah and Hamas. King Abdullah was persuaded of this strategy by notorious Prince Bandar bin Sultan, aka "Bandar Bush", former Saudi ambassador in the US for 22 years, a close friend of both Bush and Cheney, and now the head of the Saudi National Security Council.

The strategy was in fact masterminded by a pedestrian version of the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse: Cheney; Bandar; US deputy national security adviser Elliott Abrams; and former US ambassador in Iraq and Afghan jack-of-all-trades Zalmay Khalilzad. What the popular masses in the Middle East think about this is of course irrelevant. In majority-Sunni Egypt, for instance, the most popular politicians are by far Hezbollah's Sheikh Hassan Nasrallah, Khalid Meshal from Hamas, and Ahmadinejad. Two Shi'ites and a Sunni amply supported by Shi'ites.

About that 'war on terror'
The Bush administration is cunningly trying to spin the theme of "Sunni solidarity" to push the dagger of fitna (dissent) even further into the heart of Islam, always focusing on the same target: total, unchallenged domination of the Middle East.
Cheney could not but have also enlisted Pakistani President General Pervez Musharraf (who facilitates US intelligence on countless covert ops inside southeastern Iran organized from Balochistan in Pakistan). Some players are getting itchy, though. Turkey had to announce on the record that it would not join any "anti-Shi'ite alliance". Turkey cannot afford to antagonize Iran - not with the coming November referendum on the autonomy of Iraqi Kurdistan.

The new Saladin also sees that the "war on terror" is far from over - metastasized into more subtle forms of Islamophobia, and still directly related to the attempted oil grab in the "big prizes" of Iraq and Iran. The privileged strategy to conquer fabulous natural wealth in the lands of Islam has been predictable from the start; building a case against the "barbarian", "uncivilized" and "pre-modern" Muslim world; vilifying Islam as a religion and Muslim culture and mores; promoting de facto discrimination and in may cases outright racism against Muslims in the wealthy north; equating Islam with terrorism.

The new Saladin knows it as much as virtually the whole 1.5-billion-strong ummah knows it.

And then there's the Shi'ite world. As long as US so-called elites fail to understand the phenomenal power of Shi'ism, any brilliant armchair strategy they cook up is destined to fail miserably.

Shi'ites in Iraq will never be co-opted by any US agenda - no matter the Himalayas of wishful thinking involved. They will never sacrifice their collective consciousness - forged by oppression and exclusion - nor their profound sense of historic victimization to the benefit of a made-in-America "liberal" utopia. Shi'ites will continue to stress their tremendous hostility to Zionism; to their society being corrupted by Western - especially US - popular and trash culture; and most of all to imperial designs on Muslim lands and natural wealth. It's in the DNA of Shi'ites to see themselves as the guardians of true Islam.

The hour of the wolf
So where will the new Saladin come from?

He could be Nasrallah - who forced the formerly mighty Israeli army to back off, and who will inevitably prevail in a majority government in Lebanon through democratic elections.
He could be a young Sadrist who has never entered the Green Zone, and who before that was a member of the "sanctions generation", growing up in absolute marginalization. Now he goes to al-Mustansiriya University in Baghdad, he will get his diploma, and he will be better equipped to fight for the true liberation of Iraq. He could be Muqtada al-Sadr himself - the legitimate popular leader of a national-liberation movement.

He could be the son of a Palestinian refugee who grew up in Damascus or Beirut, got an education, emigrated to Canada to perfect his skills, learn from the best the West has to offer, and then one day come back and enter politics with a vengeance.
He could be a Muslim Brotherhood intellectual in Syria. He would fully back the Sunni Arab resistance in Iraq. He would fully back deposing the Hashemite monarchy in Jordan. He would fully back Hamas. As a Muslim Brotherhood Saladin, he would fight for a Sunni Arab Greater Syria capable of talking some sense into Israel.
He could be a Saudi-trained Sunni Arab sniper in Baghdad who posts his killing videos as manifestos on the Internet. Or he could even not be an Arab, but a Persian - a resistance hero in case of a tactical nuclear US strike.
The soul of Saladin may be impatient for an heir. So are hundreds of millions in the ummah. What rough warrior, its hour come out at last, slouches toward Jerusalem, Damascus or Baghdad to be born?
Pepe Escobar is the author of Globalistan: How the Globalized World is Dissolving into Liquid War (Nimble Books, 2007). He may be reached at pepeasia@yahoo.com.

Do not confuse governments with the people & remember that the enemies of our enemies are not necessarily our friends...

Report: Gulf states give Israel ok to use airspace for strikes against Iran :
The newspaper also quoted a Pentagon official said saying that Turkey, Afghanistan and Pakistan would assist Israeli raids on Iran.

Israel seeks Pentagon permission for Iran air strike
Con Coughlin, The Telegraph
Israel is negotiating with the United States for permission to fly over Iraq as part of a plan to attack Iran's nuclear facilities, The Daily Telegraph can reveal. To conduct surgical air strikes against Iran's nuclear programme, Israeli war planes would need to fly across Iraq. But to do so the Israeli military authorities in Tel Aviv need permission from the Pentagon. A senior Israeli defence official said negotiations were now underway between the two countries for the US-led coalition in Iraq to provide an "air corridor" in the event of the Israeli government deciding on unilateral military action to prevent Teheran developing nuclear weapons...

Iran's President Did Not Say "Israel must be wiped off the map"
By Arash Norouzi
Ahmadinejad declares that Zionism is the West's apparatus of political oppression... the "Zionist regime" was imposed on the Islamic world as a strategic bridgehead to ensure domination of the region and its assets. Palestine, he insists, is the frontline of the Islamic world's struggle with American hegemony, and its fate will have repercussions for the entire Middle East. http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article16218.htm

Iran offered 'to make peace with Israel'
By Gareth Porter
WASHINGTON - Iran offered in 2003 to accept peace with Israel and cut off material assistance to Palestinian armed groups and to pressure them to halt terrorist attacks within Israel's 1967 borders, according to a secret Iranian proposal to the United States.
The two-page proposal for a broad Iran-US agreement covering all the issues separating the two countries, a copy of which was obtained by Inter Press Service (IPS), was conveyed to the US in late April or early May 2003.
Trita Parsi, a specialist on Iranian foreign policy at Johns Hopkins University's School of Advanced International Studies who provided the document to IPS, says he got it from an Iranian official this year but is not at liberty to reveal the source.
The two-page document contradicts the official line of the Bush administration that Iran is committed to the destruction of Israel and the sponsorship of terrorism in the region.
Parsi says the document is a summary of an even more detailed Iranian negotiating proposal that he learned about in 2003 from the US intermediary who carried it to the State Department on behalf of the Swiss Embassy in late April or early May that year. The intermediary has not yet agreed to be identified, Parsi said.
The negotiating proposal indicated clearly that Iran was prepared to give up its role as a supporter of armed groups in the region in return for a larger bargain with the United States. What the Iranians wanted in return, as suggested by the document itself as well as expert observers of Iranian policy, was an end to US hostility and recognition of Iran as a legitimate power in the region.

Before the 2003 proposal, Iran had criticized Arab governments that had supported the Israeli-Palestinian peace process. The negotiating document, however, offered "acceptance of the Arab League Beirut Declaration", which it also referred to as the "Saudi initiative, two-states approach".

The March 2002 Beirut Declaration represented the Arab League's first official acceptance of the land-for-peace principle as well as a comprehensive peace with Israel in return for Israel's withdrawal to the territory it had controlled before the 1967 war. Iran's proposed concession on the issue would have aligned its policy with that of Egypt and Saudi Arabia, among others with which the United States enjoyed intimate relations.

Another concession in the document was a "stop of any material support to Palestinian opposition groups (Hamas, Jihad, etc) from Iranian territory" along with "pressure on these organizations to stop violent actions against civilians within borders of 1967".
Even more surprising, given the extremely close relationship between Iran and the Lebanon-based Hezbollah Shi'ite organization, the proposal offered to take "action on Hezbollah to become a mere political organization within Lebanon".

The Iranian proposal also offered to accept much tighter controls by the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) in exchange for "full access to peaceful nuclear technology". It offered "full cooperation with IAEA based on Iranian adoption of all relevant instruments (93+2 and all further IAEA protocols)".
That was a reference to protocols that would require Iran to provide IAEA monitors with access to any facility they might request, whether it had been declared by Iran or not. That would have made it much more difficult for Iran to carry out any secret nuclear activities without being detected.
In return for these concessions, which contradicted Iran's public rhetoric about Israel and anti-Israeli forces, the secret Iranian proposal sought US agreement to a list of Iranian aims. The list included a "halt in US hostile behavior and rectification of status of Iran in the US", as well as the "abolishment of all sanctions".

Also among Iran's aims was "recognition of Iran's legitimate security interests in the region with according defense capacity". According to a number of Iran specialists, the aim of security and an official acknowledgment of Iran's status as a regional power were central to the Iranian interest in a broad agreement with the United States.
Negotiation of a deal with the US that would advance Iran's security and fundamental geopolitical political interests in the Persian Gulf region in return for accepting the existence of Israel and other Iranian concessions has long been discussed among senior Iranian national-security officials, according to Parsi and other analysts of Iranian national security policy.

An Iranian threat to destroy Israel [SIC] has been a major propaganda theme of the Bush administration for months. On March 10, President George W Bush said, "The Iranian president has stated his desire to destroy our ally, Israel. So when you start listening to what he has said to their desire to develop a nuclear weapon, then you begin to see an issue of grave national-security concern."

But in 2003, Bush refused to allow any response to the Iranian offer to negotiate an agreement that would have accepted the existence of Israel. Flynt Leverett, then the senior specialist on the Middle East on the National Security Council staff, recalled in an interview that it was "literally a few days" between the receipt of the Iranian proposal and the dispatch of a message to the Swiss ambassador expressing displeasure that he had forwarded it to Washington.
Interest in such a deal is still very much alive in Tehran, despite the US refusal to respond to the 2003 proposal. Turkish international-relations professor Mustafa Kibaroglu of Bilkent University writes in the latest issue of Middle East Journal that "senior analysts" from Iran told him last July that "the formal recognition of Israel by Iran may also be possible if essentially a 'grand bargain' can be achieved between the US and Iran".

The proposal's offer to dismantle the main thrust of Iran's Islamic and anti-Israel policy would be strongly opposed by some of the extreme conservatives among the mullahs who engineered the repression of the reformist movement in 2004 and who backed President Mahmud Ahmadinejad in last year's election.

However, many conservative opponents of the reform movement in Iran have also supported a negotiated deal with the United States that would benefit Iran, according to Paul Pillar, the former national intelligence officer on Iran. "Even some of the hardliners accepted the idea that if you could strike a deal with the devil, you would do it," he said in an interview last month.
The conservatives were unhappy not with the idea of a deal with the United States but with the fact that it was a supporter of the reform movement of former president Mohammad Khatami who would get the credit for the breakthrough, Pillar said.
Parsi says the ultimate authority on Iran's foreign policy, Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, was "directly involved" in the Iranian proposal, according to the senior Iranian national-security officials he interviewed in 2004. Khamenei has aligned himself with the conservatives in opposing the pro-democratic movement.
Gareth Porter is a historian and national security policy analyst. His latest book, Perils of Dominance: Imbalance of Power and the Road to War in Vietnam, was published in June 2005.

Digest note: following is an important analysis, no longer available to Stratfor non-members, that reveals what may be US strategy behind its very public warmongering pressure/threats.
Public disinformation: one source of the US monopoly mainstream media 'news'/propaganda /'spin' presented by its agents:
"The CIA owns everyone of any significance in the major media"
former CIA Director William Colby (died suddenly after freak canoe accident) Bernstein's 1977 Oct. Rolling stone article.

The U.S and Iran: an unlikely, powerful alliance

Bush Authorizes New Covert Action Against Iran
a CIA plan that reportedly includes a coordinated campaign of propaganda, disinformation and manipulation of Iran's currency and international financial transactions... "I think everybody in the region knows that there is a proxy war already afoot with the United States supporting anti-Iranian elements in the region as well as opposition groups within Iran," said Vali Nasr, adjunct senior fellow for Mideast studies at the Council on Foreign Relations...and this covert action is now being escalated by the new U.S. directive, and that can very quickly lead to Iranian retaliation and a cycle of escalation.... the United States has supported and encouraged an Iranian militant group, Jundullah, that has conducted deadly raids inside Iran from bases on the rugged Iran-Pakistan-Afghanistan "tri-border region." U.S. officials deny any "direct funding" of Jundullah groups but say the leader of Jundullah was in regular contact with U.S. officials.
American intelligence sources say Jundullah has received money and weapons through the Afghanistan and Pakistan military and Pakistan's intelligence service. Pakistan has officially denied any connection. A report broadcast on Iranian TV last Sunday said Iranian authorities had captured 10 men crossing the border with $500,000 in cash along with "maps of sensitive areas" and "modern spy equipment." A senior Pakistani official told ABCNews.com the 10 men were members of Jundullah. The leader of the Jundullah group, according to the Pakistani official, has been recruiting and training "hundreds of men" for "unspecified missions" across the border in Iran. http://blogs.abcnews.com/theblotter/2007/05/bush_authorizes.html

New presidential directive gives Bush dictatorial power
National Security & Homeland Security Presidential Directive establishes "National Continuity Policy"
by Larry Chin
The National Security and Homeland Security Presidential Directive http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2007/05/20070509-12.html signed on May 9, 2007 declares that in the event of a “catastrophic event”, George W. Bush can become what is best described as "a dictator":
This directive, completely unnoticed by the media, and given no scrutiny by Congress, literally gives the White House unprecedented dictatorial power over the government and the country, bypassing the US Congress and obliterating the separation of powers. The directive also placed the Secretary of Homeland Security in charge of domestic “security”. This is another step towards official martial law (see “US government fans homeland security fears”), which suggests that a new "catastrophic event" 9/11-type pretext could be in the pipeline. The directive defines a “Catastrophic Emergency” as the following."Catastrophic Emergency" means any incident, regardless of location, that results in extraordinary levels of mass casualties, damage, or disruption severely affecting the U.S. population, infrastructure, environment, economy, or government functions[...] The full text is below.

U.S. Real ID Act: Emergence of Real Big Brother
Jason Hahn

The Real ID Act was tacked onto a 2005 bill titled "Emergency Supplemental Appropriations Act for Defense, the Global War on Terror, and Tsunami Relief, 2005." The emergency bill was primarily meant to approve $82 billion for the war in Iraq and Asian tsunami financial aid, and was signed by President Bush on May 11, 2005. The Republican-driven House attached the Real ID Act to this bill, which landed on the president's desk without a Senate debate.

The act was meant to prevent terrorism [SIC] by creating stricter and uniform standards for states to follow concerning state-issued IDs. It calls for states to revamp their state-issued drivers licenses and non-drivers identification cards in order to implement uniform security features across all states. States can choose to turn their backs on the act, but their citizens would not be able to board an airplane or enter federal buildings. This penalty would take effect on May 11, 2008.

Though Congress denies that, this act would signal the dawn of national identity cards...

This stems from the security aspects that will be required for these state-issued driver's license cards. These Real ID cards will feature a two-dimensional, non-encrypted barcode that will contain personal information such as the citizen's home address. Since the cards will not be encrypted (due to "operational complexity"), everyday businesses like bars and banks would be able to scan and store a customer's home address, among other pieces of personal information...
States would be required to scan all documentary evidence into a database shared with other states. Documentary evidence would include proofs of birthdates, legal status, and social security numbers. Having all of this sensitive information merged together would create a hodgepodge of information, not to mention a headache waiting to happen, according to Bruce Schneier, a security technologist. "The security risks of this database are enormous. It would be a kludge of existing databases that are incompatible, full of erroneous data and unreliable," he said.

Rumsfeld admits "Flight 93" was shot down
VIDEO Footage and transcripts
By Prof Michel Chossudovsky
Rumsfeld stated in speech to US troops in Iraq 12/24/ 2004 that United Airlines Flight 93 was "shot down" on 9/11:
Donald Rumsfeld's surprise visits to US troops in Iraq
All Things Considered 8:00 PM EST NPR
December 24, 2004 Friday
Sec. RUMSFELD: The people who bombed the mess hall in Mosul are the people who did the bombing in Spain or the people who attacked the United States in New York and shot down the plane over Pennsylvania and attacked the Pentagon.
While the words of the former Secretary of Defense (12/24/2004) contradict the official story as contained in the 9/11 Commission report, they are consistent with the statements by President George W. Bush, Vice President Dick Cheney and Secretary of State Condoleeza Rice (who at the time was National Security adviser) to the effect that orders had indeed been given by the President and Commander in Chief to shoot down a civilian aircraft over Pennsylvania. Below are excerpts of the 9/11 statements of Bush, Cheney and Rice recorded by CBS News:

PELLEY: (Voiceover) Down in the bunker, Mr. Cheney was trying to figure out how many planes were hijacked. At the time they feared there could be as many as 11.
As the planes are tracking toward Washington, a discussion begins about whether we should shoot them down. How did that happen?
Vice Pres. CHENEY: Well, I discussed it with the president. Are we prepared to order our aircraft to shoot down these airliners that have been hijacked? He said yes.
PELLEY: That was your advice to the president?
Vice Pres. CHENEY: I--it was my advice. It was his decision.
Pres. BUSH: That's a sobering moment, to order your own combat aircraft to shoot down your own civilian aircraft. But it was an easy decision to make, given the--given the fact that we had learned that a commercial aircraft was being used as a weapon. I say easy decision. It was--I didn't hesitate; let me put it to you that way. I knew what had to be done.
(Footage of Pennsylvania crash site)
PELLEY: (Voiceover) And the passengers on United Flight 93 also knew what had to be done. They fought for control, and sacrificed themselves in a Pennsylvania meadow. The flight was 15 minutes from Washington.
Dr. RICE: There was that horrible time when we wondered if Flight 93 had, indeed, been shot down by an American pilot.
PELLEY: On the orders of the president.
Dr. RICE: Yes.

Web Sites Listing Informants Concern Justice Dept.
By ADAM LIPTAK, http://www.nytimes.com/2007/05/22/washington/22plea.html?_r=1&th=&emc=th...
There are three “rats of the week” on the home page of whosarat.com, a Web site devoted to exposing the identities of witnesses cooperating with the government. The site posts their names and mug shots, along with court documents detailing what they have agreed to do in exchange for lenient sentences.
Last week, for instance, the site featured a Florida man who agreed in September to plead guilty to cocaine possession but not gun charges in exchange for his commitment to work “in an undercover role to contact and negotiate with sources of controlled substances.” The site says it has identified 4,300 informers and 400 undercover agents, many of them from documents obtained from court files available on the Internet.

“The reality is this,” said a spokesman for the site... “Everybody has a choice in life about what they want to do for a living. Nobody likes a tattletale.”

Federal prosecutors are furious, and the Justice Department has begun urging the federal courts to make fundamental changes in public access to electronic court files by removing all plea agreements from them — whether involving cooperating witnesses or not....

The site itself says it is “designed to assist attorneys and criminal defendants with few resources.” Defense lawyers are, in fact, hungry for any information about the nature of the case against their clients. “The more information out there, the easier it is for the truth to come out at trial,” said David O. Markus, a criminal defense lawyer in Miami. Eliminating electronic access to plea agreements and related documents would represent a real hardship, Mr. Markus said.
“It doesn’t advance any of the stated safety goals, and it just serves as a roadblock to the public’s constitutional right to access to their court,” Mr. Markus said. “If there is an issue in a particular case, then let’s address it, but to sweep everything under the rug isn’t right.”

Repeat after me class: only "terrorists"/ al-Qaeda /Islamic extremists resist U.S. liberation
"If you are not with us [U.S.] you're with the terrorists", GWB

Hersh: Bush administration arranged support for militants attacking Lebanon
...an agreement among Vice President Dick Cheney, Deputy National Security Advisor Elliot Abrams, and Prince Bandar bin Sultan, the Saudi national security adviser, whereby the Saudis would covertly fund the Sunni Farah al-Islam in Lebanon as a counterweight to the Shia Hezbollah. Hersh points out that the current situation is much like that during the conflict in Afghanistan in the 1980's – which gave rise to al Qaeda – with the same people involved in both the US and Saudi Arabia and the "same pattern" of the US using jihadists that the Saudis assure US they can control.
May 22, '07 http://www.blacklistednews.com/view.asp?ID=3302

Source: RawStory - David Edwards and Muriel Kane
In an interview on CNN International's Your World Today, veteran journalist Seymour Hersh explains that the current violence in Lebanon is the result of an attempt by the Lebanese government to crack down on a militant Sunni group, Fatah al-Islam, that it formerly supported.
Last March, Hersh reported that American policy in the Middle East had shifted to opposing Iran, Syria, and their Shia allies at any cost, even if it meant backing hardline Sunni jihadists.

A key element of this policy shift was an agreement among Vice President Dick Cheney, Deputy National Security Advisor Elliot Abrams, and Prince Bandar bin Sultan, the Saudi national security adviser, whereby the Saudis would covertly fund the Sunni Farah al-Islam in Lebanon as a counterweight to the Shia Hezbollah.

Hersh points out that the current situation is much like that during the conflict in Afghanistan in the 1980's – which gave rise to al Qaeda – with the same people involved in both the US and Saudi Arabia and the "same pattern" of the US using jihadists that the Saudis assure us they can control.

When asked why the administration would be acting in a way that appears to run counter to US interests, Hirsh says that, since the Israelis lost to them last summer, "the fear of Hezbollah in Washington, particularly in the White House, is acute."
As a result, Hersh implies, the Bush administration is no longer acting rationally in its policy. "We're in the business of supporting the Sunnis anywhere we can against the Shia. ... "We're in the business of creating ... sectarian violence." And he describes the scheme of funding Fatah al-Islam as "a covert program we joined in with the Saudis as part of a bigger, broader program of doing everything we could to stop the spread of the Shia world, and it just simply -- it bit us in the rear."

U.S. quietly, dramatically increasing Iraq troop levels
WASHINGTON -- The Bush administration is quietly on track to nearly double the number of combat troops in Iraq this year, an analysis of Pentagon deployment orders showed Monday.

Bush may double force by Christmas House Democrats to send Bush war-spending bill without timetable.

Pentagon considers staying in Iraq for 'decades'
One scenario includes a "series of military installations [that] could be maintained around Iraq, with a total of total of 30,000 to 40,000 U.S. troops, for a long period of time — maybe a few decades."Under that plan, US forces would not be on patrol in Iraq, as they are now, says NPR, but they could continue to train Iraqi forces. The Iraq installations would be part of the so-called "lilly pad" strategy that the US military has been developing since 2004. Gen. Pace, along with former Under Secretary for Policy at the Pentagon, Douglas Feith, and former Defense Secretary, Donald Rumsfeld, was an architect of the strategy.
Bases in Iraq would be used to protect US interests in the area and keep Iran and Syria from interfering... http://rawstory.com/news/2007/Pentagon_considers_staying_in_Iraq_for_052...

Blaming it on your quisling government and manufactured lies
Iran is secretly forging ties with al-Qaeda elements and Sunni Arab militias in Iraq in preparation for a northern summer showdown with coalition forces intended to tip a wavering US Congress into voting for full military withdrawal, US officials say.

Iraq planning for sudden U.S. pullout
BAGHDAD -- Iraq's military is drawing up plans to cope with any quick U.S. military pullout, the defense minister said Monday, as a senior American official warned that the Bush administration may reconsider its support if Iraqi leaders don't make major reforms by fall.

Stepped-up war urged on Afghan poppy fields
KABUL, Afghanistan -- Profits from Afghanistan's thriving poppy fields are increasingly flowing to Taliban fighters, leading U.S. and NATO officials to conclude that the counterinsurgency mission must now include stepped-up anti-drug efforts.

Dialectics of Terror
by M. Shahid Alam
“If you kill one person, it is murder. If you kill a hundred thousand, it is foreign policy.” Anonymous I doubt if I have come across a more pithy statement exposing the hypocrisy of America’s war against terrorism; but this is what I read, well before September 11, 2001, on a car-sticker in the commuter parking lot in Attleboro, Massachusetts, USA.

States are founded on a monopoly over violence, which has always included the right to kill. In fact, that is the very essence of the state. States seek to enforce this monopoly by amassing instruments of violence; but that is scarcely enough. They also use religion, ideology and laws to delegitimize and root out violence stemming from non-state agents....Unchallenged, the state can turn the instruments of violence against its own population. This leads to state tyranny. The state can also wage wars to enrich one or more sectional interests. This defines the dual challenge before all organized societies: restraining state tyranny and limiting its war-making powers.

Often, there has existed a tradeoff between tyranny and wars. Arguably, such a tradeoff was at work during the period of European expansion since the sixteenth century, when Europeans slowly secured political rights even as they engaged in growing, even genocidal, violence, especially against non-Europeans. As Western states gradually conceded rights to their own populations, they intensified the murder and enslavement of Americans and Africans, founding white colonies on lands stolen from them. Few Westerners were troubled by this inverse connection: this was the essence of racism.

The United States is only the most successful of the colonial creations, a fact that has left its indelible mark on American thinking. It is a country that was founded on violence against its native inhabitants; this led, over three centuries of expansion, to the near extermination of Indians, with the few survivors relocated to inhospitable reservations. Its history also includes the violence – on a nearly equal scale – perpetrated against the Africans who were torn from their continent to create wealth for the new Republic. Such a genesis, steeped in violence against others races, convinced most Americans that they had the divine right – like the ancient Israelites – to build their prosperity on the ruin of other, ‘inferior’ races.

In addition to the manipulations of a corporate media, this ethos explains why so many Americans support the actions of their government abroad – in Cuba, Nicaragua, Chile, Vietnam, Iran, Palestine or Iraq, to name only a few. It is unnecessary to look too closely into these interventions since they are undertaken to secure ‘our’ interests. Even if they result in deaths – the deaths of more than three-quarters of a million children, as in Iraq – to borrow a felicitous phrase from Madeline Albright, “the price is worth it.”

Of course, few Americans understand that their country has long stood at the apex – and, therefore, is the chief beneficiary – of a global system that produces poverty for the greater part of humanity, including within the United States itself; that this system subordinates all social, cultural, environmental and human values to the imperatives of corporate capital; a system that now kills people by the millions merely by setting the rules that devastate their economies, deprive them of their livelihood, their dignity and, eventually, their lives. The corporate media, the school curricula, and the Congress ensure that most Americans never see past the web of deceit – about a free, just, tolerant and caring United States – that covers up the human carnage and environmental wreckage this system produces.

The wretched of the earth are not so easily duped. They can see – and quite clearly, through the lens of their dark days – how corporate capital, with United States in the lead, produces their home-based tyrannies; how their economies have been devastated to enrich transnational corporations and their local collaborators; how the two stifle indigenous movements for human rights, women’s rights, and worker’s rights; how they devalue indigenous traditions and languages; how corporate capital uses their countries as markets, as sources of cheap labor, as fields for testing new, deadlier weapons, and as sites for dumping toxic wastes; how their men and women sell body parts because the markets place little value on their labor.

The world – outside the dominant West – has watched how the Zionists, with the support of Britain and the United States, imposed a historical anachronism, a colonial-settler state in Palestine, a throw-back to a sanguinary past, when indigenous populations in the Americas could be cleansed with impunity to make room for Europe’s superior races. In horror, they watch daily how a racist Israel destroys the lives of millions of Palestinians through US-financed weaponry and fresh-contrived acts of malice; how it attacks its neighbors at will; how it has destabilized, distorted and derailed the historical process in an entire region; and how, in a final but foreordained twist, American men and women have now been drawn into this conflict, to make the Middle East safe for Israeli hegemony.

In Iraq, over the past thirteen years, the world has watched the United States showcase the methods it will use to crush challenges to the New World Order – that was launched after the end of the Cold War. This new imperialism commands more capital and more lethal weapons than the old imperialisms of Britain, France or Germany. It is imperialism without rivals and, therefore, it dares to pursue its schemes, its wars, and its genocidal campaigns, under the cover of international legitimacy: through the United Nations, the World Bank, IMF, and World Trade Organization. In brief, it is a deadlier, more pernicious imperialism.

Under the cover of the Security Council, the United States has waged a total war against Iraq ...The aerial bombing of Iraq, in the months preceding the ground action in January 1991, sought the destruction of the country’s civilian infrastructure, a genocidal act under international law; it destroyed power plants, water-purification plants, sewage facilities, bridges and bomb shelters. It was the official (though unstated) aim of these bombings to sting the Iraqis into overthrowing their rulers. Worse, the war was followed by a never-relenting campaign of aerial bombings and the most complete sanctions in recorded history. According to a UN study, the sanctions had killed half a million Iraqi children by 1995; the deaths were the result of a five-fold increase in child mortality rates. It would have taken five Hiroshima bombs to produce this grisly toll...

The terrorist attacks of 9-11 shocked, perhaps traumatized, a whole nation. Yet the same Americans expressed little concern – in fact, most could profess total ignorance – about the deaths of hundreds of thousands of Iraqi civilians caused by daily bombings and crippling sanctions over a period of thirteen years. Of course, the dollar and the dinar are not the same. American deaths could not be equated on a one-to-one basis with Iraqi deaths. If indeed so many Iraqis had been killed by the United States, those were deaths they deserved for harboring ill-will towards this country. They were after all evil. And evil people should never be given a chance to repent or change their evil-doing propensities. Senator John McCain said it succinctly: “We’re coming after you. God may have mercy on you, but we won’t.” ...

An act of terror is nearly always attributed to a failure of intelligence, security, or both. In a country that, annually, spends tens of billions of dollars on intelligence gathering and trillions more on its military, the attacks of 9-11 amounted to massive failures on two fronts: intelligence and security. This should have led immediately to a Congressional inquiry to identify and remedy these failures. However, due to obstructions from the Bush administration, the Congress could not start an official inquiry into these failures until more than a year after 9-11. Instead, the Bush administration claimed falsely, as it turns out – with hardly a murmur from the Congress or the US corporate media – that 9-11 was unforeseen, it could not have been imagined, and there had been no advance warnings. Instantly, President Bush declared that 9-11 was an act of war (making it the first act of war perpetrated by nineteen civilians), and proceeded to declare unlimited war against terrorists (also the first time that war had been declared against elusive non-state actors). In the name of a bogus war against terrorism, the United States claimed for itself the right to wage preemptive wars against any country suspected of harboring terrorists or possessing weapons of mass destruction (what are weapons for if not mass destruction?) with an intent (US would be the judge of that) to use them against the United States....

Although the onslaughts of the Crusaders against the Muslims in the Levant, starting in the 1090s, lasted for nearly two centuries; and although their conquests at their peak embraced much of old Syria, it is quite remarkable that this did not alarm the Islamic world into waging Jihad against the ‘Infidels.’ On several occasion, one Muslim prince allied himself with the Crusaders to contain the ambitions of another Muslim prince. It was only in 1187, after Salahuddin united Syria and Egypt, that the Muslims took back Jerusalem. But they did not pursue this war to its bitter end; the Crusaders retained control of parts of coastal Syria for another hundred years. In fact, several years later, Salahuddin’s successors even returned Jerusalem to the Cruaders provided they would not fortify it. In other words, the Crusades which loom so large in European imagination were not regarded by the Muslims as a civilizational war.

Of course that was then, when Islamic societies were cultured, refined, tolerant, self-confident and strong, and though the Crusades threw the combined might of Western Europe – that region’s first united enterprise – to regain the Christian holy lands, the Muslims took the invasions in their stride. Eventually, the resources of a relatively small part of the Muslim world were sufficient to end this European adventure, which left few lasting effects on the region. In the more recent past, Islamic societies have been divided, fragmented, backward, outstripped by their European adversaries, their states embedded in the periphery of global capitalism, and their rulers allied with Western powers against their own people. These divisions are not a natural state in the historical consciousness of Muslims.

More ominously, since 1917 the Arabs have faced settler-colonialism in their very heartland, an open-ended imperialist project successively supported by Britain and the United States. This Zionist insertion in the Middle East, self-consciously promoted as the outpost of the West in the Islamic world, produced its own twisted dialectics. An exclusive Jewish state founded on fundamentalist claims (and nothing gets more fundamentalist than a twentieth-century imperialism founded on ‘divine’ promises about real estate made three thousand years back) was bound to evoke its alter ego in the Islamic world. When Israel inflicted a humiliating defeat on Egypt and Syria in 1967 – two countries that were the leading embodiments of Arab nationalism – this opened up a political space in the Arab world for the insertion of Islamists into the region’s political landscape. One fundamentalism would now be pitted against another.

This contest may now be reaching its climax – with United States entering the war directly. It is an end that could have been foretold – this did not require prophetic insight. In part at least, it is the unfolding of the logic of the Zionist insertion in the Arab world. On the one hand, this has provoked and facilitated the growth of a broad spectrum of Islamist movements in the Islamic world, some of which were forced by US-supported repression in their home countries to target the United States directly. On the other hand, the Zionist occupation of one-time Biblical lands has given encouragement to Christian Zionism in the United States, the belief that Israel prepares the ground for the second coming of Christ. At the same time, several Zionist propagandists – based in America’s think tanks, media and academia – have worked tirelessly to arouse old Western fears about Islam, giving it new forms. They paint Islam as a violent religion, perennially at war against infidels, opposed to democracy, fearful of women’s rights, unable to modernize, and raging at the West for its freedoms and prosperity. They never tire of repeating that the Arabs ‘hate’ Israel because it is the only ‘democracy’ in the Middle East. ...

What can be the outcome of all this? During their long rampage through history, starting in 1492, the Western powers have shown little respect for the peoples they encountered in the Americas, Africa, Asia and Australia. Many of them are not around to recount the gory history of their extermination through imported diseases, warfare, and forced labor in mines and plantations. Others, their numbers diminished, were forced into peonage, or consigned to mutilated lives on reservations. Many tens of millions were bought and sold into slavery. Proud empires were dismembered. Great civilizations were denigrated. All this had happened before, but not on this scale. In part, perhaps, the extraordinary scale of these depredations might be attributed to what William McNeill calls the “bloody-mindedness” of Europeans. Much of this, however, is due to historical accidents which elevated West Europeans – and not the Chinese, Turks, or Indians – to great power based on their exploitation of inorganic sources of energy. If we are to apportion blame, we might as well award the prize to Britain’s rich coal deposits.

In the period since the Second World War, some of the massive historical disequilibria created by Western powers have been corrected. China and India are on their feet; so are Taiwan, South Korea, Singapore, Hong Kong and Malaysia. These countries are on their feet and advancing. But the wounds of imperialism in Africa run deeper. The colonial legacies of fragmented societies, deskilled populations, arbitrary boundaries, and economies tied to failing primary production continue to produce wars, civil wars, corruption, massacres, and diseases. But Africa can be ignored; the deaths of a million Africans in the Congo do not merit the attention given to one suicide bombing in Tel Aviv. Africa can be ignored because its troubles do not affect vital Western interests; at least not yet.

Then there is the failure of the Islamic world to reconstitute itself. As late as 1700, the Muslims commanded three major empires – the Mughal, Ottoman and Safavid – that together controlled the greater part of the Islamic world, stretching in a continuous line from the borders of Morocco to the eastern borders of India. After a period of rivalry among indigenous successor states and European interlopers, all of India was firmly in British control by the 1860s. The Ottoman Empire disintegrated more slowly, losing its European territories in the nineteenth century and its Arab territories during the First World War, when they were divvied up amongst the British, French, Zionists, Maronites and a clutch of oil-rich protectorates. Only the Iranians held on to most of the territories acquired by the Safavids. As a result, when the Islamic world emerged out of the colonial era, it had been politically fragmented, divided into some forty states, none with the potential to serve as a core state; this fragmentation was most striking in Islam’s Arab heartland. In addition, significant Muslim populations now lived in states with non-Muslim majorities.

Why did the Muslims fail to reconstitute their power? Most importantly, this was because Muslim power lacked a demographic base. The Mughal and Ottoman Empires – the Ottoman Empire in Europe – were not sustainable because they ruled over non-Muslim majorities. More recently, the Muslims have been the victims of geological ‘luck,’ containing the richest deposits of the fuel that drives the global economy. The great powers could not let the Muslims control ‘their lifeblood.’ They suffered a third setback from a historical accident: the impetus that Hitler gave to the Zionist movement. Now there had emerged a powerful new interest – a specifically Jewish interest – in keeping the Arabs divided and dispossessed.

It does not appear, however, that the Islamic societies have accepted their fragmentation, or their subjugation by neocolonial/comprador regimes who work for the United States, Britain and France. We have watched the resilience of the Muslims, their determination to fight for their dignity, in Afghanistan, Bosnia, Palestine, Chechnya and Mindanao – among other places. In the meanwhile, their demographic weakness is being reversed. At the beginning of the twentieth century the Muslims constituted barely a tenth of the world’s population; today that share exceeds one fifth, and continues to rise. Moreover, unlike the Chinese or Hindus, the Muslims occupy a broad swathe of territory from Nigeria, Senegal and Morocco in the west to Sinjiang and the Indonesian Archipelago in the east. It would be hard to corral a population of this size that spans half the globe. More likely the US-British-Israeli siege of the Islamic world, now underway in the name of the war against terrorism, will lead to a broadening conflict with unforeseen consequences that could easily turn very costly for either or both parties.

Can the situation yet be saved? In the weeks preceding the launch of the war against Iraq, when tens of millions of people – mostly in Western cities – were marching in protest against the war, it appeared that there was hope; that the ideologies of hatred and the tactics of fear-mongering would be defeated; that these massive movements would result in civil disobedience if the carnage in Iraq were launched despite these protests. But once the war began, the protesters melted away like picnicking crowds when a sunny day is marred by rains. In retrospect, the protests lacked the depth to graduate into a political movement, to work for lasting changes. America does not easily stomach anti-war protestors once it starts a war. War is serious business: and it must have the undivided support of the whole country once the killing begins.

The anti-war protests may yet regroup, but that will not be before many more body bags arrive in the continental United States, before many more young Americans are mutilated for life, before many tens of thousands of Iraqis are dispatched to early deaths. Attempts are already underway to invent new lies to keep Americans deluded about the war; to tighten the noose around Iran; to hide the growing casualties of war; to lure poor Mexicans and Guatemalans to die for America; to substitute Indian and Pakistani body bags for American ones. This war-mongering by the United States cannot be stopped unless more Americans can be taught to separate their government from their country, their leaders from their national interests, their tribal affiliations from their common humanity. But that means getting past the media, the political establishment, the social scientists, the schools, and native prejudices....

M. Shahid Alam is professor of economics at Northeastern University. His last book, Poverty from the Wealth of Nations, was published by Palgrave in 2000. He may be reached at m.alam@neu.edu. Visit his webpage at http://msalam.net.

Divide and Conquer: The Politics of Palestinian Human Rights
by Lana Habash

I recently had occasion to talk with a professor at a well-known human rights center on the subject of Palestine. Although the center claims to derive its mandate from the Universal Declaration of Human Rights — a declaration whose very title insists on universal application — I quickly found that the professor’s commitment to universality grew less firm when the rights in question belong to Palestinians. Although the Declaration is unequivocal in affirming the right of refugees to return to their homes and reclaim their property, the professor stated that she didn’t support this particular right in all cases, specifically NOT in the case of Palestine. When I asked her about the validity of a Jewish state that practiced Apartheid, she told me that she saw the establishment of a Jewish state on Palestinian land as past history, and she didn’t see the significance of debating it now. When I asked her what she thought of the ongoing practice of ethnically cleansing Palestinian communities within the Green Line (in what is now called Israel) in areas like the Naqab (Negev) through land confiscation and poisoning crops, she admitted that she knew nothing about it.

This conversation with a human rights professor at an academic institution wouldn’t be a cause of great concern if it weren’t also fairly typical of the human rights discourse on Palestine in American activist circles. This discourse is generally governed by two rules:

(1) The discussion of Palestinian human rights must be strictly limited to the rights of Palestinians after 1967. The human rights of Palestinians before this period must consistently be ignored, denied, or deemed negotiable; and

(2) The “Green Line” defines the players, their privileges, their rights, and the legitimacy or illegitimacy of their claims to protection under international human rights law.

These two rules have helped to ensure that the discourse on “human rights” does not serve Palestinians in a struggle to obtain their rights, but rather facilitates the ongoing colonization of their land.

• On human rights discourse and the rights of Palestinians before 1967
Imagine for a moment a discussion of the human rights of indigenous South Africans absent a discussion of the racism and colonialist ideology that laid the foundation for the oppressive policies of white South Africa. Those advocating for the human rights of South African native people would decry the prison conditions of jailed indigenous South Africans, denounce the horrifying exploitation of their labor, and would oppose the most repressive policies of white South African violence against popular resistance to Apartheid, but would say nothing about Apartheid itself. In such a case, one of the fundamental human rights violations “necessary” to maintain the privileges of a minority white population on South African land would be deemed acceptable (the system of segregation and racist laws called Apartheid) because the security of white South African “rights” (read dominance) would otherwise be threatened. Such a human rights framework would not only have been flawed because it failed to address the fundamental crime of Apartheid, but also because in doing so it would have failed to change in any way the human rights violations built on that foundation. It would rather have helped support the lie propagated by the Apartheid regime: the notion that Apartheid and human rights were compatible. Such a discourse would neither question nor oppose racism but only the most repressive manifestations of it and even this “opposition” would have been meaningless, since repression was a necessary consequence of the system of Apartheid.

In Palestinian human rights advocacy in America, this framework is the norm. The human rights of Palestinian people prior to 1967 are neither part of the discussion nor part of the aim of advocacy. In 1948, over 780, 000 Palestinians (over 82% of the indigenous population of Palestine at that time) were forcibly transferred from their land, in some cases at gunpoint, in other cases through threats of massacres like the massacre of over 250 Palestinians in Deir Yassin. 530 of an estimated 550 total villages were depopulated. Over 78% of Palestinian land was confiscated for the establishment of a state for Jewish people. The establishment of the Law of Return and the Absentee Property Law in the 1950’s — racist laws which defined the boundaries of inclusion (Jewish people) and exclusion (indigenous Palestinians) — were cornerstones in the establishment of an Israeli Apartheid state that continues to this day. None of these facts are part of the predominant American human rights perspective on Palestine. All of the human rights abuses noted above are rooted in and justified through Zionism.

Zionism is a European colonialist ideology and political process of creating and maintaining a Jewish majority in Palestine, granting rights and privileges to Jewish people that supersede any rights of the indigenous people of Palestine. In Zionism, the process of “Judaizing” or “redeeming” the land (expropriating the land of indigenous Palestinians and using it for exclusively Jewish use) is used as justification for all policies, no matter how repressive, both preceding and following 1967.

This demographic war waged on the Palestinian people meets the definitions of both the crime of Apartheid and the crime of genocide as defined in international law. Recognition of these crimes is startlingly absent from most mainstream discussions of Palestinian human rights in America. Utilizing the framework of Zionism, “Palestine/Israel” peace groups maintain that Israeli rights to Palestinian land and resources (justified through racism and taken by military force) and Palestinian rights to their own resources and land (defined as specifically the West Bank and Gaza and not the rest of historic Palestine) are somehow equal.

In this framework, rights for Palestinians, like the right of return and the right to resist occupation, become debatable and negotiable because they threaten the existence of the Jewish state. This resembles the argument by the slave owner that freeing slaves might cause the economic collapse of the plantation. In both cases, a fundamental injustice becomes the justification for further injustice.

In the human rights framework, racism and genocide should neither be morally acceptable nor morally defensible in any context. This is true in South Africa, it is true in the Americas, and it is true in Palestine.

• On Palestinian human rights and geography
The Green Line is the name given to the lines established in 1949 that constituted the de facto borders of what is called pre-1967 Israel, the part of historic Palestine militarily occupied by Zionists in 1948. It should be stressed at the outset that the Green Line has not been observed as any kind of “border” by the Israelis as demonstrated by continued expansion of settlements, Israeli bypass roads, water theft, and the Annexation/Apartheid Wall. In spite of Israeli attempts at disruption, contiguous Palestinian communities on both sides of the Green Line have remained deeply tied to one another through culture, family, and economy. The Green Line does not describe a real boundary in the world, not even a recognized political boundary. It exists almost entirely within “discourse.”

Palestinians are denied and Israeli settlers granted privileges, rights, and legitimacy based on where they exist geographically in relation to this line. This involves definitions of who is a Palestinian, an “Arab Israeli”, an Israeli “civilian”, or an Israeli “settler.”

To clarify, Palestinians currently living in the West Bank and Gaza are the most commonly understood definition of “Palestinian.” There is a general acceptance in America that these Palestinians inhabit what is to be a future Palestinian state, that this land is under military occupation, and that the occupation of this land should eventually end. We will, for the moment, ignore the fact that the material circumstances that would make such a state possible are being eliminated daily by the occupier. The human rights abuses perpetrated against these Palestinians are well known, though they continue unabated despite extensive reporting and documentation. Collective punishment, home demolition, torture, illegal detention, illegal settlement, destruction of infrastructure and farm land, water and land theft are justified by proponents of Israel as necessary to preserve the “security” of the Jewish state.

The Palestinians currently living within the boundaries of the so-called Green Line are subdivided into “Arab Israelis” and the Palestinian Bedouin of the Naqab. These Palestinians also live under military occupation (in their case since 1948). Racist laws and policies prevent these Palestinians from equal citizenship on their own land. Their villages within the Green Line are unrecognized on Israeli maps, making the process of “Judaizing the land” nearly impossible to oppose, as there is no acknowledgement by Israel that they exist in the first place. Palestinians in unrecognized villages within the Green Line pay taxes as citizens but are often denied water, electricity, and education. They are subject to the same type of severe military repression experienced by West Bank and Gazan Palestinians when they resist confiscation and settlement of their land. The history of Land Day illustrates this well: on March 30th, 1976 the Israeli government killed six Palestinians and injured hundreds to suppress a general strike protesting further theft of Palestinian land in the Nazareth area. Another example is the case of the thirteen Palestinian “Israelis” killed within the Green Line at the start of the Al Aqsa Intifada in September 2000. This second Intifada has represented a serious threat to the Israeli colonization project. It is the manifestation of Palestinian resistance to colonial occupation on both sides of the Green Line.

In the case of the Palestinian Bedouin, an ongoing program of land expropriation and dispossession has continued since 1948, when the vast majority of Palestinian Bedouin were dispossessed of their land. The remaining Bedouin, like the rest of the Palestinian population, were placed under military rule from 1948 through 1966. Many were relocated to urban townships through a process of land confiscation, home demolition, and other coercive methods. The Israeli government has rendered Bedouin cultivation of their own land illegal and has poisoned their food crops with toxic chemicals to destroy their way of life.

In the case of both the “Arab Israelis” and the Bedouin, human rights violations perpetrated against Palestinians within the Green Line are not commonly discussed or known within the American human rights community. In fact, the “rights” of Palestinians within Israel are often paraded as part of the mythology of Israel’s singular “democracy” in the region. On those rare occasions when the question is discussed, it is discussed as the problem of “a minority” struggling for equal rights within the state of Israel. This is another lie propagated by the discourse on Palestine by means of the Green Line: although the total population of Palestinians living within the boundaries of historic Palestine is now greater than or equal to the number of Jewish-Israelis, and Palestinian communities have maintained strong interdependent relationships throughout their historic land, the imaginary Green Line creates a false impression of separate communities so that one becomes a “minority” struggling for inclusion, and the other a “foreign people” struggling for independence.

The Palestinian refugee population living in Jordan numbers approximately 80% of the current Jordanian population. These Palestinians have historically engaged in resistance struggles to return to their land in historic Palestine and as a result have been repressed in horrific ways. In the case of Black September (September, 1970) over 3,000 Palestinians in Jordan were massacred by the Jordanian government as part of a regional attack on Palestinian resistance to colonial occupation of historic Palestine.

There is another significant Palestinian refugee population in Lebanon. This population has also suffered severe human rights violations. At Sabra and Shatilla in September, 1982 the now twice-elected Israeli prime minister Ariel Sharon presided over the massacre of over 2,750 Palestinian refugees by Lebanese Christian Phalangists.

Finally, there is the wider Palestinian diaspora in areas outside of Jordan and Lebanon who have an internationally recognized right to return to their homes in historic Palestine. These Palestinians also suffer political repression when they attempt to advocate for the rights guaranteed to them. When members of the Palestinian diaspora living in the United States, for example, support anti-racist, anti-colonialist politics and support the right of return and the right of Palestinians to resist colonial occupation, they are typically deported, detained without trial, and in some cases tortured — all in the name of American and Israeli security. They are often marginalized as “fanatic” or “extremist” by the very human rights groups that claim to be in solidarity with the Palestinian people.

The Green Line functions in other ways to obscure the process of colonization. Israeli settlers so often mentioned in the news are defined as those Israelis who are in settlements in the West Bank and Gaza. These settlers are armed and protected by the full force of the Israeli military. They engage in routine and unprovoked attacks on the Palestinian population, sometimes attacking children with knives, guns, and rocks in an effort to intimidate Palestinian families into relinquishing their property. When the Palestinian community attempts to defend itself against these attacks, the Israeli occupation forces march in to “restore order.” The human rights community at best asserts that these settlers should be relocated to areas within the Green Line. As the Israeli government claims “disengagement” from Gaza and claims this as a concession for “peace”, it promises to relocate these Gaza settlers to other areas now occupied by indigenous Palestinians (the Naqab within the Green Line, for example, and ironically, other areas of new and expanding settlements within the West Bank and Al Quds (East Jerusalem)). These individuals who have defied international law are being compensated by the international community for the “trouble” of resettlement to the tune of $227,000/settler.

“Israeli civilians” within the Green Line are portrayed quite differently from Israeli settlers of the West Bank and Gaza, despite the similarities in their material relationship to the indigenous people of Palestine. These people are often portrayed in American media as innocent individuals who “want to live in peace” with their neighbors. These “civilians” are also settlers on Palestinian land occupied through military force. They live in houses and on property that belongs to Palestinian refugees. They claim rights to land and resources that have been taken by force and over which they maintain exclusive control under a system of laws based on racist ideology. The vast majority of these Israeli civilians advocate for separation and segregation. Even the Israeli Peace movement continues to maintain that Israeli injustice in Palestine does not include the forced displacement of Palestinians in 1948, but rather only the occupation of Palestinian land since 1967. These civilians fight for the preservation of their privileges as Jews within Israel that allow them to buy land (Palestinians cannot), travel freely (Palestinians cannot), settle in historic Palestine permanently (Palestinians born and raised in historic Palestine cannot return despite international laws guaranteeing their right to do so), express their political opinions freely without fear of detention or torture (Palestinians who are considered Israeli citizens do not enjoy this freedom), enjoy education, electricity, and free use of the water of historic Palestine (Palestinian “Israelis” often have none of these freedoms in the unrecognized villages).

Israeli civilians are often armed and their privileges are protected by Israeli soldiers. In places like Nazareth, a Palestinian community within the Green Line, these Israeli civilians also engage in violent rampages against Palestinians. And, as in the West Bank and Gaza, if Palestinians within the Green Line resist, the Israeli military again marches in to “restore order.” We who work for Palestinian human rights are not supposed to speak of how these Israeli civilians came to be in Palestine. We are not supposed to speak about how it is that these Israeli civilians own and continue to live on property previously inhabited by a majority indigenous Palestinian population, or how it is that they maintain racist privilege over indigenous Palestinians in historic Palestine. We are not supposed to talk about mass forced transfer of over 82% of the population, the thirty-five massacres, “present absenteeism”, the 530 depopulated Palestinian villages, Apartheid laws and other laws preventing Palestinians from owning land or even earning wages for their labor, during the birth of the much celebrated “oasis of democracy.”

If we turn away from the purely imaginary lines that have been drawn for the purpose of maintaining a discourse on Palestine, and turn instead to the historical and material realities of life in Palestine, much false "complexity" dissolves. Israeli settlers are settlers whether they settled in 1936, 1948, 1967, 1980, or 2005, and whether they settled in Jaffa (Tel Aviv), the Naqab (Negev), Khalil (Hebron), or Gaza. The “rights” of these settlers in all instances are based on land theft and racism against the indigenous population. The "rights" of these settlers in all instances are preserved through military force. The material relationship of these settlers to Palestinians will continue to be genocidal as long as they continue to live on stolen Palestinian land, utilize stolen Palestinian resources, and advocate for their privileges as Jews to do all of the above.

The indigenous people of historic Palestine are Palestinian whether they are refugees of 1948, 1967, or 2005, and whether they are the “internally displaced” Palestinians living within the Green Line called “Israeli Arabs”, or Bedouin, or the “externally displaced” Palestinians of the West Bank, Gaza, Jordan, and Lebanon, or the larger Palestinian diaspora. All of these Palestinians have the right to live freely in their homes in Palestine.

We are left, then, with only one essential human rights question to be answered. This question is capable of reframing the discussion in such a way that actually advances the cause of Palestinian human rights: Do the rights and protections of international humanitarian law apply to all Palestinians?

The bulk of human rights discourse has focused on applying humanitarian law to Israeli government policy in the West Bank and Gaza and has focused human rights advocacy on Palestinians living in the West Bank and Gaza. Historically it has been shown over and over again that genocide begins with separation of the indigenous people. Once the work of separation has been accomplished, the work of the colonial power — whether it be in the Americas, South Africa, or Israel — is to split the indigenous population into subgroups to further the project of colonization. This is done through a variety of different methods, including all of the following: empowering a minority sector of the indigenous population to police its own people (as in the case of the Palestinian Druze); establishing racist Jim Crow laws which grant some “rights” to Palestinians within the Green Line while simultaneously assuring that these rights never challenge the fundamental racist privilege of Jews over non-Jews; negotiating “peace” treaties at gunpoint where chosen Palestinian representatives on the other side of the Green Line sign away rights and land while seemingly assuring (but not really) a limitation on the genocidal conditions imposed by the colonial power; and imposing collective punishment to isolate Palestinians who resist colonial occupation from larger communities of Palestinian support.

In accepting these divisions, the American human rights framework as it has been applied to Palestinians has not only failed to stop human rights violations, but has facilitated the colonization and genocide of Palestinian people. It has done this by accepting the validity of the Jewish state and by giving only limited and conditional support to certain human rights for certain Palestinians living in certain areas at certain times.

The American human rights framework as it currently functions in Palestine has become a tool used by Israel and its proponents to legitimize colonial land theft and genocide rather than oppose it. True human rights advocacy that supports the rights of the indigenous people of Palestine must start by acknowledging the rights of all Palestinians, whether they are from 1948 Jaffa, 1967 Nablus, or the Naqab or Jayyus of 2005. It means necessarily that we must discuss Zionism from its origins in Europe in the 1880’s to its present manifestations in Palestine. We must reject the idea that colonialism, genocide, Apartheid, or any form of racism is ever justifiable or defensible. We must also reject the idea that colonial governments like the US or Israel will ever negotiate against their own interests. These are the first steps in creating true international solidarity that supports the Palestinian people’s legitimate resistance against ongoing colonization, occupation, Apartheid, and genocide in all of historic Palestine.

Secrets of CIA: Video:
This documentary reveals how CIA pioneered, developed,manipulated prisoner abuse, sold drugs, changed regimes and killed people world wide.

5/19/7 "War: a continuation of politics by other means" : Capitalist Democracy in "Peace" & War; The Two sides of War

"War is nothing but a continuation of politics by other means."
von Clausewitz

Historically, all reactionary forces on the verge of extinction invariably conduct a last desperate struggle against the revolutionary forces, and some revolutionaries are apt to be deluded for a time by this phenomenon of outward strength but inner weakness failing to grasp the essential fact that the enemy is nearing extinction while they themselves are approaching victory.
Mao TseTung, October 12, 1942, Selected Works, Vol. III, p. 103.

We should rid our ranks of impotent thinking...views that overestimate the strength of the enemy and underestimate the strength of the people are wrong. Mao, December 25, 1947, Selected Works, Vol. IV, p. 173

Digest Commentary:
This double issue of the digest is aimed at tearing the wraps off some of the hidden forms, faces, functions and most importantly, the two sides of war: reactionary and revolutionary.

The U.S. capitalist dictatorship dominates the entire world and soon the planet -- through "peace" as well as war. The capitalist state has a monopoly on violence but only resistance to the state's violence is called "violence", aka "terrorism". All who resist, waging just anti-capitalist-imperialist wars for liberation... wage our wars for the future and for the planet.

Capitalist war, declared or not, is always against us and is constant in one form or another. Big global WARS that we are rallied around as patriotic 'muricans-- WW1 & 11, and now the global war of terror. But there is also daily ongoing wars against the people: all are a function of capitalism. All are billed for our own good, against "our enemies", our "freedom", "defense", "security", all are crimes against humanity, against our allies, committed in our names: wars "on fascism", "on poverty", "on drugs", "on terrorism"... the very conditions produced by capitalism and intensified by its terror and wars. We have too long been willingly seduced, or terrified, into supporting US wars against ourselves, the people, everywhere.

imperialism is capitalism, capitalism gone global. Its drive to war is not a function of negotiable partisan "policies"/ politicians but a function of the basic nature of a the system with a bipartisan ruling class based on exploitation and oppression. Capitalist crises require further global expansion for capital accumulation and the elimination, control or defeat of everything in the way of its hegemony -- military aggression supplements and complements routine exploitation and other "non-violent" ruling strategies. After Saudi Arabia and Iran, Iraq owns most of the M.E. oil. Call it liberation and freedom. Control of resources, particularly oil (and water) is essential for U.S. "full-spectrum" global political-economic domination (aka "leadership")-- as leverage over friends as well as enemies.

Capitalism's declared enemies and friends come and go depending on current historical conditions and configurations ("if you aren't with US you're with the terrorists", GWB). Since the working class is international and has no national boundaries, produces global capitalist wealth and power, it has no objective interest in preserving its rule. It does however have the potential power and necessity to end capital's reign and for this reason we are strategically capitalism's actual and most feared potential enemy.

Supporting our oppressor's imperialist wars is betraying 'our' real interests, selling ourselves as mercenaries to the enemy who is killing 'us' everywhere, one way or the other. The irony is beyond ugly: Killing and dying to strengthen and protect the system that lives off our blood, expanding the rulers' terror and tyranny over us while clinging to the white supremacist lie that america is #1, the most "advanced", desirable country and culture in the world! America, is #1, beyond Hitler's wildest dreams, destroyer of nations, murderer of untold millions, producer of the unspeakable devastation, poverty and illness of millions more and architect of plans to use nuclear weapons if needs be to fulfill its fascist "manifest destiny" fantasy of world rule.

Capitalist WARS & "non-violent" wars work in tandem as you'll see below. "Peaceful" and "strategic non-violence" strategies, including ownership and control of the major media worldwide spewing 24/7 pro-U.S. propaganda. P20G & other "terrorist" creating "intel" anti-resistance/revolution projects like COINTELPRO. NGOs, "foreign aid", "humanitarian assistance", "peacekeeping forces", "think-tank experts" devising concrete analyses and policies, too many academics teaching propaganda that serves the U.S. agenda, global institutions like the WB, IMF and UN implementing the policies, liberal "multicultural diversity" and other tricks to take the heat off racist national oppression, the 'official left' that criticizes 'policies' while serving as apologists for the capitalist system and politicians they serve, control over public education, science and culture--plus religious superstition-- and many more threads constituting a fabric that produces social-psychological dehumanizing ignorance as well as military terror and destruction.

Selling ourselves for capital's meaningless cheap seductions is selling ourselves out, betraying our real interests, fighting against 'us' everywhere. Accumulating junk, killing and dying to provide life-support to the system that lives off our blood, expanding its terror and tyranny over our diminished, dehumanized, worthless selves is suicidal.

There is another way. To learn and take inspiration from the integrity, the wisdom and the courage of our sisters and brothers on every continent, in every country, fighting their own battles against U.S. savagery -- and, shamefully, ours too. Peoples' anti-imperialist wars against aggression and domination, our revolutionary wars for national liberation and socialist revolution, are just wars in our own interests, in the interests of our future, the world and the planet.

We have a choice. As the old labor song says, "Which side are you on"?

Do not worry over the charge of treason to your masters, but be concerned about the treason that involves yourselves. Be true to yourself and you cannot be a traitor to any good cause on Earth.
Eugene V. Debs June 16, 1918

"...The U.S. is... seen around the world as a rogue imperial superpower...a gross violator of human rights, an agent of global inequality, and the greatest threat to peace on earth.
Hoping that resistance forces in U.S.-targeted states might educate the U.S. on the limits of empire is hardly a sign of madness or even of anti-Americanism. The carnage inflicted by the insufficiently checked U.S. empire includes the dead of Hiroshima and Nagasaki (criminally butchered by “Give’Em Hell Harry” Truman in atomic assaults that occurred after Japan had been defeated and were meant mainly to preemptively discipline Soviet foreign policy in the emerging post-WWII world order), 2-3 million dead Indochinese, hundreds of thousands of Iraqis killed by Desert Storm (conducted in accord with Powell’s doctrine of “overwhelming force”) and perhaps close to 2 million Iraqis (with “economic sanctions” fatalities included) from Bush I to Bush II..." Paul Street
The Empire and Inequality Report, No. 18, http://www.zmag.org/content/showarticle.cfm?SectionID=72&ItemID=12811

When Peace Activism Becomes Collusion With Colonial Occupation
By Marta Rodríguez
The recent abductions in Iraq of four Christian Peace Team activists produced two reactions within the American antiwar movement. Some forces, exemplified by the ISM/ International Solidarity Movement, assumed the Iraqi Resistance was behind the abduction, and condemned the action. Others... speculated that the abduction could have only been the result of occupation black ops.
A reading of the CPT web site suggests that there very well could be legitimate reasons for Iraqis engaged in armed struggle to find fault with that organization's role in their country. The CPT not only engages in nonviolent protest, but promotes it to the Iraqis. They do this, not for the purpose of adding to the arsenal of tactics which should be at the disposal of any resistance movement, but for the purpose of replacing that armed resistance altogether. They have stated that their role in Iraq is to "take the initiative from those who would do violence." That would include the legitimate defensive violence employed by Iraqis against the war criminals and thieves who slaughter and torture them, in order to plunder their country without hindrance.
In addition, the manner in which the CPT report [ http://www.ameu.org/uploads/vol37_issue3_2004.pdf.] goes about seeking relief for Iraqis abused by the American military, takes them from the line of nonviolence and human rights advocacy, directly into the realm of collusion with the occupation....
Any support work which requires that colonized people wait till their aggressors are good and ready to stop their violence, or that they settle for anything less than full restitution of the lands and resources that have been stolen from them, is no support work at all. It's betrayal and collusion with colonial aggression, which is no less harmful than the bullets and bombs employed to force the subjugation of the colonized.

Capitalist Democracy at Work Around the World through War & "Peace" for Unrivaled World Rule

“We are on the verge of global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order.”
David Rockefeller 1994 Statement to UN Business Council

"depopulation should be the highest priority of U.S. foreign policy towards the Third World."
Henry Kissinger

“I hope they kill each other”
Henry Kissinger, start of U.S. provoked Iran-Iraq war in which over a million died

" National Security was invented, almost, in 1947, now it has become the prime mover of everything we do as measured against something we invented in 1947."
U.S. Navy Admiral Gene La Rocque in PBS Documentary "The Secret Government"

An ideology with roots in 'Old Europe' ... and Old America: WAR AND WHAT IT'S GOOD FOR
by lenin (excerpt)

To the extent that American culture sentimentalises The Troops, and to the extent that martial honour and the warrior ethic is celebrated, that is precisely the extent to which such modes of cognition and behaviour are absent from daily life (even if business ideology has it that the workplace is a battlefield in itself). The ideal expressed by Zembiec (heavy stress on ideal) is that one can be fused into "something bigger than oneself" at precisely the same time that one achieves perfect individuality, "maturity" and "resolve". In the fantasy of intimate combat, hand-to-hand trial of strength with an enemy, the divide between individuality and collective humanity is supposedly overthrown.

This is as American as apple pie, with roots in Theodore Roosevelt's reforming, militaristic 'anti-capitalism'. In an 1899 speech (one year after the Spanish-American War), he had already outlined his ideal of The Strenuous Life, in which he chastised the notion of a slothful life of unchallenged ease as a despicable prospect, and gloried in a life of strife, challenge, combat. "As it is with the individual, so it is with the nation." "Thank God for the iron in the blood of our fathers," he says, for by fighting and risking all, they proved equal to the mighty days. America should not "be content to rot by inches in ignoble ease within our borders, taking no interest in what goes on beyond them, sunk in a scrambling commercialism". Rather, "If we are to be a really great people, we must strive in good faith to play a great part in the world." Had the US not fought and defeated Spain, "we would have shown ourselves weaklings, unable to carry to successful completion the labors that great and high-spirited nations are eager to undertake". Then take his 1910 speech to the Grand Army advocating a New Nationalism, advocating "proper sense of proportion in his relative estimates of capital and labor", a square deal for the working man, but no "sordid and selfish materialism" and certainly no hand-outs for any lazy bums. There are sustained parallels made with the condition of the army, which is a model for how society ought to be in its administration, loyalty, zeal and so on. The frontier wars, the civil war, the American revolution - all instances in which Americans, he said, had fought for the general interest and not some narrow section of society. The New Nationalism would therefore be one in which the executive is the steward of popular interest, not a chair to be purchased by the propertied interests; though there will remain classes, and dividends and property, there will be a moral revival in which human character means more than these things, and in which politics will not be divided by class warfare. Both of these aspects, military aggression and social reform, are of course integrated in the ideology of the 'new frontier', in which a "community of heroes" would be created, and communist revolution averted...

The essential coordinates of Kriegsideologie are therefore community, death, danger and destiny. Nazism would inherit this ideology, its exponents celebrating the (mythical) "wonderful communal experience of 1914". At the first Nazi book-burning, when the works of communist authors were put into the fire, the following slogan was shouted: "Against class struggle and materialism, and in favour of community and of an idealistic conception of life, I give the writings of Marx and Kautsky to the flames."... by introducing the topic of Nazism, I have piled such a weight of barbaric connotations on Kriegsideologie that someone might suspect that I am casting aspersions on dear old Bush, and those repositories of national affection, The Troops. Yet we are speaking of an ideology of war, which can manifest itself in various situations, and whose themes are certainly resonant today....

Further, despite the fact that those guys clearly got a kick out of that sortie, it is unlikely that the overall effect of their experience is going to dispose them toward civic virtue and pride in the national community. If they don't come back in bodybags, or with limbs and ears missing, or with brain damage, or DU sickness, they might well come back hating the government for some other reason. Suffice to say, generations of Ron Kovacs and, dare I add, Timothy McVeighs, are probably being moulded in the wonderful communal experience of war as we speak. Yet the feverish hold of this ideology in many quarters should alert us to what has been aroused in American culture, especially since That Day (you know the one), at least because no one - not even the residents of a fading ex-empire desperate to avoid historical oblivion - is immune.

SPIN: The Art of Selling War
 Directed by Josh Rushing, a veteran Marine Corps media spokesman, "SPIN: The Art of Selling War" is an investigative documentary that looks at the standard justification for going to war by the American administrations of past and present.

U.S. Lays out Israel's role in...
America's Geopolitical Nightmare and Eurasian Strategic Energy Arrangements
By F. William Engdahl
...Richard Perle and Douglas Feith put their names to a 1996 policy blueprint for Benjamin Netanyahu's then incoming government in Israel, titled, ‘A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm [Israel].’
In that document, Perle and Feith 'advised' Netanyahu that the rebuilding of Zionism must abandon any thought of trading land for peace with the Palestinians, i.e., repeal the Oslo accords.... For all this to succeed, Perle and Feith wrote, ‘Israel would have to win broad American support.’ To ensure this support, they advised the Israeli prime minister to use ‘language familiar to Americans by tapping into themes of past US administrations during the Cold War, which apply as well to Israel.’...
A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm
Following is a report prepared by The U.S. Institute for Advanced Strategic and Political Studies’ "Study Group on a New Israeli Strategy Toward 2000." The main substantive ideas in this paper emerge from a discussion in which prominent opinion makers, including Richard Perle, James Colbert, Charles Fairbanks, Jr., Douglas Feith, Robert Loewenberg, David Wurmser, and Meyrav Wurmser participated. The report, entitled "A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm," is the framework for a series of follow-up reports on strategy.

[The U.S.] "supplied arms in the fifties to Christians in Lebanon in the framework of the use of religious and ethnic minorities in the fight against communism."
CIA director William Colby, testimony to Senate Subcommittee on Refugees, July, 1976

Israel's Sacred Terrorism
A study based on Moshe Sharett's Personal Diary, and other documents
written by Livia Rokach
The personal diary of Moshe Sharett sheds light by amply documenting the rationale and mechanics of lsrael's "Arab policy" in the late 1940s and the 1950s. The policy ...is one of deliberate Israeli acts of provocation, intended to generate Arab hostility and thus to create pretexts for armed action and territorial expansion. Sharett's records document this policy of "sacred terrorism" and expose the myths of Israel's "security needs" and the "Arab threat" that have been treated like self-evident truths from the creation of Israel to the present... It is becoming increasingly evident that the exceptional demographic and geographic alterations in Israeli society... have been brought about... by a drive for lebensraum....
Pinning the anti-Semitic label on critics his become the standard and easiest tactic to preempt rational discussion of public policy regarding Israel and to intimidate would-be critics.... Menachem Begin's famous remark after the Sabra and Shatila massacres, which defined criticism of Israel as "blood libel against the Jewish people," is a stark example of the trend to equate open criticism with anti-Semitism...
Western journalists, scholars sand analysts may find themselves greatly embarrassed by the following document. These commentators still insist on upholding the presumed moral commitment of the West to what they obstinately continue to mystify as Israel's security. In this sense Sharett's Diary, is potentially devastating to Zionist propaganda as the Pentagon Papers were in regard to U.S. aggression in Vietnam.[...]

Murder In Gaza
 Al Jazeera English airs exclusive footage of a series of deadly Israeli air attacks in the Gaza Strip, one of which struck as Gaza correspondent Nour Odeh was live on air.

 Document details 'US' plan to sink Hamas:
 On April 30, the Jordanian weekly newspaper Al-Majd published a story about a 16-page secret document, an "Action Plan for the Palestinian Presidency" that called for undermining and replacing the Palestinian national-unity government.

U.S. and Israel stoke civil war:
 Fatah Troops Enter Gaza With Israeli Assent: Hundreds Were Trained in Egypt Under U.S.-Backed Program to Counter Hamas

in case you missed this 'smoking gun'...
Uncivil war
Conflicts Forum, 7 January 2007
 Deputy National Security Advisor, Elliott Abrams — who Newsweek recently described as “the last neocon standing” — has had it about for some months now that the U.S. is not only not interested in dealing with Hamas, it is working to ensure its failure. In the immediate aftermath of the Hamas elections, last January, Abrams greeted a group of Palestinian businessmen in his White House office with talk of a “hard coup” against the newly-elected Hamas government — the violent overthrow of their leadership with arms supplied by the United States. While the businessmen were shocked, Abrams was adamant — the U.S. had to support Fatah with guns, ammunition and training, so that they could fight Hamas for control of the Palestinian government.

While those closest to him now concede the Abrams’ words were issued in a moment of frustration, the “hard coup” talk was hardly just talk. Over the last twelve months, the United States has supplied guns, ammunition and training to Palestinian Fatah activists to take on Hamas in the streets of Gaza and the West Bank. A large number of Fatah activists have been trained and “graduated” from two camps — one in Ramallah and one in Jericho. The supplies of rifles and ammunition, which started as a mere trickle, has now become a torrent (Haaretz reports the U.S. has designated an astounding $86.4 million for Abu Mazen’s security detail), and while the program has gone largely without notice in the American press, it is openly talked about and commented on in the Arab media — and in Israel. Thousands of rifles and bullets have been poring into Gaza and the West Bank from Egypt and Jordan, the administration’s designated allies in the program.

At first, it was thought, the resupply effort (initiated under the guise of “assist[ing] the Palestinian Authority presidency in fulfilling PA commitments under the road map to dismantle the infrastructure of terrorism and establish law and order in the West Bank and Gaza,” according to a U.S. government document) would strengthen the security forces under the command of Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas. Officials thought that the additional weapons would easily cow Hamas operatives, who would meekly surrender the offices they had only recently so dearly won. That has not only not happened, but the program is under attack throughout the Arab world — particularly among America’s closest allies.

While both Egypt and Jordan have shipped arms to Abu Mazen under the Abrams program (Egypt recently sent 1,900 rifles into Gaza and the West Bank, nearly matching the 3000 rifles sent by the Jordanians), neither Jordan’s King Abdullah nor Egypt’s Hosni Mubarak believe the program will work — and both are now maneuvering to find a way out of it. “Who can blame them?” an administration official told us recently. “While Mubarak has no love for Hamas, they do not want to be seen as bringing them down. The same can be said for Jordan.” A Pentagon official was even more adamant, cataloguing official Washington’s nearly open disdain for Abrams’ program. “This is not going to work and everyone knows it won’t work. It is too clever. We’re just not very good at this. This is typical Abrams stuff.” This official went on to note that “it is unlikely that either Jordan or Egypt will place their future in the hands of the White House. Who the hell outside of Washington wants to see a civil war among Palestinians? Do we really think that the Jordanians think that’s a good idea. The minute it gets underway, Abdullah is finished. Hell, fifty percent of his country is Palestinian.”

Senior U.S. Army officers and high level civilian Pentagon officials have been the most outspoken internal administration critics of the program, which was unknown to them until mid-August, near the end of Israel’s war against Hezbollah. When Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld learned about it he was enraged, and scheduled a meeting with President Bush in an attempt to convince him the program would backfire. Rumsfeld was concerned that the anti-Hamas program would radicalise Muslim groups among American allies and eventually endanger U.S. troops fighting Sunni extremists in Iraq. According to our reports, Rumsfeld was told by Bush that he should keep his focus on Iraq, and that “the Palestinian brief” was in the hands of the Secretary of State. After this confrontation, Rumsfeld decided there was not much he could do.

The Abrams program was initially conceived in February of 2006 by a group of White House officials who wanted to shape a coherent and tough response to the Hamas electoral victory of January. These officials, we are told, were led by Abrams, but included national security advisors working in the Office of the Vice President, including prominent neo-conservatives David Wurmser and John Hannah. The policy was approved by Condoleezza Rice. The President then, we are told, signed off on the program in a CIA “finding” and designated that its implementation be put under the control of Langley. But the program ran into problems almost from the beginning. “The CIA didn’t like it and didn’t think it would work,” we were told in October. “The Pentagon hated it, the US embassy in Israel hated it, and even the Israelis hated it.” A prominent American military official serving in Israel called the program “stupid” and “counter-productive.” The program went forward despite these criticisms, however, though responsibility for its implementation was slowly put in the hands of anti-terrorism officials working closely with the State Department. The CIA “wriggled out of” retaining responsibility for implementing the Abrams plan, we have been told. Since at least August, Rice, Abrams and U.S. envoy David Welch have been its primary advocates and the program has been subsumed as a “part of the State Department’s Middle East initiative.” U.S. government officials refused to comment on a report that the program is now a part of the State Department’s “Middle East Partnership Initiative,” established to promote democracy in the region. If it is, diverting appropriated funds from the program for the purchase of weapons may be a violation of Congressional intent — and U.S. law.

The recipients of U.S. largesse have been Palestinian President Abu Mazen and Mohammad Dahlan, a controversial and charismatic Palestinian political leader from Gaza. The U.S. has also relied on advice from Mohammad Rashid, a well-known Kurdish/Palestinian financier with offices in Cairo. Even in Israel, the alliance of the U.S. with these two figures is greeted with almost open derision. While Prime Minister Ehud Olmert has hesitantly supported the program, many of his key advisors have made it clear that they want to have nothing to do with starting a Palestinian civil war. They also doubt whether Hamas can be weakened. These officials point out that, since the beginning of the program, Hamas has actually gained in strength, in part because its leaders are considered competent, transparent, uncorrupt and unwilling to compromise their ideals — just the kinds of democratically elected leaders that the Bush Administration would want to support anywhere else in the Middle East.

Of course, in public, Secretary Rice appears contrite and concerned with “the growing lawlessness” among Palestinians, while failing to mention that such lawlessness is exactly what the Abrams plan was designed to create. “You can’t build security forces overnight to deal with the kind of lawlessness that is there in Gaza which largely derives from an inability to govern,” she said during a recent trip to Israel. “Their [the Hamas-led Palestinian Authority] inability to govern, of course, comes from their unwillingness to meet international standards.” Even Middle East experts and State Department officials close to Rice consider her comments about Palestinian violence dangerous, and have warned her that if the details of the U.S. program become public her reputation could be stained. In fact, Pentagon officials concede, Hamas’s inability to provide security to its own people and the clashes that have recently erupted have been seeded by the Abrams plan. Israeli officials know this, and have begun to rebel. In Israel, at least, Rice’s view that Hamas can be unseated is now regularly, and sometimes publicly, dismissed.

According to a December 25 article in the Israeli daily Haaretz, senior Israeli intelligence officials have told Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert that not only can Hamas not be replaced, but that its rival, Fatah, is disintegrating. Any hope for the success of an American program aimed at replacing Hamas, these officials argued, will fail. These Israeli intelligence officials also dismissed Palestinian President Abu Mazen’s call for elections to replace Hamas — saying that such elections would all but destroy Fatah. As Haaretz reported: “Shin Bet chief Yuval Diskin told the cabinet Sunday [December 24] that should elections be held in the Palestinian Authority, Fatah’s chances of winning would be close to zero. Diskin said during Sunday’s weekly cabinet meeting that the Fatah faction is in bad shape, and therefore Israel should expect Hamas to register a sweeping victory.”

Apparently Jordan’s King Abdullah agrees. On the day this article appeared, December 25, Abdullah kept Palestinian President Abu Mazen waiting for six hours to see him in Amman. Eventually, Abdullah told Abu Mazen that he should go home — and only come to see him again when accompanied by Hamas leader and Palestinian Prime Minister, Ismail Haniyeh. Most recently, Saudi officials have welcomed Haniyeh to Saudi Arabia for talks, having apparently made public their own views on the American program to replace Hamas. And so it is: one year after the election of Hamas, and one year after Elliot Abrams determined that sowing the seeds of civil war among a people already under occupation would somehow advance America’s program for democracy in the Middle East, respect for America’s democratic ideals has all but collapsed — and not just in Iraq.

Israel attacks in Gaza amid [SIC] factional violence
GAZA, May 16 (Reuters) - At least 25 Palestinians were killed on Wednesday as President Mahmoud Abbas's secular Fatah faction and Hamas battled for control of Gaza and Israel launched a deadly round of air strikes against the Islamists.
Palestinian officials said the widening hostilities could bring down a two-month-old unity government formed between Hamas and Fatah. Some Palestinians see this leading to all-out civil war and the end of the Palestinian Authority.
Israel's biggest air strike razed a building used by Hamas's Executive Force in the south Gaza town of Rafah, killing four militants. Israel said the attack was not connected to internal clashes that have killed at least 44 people since Friday.
A later air strike in northern Gaza killed another Hamas militant and wounded two other Palestinians, residents said.
Israel... wants Fatah to deal a blow to Hamas, the party of Prime Minister Ismail Haniyeh; it agreed to let 450 Fatah troops into Gaza from Egypt on Tuesday.But overt Israeli assistance for Fatah could backfire if Hamas is able to paint Abbas as an ally of the Jewish state, which many Palestinians see as their real enemy. Pro-Hamas media have already begun accusing Abbas of lining up with Israel.

Israel is ready to help Palestinian Authority Chairman Mahmoud Abbas as his Fatah faction battles Hamas in Gaza, Vice Premier Shimon Peres said on Wednesday.

U.S. lauds Israeli restraint:
 The United States praised Israel on Thursday for showing "great restraint" in the face of new rocket attacks from the Palestinian group Hamas but added that Israel also has a right to defend itself.
Israeli Occupation Force vows to operate till Hamas surrenders:
 "We'll shoot till they say 'stop'!" a defense establishment source told Ynet on Thursday after IOF activity in the Gaza Strip was expanded. http://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-3401605,00.html

Israeli Poll: U.S. Should Strike Iran:
 The survey commissioned by Bar-Ilan University's BESA Center and the Anti-Defamation League, also found that 59 percent of Israelis still believe war in Iraq was justified, 36 percent think it was not. http://www.newsmax.com/archives/ic/2007/5/18/114939.shtml?s=os

Ask Pope Benedict: When Does Genocide Purify?
Adam Jones
This time around, Ratzinger/Benedict's bile was directed not at liberation theology, but squarely at the historical memory of the serial genocides -- probably the most destructive in human history -- inflicted upon the indigenous peoples of the Americas. On the last day of his visit, in the city of Aparecida, the Pope "touch[ed] on a sensitive historical episode," in the blandly understated language of an Associated Press dispatch (May 13). In other words, he ripped the bandages off a still-suppurating wound. According to the official text of Benedict's comments on the Vatican website, the Pope declared that "the nations of Latin America and the Caribbean" were "silently longing" to receive Christ as their savior. He was "the unknown God whom their ancestors were seeking, without realizing it ..." Colonization by Spain and Portugal was not a conquest, but rather an "adoption" of the Indians through baptism, making their cultures "fruitful" and "purifying" them. Accordingly, "the proclamation of Jesus and of his Gospel did not at any point involve an alienation of the pre-Columbian cultures, nor was it the imposition of a foreign culture."

So there we have it. The invasion and conquest of the Americas, which caused the deaths of upwards of 90 percent of the indigenous population, was something the Indians had been pining for all along. They weren't just "asking for it," as sexist cranks depict women as complicit in their own rapes. They were actually "longing" for it, since salvation and "purification" came with it. Actually, genocide came with it... http://www.counterpunch.org/jones05182007.html

Tribal Indians condemn pope :
 Indian leaders in Brazil have reacted angrily to comments by Pope Benedict that they had been purified by the Roman Catholic church since Columbus landed in the Americas in 1492. http://snipurl.com/1kqiy

Venezuela: Think Guatemala 1954
 The parallels between Guatemala in 1954 and present day Venezuela are uncomfortably close, which is cause enough for concern that the U.S. government and its compliant media have predictably taken sides. http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17704.htm

Washington's New Imperial Strategy In Venezuela
 By Chris Carlson
 Washington has now perfected a new imperial strategy to maintain their supremacy around the globe. Whereas military invasions and installing dictatorships have traditionally been the way to control foreign populations and keep them out of the way of business, the U.S. government has now developed a new strategy that is not so messy or brutal, and much more sleek; so sleek, in fact, that it's almost invisible.

US firms 'pay Colombia militias':
 A paramilitary commander has accused US companies which buy Colombia's bananas of financing illegal right-wing militias that have killed thousands of people in more than a decade. http://snipurl.com/1l3pd

The Godfather of Colombia Uribe and the Para Scandal
Dr. W. John Green
...how much longer will the United States continue to play enabler to Colombia's paramilitary habits? Let's speak plain: Uribe is no to-the-core democrat; rather, he is a cynical pragmatist who says he is bending plow but somehow ends up with more swords. But that's good enough to feed the eagerness of the State Department ...
Uribe inherited 'Plan Colombia,' the multi-billion dollar U.S. aid package conceptualized by Pastrana during the final years of the Clinton administration that have been expanded and heavily militarized under President Bush. Though initially sold as an anti-narcotics strategy, much of the training and hardware it provides actually has gone largely to the Colombian army's struggle with the FARC, and its economic base which is found in the coca producing regions. While the army's close ties to the paramilitary units are universally recognized and even condemned, in practice this has somewhat declined (it is believed that more than half of the army's brigades still have paramilitary ties). Over the last two decades, most of the untoward aspects of Colombia's dirty war have been outsourced to the paras.... Now called 'civilian auxiliaries,' they may wear new uniforms, but they are still armed and unified as well as control territory, especially in Chocó, where they have set themselves up as the effective local authority. They continue to expropriate communally held land from centuries-old Afro-Colombian communities. Para land clearing and population displacement are also connected to the drug trade, the mass commercialization of African palm cultivation, cattle ranching, and to new and proposed mega-economic projects....
In late March, news broke of payments made by senior executives of Chiquita Brands International to paramilitary groups who had fielded death squads. Finally, in April, opposition Senator Gustavo Petro came out with the explosive allegation that paramilitary death squads had used President Uribe's own ranch as a staging area for their activities in the late 1980s, when Uribe was a Senator....
This is the man and cause who Bush and Uribe's supporters in the Senate hope to dispatch hundreds of millions of dollars in additional funds to, and who his detractors, hope to reveal as a fraud and a mountebank when it comes to upholding democratic values.[...]

imperialist proxies and "civil war" in Africa
Darfur: The Hourglass of Blood
 By Ramzy Baroud
 When regional control, political interests and economic booty are all at stake, human lives, especially those of these least importance - peasants, nomads and defenceless innocents with little clout - become a pawn in the hands of those who wish for conflict to perpetuate.

Chad Now Awash in Blood, Alongside Darfur: U.S. Maestro of Chaos
by BAR Executive Editor Glen Ford
http://www.blackagendareport.com> .

"The escalating reverse flow of refugees from Chad to Darfur shows the U.S. is a maestro of chaos."

Thousands of refugees are doing the unthinkable: fleeing into the cauldron of death that is Darfur, Western Sudan, from neighboring Chad. The scenario seems so counterintuitive as to make the head swim - unless one understands the continent-wide scope of U.S. military penetration of the region and, most importantly, that the bedrock America strategy in Africa is the creation of chaos...

Chad's government is a virtual military appendage of the United States, a proud "success story" in the wholesale American penetration of the armed forces of nations across Africa's northern Sahel region. A March 22 report from the IRIN news service, an organ of the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs, reveals another side of the story:

"An estimated 20,000 Chadians have sought refuge in West Darfur since 2005."

"Thousands of people fleeing conflict in Chad have sought refuge in Sudan's western region of Darfur despite the humanitarian crisis there, the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) said on Thursday [March 22]," said the IRIN dispatch. It continued:

"An estimated 20,000 Chadians have sought refuge in West Darfur since 2005, while 16,000 had opted to remain close to the border to access their land. ‘These people are fleeing the conflict in their country to camps in West Darfur where there is food and security,' said Annette Rehrl, UNHCR spokeswoman in Sudan....

"Civilians in Chad have suffered from persistent attacks by armed militias in the east of the country, along the volatile border with Darfur, since 2005. Last year, fighting between government and rebel forces escalated after high-ranking military officers joined rebel forces following President Idriss Deby's decision to amend the Chadian constitution to run for a third term. The unrest has displaced about 120,000 people inside Chad."

The power-play by Chad President Deby, whose minority ethnic-based government in N'Djamena was favored by Washington and American commanders on the ground, plunged the nation into chaos - precisely as intended. With much of his officer corps in rebellion, President Deby is now even more dependent for political and physical survival on the American military, which is embedded at every level of the Chadian armed forces. Such was the desired result of the American military's "general-to-general," "colonel-to-colonel" relationship to militaries all along the swath of Africa that stretches from Djibouti and Somalia on the Red Sea and the Indian Ocean, to Mauritania on the Atlantic Ocean coast.

It is significant that the destabilization of Chad is dated to have begun in 2005. On July 26, 2005, the Washington Post reported:

"The Pentagon plans to train thousands of African troops in battalions equipped for extended desert and border operations and to link the militaries of different countries with secure satellite communications. The initiative, with proposed funding of $500 million over seven years, covers Algeria, Chad, Mali, Mauritania, Niger, Senegal, Nigeria, Morocco and Tunisia - with the U.S. military eager to add Libya if relations improve."

Remember that refugee flight in Chad began in 2005, at the onset of the U.S.-Chad military relationship, and the acute Chad refugee crisis has come about since the U.S.-backed Deby regime cut the other generals out of the power continuum.... it was the U.S intention, once its "general-to-general," "colonel-to-colonel" and "wallet-to-wallet" military tentacles had sunk deeply enough, to destabilize the Chadian state. By creating the circumstances for chaos on Chad's eastern border with Darfur, the U.S. seeks to declare an international crisis that will enable it to intervene directly in Sudanese and Chadian territory under the guise of a transnational "humanitarian" mission.


The U.S. creates chaos in order to pose as "liberator" and savior. In the process, it creates "failed states" in order to erase restrictions on its own field of operations. This subversive strategy has advanced to the point that the continent now rates its own Africa Command, AFRICOM (See Bruce Dixon, BAR, February 28, 2007, "Africa - Where the Next US Oil Wars Will Be.")

But first, many thousands must die as an excuse for extra-territorial action: thus, the necessity for a refugee crisis in Chad. The now wholly U.S.-dependent government in N'Djamena has predictably come under intense pressure to endorse a U.S. dominated transborder "solution" to the Darfur cataclysm - as no less than the Voice of America reported on March 20:

"A U.S. State Department official says the United States is pressing Chad to accept a U.N. peacekeeping force to help secure regional stability. The official told Congress the violence in the neighboring Darfur region of Sudan has spread across the border into Chad," said the VOA, an organ of the U.S. government.

The "State Department official" is Deputy Assistant Secretary of State For African Affairs James Swann, who told a Senate committee:
"Our primary focus at this point is in supporting a robust U.N. peacekeeping operation for Chad and Central African Republic...

An African ‘Coalition of the Willing'

The Central African Republic (CAR) is the the French neo-colony bordering Chad and Sudan that served as a temporary prison for Haitian President Jean-Bertrand Aristide after his overthrow and kidnapping by the Americans, in 2004 - a perfect African satrap for Amer-Euro imperialism. Naturally, the CAR is eager to please, but Chad's president is a problem, apparently not yet aware that he is hopelessly ensnared in the spider's web, since he owes his very limited powers to the U.S. Africa Command.

"We were disappointed by the Chadian government's recent indications of concern over the military component of the proposed mission, and, specifically, the deployment of an advanced mission," said Swann, the State Department's man on Africa. "We are continuing to engage President [Idriss] Deby to convince him to accept a military force as part of this package."

"The U.S. demands that Chad relinquich what is left of its national sovereignty to de-facto U.S. military rule under the guise of a United Nations mission."

In other words, the U.S. demands that Chad relinquish what is left of its national sovereignty to accept de-facto U.S. military rule under the guise of a United Nations mission. Cleverly, with full understanding that neither the UN nor the European Union can field a significant force in Africa without the logistical resources of the U.S. Africa Command, the Americans volunteer the "heavy equipment" that they have for years refused to provide to African Union peacekeepers in Darfur. The Voice of America report, continues:
"Swan said, if the international community finds it difficult to contribute large numbers of troops to such a mission, the United States would support a smaller force, backed by heavy equipment. ‘We recognize that, with already 100,000 international peacekeeping troops currently deployed worldwide, that force generation for the Chad-CAR mission is going to be a challenge,' said Swan."

It is a challenge that the U.S. Africa Command will meet with billions of dollars of imperial military investment - and the collateral loss of countless African lives - in the years to come.

Having infiltrated and subverted the national government of Chad through its "general-to-general" military missions, the United States now treats the country as a "failed state" whose national boundaries and sovereignty must be sacrificed - for Chad's own and the region's greater good. Once-imperial France has donated its military-ruled puppet, the Central African Republic (CAR) as a frontline state in the U.S.-led African "Coalition of the Willing."

Ethiopia is already on board, a lowly proxy that deludes itself into thinking its invasion of Somalia enhances its regional power and domestic stability, when in fact the dictator in Addis Ababa is caught as snugly as Chad president Deby in the U.S. spider's imperial web. Kenya, with its large Muslim population, risks setting itself on fire through an alliance with the Americans' bogus "war on terror" on the continent - which is in reality a war on all semblance of national sovereignty in Africa and on the planet.

"Kenya, with its large Muslim population, risks setting itself on fire through an alliance with the Americans' bogus 'war on terror' on the continent."

Uganda's President Yoweri Museveni, a charter member of the U.S. imperial club, volunteers troops for whatever inter-African venture the U.S. proposes - most recently for helping the Ethiopians occupy Somalia - despite the fact that he was not even able to defeat the rag-tag, deluded children-troops of the Lord's Resistance Army on his own territory. The warlord Museveni only makes war for profit. He committed the bulk of his army to looting the Democratic Republic of Congo (DAR) as part of the U.S.-engineered "African chaos" strategy that led to the death of four million people. His ally in Congo plunder, the Tutsi Rwandan regime, has pledged allegiance to any and all U.S. ventures, as long as the money flows.

Africa no longer requires white mercenaries for the success of imperial conquest. There are plenty of Black generals (and colonels and sergeants) standing in line, hoping for a payday and an offshore bank account. What IS required, from Washington's standpoint, is that the rapid spread of "war on terror" imperialism be viewed by Americans - especially Black Americans - as a benign intervention to save Africans from themselves. The reality is that premeditated chaos is central to U.S. strategy. That's why tens of thousands are running away from Chad, a now-non-state hopelessly entrapped in the American madhouse - a theater of mass carnage in which we are demanded to cheer for the cowboy who set the stage for holocaust.

BAR Executive Editor Glen Ford can be contacted at Glen.Ford (@) BlackAgendaReport.com.

oppressed and exploited peoples, and all who resist the U.S. juggernaut, are considered enemies of the state
The history of amerika is the history of the dehumanization, terror, genocide and enslavement of the Black nation and all other oppressed and exploited peoples who created the wealth on which this predatory white supremacist empire has been built and created cultures that it fears, despised and destroys.

"The Negro youth and moderate[s] must be made to understand that if they succumb to revolutionary teachings, they will be dead
J. Edgar Hoover,FBI Chief, re: COINTELPRO against the Black Panther Party

APRIL 23 (under authority of the order of April 14), 1976

Walter Fields, publisher The Northstar Network
Anyone who feels sickened by the behaviour of the mob in Falluja should pay a visit to the Martin Luther King Jr centre in Atlanta and see some of the thousands of photos taken of good ol' boys standing, smiling and, sometimes, picnicking with their wives and families, alongside corpses of black men and women they had lynched.
Jonathan Fanning, London

To Be Black In America: An Unflinching Necessity
“Beyond mere color, being Black is first and foremost a conscious political, social, and economic commitment to the struggle for the collective betterment of the descendants of the Black slavery holocaust in what has now become the United States of America, in conjunction with other people of color and humanity as a whole.”
—Larry Pinkney

We are well into the 21st century and it continues to be absolutely essential to be Black in America. Beyond mere color, being Black is first and foremost a conscious political, social, and economic commitment to the struggle for the collective betterment of the descendants of the Black slavery holocaust, in what has now become the United States of America, in conjunction with other people of color and humanity as a whole.

Indeed, to be Black is not only to be physically of a certain hue, but just as importantly--to be consciously of a certain mental hue--from what some have called 'high yellow' to deep, dark, rich blue-Black. Blackness is, in fact, not only a rainbow of color but also a rainbow of active consciousness and commitment. To be Black is to be socially and politically conscious, as the late and incomparable artist-activist, lyricist, and singer Curtis Mayfield poignantly stated it in his powerful song entitled, "We People Who Are Darker Than Blue"..."Now I know we have great respect./For the sister and mother it's even better yet./But there's the joker in the street/loving one brother and killing the other./When the time comes and we are really free/there'll be no brothers left you see..." In other words, Blackness in its truest sense means consciousness, and more to the point, an active consciousness. Thus the term 'Black consciousness.'

In 21st century America, other than perception, very little of real substance has changed for the better in the daily lives of the vast majority of Black people and other people of color. In fact, Black people are incarcerated at a higher rate than ever before in US history, and far too many of the hard-won gains of the so-called "civil rights movement" have been eroded, outright reversed, or otherwise nullified, for the majority of Black men, women, and children in America. Moreover, Black youth in particular are under sustained intense social, economic, and cultural assault on virtually every level of American society. The reality of Black life in America--has been insidiously and deliberately replaced in the US media and institutions--by illusion, which in fact has little or nothing to do with the increasingly deplorable conditions in, of, and under which the masses of Black people really exist today in America. To paraphrase the words of Malcolm X, "Wrong has become right and bad has become good..." Today, it is illusion that is touted as if it is reality, while reality itself is expeditiously discarded.

To be Black means a conscious recognition of reality for what it really is, so that it can forthrightly be addressed, not dooming ourselves and our posterity to ultimate oblivion and historical ignominy by playing go-along-to-get-along ostriches. Being consciously Black means choosing reality over illusion. One of the most potent mainstays of racist oppression in America, is deluding ourselves to succumb to illusion. For example, as in the case of the US Presidential aspirations of Barack Obama...

Black, Red, and Brown peoples--both young and old alike--in America, perhaps more than any other group of people in this nation, collectively know the utter horror and enormous pain of having violence constantly thrust upon us and our loved ones; and so it is that we sense the recent tragic and terrible events on the campus of Virginia Tech. Not surprisingly, however, conscious Black people are also painfully aware of the almost total absence on the part the US so-called news media in drawing the connections between the horrific tragedy at Virginia Tech, the proliferation and increasing accessibility to guns inside the US, and America's own role in perpetrating and perpetuating the daily violent horrors experienced by the people of Iraq, Haiti, Palestine, and so many other places on this planet.

To be Black in this context is to be conscious, and conscious people, regardless of color, know that the only effective way to address the terrible ruthlessness acted-out, within the borders of this nation, is simultaneously to address and stop the bloody carnage being inflicted by America upon the rest of the world. Again it must be said:

To be Black demands active consciousness and rejects lethargy.

To be Black in America is not a burden; it is a wondrous and unflinching necessity.

Larry Pinkney is a veteran of the Black Panther Party, the former Minister of Interior of the Republic of New Africa, a former political prisoner and the only American to have successfully self-authored his civil/political rights case to the United Nations under the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. Click here to contact Mr. Pinkney. Reprinted with permission from The Black Commentator.

Mumia Abu-Jamal's Radio Broadcasts
Mumia Abu-Jamal is an award-winning journalist who chronicles the human condition. He has been a resident of Pennsylvania’s death row for twenty-five years. Writing from his solitary confinement cell his essays have reached a worldwide audience. His books "Live From Death Row", "Death Blossoms", "All Things Censored", “Faith of Our Fathers” and the recently released “We Want Freedom” have sold over 150,000 copies and been translated into nine languages.

U.S. Racist Genocide Intensifies in New Orleans: "Like 911 But Add Water"
by liz burbank
A renaissance of Black resistance and leadership, historically the leading edge of revolution is what the postmodern slavemasters fear most in the racist "homeland".

Katrina was no accident, no surprise, no act of 'mother nature', the 'gods' , or bureaucratic incompetence. The human and environmental and impact on New Orleans of a hurricane of this magnitude had been scientifically calculated. Rescue and recovery were deliberately withheld, working class Black people militarily imprisoned, forcibly dispersed and murdered by the armed state.

This intensification of America's historical genocide, a crime of U.S. imperialist state terrorism, is a premeditated physical and psychological attack on the Black Nation to destroy its strength, pride, cultural cohesion and resistance to capitalist white supremacy's fascist global juggernaut.

Central to the U.S. strategy for global domination, Katrina and the brutal aftermath was engineered to serve this fascist agenda in two interrelated ways: uprooting, dispersing and weakening the Black Nation, while simultaneously inflaming racist support for the consolidation of a fascist mode of state capitalism under the guise of "rescue, relief and recovery” from a "major casualty-producing event" the state declared a “natural disaster.” [...]
full article at http://lizburbankdigest.blogspot.com/2006/03/racist-genocide-in-new-orle... also at http://www.burbankdigest.com/]

Corrections Population Hits 6.6M Nearly Half are Black

DNA in Murders Frees Inmate After 19 Years
ELIZABETH, N.J., May 15 — A man who served 19 years in prison for the sadistic murders of his companion’s two children walked out of the Union County Courthouse flanked by his family members after a judge vacated his convictions on Tuesday. Mr. Halsey, who was handcuffed, sat crying silently during the brief proceeding in Union County Superior Court before Judge Stuart L. Peim. Asked about his emotional state, he smiled and said, “I don’t want to get in more trouble.” He added, What was done to me was criminal at best.”
Barry Scheck, co-director of the Innocence Project, the Manhattan legal clinic [note: that has saved the lives of hundreds of wrongly convicted innocent people] revived the case. http://www.nytimes.com/2007/05/16/nyregion/16dna.html?th&emc=th

The American Empire: Conquest Through NAFTA
by XicanoPwr
Between 1918 and 1939 - the US had developed and approved as official national policy three major war plans: a War Plan ORANGE against Japan, War Plan GREEN against Mexico, and a War Plan RED against Canada.
The plan for invading Mexico shows the US attitude towards Mexico with a focus on their oil. The plan states:
"The oil fields of Tampico and Tuxpan are important not only to the commerce of the United States and of the world, but to that of Mexico... The fields are largely owned by American and British interests and are susceptible to great damage by the Mexicans. It is therefore important to seize these fields at once..."...

Mexico has entered into a trade agreement, but a conquest does not have to be accomplished through conventional warfare. Three years before NAFTA took effect, José Luis Calva of the National University of Mexico, predicted:
"If the governments and legislatures of the three countries agree to liberalize trade in agricultural goods, U.S. citizens should be prepared to receive some 15 million Mexican migrants. The Border Patrol will be unable to detain them, and even a new iron curtain, rising on the border at a moment when the Cold War has given way to economic warfare among nations, will buckle under the weight of millions of Mexicans thrown off their lands by free trade."

The essence of the American empire is not territorial control but wresting of economic control from another country and dominating that nation economically. How long will this "peaceful conquest" of Mexico continue to go unnoticed?

Immigration: A Nation of Colonists and Race Laws
by Juan Santos
The original Europeans in what is now the US were not immigrants, but colonists. And the US is not a nation of immigrants -- it is a white colonial settler state, like South Africa under Apartheid, the former Rhodesia, Australia and Israel. Like those states the US has always operated on a sometimes hidden, sometimes overt system of Apartheid....We understand “illegal” perfectly well. Conquest of territory in wars of aggression is illegal under international law. The US occupation of most Native land and all of the occupied sections of Mexico is illegal. The presence of the conquering people, the usurpation of the land itself is illegal. The colonists themselves are illegal aliens. ... It’s about race law and white privilege.

Deal may legalize millions of immigrants
Sealed after months of secretive bargaining, the deal mandates bolstered border security and a high-tech employment verification system to prevent illegal workers from getting jobs... The proposal constitutes a far-reaching change in the immigration system that would admit future arrivals seeking to put down roots in the U.S. based on their skills, education levels and job experience, limiting the importance of family ties.... the proposed plan would shift from an immigration system primarily weighted toward family ties toward one with preferences for people with advanced degrees and sophisticated skills. A new class of guest workers would be allowed in temporarily, but only after the new security measures were in place - expected to take 18 months.
The proposed agreement would allow illegal immigrants to come forward and obtain a "Z visa" and - after paying fees and a $5,000 fine - ultimately get on track for permanent residency, which could take between eight and 13 years. Heads of households would have to return to their home countries first.
They could come forward right away to claim a probationary card that would let them live and work legally in the U.S., but could not begin the path to permanent residency or citizenship until border security improvements and the high-tech worker identification program were completed.
A new crop of low-skilled guest workers would have to return home after stints of two years. They could renew their visas twice, but would be required to leave for a year in between each time. If they wanted to stay in the U.S. permanently, they would have to apply under the point system for a limited pool of green cards.
The compromise brought together an unlikely [SIC] alliance of liberal Democrats such as Sen. Edward M. Kennedy of Massachusetts and conservative Republicans such as Sen. Jon Kyl of Arizona on an issue that carries heavy potential risks and rewards for all involved.
"This is a bill where people who live here in our country will be treated without amnesty but without animosity," Bush said. Kennedy hailed it as "the best possible chance we will have in years to secure our borders and bring millions of people out of the shadows and into the sunshine of America." [...]

Halliburton Press Release January 24, 2006
ARLINGTON, Virginia – KBR announced today that its Government and Infrastructure division has been awarded an Indefinite Delivery/Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) contract to support the Department of Homeland Security’s (DHS) U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) facilities in the event of an emergency. KBR is the engineering and construction subsidiary of Halliburton (NYSE:HAL).... The contract, which is effective immediately, provides for establishing temporary detention and processing capabilities to augment existing ICE Detention and Removal Operations (DRO) Program facilities in the event of an emergency influx of immigrants into the U.S., or to support the rapid development of new programs. The contingency support contract provides for planning and, if required, initiation of specific engineering, construction and logistics support tasks to establish, operate and maintain one or more expansion facilities.
The contract may also provide migrant detention support to other U.S. Government organizations in the event of an immigration emergency, as well as the development of a plan to react to a national emergency, such as a natural disaster.

"Military men are just dumb stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy"
Henry Kissinger

[SARIN] Gas May [SIC] Have Harmed Troops, Scientists Say
More than 100,000 American troops in the Persian Gulf war
of 1991 were exposed to low levels of sarin nerve gas.

Vet Prosecuted for Opposing Recruitment in Library:
 "My husband is a Gulf War Veteran. He can tell you the TRUTH." "To the military, you are cannon fodder."

White House opposes military pay raise:
 The White House has come out in opposition to a proposal by Congress to raise military pay by 3.5 percent, according to a report by Army Times.
U.S. Military Personnel Use Of Food Stamps Increase:
 Across the commissary system, food-stamp redemptions were up by about $2.3 million, to $26.2 million in fiscal 2006 compared to 2005.

Dems drop Iraq timetable, but White House rejects deal :
 They pledged to give Bush authority to waive compliance with a timetable to pull combat troops out of Iraq. But no agreement emerged.

Clinton Won't Commit on Iraq Deadline:
 Sen. Hillary Rodham Clinton voted Wednesday to advance legislation cutting off money for the Iraq war, then refused to pledge to support the measure if it came to a vote, then said she would.

The Kennedy myth rises again
By John Pilger
In his latest column for the New Statesman, John Pilger recalls the night Robert Kennedy was shot in his presence and the myths that followed his untimely death. Having elevated Kennedy to be one of his heroes, Prime Minister-in-waiting Gordon Brown describes him as the pinnacle of "morality" - when this myth really tells us about Brown himself and his political twin, Tony Blair.
The same missionary testament, of "faith" in America's myths and power, has been spoken by every presidential candidate in memory, more so by Democrats, who start more wars than Republicans. The assassinated Kennedys exemplified this. John F Kennedy referred incessantly to "America's mission in the world" even while affirming it with a secret invasion of Vietnam that caused the deaths of more than two million people. Robert Kennedy had made his name as a ruthless counsel for Senator Joe McCarthy on his witch-hunting committee investigating "un-American activities". The younger Kennedy so admired the infamous McCarthy that he went out of his way to attend his funeral. As attorney general, he backed his brother's atrocious war and when John F Kennedy was assassinated, he used his name to win election as a junior senator for New York.

Democrats Agree on a $2.9 Trillion Budget
The agreement between House and Senate Democratic leaders
envisions a return to budget surpluses by 2012 and assumes
that some tax cuts will be allowed to expire.

Democrat Controlled House Passes Joint U.S -Israel BMDS
 The Democratic-controlled House passed its version of the fiscal 2008 defense authorization legislation May 17, including a last-minute provision pushed by conservative Republicans to further integrate the U.S. ballistic missile defense system (BMDS) with Israel.

Legislators reject bills about Iran : Democrats sought approval over war.
The House rejected two measures yesterday that would have required President George W. Bush to seek congressional approval before attacking Iran....
The votes were primarily symbolic; Bush has not said he is planning to invade Iran. But because of missteps made in assessing pre-war intelligence on Iraq, many Democrats said the legislation was necessary. "If it were any president, I don’t think we’d have to worry about this," said Rep. Patrick Kennedy, D-R.I.
A similar proposal on Iran initially was included in this year’s war spending bill drafted by the House. But Speaker Nancy Pelosi, D-Calif., agreed to remove the requirement after several Democrats said they were worried about Tehran’s nuclear ambitions.
Those concerns were expressed again yesterday by both Republicans and some Democrats who said the proposals would tie the president’s hands and leave Israel and the United States vulnerable....

 U.S. Christians trained in Israel advocacy:
 On college campuses across the United States, Christian students are asking to join efforts to "make the case for Israel" alongside their Jewish counterparts, and this week their requests will begin to materialize. http://snipurl.com/1ko5s

U.S. oil financier pardoned by Clinton
By Ben Winograd
JERUSALEM – An Israeli university awarded an honorary doctorate Tuesday to billionaire Marc Rich, who left the U.S. for Switzerland after he was charged with tax evasion and illegal oil trading with Iran.... was pardoned of all criminal charges on his last day in office in 2001 by President Clinton... Bar-Ilan University, located outside Tel Aviv, conferred the degree in recognition of the financier's contributions to Israel and the university's research programs, it said in a statement.
The university also cited Rich's financial aid in helping Israel resettle immigrants from Yemen, Ethiopia and the former Soviet Union. Rich, 72, made his fortune as a commodities trader and is widely credited with developing the crude oil “spot market.” In February, Forbes magazine listed his worth at $1.5 billion.

U.S. crisis deepened with challenge to its domination WB, key organ of U.S. global hegemony
Wolfowitz crisis challenges U.S. leadership [i.e. DOMINATION]
 The likely ouster of Paul Wolfowitz as World Bank president, in another rift between the United States and its European allies, poses an unprecedented challenge to U.S leadership of the global financial system
terms not yet divulged...
Paul Wolfowitz to Resign as President of the World Bank as of June 30, Bank Official Says
May 17, 2007 http://www.nytimes.com/
Angry Wolfowitz Threats in four-letter tirade:
 An angry and bitter Paul Wolfowitz poured abuse and threatened retaliations on senior World Bank staff if his orders for pay rises and promotions for his partner were revealed, according to new details published last night.

War Pimp Perle Declares Bush/State Dept. Impotent
The Bush administration is beginning to appease rather than confront America's enemies, a former chairman of the Defense Policy Board and leading neoconservative thinker said yesterday, describing the president as "a failure" who is proving powerless to impose his views on his administration.
Richard Perle offered a withering assessment of the president's impotence at a meeting of the Hudson Institute in New York, saying American foreign policy is being applied by an out-of-control State Department.
The State Department is "institutionally disposed to settle problems through compromise, to settle rather than to fight," Mr. Perle said. This is dangerous because many enemies of America remain who are prepared to continue fighting when offered a settlement.
Mr. Perle's assessment is recognized by an expert on defense policy at the American Enterprise Institute, Thomas Donnelly, who said Mr. Bush is routinely frustrated by "establishment" thinking within Washington and that the failure to respond to the president's more radical thinking has harmed American policy in Iraq....
But the characterization of a divided administration frustrating the president's wishes is inaccurate, according the director of the foreign policy program at the New America Foundation, Steven Clemons, who said he thinks Mr. Bush is allowing Vice President Cheney and Secretary of State Rice to play good cop, bad cop with the Iranians....

'Bush may strike Iran near end of term':
 While arguing that economic sanctions against Teheran still have a chance of bearing fruit, a top strategic expert predicted on Tuesday that the Bush administration could conduct a military strike against Iran's nuclear facilities toward the end of its term in office. http://snipurl.com/1kvh5

Cheney Sabotages Talks with Tehran:
 Remember, it was Cheney who did everything in his power to hype the Iraq War and scuttle any possibility of a diplomatic solution prior to that conflict. Now he's doing the same with Iran. http://www.progressive.org/mag_wx051407

Harvard's Kangaroo Law School: The School for Torturers
 By Francis A. Boyle
 I am not going to bother to recite here all the grievous deficiencies of the Gitmo Kangaroo Courts under International Law and U.S. Constitutional Law. But suffice it to say that the Gitmo Kangaroo Courts constitute war crimes under the Laws of War.

Big Pharma Commits the Crime, Doesn't Do the Time:
 "Hundreds of thousands of people are languishing in jail for relatively minor drug possession or distribution crimes involving illegal drugs or, in a smaller number of cases, prescription drugs such as OxyContin. Why have the three wealthy Purdue executives, who have pleaded guilty to orchestrating this dangerous promotional campaign, escaped jail time."http://www.corporatecrimereporter.com/bigpharma051507.htm

US Health System Ranks Last Compared To Other Countries:
 By Jocelyne Zablit
 Studies ranked U.S. last in most areas, including access to health care, patient safety, timeliness of care, efficiency and equity. Americans were also last in terms of whether they had a regular physician.

Senators Want CIA to Release 9 / 11 Report
The CIA has spent more than 20 months weighing requests under the Freedom of Information Act for its internal investigation of the attacks but has yet to release any portion of it....Many of the individuals highlighted in the inspector general's report are likely to have retired. But some are believed still to be in senior government positions, making the report's findings even more sensitive at the CIA and perhaps elsewhere within the intelligence community.
The AP has reported that the two-year review of what went wrong before the suicide hijackings harshly criticized a number of the agency's most senior officials.
That includes Tenet, former clandestine service chief Jim Pavitt and former counterterrorism center head Cofer Black, according to individuals familiar with the report, who spoke in 2005 on condition they not be identified...Pavitt is now a principal with The Scowcroft Group, an international business advisory firm, and Black is vice chairman of Blackwater USA, an international security firm whose clients include the CIA and other U.S. agencies.

"NYT poll: three out of four Americans now suspect the U.S. government of not telling the truth about 9/11"
An explosion of disbelief - fresh doubts over 9/11
By SUE REID -9th February 2007

The official story of what happened on 9/11 never fails to shock. Four American airliners are hijacked by Osama Bin Laden's terrorists in an attack on the heart of the Western world on September 11, 2001....
Yet today, more than five years on, this accepted version of what happened on 9/11 is being challenged by a 90-minute internet movie made for £1,500 on a cheap laptop by three young American men. The film is so popular that up to 100 million viewers have watched what is being dubbed the first internet blockbuster.
The movie was shown on television to 50 million people in 12 countries on the fifth anniversary of 9/11 last autumn. More than 100,000 DVDs have been sold and another 50,000 have been given away. In Britain, 491,000 people have clicked on to Google Video to watch it on their computers.

Called Loose Change, the film is a blitz of statistics, photographs pinched from the web, eyewitness accounts and expert testimony...And it is dramatically changing the way people think about 9/11. [google Loose Change Website - Version 2.0]
A recent poll by the respected New York Times revealed that three out of four Americans now suspect the U.S. government of not telling the truth about 9/11. This proportion has shot up from a year ago, when half the population said they did not believe the official story of an Al Qaeda attack.

The video claims the Bush administration was, at the very least, criminally negligent in allowing the terrorist attacks to take place. It also makes the startling claim that the U.S. government might have been directly responsible for 9/11 and is now orchestrating a cover-up....
Indeed, the movie's assertions are being explored by a number of commentators in America and Britain - including the former Labour Cabinet Minister Michael Meacher - who are questioning the official account of 9/11.
Mr Meacher, who last year proposed holding a screening of Loose Change at the House of Commons (he later changed his mind), has said of 9/11: "Never in modern history has an event of such cataclysmic significance been shrouded in such mystery. Some of the key facts remain unexplained on any plausible basis."

These words were written in a foreword for Professor David Ray Griffin's bestselling book, The New Pearl Harbour...Griffin, now nearing retirement, is emeritus professor at the Claremont School of Theology in California and a respected philosopher. While Loose Change is capturing the interest of internet devotees, Professor Griffin's equally contentious theories are receiving standing ovations in book clubs across the U.S.
Together, the book and the movie have raised the question: could the attack be a carbon copy of Operation Northwoods, an aborted plan by President Kennedy to stage terror attacks in America and blame them on Communist Cuba as a pretext for a U.S. invasion to overthrow Fidel Castro?

In other words, on a fateful September morning in 2001, did America fabricate an outrage against civilians to fool the world and provide a pretext for war on Al Qaeda and Iraq?
This, and other deeply disturbing questions, are now being furiously debated on both sides of the Atlantic.

Why were no military aircraft scrambled in time to head off the attacks? Was the collapse of the Twin Towers caused by a careful use of explosives? How could a rookie pilot - as one of the terrorists [sic] was - fly a Boeing 757 aircraft so precisely into the Pentagon? And who made millions of dollars by accurately betting that shares in United and American Airlines, owners of the four doomed aircraft, were going to fall on 9/11 as they duly did? An extremely high volume of bets on the price of shares dropping were placed on these two airline companies, and only these two. In the three days prior to the catastrophe, trade in their shares went up 1,200 per cent.

Initially, like most people in America, Professor Griffin dismissed claims the attacks could have been an inside job.

It was only a year later, when he was writing a special chapter on American imperialism and 9/11 for his latest academic tome, that the professor was sent a 'timeline' on the day's events based entirely on newspaper and television accounts. It was then that he changed his mind.
And one of the most puzzling anomalies that he studied was that none of the hijacked planes was intercepted by fighter jets, even though there was plenty of time to do so and it would have been standard emergency procedure in response to a suspected terrorist attack.
Indeed, it is mandatory procedure in the U.S. if there is any suspicion of an air hijack. In the nine months before 9/11, the procedure had been implemented 67 times in America.

Readers of The New Pearl Harbour and viewers of Loose Change are reminded that it was 7.59am when American Airlines Flight 11 left Boston. Fifteen minutes later, at 8.14am, radio contact between the pilot and air traffic control stopped suddenly, providing the first indication that the plane might have been hijacked.
Flight 11 should have been immediately intercepted by fighter pilots sent up from the nearby McGuire Air Force Base in New Jersey. They could have made the journey to the World Trade Centre in three minutes.
But, surprisingly, F-15 fighter jets were instead ordered out of an airbase 180 miles away at Cape Cod. They appear to have flown so slowly - at 700mph, instead of their top speed of 1,850mph - that they did not arrive in time to stop the second attack, on the South Tower of the World Trade Centre. They were 11 minutes too late.

And this is not the only worrying question. Incredibly, the attack on the Pentagon was not prevented either. The defence headquarters was hit by the hijacked American Airlines Flight 77 at 9.38am. But fighter jets from Andrews Air Force Base, just ten miles from Washington, weren't scrambled to intercept it. Instead, jets were ordered from Langley Air Force Base in Virginia, 100 miles away. By the time they arrived, Flight 77 had already hit the Pentagon.

So what of the fall of the Twin Towers?
The official version is that the buildings collapsed because their steel columns were melted by the heat from the fuel fires of the two crashed planes.... according to the allegations of Loose Change (which are endorsed by Professor Griffin), the science does not stand up....
The President reportedly showed little reaction when an aide told him that the first plane had crashed into the Twin Towers... He, apparently, told the school's principal: "A commercial plane has hit the World Trade Centre, but we're going ahead with the reading thing anyway." Then President Bush, who is also the commander-in-chief of the American military, settled down to recite My Pet Goat to a group of seven-year-olds.... The scene had been swiftly set for the West's war on terror

The Pentagon's "Second 911"
"Another attack could create both a justification and an opportunity to retaliate against known targets"
by Michel Chossudovsky
One essential feature of "defense" in the case of a second major attack on America, is "offense", according to Homeland Security Secretary Michael Chertoff: "Homeland security is one piece of a broader strategy [which] brings the battle to the enemy."(DHS, Transcript of complete March 2005 speech of Secr. Michael Chertoff)
In the month following last year's 7/7 London bombings, Vice President Dick Cheney is reported to have instructed USSTRATCOM to draw up a contingency plan "to be employed in response to another 9/11-type terrorist attack on the United States". Implied in the contingency plan is the certainty that Iran would be behind a Second 9/11.
This "contingency plan" uses the pretext of a hypothetical "terrorist" attack "Second 9/11", which has not yet happened, to prepare for a major military operation against Iran, while pressure was also exerted on Tehran in relation to its (non-existent) nuclear weapons program.

Fake Al Qaeda Tapes
Below is a 'catalogue of terrors'...a full analysis of the history of Fake Al Qaeda, Bin Laden, al-Zwahiri & other tapes. ...

How many more times can they get away with this perpetuating lie? a number of these Al Qaeda tapes are uploaded from government websites in America.

A few 911 tapes from ICH Video Library

Empire Of Oil: The Hidden History Of 9/11
Learn the secret history behind the events leading up to the September 11 attacks, seldom revealed to the public and who actually may have benefited the most from the attacks and why.

911 cover up

 Rev. David Ray Griffin 9/11 Interview

9-11 Justice
A brief but carefully presented and supported criminal indictment of George Bush, Dick Cheney, Richard Myers, and Condoleeza Rice for murder in the events of 9-11, presenting all the best evidence in a concise but powerful manner. It includes Larry Silverstein's admission that the explosives were used

"Politics is war without bloodshed ... war is politics with bloodshed."

Anti-Colonial Ally or New Colonial Missionary?
Marta Rodriguez
... The words "insurgents" and "terrorists" are too often present in our discourse about the Resistance. The terms reinforce the notion that there' s something "legitimate" about the U.S. presence in Iraq, and "illegitimate" about the Iraqis' efforts to force them out of their country. For example, "antiwar "guru Noam Chomsky, in his racist arrogance, described the sham elections set up to legitimize the United States' violent usurpation of Iraqi sovereignty, as a "triumph," "not of the bomb throwers, but of nonviolent resistance."

Some peace activists fault the Iraqi Resistance for "murdering" the working class youth that comprise the U.S. occupation forces... they conveniently ignore that those "innocent" "working class youngsters"wouldn't be getting shot at if they'd stayed in the United States, instead of deciding that the college education and other material benefits offered by the U.S. military are worth the murder of Iraqis and the destruction of an entire country....

The American left's obsession with what it calls the presence of "Islamic fundamentalism" in the Iraqi and Palestinian resistance would be humorous if the issues that produced those resistance movements weren't life-and-death issues,... painting the Iraqi Resistance as the source of "Islamic oppression of women," and ignoring the fact that the ones who have been banning women from schools, work centers and the streets are folks like the Badr Brigades, who happen to work for the occupation.... It's ironic that those of us who demonize the resistance on "feminist" grounds expect the Iraqis to settle things amiably with cruel and ruthless occupiers who are responsible for the rise of prostitution in Iraq, who have caused the impoverishment of Iraqi women and their families, who are behind most of the violence these women face on a daily basis, and who use rape as a weapon to terrorize those who oppose the occupation....

The U.S. liberal-left's condemnation of the Iraqi Resistance and the attempts of some to promote anything other than that resistance, even if it turns out to work in the service of the occupation...comes from the very citizens of the aggressor country that is devastating Iraq. Since when do the citizens of aggressor nations get to dictate how the victims of that aggression defend themselves? If that weren't enough insult and injury, there's the fact that none of us are exacting the kind of cost on this government that would compel it to get out of Iraq. Our demonstrations are few and far between... on days when the government officials that we're supposed to be demanding accountability from are not even around to see or be inconvenienced by them. We make sure to secure permission from this same government to hold demonstrations, and we hold them away from structures responsible for the smooth sailing of this war, when we could at least effect temporary disruptions of their murderous operations. Demonstrationsin the U.S. look more like Easter parades than the determined disruption of this government' s genocidal business that they should be....

Those of us who live in the U.S., be we members of this country's internal colonies, or the willing citizens in whose name the U.S. executes its aggression, need ... to stop thinking that we have the right to ignore, condemn, or replace the resistance movements of the countries the U.S. assaults if they are not to our liking, because our responsibility to those movements goes beyond the international solidarity which some of us seem to think we can give and take back as if it were charity. For as taxpayers, as recipients of some of the comforts generated by this government's theft abroad, as friends, relatives, and compatriots of those who join the American armed forces, we have a
relationship to the theft and aggression this government dishes out throughout the world. Our responsibility to undo that aggression takes precedence over our fantasies about what other movements should look like.[...]

By Jonathan Mowat
Online Journal Contributing Writer

"Gene Sharp started out the seminar by saying 'Strategic nonviolent struggle
is all about political power.' And I thought, 'Boy is this guy speaking my
language,' that is what armed struggle is about."
Col. Robert Helvey

Part 1 The new Gladio in action
Ukrainian postmodern coup completes testing of new template

...The new techniques of warfare include the use of both lethal (violent) and nonlethal (nonviolent) tactics. Both ways are conducted using the same
philosophy, infrastructure, and modus operandi...
It is known as Cyberwar.

International Center on Nonviolent Conflicts
The International Center on Nonviolent Conflicts has been heavily involved in the new Postmodern Coups, especially through its top figures, Dr. Peter
Ackerman and Jack DuVall.

According to its website, the center "develops and encourages the use of
civilian-based, nonmilitary strategies to establish and defend democracy and
human rights worldwide." It "provides assistance in the training and
deployment of field advisors, to deepen the conceptual knowledge and
practical skills of applying nonviolent strategies in conflicts throughout
the world where progress toward democracy and human rights is possible."

The most significant nonviolent conflicts in the world today, which may lead
to "regime changes," it reports, are occurring in Myanmar, Zimbabwe, Chinese
Tibet, Belarus, Ukraine [now nearing completion], Palestine, Iran, and

Indicative of the common objective are the comments of the theoreticians of
the post modern coup, for example, Dr. Peter Ackerman, the author of
"Strategic Nonviolent Conflict" (Praeger 1994). Writing in the "National
Catholic Reporter" on April 26, 2002, Dr. Ackerman offered the following
corrective to Bush's Axis of Evil speech targeting Iraq, Iran, and North
Korea, which he otherwise approved: "It is not true that the only way to
'take out' such regimes is through U.S. military action."

Speaking at the "Secretary's Open Forum" at the State Department on June 29,
2004, in a speech entitled, "Between Hard and Soft Power:The Rise of
Civilian-Based Struggle and Democratic Change," Ackerman elaborated on the
concept involved. He proposed that youth movements, such as those used to
bring down Serbia, could bring down Iran and North Korea, and could have
been used to bring down Iraq—thereby accomplishing all of Bush's objectives
without relying on military means. And he reported that he has been working
with the top US weapons designer, Lawrence Livermore Laboratories, on
developing new communications technologies that could be used in other youth
movement insurgencies. "There is no question that these technologies are
democratizing," he stressed, in reference to their potential use in bringing
down China, "they enable decentralized activity. They create, if you will, a
digital concept of the right of assembly."

Dr. Ackerman is the founding chairman of International Center on Nonviolent
Conflicts of Washington, DC, of which former US Air Force officer Jack
DuVall is president. Together with former CIA director James Woolsey, DuVall
also directs the Arlington Institute of Washington, DC, which was created by
former Chief of Naval Operations advisor John L. Peterson in 1989 " to help
redefine the concept of national security in much larger, comprehensive
terms" it reports, through introducing "social value shifts into the
traditional national defense equation." [...]

New Study on the Role of US Foundations
from R.U.R.P.E.
On occasion, the most striking evidence of power and influence is the invisibility of its source. Since the early twentieth century, a number of foundations have been set up in the United States by the wealthy — the Ford, Rockefeller, Carnegie, and Bill Gates foundations are prominent examples. A new study by American political scientist Joan Roelofs (Foundations and Public Policy: The Mask of Pluralism, State University of New York Press, 2003) provides an outline of the US foundations' activities, and an analysis of their role. [see below]

Roelofs argues that foundations play an important role in maintaining the social-political hegemony of the ruling classes. For the ruling classes do not rule by guns and laws alone. Rather, they need to be able to do so without the constant resort to force. So, she argues, they manufacture the consent of the ruled through the activities of a broad range of institutions, activities and persons (not necessarily themselves members of the ruling class) who disseminate the ideology of the ruling class as if it were merely common sense. While dissent from ruling class ideas is labeled 'extremism' and is isolated, individual dissenters may be welcomed and transformed. Indeed, ruling class hegemony is more durable if it is not rigid and narrow, but is able dynamically to incorporate emergent trends. http://www.rupe-india.org/38/foundations.html

The NED, NGOs and the Imperial Uses of Philanthropy: Why They Hate Our Kind Hearts, Too
May 13 / 14, 2006

...Why would these philanthropic efforts offend anyone? Why do they hate our kind hearts?
In the first place, these public-private philanthropies have worked together to fund and direct overthrow movements. We had a "Subversive Activities Control Board" here, but export was encouraged. The grantees' activities included destabilization, the creation of mobs preventing elected governments from ruling, chaos, and violence. Among those funded were the Civic Forum in Czechoslovakia, Solidarity in Poland, Union of Democratic Forces in Bulgaria, Otpor in Serbia, and, more recently, similar groups in the succession states of the USSR. Sometimes mobs (especially of young people) have been moved around from one country to another to give the impression of vast popular opposition. The NED, Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, and the Soros philanthropies have been particularly active in these operations. Human Rights Watch (formerly Helsinki Watch) has nurtured opposition groups....
Many were shocked by the NED activities complementing other instruments of intervention that helped to destroy the Sandinista revolution in Nicaragua. Yet the 1990 election was judged by the NGO observers to be a free one; neither threats of physical annihilation nor millions of foreign dollars violated the purity of that process. "Cold-war liberal" policymakers have advocated covert actions as a peaceful alternative to invasion, but it isn't as if military action has faded away; they work together.

Such attempts are ongoing. The Venezuelan indictment is just one indication of a larger NED-NGO operation. Plans for annihilating the Cuban revolution, via "independent libraries," "Red Feminista Cubana," and other created organizations, are clearly spelled out on the NED web site.

NGOs are also used to disrupt revolutionary or even reformist movements that might interfere with neo-liberal goals, hampering the ability of corporations to go anywhere and do anything....

NGOs are now extensively occupied in the relief of disasters, whether natural or man-made, and the US military (with its "coalition") is deeply involved in both the comforting and the afflicting. To receive US funds, humanitarian organizations must support US foreign policy. Consequently, some, such as Oxfam UK, have withdrawn their workers from Iraq. Those remaining are often regarded as collaborators, which is not surprising, as many international NGOs have been handmaids to subversion, overthrow, and occupation. Some have even supported "humanitarian" bombing, especially in the case of Yugoslavia...

The peak of international NGOs, the World Social Forum, meets at the same time as the World Economic Forum, only far away. The WSF's general funding is rarely scrutinized by the participants, whose travel expenses come from similar sources. An exception is a report by the Research Unit on Political Economy-India, [R.U.P.E.: see above] which explains why foundation funding was refused for the 2004 WSF in Mumbai, and discusses critically the activities of the Ford Foundation in India.

Between 1989 and 1994, private foundations spent $450 million in Eastern Europe. Among the recipients were important officials and advisers in various countries. By 1995, there were 29,000 NGOs in the Czech Republic, 20,000 in Poland, and similar numbers in other countries. "They were almost entirely supported by foreign corporations, foundations, governments, political parties and international institutions such as the European Union and the World Bank."

George Soros is perhaps the single most significant private funder to the region. Soros foundations can be found in 34 countries around the globe, 26 of them in Eastern Europe and the former USSR. The recent 'revolution' in Georgia was backed among others by Soros (see Jacob Levich, "When NGOs Attack: Implications of the Coup in Georgia", http://www.counterpunch.com/, 6/12/03). Soros, the NED and other western funding agencies have a hand in the current crisis in Ukraine (see "US campaign behind the turmoil in Kiev", Ian Traynor, 26/11/04, The Guardian; "Western aggression: How the US and Britain are intervening in Ukraine’s elections", John Laughland, The Spectator, 5/11/04, globalresearch.ca/articles/LAU411A.html; "IMF Sponsored 'Democracy' in The Ukraine", Michel Chossudovsky, 28/11/04, globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO411D.html)

When NGOs Attack: Implications of the Coup in Georgia
By Jacob Levich
Nongovernmental organizations--the notionally independent, reputedly
humanitarian groups known as NGOs--are now being openly integrated into
Washington's overall strategy for consolidating global supremacy.
Events surrounding last month's coup in post-Soviet Georgia, read in light
of recent State Department documents, suggest that seemingly innocuous NGOs
now play a central role in the policy of US-engineered "regime change" set
forth in the notorious National Security Strategy of the United States.
The November 24 Wall Street Journal explicitly credited the toppling of
Eduard Shevardnadze's regime to the operations of "a raft of
non-governmental organizations . . . supported by American and other
Western foundations." These NGOs, said the Journal, had "spawned a class of
young, English-speaking intellectuals hungry for pro-Western reforms" who
were instrumental laying the groundwork for a bloodless coup.
Astute commentators have correctly noted connections between these
provocateur NGOs and mega-philanthropist George Soros, but the billionaire
speculator did not act independently. Georgia's so-called "Velvet
Revolution" appears to have been a textbook case of regime change by
stealth, carefully planned and centrally coordinated by the US government.

George Soros: Prophet of an "Open Society"
Karen Talbot, www.globalresearch.ca  
The URL of this article is: http://globalresearch.ca/articles/TAL307A.html

George Soros — a profile by Neil Clark New Statesman (UK)
June 2, 2003 http://www.agitprop.org.au/nowar/20030602_clark_george_soros.php

Connie Bruck, "The World According to Soros," New Yorker, January 23, 1995.


Federal Bureau of Investigation:

The unlawful use of force or violence against persons or property to
intimidate or coerce a government or civilian population, or any segment
thereof, in furtherance of political or social objectives.

Domestic terrorism is the unlawful use, or threatened use, of force or
violence by a group or individual based and operating entirely within the
United States or its territories without foreign direction committed against
persons or property to intimidate or coerce a government, the civilian
population, or any segment thereof, in furtherance of political or social

International terrorism involves violent acts or acts dangerous to human life
that are a violation of the criminal laws of the United States or any state, or
that would be a criminal violation if committed within the jurisdiction of the
United States or any state. These acts appear to be intended to intimidate or
coerce a civilian population, influence the policy of a government by
intimidation or coercion, or affect the conduct of a government by
assassination or kidnapping.

International Terrorists
What makes a terrorist “international” from a U.S. standpoint?
• Originate outside the U.S.
• Get support from outside the U.S.
as well as within
• Attack U.S. interests overseas as
well as targets within the U.S.
22 U.S.C. § 2656f(d)

Islamic extremists:
• Want the U.S. to stay out of Middle Eastern affairs and this includes support for Israel

State Sponsored Terrorists
The other major international source of terrorism in the U.S. is from State Sponsored Groups.
Often state sponsored terrorism is used to describe what oppressive governments do to their own people. In this case, we are talking about countries that use terrorism as a way to do business with other countries, to further their own national goals.

State Sponsored Terrorism is used by a country:
• to gain economic, social, military, or political advantage
• to intimidate and silence its opposition

Domestic Terrorists
• believe every organization or government will eventually be corrupted by power
• evolved from left wing or communist groups of the 60s and 70s
• focus on specific issues that represent corruption of power
• are often responsible for violent protests against:
- military intervention
- world trade and banking
- globalization
- “hate” groups

5/13/7 Democracy 101: PsyOps, 911, Global Terror War, Torture, P20G, Death Squads, "Civil War, NGOs

COMMENTARY: Capitalism's inherent need to expand or die underlies the current U.S. global war to secure its political-economic world dominance. It demands the political, economic and military surveillance, control, suppression or defeat of resistance. This is called "the war on terror".

By definition, "terrorists" are NOT white so to save its white ass, america must patriotically support transparent racist terror in the guise of "national security" ... and in almost unbelivable lies it is for the "security" and "liberation" of those whose lands and lives it destroys to achieve its white supremacist imperialist 'manifest destiny'.

The criminal terror war depends on the historically embedded, and feverishly whipped up racism post 911 in the "homeland". This is the ideological engine supporting and driving the fascist juggernaut ... as it has the entire history of north american capitalism, a grotesque history of national oppression, genocide and slavery called the peak of "civilization", the racist fruits of which seep through every pore of this country 24/7, distilled from ''think-tanks', scientific & military research centers, from media, churches, schools & 'entertainment' -- relentless psywarfare and social engineering of oppression and racist ignorance, fear, hatred and violence that keeps our enemy securely in power.


The tale of the slaughter at Wounded Knee in South Dakota is [an] example too well known to require detailed repeating here, but what is less well known about that massacre is that, a week and a half before it happened, the editor of the South Dakota's Aberdeen Saturday Pioneer -- a gentle soul named L. Frank Baum, who later became famous as the author of The Wizard of Oz -- urged the wholesale extermination of all America's native peoples: "The nobility of the Redskin is extinguished, and what few are left are a pack of whining curs who lick the hand that smites them. The Whites, by law of conquest, by justice of civilization, are masters of the American continent, and the best safety of the frontier settlements will be secured by the total annihilation of the few remaining Indians. Why not annihilation? Their glory has fled, their spirit broken, their manhood effaced; better that they should die than live the miserable wretches that they are."
David E. Stannard

"Christopher Columbus not only opened the door to a New World, but also set an example for us all by showing what monumental feats can be accomplished through perseverance and faith."
--George H.W. Bush, 1989 speech

Conquered states that have been accustomed to liberty and the government of their own laws can be held by the conqueror in three different ways. The first is to ruin them; the second, for the conqueror to go and reside there in person; and the third is to allow them to continue to live under their own laws, subject to a regular tribute, and to create in them a government of a few, who will keep the country friendly to the conqueror
Niccolo Machiavelli, The Prince

"...depopulation should be the highest priority of U.S. foreign policy towards the Third World."
Henry Kissinger, National Security Memo 200, dated April 24, 1974

American Ideology
North Americans have come to regard themselves as the "chosen people" -- in practice, a synonym for the Nazi term, Herrenvolk. This is the threat which we are facing today. And this is why American imperialism will be even more brutal than its predecessors, most of whom never claimed to have been invested with a divine mission.
Samir Amin


The End of Race?
By Salim Muwakkil,
July 1, 2003
...a three-part PBS series, "Race: The Power of an Illusion." produced by California Newsreel ...covers a wide range of race-related issues. But the program's title is its major point: Racial differences are illusory.... science is revealing that those observable, "natural" differences are social constructions rather than biological facts.

"The Difference Between Us," the first episode of "Race," explains that humanity emerged in Africa about 150,000 to 200,000 years ago and began migrating out about 70,000 years ago. As humans spread across the planet, populations intermingled, creating a variety of genetic interrelationships. These are not always what one might expect: Some Europeans have more genes in common with Nigerians than do Nigerians with Ethiopians, and so on. Most variation is within, not between, "races."

The first segment also notes that many of our "phenotypic" characteristics, like skin color, evolved recently, after we left Africa. But traits like intelligence, musical ability, and physical aptitude are of a more ancient genetic vintage and thus are common to all populations.

... a recent archeological find provided corroborating fossil evidence for this... The June 12 issue of Nature revealed that scientists working in northeast Ethiopia found the 160,000-year-old remains of two adults and a child that are said to be the earliest human remains ever discovered. According to Tim White, the University of California paleoanthropologist who led the team, "this discovery means our roots are African."... the theory of an African genesis of humanity had gained wide support in the last two decades thanks to the research findings of the growing science of molecular genetics.... based on evolutionary changes in mitochondrial DNA, which is passed from mother to daughter, have concluded that humanity had a common ancestor in Africa -- the so-called "African Eve."

... the reigning doctrines of white supremacy discouraged any consideration of an African genesis of humanity. And despite increasing archaeological evidence, many anthropologists resisted tracing humanity's origins to the so-called Dark Continent. The more radical white supremacists postulated that there was a "multiregional evolution," in which Europeans evolved from another branch of hominids altogether -- the hearty Neanderthals. However, genetic studies have revealed no Neanderthal DNA in modern humans. A preponderance of genetic evidence reveals the ironic fact that the same Europeans who created the idea of race and white supremacy are genetic progeny of the Africans they devalued. With this view of history, it's clear that the concept of race is an insidious fiction created primarily to justify exploitation, slavery, and imperial conquest.
"Race"'s second episode, "The Story We Tell," explores this sordid history, tracing the origins of the racial idea to the European conquest of the New World and to the American slave system. We see how the logic of racial hierarchy, which placed Africans on the lowest rung of humanity, allowed self-professed Christians to justify the institution of racial slavery. New York University historian Robin D. G. Kelley points out that the Enlightenment idea of freedom led to the ideology of white supremacy: "The problem that they had to figure out is how can we promote liberty, freedom, democracy on the one hand, and a system of slavery and exploitation of people who are non-white on the other?" They did it by dehumanizing enslaved Africans. The episode notes that by the mid-19th century, the idea of racial hierarchy and its corollary, white supremacy, had become conventional wisdom. "The idea found fruition in racial science, Manifest Destiny, and our imperial adventures abroad,"....
The final episode, "The House We Live In," focuses on the ways U.S. institutions and policies advantage some groups at the expense of others. It outlines the historical trajectory of racial disadvantage and shows how it remains easily discernable in the wealth gap and disparities in other social indices. The segment also examines the "unmarked" race of white people. Here the documentary slides in some of the insights developed by the nascent "Whiteness" movement, which defines the very idea of white identity as an ideology of racial domination.[...]

Iran's President Did Not Say "Israel must be wiped off the map"
By Arash Norouzi
Ahmadinejad declares that Zionism is the West's apparatus of political oppression... the "Zionist regime" was imposed on the Islamic world as a strategic bridgehead to ensure domination of the region and its assets. Palestine, he insists, is the frontline of the Islamic world's struggle with American hegemony, and its fate will have repercussions for the entire Middle East. http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article16218.htm

There isn’t a war on terror. It’s impossible for the world’s greatest terrorist organisation - the United States - to conduct a war on terror... Since 1946, they’ve overthrown some 50 governments, many of them by terrorist means - that’s terrorism.
from an interview with John Pilger:


Nine-Eleven, Manna from Heaven
by Anwaar Hussain
This 9/11, as the swirling ashes of the twin towers continue to fall far and wide, it will be full five years since the start of American Inquisition. 9/11.. has turned out to be Manna from Heaven for the flag bearers of American Inquisition.
This cabal is not a group of ragtag carpetbaggers. They are the inheritors of a tradition from their ilk of bygone years. In the hunt for new lands for their Imperial masters, their ideological forefathers practiced their art and craft for centuries. Waiting just beyond the circle of light, they appear at the scent of new opportunities like hyenas do at the stench of rotting carcasses at the dead of the night.

As far back as 1492, Christopher Columbus the points man for the Spanish Inquisition export into foreign lands, that most barbarous periods in all of human history, was funded by private investors because the royal monarchs were broke from their Granada campaign against the Muslims of Spain. The investors promised, but never fulfilled, 10 percent of all the revenues from the new lands in perpetuity to Columbus.

Likewise, the Jewel of the British Empire, India, was conquered for the queen by the British East India Company. Based in London, this company was nothing more than a commercial trading venture having a trade monopoly over all East Indies for 21 years. Instead of trading for Her Imperial Majesty, it presided over the creation of a far more profitable entity--the British Raj. Starting from the decisive victory by Sir Robert Clive at the Battle of Plassey in 1757 that established the British East India Company as a military as well as a commercial power, until its dissolution in 1858, the company virtually ruled India.
Five years back to date, airline jets appeared in the cobalt blue New York Skies as if sent by the gods above. Within minutes they had bumped through tall wonders of human achievements reducing them and their occupants to a tangled mass of steel, concrete and human flesh. While the world stood aghast and numb from the pain of the victims and the sheer scale of the crime, somewhere in some dark unlit corners of America, a small cabal of malicious, hateful and warmongering few soaked themselves in this Manna from Heaven.
Not very much later these humanoids had firmly catapulted America on a ceaseless warpath not of self defense, but of fear, insecurity, suspicion, hatred, anger, reprisal and a blind, jingoistic patriotism that continues to take its toll on humanity. No one has put it better than Manuel Valenzuela who, in his profound essay ‘Gods of War, Gods of Greed and Profiteers of Misery’, says;
“It was on that day that the misery of millions became the fortune of a few thousand. It was on that day that the MIC and the Corporate Leviathan wrestled ultimate control from the people of the world, usurping global power and forever altering the future of humanity. Our 9/11 became their Pearl Harbor, a moment in time needed to unleash already predetermined plans to expand power and control on a now easily manipulated and mobilized citizenry. The greatest profiteers in the history of the United States were now free to release their hounds of war, conquest, greed and violence upon the rest of civilization.” ...

9/11 and the "War on Terrorism"
Selected articles and essays
by Michel Chossudovsky
The Big Lie
This evolving bipartisan consensus is based on a lie. Confirmed by congressional transcripts, intelligence and news reports, this illusive outside enemy is a creation of the US intelligence apparatus.
The enemy of America is "Made in America".
"Millions of people have been misled regarding the causes and consequences of September 11.
When people across the US and around the World find out that Al Qaeda is not an outside enemy but a creation of US foreign policy and the CIA, the legitimacy of the bipartisan war agenda will tumble like a deck of cards." (Michel Chossudovsky, War and Globalization, The Truth behind September 11, 2002)


...Only in a clumsily faked video put out by the Pentagon did "Bin Laden" even claim to have a few days' advance knowledge of the attacks -- the Pentagon, CIA, Justice Department, FBI and White House knew months in advance, while preparations for the attacks had been in the works for years... see "NORAD exercise had jet crashing into building", Barbara Starr CNN Washington Bureau, April 19, 2004
WASHINGTON (CNN) -- Sometime between 1991 and 2001, a regional sector of the North American Aerospace Defense Command simulated a foreign hijacked airliner crashing into a building in the United States as part of training exercise scenario, a NORAD spokesman said.

Contingency planning Pentagon MASCAL exercise simulates scenarios in preparing for emergencies
The following is mirrored from its source at: http://www.mdw.army.mil/news/news_photos/Contingency_Planning_Photos.htm...
A plane crash is simulated inside the cardboard courtyard of a surprisingly realistic-looking model Pentagon.  This "tabletop" exercise was designed to help emergency relief personnel better prepare for disasters when they occur.
Police and fire department personnel contemplate responses during the MASCAL drill.
http://www.ratical.org/ratville/CAH/linkscopy/ContPlanP.html back to MASCAL exercise sim | CAH | ratville times| tree

911 Jersey Girls’ online petition: "Public's Right To Know - Declassification and Release of 911 Documents":


Into the Dark: The Pentagon P20G Plan to Provoke Terrorist Attacks
by Chris Floyd
November 1, 2002
... in last Sunday's Los Angeles Times. There--in an article by military analyst William Arkin, detailing the vast expansion of the secret armies being amassed...came the revelation of Rumsfeld's plan to create "a super-Intelligence Support Activity" that will "bring together CIA and military covert action, information warfare, intelligence, and cover and deception."
According to a classified document prepared for Rumsfeld by his Defense Science Board, the new organization--the "Proactive, Preemptive Operations Group (P2OG)"--will carry out secret missions designed to "stimulate reactions" among terrorist groups, provoking them into committing violent acts which would then expose them to "counterattack" by U.S. forces.
...the classified Pentagon program puts it this way: "Their sovereignty will be at risk."...

Darkness Visible: The Pentagon Plan to Foment Terrorism Now in Operation (2005)
From the Moscow Times, Jan. 25, 2005. This is the follow-up to "Into the Dark."
...Now the United States stands openly – even proudly – for terrorism, torture and... aggressive war...
More than two years ago, we wrote here of a secret Pentagon plan to foment terrorism: sending covert agents to infiltrate terrorist groups and goad them into action – i.e., committing acts of murder and destruction. The purpose was two-fold: first, to bring the terrorist groups into the open, where they could be counterattacked; and second, to justify U.S. military attacks on the countries where the terrorists were operating – attacks which, in the Pentagon's words, would put those nations' "sovereignty at risk." It was a plan that countenanced – indeed, encouraged – the deliberate murder of innocent people and the imposition of U.S. military rule anywhere in the world that American leaders desired. This plan is now activated. In fact, it's being expanded, as the New Yorker's Seymour Hersh revealed last week. Not only will U.S.-directed agents infiltrate existing terrorist groups and provoke them into action; the Pentagon itself will create its own terrorist groups and "death squads." After establishing their "terrorist credentials" through various atrocities and crimes, these American-run groups will then be able to ally with – and ultimately undermine – existing "terrorist" groups...
The activation of the Pentagon terrorist operation is part of Bush's second-term expansion of the "war on terror." Despite some obfuscating rhetoric about "diplomacy," the Bush regime is pressing ahead with a hard-line strategy aimed at opening new military fronts in the "global free-fire zone." Any dissenting voices within the government are being ruthlessly purged. The Pentagon's secret forces are set for operations in at least 10 countries, and Bush insiders "repeatedly" told Hersh that "Iran is the next strategic target."
Iran has long been a focus of the small clique of "global dominationists" ...who engineered the invasion of Iraq....Their first objective – openly stated years ago, before Bush took office – was the overthrow of Saddam's regime and the planting of a U.S. "military footprint" in Iraq... The fact that it has plunged the Iraqi people into a hell of violence, chaos, terror and extremism is of no real concern ... lofty rhetoric about "freedom" and "liberation" is meaningless sham, shuck and jive for the rubes.... they seek strategic control over the world's energy resources in order to preserve and expand American geopolitical and economic hegemony in the new century.


1986: CIA Officially Backs ISI Program Promoting Militant Islam Worldwide
During a secret visit to Pakistan CIA Director William Casey commits the CIA to support the ISI program of recruiting radical Muslims for the Afghan war from other Muslim countries around the world. In addition to the Gulf States, these include Turkey, the Philippines, and China. The ISI started their recruitment of radicals from other countries in 1982 (see 1982). This CIA cooperation is part of a joint CIA-ISI plan begun the year before to expand the “Jihad” beyond Afghanistan (see March 1985). [Rashid, 2001, pp. 128-129]
Timeline Tags: Western Support for Islamic Militancy
Category Tags: Soviet-Afghan War, Pakistani ISI, Philippine Militant Collusion
Late 1980s: Bin Laden, CIA, and ISI Train Core of Future Philippines Militant Group
The core of the future Philippine militant group Abu Sayyaf fights with bin Laden in Afghanistan and its training there is paid for by the CIA and Pakistani ISI. In 1986, the CIA agreed to support an ISI program of recruiting radical Muslims from other countries, including the Philippines, to fight in the Afghan war (see 1986). By one estimate, initially between 300 and 500 radical Muslims from the southern Philippines go to Afghanistan to fight. [Strategic Studies Institute of the US Army War College, 9/1/2005 ] In 1987 or 1988, bin Laden dispatches his brother-in-law Mohammed Jamal Khalifa to the Philippines to find more recruits willing to go to Afghanistan. It is estimated he finds about 1,000 recruits. One of them is Abdurajak Janjalani, who emerges as the leader of these recruits in Afghanistan. When the Afghan war ends in 1989 most of them will return to the Philippines and form the Abu Sayyaf group, still led by Janjalani (see Early 1991). [Contemporary Southeast Asia, 12/2002; Manila Times, 2/1/2007] Journalist John Cooley will write in a 1999 book that Abu Sayyaf will become “the most violent and radical Islamist group in the Far East, using its CIA and ISI training to harass, attack, and murder Christian priests, wealthy non-Muslim plantation-owners, and merchants and local government in the southern Philippine island of Mindanao.” [Cooley, 1999, pp. 63] After having read Cooley’s book and gathering information from other sources, Senator Aquilino Pimentel, President of the Philippine Senate, will say in a 2000 speech that the “CIA has sired a monster” because it helped train this core of the Abu Sayyaf. [Senator Aquilino Q. Pimentel website, 7/31/2000]
Entity Tags: Pakistan Directorate for Inter-Services Intelligence, Osama bin Laden, Abu Sayyaf, Central Intelligence Agency, Aquilino Pimentel, Mohammed Jamal Khalifa, Abdurajak Janjalani Category Tags: Philippine Militant Collusion, Pakistani ISI
Early 1991: Islamist Group Abu Sayyaf Formed [see this critical history in detail to March 2006]


Targeting the “US Home Audience”
by Sunil K. Sharma
...The Bush Administration has desperately tried to portray the Iraqi resistance as being to a significant extent a tool of “foreign” jihadists like Zarqawi, rather than the inevitable and legitimate, overwhelmingly homegrown resistance to US occupation and brutality that it in fact is. As one US intelligence agent commented: “We were basically paying up to $US10,000 a time to opportunists, criminals and chancers who passed off fiction and supposition about Zarqawi as cast-iron fact, making him out as the linchpin of just about every attack in Iraq.” “Back home this stuff was gratefully received and formed the basis of policy decisions. We needed a villain, someone identifiable for the public to latch on to, and we got one.”

Indeed, as the Washington Post reported on April 11, 2006, based on military documents it obtained, the US military had conducted a “propaganda campaign to magnify the role” of Zarqawi in Iraq. “The documents explicitly list the ‘U.S. Home Audience’ as one of the targets of a broader propaganda campaign.” The Post went on to report that, “The effort has raised his profile in a way that some military intelligence officials believe may have overstated his importance and helped the Bush administration tie the war to the organization responsible for the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks.” One military briefing from 2004 cited by the Post states: “Villainize Zarqawi/leverage xenophobia response.” The document listed three methods to be employed in this campaign: “Media operations,” “Special Ops (626)” (referring to Task Force 626, an elite US military unit assigned primarily to hunt down senior officials in Saddam Hussein's government) and “PSYOP”, the military term for propaganda work. Another briefing states that the “The Zarqawi PSYOP program is the most successful information campaign to date,” in the view of Brigadier General Mark Kimmitt, now a senior planner on the Central Command staff directing operations in Iraq and the Middle East.[...]

Pentagon PSYOP: "Terror Mastermind" Abu Musab Al Zarqawi is "Incompetent"
By Michel Chossudovsky
Modern psychological operations, or PSYOP,... is not unlike the public advertising that we are all exposed to wherever we go, every day, through all kinds of mass media. US Airborne, Psychological Operations/Warfare ..

Osama, Death Squads and the Biggest Lie Ever Told
Joe Quinn
... "Osama", "al-Qaeda", "al-Qaeda in Iraq", "al-Zarqawi" "al-Zawahiri" are, or were, all part of a US government psychological operation that pitched them as the likely suspects to take the blame for the US and Israeli government Middle Eastern predations, not to mention the imposition of a police state in the US and Britain...
...It has already been exposed that the killings and bombings are the work of "death squads" working out of the Iraqi interior ministry, which itself is entirely controlled by the CIA. Let me reiterate that in every war waged by the US government against a foreign nation, a counter-insurgency operation has immediately been implemented. Counter-insurgency operations are required in such circumstances because when a country is invaded, ! an insurgency of some form invariable arises to defend the country. Such insurgents are very difficult for an invading army to defeat given the extensive support and collaboration they enjoy from the general population. Essentially, an invading army finds itself at war with the population of the country they are invading rather than a separate and independent insurgency. Strategies developed over the years to deal with such situations has come to be known as "counter-insurgency", and include attempts to identify divisions within the society, usually religious, political or ethnic, however insignificant, and to then attempt to provoke these divisions...

In-depth examination of prototype psyops phenomena
Reasonable Doubts about the Guilt and Death of the Deceptive "Mr. Zarqawi"
Dr. Richard Marsden http://www.uruknet.info/?s1=1&p=24073&s2=20
"What one man can invent, another can discover."
Sherlock Holmes

CIA disbands "Bin laden" unit
The Guardian http://www.guardian.co.uk/alqaida/story/0,,1812598,00.html
Nearly five years after George Bush vowed to bring Osama bin Laden to justice "dead or alive", it's the end of the line for the CIA's Alec Station, the unit dedicated to the hunt for the al-Qaida leader.
CIA officials insisted today that the hunt for al-Qaida's founder continued. "Tracking and gathering intelligence about Bin Laden, Zawahiri ... remains a high priority for the CIA and the intelligence community," one official said...
"The reorganisation just reflects the understanding that the Islamic jihadist movement continues to diversify," an intelligence official said.

Zarqawi -- Bush's man for all seasons
by Pepe Escobar, Asia Times
Oct. 15, 2004http://www.unknownnews.org/0606110607Zarqawi.html

Orwell in Iraq: Snow Jobs, Zarqawi and Bogus Peace Plans
By Dahr Jamail
With the plan to secure Baghdad, "Operation Forward Together," now three weeks old, and the so-called terror leader in Iraq, Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, killed, the security situation has only continued to deteriorate. http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article13840.htm

Hubub in Hibhib: The Timely Death of al-Zarqawi
Written by Chris Floyd
Abu Musab Saddam Osama al-Zarqawi, the extremely elusive if not entirely mythical terrorist mastermind responsible for every single insurgent action in Iraq except for the ones caused by the red-tailed devils in Iran or the stripey-tailed devils in Syria, has reportedly been killed in an airstrike in Hibhib, an area north of Baghdad, Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri Kamal al-Maliki announced today.

Fort Dix informants' actions examined
He railed against the United States, helped scout out military installations for attack, offered to introduce his comrades to an arms dealer, and gave them a list of weapons he could procure, including machine guns and rocket-propelled grenades. These were not the actions of a terrorist, but of a paid FBI informant who helped bring down an alleged plot by six Muslim men to massacre U.S. soldiers at New Jersey's Fort Dix.
Those actions have raised questions of whether the government crossed the line and pushed the six men down a path they would not otherwise have followed.
Entrapment is an argument that has been made in other terrorism cases, and one that has failed miserably in the post-Sept. 11 era....
Prosecutors portrayed the six men — Serdar Tatar, 23; Agron Abdullahu, 24; Mohamad Ibrahim Shnewer, 22; Dritan "Anthony" or "Tony" Duka, 28; Shain Duka, 26; and Eljvir "Elvis" Duka, 23 — as driven by hatred of the United States, a description disputed by relatives and acquaintances.
Entrapment occurs when law-enforcement officials entice others into committing a crime they otherwise would not have committed. Under the law, people cannot be convicted if they were entrapped. But there is no entrapment if a person is willing to break the law and law officers offer to help.
"In the post-9/11 era, the entrapment defense is basically useless" Klingeman said. [...]

U.S., Germans Fear Terror Attack
May 11, 2007
U.S. air marshals have been diverted to provide expanded protection of flights between Germany and the United States.
"The information behind the threat is very real," a senior U.S. official told ABC News.
"The danger level is high. We are part of the global threat by Islamist terrorism."
Of particular concern, according to U.S. and German law enforcement officials, is Patch Barracks, the headquarters for U.S. European Command, near Stuttgartt... following reports that suspected terrorists had conducted surveillance of the Patch Barracks facility.
"The attack would be designed to create high numbers of casualties among both Germans and the U.S. military," said ABC News consultant Richard Clarke, a former White House counterterror official.
A spokesperson at Patch Barracks said they were not aware of any specific surveillance on the location, and they are not under any more specific surveillance than other U.S. facilities in Germany.
When asked today about ABC News' report of a terror threat in Germany, State Department spokesman Sean McCormack said... they didn't have a specific, credible threat, but they were quite concerned."

Another day, another ferry bomb threat
P-I STAFF (notice no byline)
Ferry service between Seattle and Bremerton was delayed for more than two hours Tuesday after a bomb threat [SIC] forced a shutdown of the service. It was the second bomb threat [SIC] against the ferry system this week. As in Monday's incident, no bomb was found... http://seattlepi.nwsource.com/transportation/314882_tl109.html


Counterintelligence Interrogation
July 1963

CIA Torture Manual
This manual cannot teach anyone how to be, or become, a good interrogator. At best it can help readers to avoid the characteristic mistakes of poor interrogators. Its purpose is to provide guidelines for KUBARK interrogation, and particularly the counterintelligence interrogation of resistant sources. Designed as an aid for interrogators and others immediately concerned, it is based largely upon the published results of extensive research, including scientific inquiries conducted by specialists in closely related subjects...
Torture at Abu Ghraib followed CIA's Manual
THE PHOTOS from Iraq's Abu Ghraib prison are snapshots not of simple brutality or a breakdown in discipline but of CIA torture techniques that have metastasized over the past 50 years like an undetected cancer inside the US intelligence community. From 1950 to 1962, the CIA led secret research into coercion and consciousness that reached a billion dollars at peak.l


American Torture Chambers: A Report on Today’s Prisons and Jails -- Part 1 of 2
“Abu Ghraib ... was simply the export of the worst practices that take place in the domestic prison system all the time.”...

Torture Inc. Americas Brutal Prisons; Video report:
Savaged by dogs, Electrocuted With Cattle Prods, Burned By Toxic Chemicals, Does such barbaric abuse inside U.S. jails explain the horrors that were committed in Iraq?...

Imperial Torture Doctors Without Borders
A leading bioethicist charges in a prestigious British medical journal that U.S. military medical personnel are complicit in abuse of detainees in Iraq, Afghanistan and Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, and suggests an inquiry into their behavior in places such as Baghdad's Abu Ghraib prison, is in order...

The "Contract Interrogator"
Felicity Arbuthnot
Writing in the Washington Post (9th February 2007) Eric Fairm writes of:
... "an interrogator's nightmare". "A man with no face stares at me from the corner of a room. He pleads for help, but I am afraid to move. He begins to cry. It is a pitiful sound and it sickens me. He screams, but as I awaken, I realize the screams are mine."
Fairm is plagued by nightmares. He was a "contract interrogator", for the 82nd Airborne Division, in Falluja during part of 2004, one "... of two civilian interrogators, assigned to the division interrogation facility".
The man who returns to torment his dreams was "... a suspected associate" of a Ba'ath Party leader in Anbar province... who had been captured two months earlier". In other words, he was a possible pan-Arab nationalist, living in his own country. "Nationalist" becomes a pejorative word when used by Western politicians...
The haunted Mr Fairm has "long since forgotten" the name of his nocturnal visitor - something one would have thought might also haunt - but not his instructions:
"I was to deprive the detainee of sleep .. forcing him to stand in a corner and stripping him of his clothes." There will be many that will applaud honesty in admitting Abu Ghraib-like torment, "mistakes" and failing to "uphold the standards of human decency". Instead: "I intimidated, degraded a man who could not defend himself", writes Fairm.
He also watched naked prisoners, forced to stand through the night, shivering; saw degradation, deprivation, punching, kicking "used daily". "Appalled", he admits lacking the courage to stand up and challenge "friends and colleagues". With "friends" like these ...
One thing is clear, the man does need help. There is no hope of success in Iraq....with $2,500 a head (seemingly the current going rate) for blowing families to bits in their beds and blasting their homes over them, or blowing in the door of the family home, to invade in boots, then say "sorry", or visit the family of the illegally snatched detainee (you are illegal invaders, please remember) is not going to win hearts and minds in millennia. The "damage" done to the people of Iraq, described, hardly addresses the enormity. "Damage" is car dent, a cracked window, an accidental act, not pre-meditated torment, physical damage, physical assault and humiliation...
Notably, missing from Eric Fairm's heart-pourings is any real remorse. An outpour which must, of course, be taken at face value and can only be hoped is not another psyops effort, to pave the way for those who will surely be soon being helicoptered off the Green Zone and Embassy roof... and show a now cynical America that deviant behavior is really "post traumatic stress disorder".
"I am desperate to get on with my life and erase my memories of my experiences in Iraq. But those memories and experiences do not belong to me. They belong to history", concludes Fairm. Try being an Iraqi.
One way to assuage the conscience, might be to board a 'plane for the International Criminal Court at the Hague, give yourself up, with a list of the names of your "friends and colleagues" with you.
Remember too, those who hanged as a result of the Nuremberg Tribunals were: "only following orders". Just contract killers and "contract interrogators

CIA Supported Death Squads
by Ralph McGehee
Posted on RemarQ, 9 October 1999

Click on the links below to find partial record of CIA's death squads and destruction of human life across the world.
The information below is from CIABASE files on Death Squads supported by the CIA. Also given below are details on Watch Lists prepared by the CIA to facilitate the actions of Death Squads.

Death Squads: Miscellaneous

CIA set up Ansesal and other networks of terror in El Salvador, Guatemala (Ansegat) and pre-Sandinista Nicaragua (Ansenic). The CIA created, structured and trained secret police in South Korea, Iran, Chile and Uruguay, and elsewhere — organizations responsible for untold thousands of tortures, disappearances, and deaths. Spark, 4/1985, pp. 2-4

1953-94 Sponsorship by CIA of death squad activity covered in summary form. Notes that in Haiti CIA admitted Lt. General Raoul Cedras and other high-ranking officials "were on its payroll and are helping organize violent repression in Haiti. Luis Moreno, an employee of State Department, has bragged he helped Colombian army create a database of subversives, terrorists and drug dealers." His superior in overseeing INS for Southeastern U.S., is Gunther Wagner, former Nazi soldier and a key member of now-defunct Office of Public Safety (OPS), an AID project which helped train counterinsurgents and terrorism in dozens of countries. Wagner worked in Vietnam as part of Operation Phoenix and in Nicaragua where he helped train National Guard. Article also details massacres in Indonesia. Haiti Information, 4/23/1994, pp. 3,4

CIA personnel requested transfers 1960-7 in protest of CIA officer Nestor Sanchez's working so closely with death squads. Marshall, J., Scott P.D., and Hunter, J. (1987). The Iran-Contra Connection, p. 294

CIA. 1994. Mary McGrory op-ed, "Clinton's CIA Chance." Excoriates CIA over Aldrich Ames, support for right-wing killers in El Salvador, Nicaraguan Contras and Haiti's FRAPH and Cedras. Washington Post, 10/16/1994, C1,2

How US /CIA infiltrates "civil society" to overthrow governments
BY PHILIP AGEE, former CIA agent
....The administration of US President Ronald Reagan in the early 1980s decided that more than terrorist operations were needed to impose regime change in Cuba. Terrorism hadn't worked, nor had the Bay of Pigs invasion, nor had Cuba's diplomatic isolation, nor had the economic embargo. Now Cuba would be included in a new world-wide program to finance and develop non-governmental and voluntary organisations, what was to become known as “civil society”, within the context of US global neoliberal policies.

The CIA and the Agency for International Development (AID) would have key roles in this program as well as a new organisation christened in 1983 — the National Endowment for Democracy (NED).
Actually, the new program was not really new. Since its founding in 1947, the CIA had been deeply involved in secretly funding and manipulating foreign non-governmental voluntary organisations.
These vast operations circled the globe and targeted political parties, trade unions and business associations, youth and student organisations, women's groups, civic organisations, religious communities, professional, intellectual and cultural societies, and the public information media. The network functioned at local, national, regional and global levels.
Over the years, the CIA exerted phenomenal influence behind the scenes in country after country, using these powerful elements of civil society to penetrate, divide, weaken and destroy organisations on the left, and indeed to impose regime change by toppling governments.

Such was the case, among many others, in Guyana, where in 1964, culminating 10 years of efforts, the Cheddi Jagan government was overthrown through strikes, terrorism, violence and arson perpetrated by CIA agents in the trade unions.

About the same time, while I was a CIA agent assigned to Ecuador, our agents in civil society, through mass demonstrations and civil unrest, provoked two military coups in three years against elected, civilian governments.

Anyone who has watched the opposition to President Hugo Chavez's government in Venezuela develop can be certain that the CIA, AID and the NED are coordinating the destabilisation and were behind the failed coup in April 2002 as well as the failed ”civic strike” of last December-January.

The Cuban American National Foundation was, predictably, one of the first beneficiaries of NED funding. From 1983 to 1988, CANF received US$390,000 for anti-Castro activities.

The NED is supposedly a private, non-government, non-profit foundation, but it receives a yearly appropriation from the US Congress. The money is channelled through four “core foundations”. These are the National Democratic Institute for International Affairs (linked to the Democratic Party); the International Republican Institute (Republican Party); the American Center for International Labor Solidarity; and the Center for International Private Enterprise (US Chamber of Commerce).

According to its web site, the NED also gives money directly to “groups abroad who are working for human rights, independent media, the rule of law, and a wide range of civil society initiatives.”
The NED's NGO status provides the fiction that recipients of NED money are getting “private” rather than US government money. This is important because so many countries, including both the US and Cuba, have laws relating to their citizens being paid to carry out activities for foreign governments.
The US requires an individual or organisation “subject to foreign control” to register with the attorney general and to file detailed activities reports, including finances, every six months.

Cuba has its own laws criminalising actions intended to jeopardise its sovereignty or territorial integrity as well as actions supporting the goals of the anti-Cuba US Helms-Burton Act of 1996, such as collecting information to support the US embargo or to subvert the government, or for disseminating US government information to undermine the Cuban government.
Efforts to develop an opposition civil society in Cuba had already begun in 1985 with the early NED grants to CANF. These efforts received a significant boost with passage in 1992 of the Cuban Democracy Act, better known as the Torricelli Act, which promoted support, through US NGOs, of individuals and organisations committed to “non-violent democratic change in Cuba”.
A still greater intensification came with passage in 1996 of the Cuban Liberty and Solidarity Act, better known as the Helms-Burton Act.
As a result of these laws, the NED, AID and the CIA (the latter not mentioned publicly but undoubtedly included) intensified their coordinated programs targeted at Cuban civil society.

One may wonder why the CIA would be needed in these programs. There were several reasons. One reason from the beginning was the CIA's long experience and huge stable of agents and contacts in the civil societies of countries around the world. By joining with the CIA, the NED and AID would come on board on-going operations whose funding they could take over while leaving the secret day-to-day direction on the ground to CIA officers.

In addition, someone had to monitor and report the effectiveness of the local recipients' activities. NED would not have people in the field to do this, nor would their core foundations in normal conditions. And since NED money was ostensibly private, only the CIA had the people and techniques to carry out discreet control in order to avoid compromising the civil society recipients, especially if they were in opposition to their governments.

Finally, the CIA had ample funds of its own to pass quietly when conditions required. In Cuba, participation by CIA officers under cover in the US Interests Section would be particularly useful, since NED and AID funding would go to US NGOs that would have to find covert ways, if possible, to get equipment and cash to recipients inside Cuba. The CIA could help with this quite well.

Evidence of the amount of money these agencies have been spending on their Cuban projects is fragmentary. Nothing is publicly available about the CIA's spending, but what is easily found about the other two is interesting. The AID web site cites $12 million spent for Cuba programs during 1996-2001, but for 2002 the budget jumped to $5 million plus unobligated funds of $3 million from 2001. AID's 2003 budget for Cuba is $6 million showing a tripling of annual funds since the George Bush junta seized power. No surprise given the number of Miami Cubans Bush has appointed to high office in his administration.

From 1996 to 2001, AID disbursed the $12 million to 22 NGOs, all apparently based in the US, mostly in Miami. By 2002, the number of front-line NGOs had shrunk to 12 — the University of Miami, Center for a Free Cuba, Pan-American Development Foundation, Florida International University, Freedom House, Grupo de Apoyo a la Disidencia, Cuba On-Line, CubaNet, National Policy Association, Accion Democratica Cubana and Carta de Cuba.

In addition, the International Republican Institute received AID money for a sub-grantee, the Directorio Revolucionario Democr tico Cubano, also based in Miami.

These NGOs have a double purpose, one directed to their counterpart groups in Cuba and one directed to the world, mainly through web sites. Whereas, on the one hand, they channel funds and equipment into Cuba, on the other they disseminate to the world the activities of the groups in Cuba. Cubanet in Miami, for example, publishes the writings of the “independent journalists” of the Independent Press Association of Cuba, based in Havana, and channels money to the writers.

Interestingly, AID claims on its web site that its “grantees are not authorised to use grant funds to provide cash assistance to any person or organisation in Cuba”. It's hard to believe that claim, but if it's true, all those millions are only going to support the US-based NGO infrastructure, a subsidised anti-Castro cottage industry of a sort, except for what can be delivered in Cuba in kind — computers, faxes, copy machines, cell phones, radios, TVS and VCRs, books, magazines and the like.

On its web site, AID lists purposes for the money: solidarity with human rights activists; dissemination of the work of independent journalists; development of independent NGOs; promoting workers' rights; outreach to the Cuban people; planning for future assistance to a transition government; and evaluation of the program. Anyone who wants to see which NGOs are getting how much can visit .

AID's claim that its grantees can't provide cash to Cubans in Cuba, makes one wonder about the more than $100,000 in cash that Cuban investigators found in the hands of the 75 mostly unemployed “dissidents” who went on trial. A clue may be found in the AID statement that “US policy encourages US NGOs and individuals to undertake humanitarian, informational and civil society-building activities in Cuba with private funds”. Could such “private funds” be money from the NED?

Recall the fiction that the NED is a “private” foundation, an NGO. It has no restrictions on its funds going for cash payments abroad, and it just happens to fund some of the same NGOs as AID. Be assured that this is not the result of rivalry or lack of coordination in Washington. The reason probably is that NED funds can go for salaries and other personal compensation to people on the ground in Cuba.

The Cuban organisations below the US NGOs in the command and money chain number nearly 100 and have names [translated from Spanish] like Independent Libraries of Cuba, All United, Society of Journalists Marquez Sterling, Independent Press Association of Cuba, Assembly to Promote Civil Society and the Human Rights Party of Cuba.

NED's web site is conveniently out of date, showing only its Cuba program for 2001. But it is instructive. Its funds for Cuban activities in 2001 totalled only $765,000 — if one is to believe what they say. The money they gave to eight NGOs in 2001 averaged about $52,000, while a 9th NGO, the International Republican Institute received $350,000 for the Directorio Revolucionario Democratico Cubano for “strengthening civil society and human rights” in Cuba. In contrast, this NGO is to receive $2,174,462 in 2003 from AID through the same IRI.

Why would the NED be granting the lower amounts and AID such huge amounts, both channelled through IRI? The answer, apart from IRI's skim-off, probably is that the NED money is destined for the pockets of people in Cuba while the AID money supports the US NGO infrastructures.

Whatever the amount of money reaching Cuba may have been, everyone in Cuba working in the various dissident projects knows of US government's sponsorship, funding and of its purpose — regime change.

Far from being “independent” journalists, “idealistic” human rights activists, “legitimate” advocates for change or “Marian librarians from River City”, every one of the 75 “dissidents” arrested and convicted was knowingly a participant in US government operations to overthrow the government and install a US-favoured political, economic and social order. They knew what they were doing was illegal, they got caught and they are paying the price.

Anyone who thinks these people are prisoners of conscience, persecuted for their ideas or speech, or victims of repression, simply fails to see them properly as instruments of a US government that has declared revolutionary Cuba its enemy.

They were not convicted for ideas but for their paid actions on behalf of a foreign power that has waged a 44-year war of varying degrees of intensity against this poor country.
To think that the “dissidents” were creating an independent, free civil society is absurd, for they were funded and controlled by a hostile foreign power and to that degree, which was total, they were not free or independent in the least.
The civil society they wished to create was not just your normal, garden variety civil society of Harley freaks and Boxer breeders, but a political opposition movement fomented openly by the US government....
[Abridged from Granma Internacional. Philip Agee was a CIA covert operations officer from 1959 to 1969 and is the author of Inside the Company: A CIA Diary. He lives in Havana, where he runs a travel web site, .]


CIA and FBI Documents Detail Career in International Terrorism; Connection to U.S.
May 10, 2005
National Security Archive Electronic Briefing Book No. 153
Washington D.C. May 10, 2005 - Declassified CIA and FBI records posted today on the Web by the National Security Archive at George Washington University identify Cuban exile Luis Posada Carriles, who is apparently in Florida seeking asylum, as a former CIA agent and as one of the "engineer[s]" of the 1976 terrorist bombing of Cubana Airlines flight 455 that killed 73 passengers.
The documents include a November 1976 FBI report on the bombing cited in yesterday's New York Times article "Case of Cuban Exile Could Test the U.S. Definition of Terrorist," CIA trace reports covering the Agency's recruitment of Posada in the 1960s, as well as the FBI intelligence reporting on the downing of the plane. The Archive also posted a second FBI report, dated one day after the bombing, in which a confidential source "all but admitted that Posada and [Orlando] Bosch had engineered the bombing of the airline." In addition, the posting includes several documents relating to Bosch and his suspected role in the downing of the jetliner on October 6, 1976.
Using a false passport, Posada apparently snuck into the United States in late March and remains in hiding. His lawyer announced that Posada is asking the Bush administration for asylum because of the work he had done for the Central Intelligence Agency in the 1960s. The documents posted today include CIA records confirming that Posada was an agent in the 1960s and early 1970s, and remained an informant in regular contact with CIA officials at least until June 1976.
In 1985, Posada escaped from prison in Venezuela where he had been incarcerated after the plane bombing and remains a fugitive from justice. He went directly to El Salvador, where he worked, using the alias "Ramon Medina," on the illegal contra resupply program being run by Lt. Col. Oliver North in the Reagan National Security Council. In 1998 he was interviewed by Ann Louise Bardach for the New York Times at a secret location in Aruba, and claimed responsibility for a string of hotel bombings in Havana during which eleven people were injured and one Italian businessman was killed. Most recently he was imprisoned in Panama for trying to assassinate Fidel Castro in December 2000 with 33 pounds of C-4 explosives. In September 2004, he and three co-conspirators were suddenly pardoned, and Posada went to Honduras. Venezuela is now preparing to submit an official extradition request to the United States for his return....

Document 1: CIA, October 13, 1976, Report, "Traces on Persons Involved in 6 Oct 1976 Cubana Crash."
Document 2: FBI, October 16, 1976, Retransmission of CIA Trace Report
Document 3: CIA, June 1966, File search on Luis "Pozada"
Document 4: FBI, July 18, 1966, "Cuba
Document 5: CIA, April 17, 1972, Personal Record Questionnaire on Posada
Document 6: FBI, July 7, 1965, "Luis Posada Carriles"
Document 7: FBI, July 13, 1965, "Cuban Representation in Exile (RECE)"
Document 8: FBI, May 17, 1965, "Roberto Alejos Arzu; Luis Sierra Lopez, Neutrality Matters, Internal Security-Guatemala"
Document 9-12, FBI, October 7, 1976, Secret Intelligence Report, "Suspected Bombing of Cubana Airlines DC-8 Near Barbados"
Document 13: FBI, August 16, 1978, Secret Report, "Coordinacion de Organizaciones Revolucionarias Unidas (Coordination of United Revolutionary Organizations) (CORU), Neutrality Matters - Cuba - (Anti-Castro)"
Document 14: September 2, 1986, Contra re-supply document, [Distribution of Warehoused Contra Weapons and Equipment - in Spanish with English translation]
Document 15: May 27, 1987, Testimony of Felix I. Rodriguez Before the Joint Hearings on the Iran-Contra Investigation [Excerpt]
Document 16: May 1987, Iran-Contra Hearings, Testimony of Robert C. Dutton, Exhibit 14, "Reorganization Plan"


We need to keep spotlight on Africa
Saturday, May 5, Anthony Mitchell died in the crash of Kenyan Airways Flight 507. Based in Nairobi, he was an Associated Press reporter who had recently broken a story on secret prisons in Ethiopia and the U.S. involvement in the detention and interrogation of prisoners there...Mitchell's exposé detailed the fate of some of the hundreds of thousands of refugees. They were fleeing war, but to the United States they were possible al-Qaida operatives who had found a safe haven in Somalia. According to Mitchell, dozens of refugees were "transferred secretly and illegally in recent months from Kenya and Somalia to Ethiopia, where they are kept without charge or access to lawyers and families." In his groundbreaking report, Mitchell wrote, "CIA and FBI agents... in the Horn of Africa have been interrogating terrorism suspects from 19 countries held at secret prisons in Ethiopia, which is notorious for torture and abuse."
The U.S. State Department documented Ethiopia's use of torture, and the FBI admitted to Mitchell that it was interrogating prisoners there....
Make no mistake about it, the Horn of Africa is in the cross hairs of the United States. There is oil in Sudan, Somalia and Ethiopia. The New York Times reported that after the U.S.-backed Ethiopian invasion of Somalia, the U.S. allowed Ethiopia to buy arms from North Korea even though the U.S. had just won tough U.N. sanctions against North Korea.The Pentagon recently announced the formation of AFRICOM, the "new unified, combatant command" for Africa. [...]

Ethiopia expels foreign reporter
A British journalist working for the Associated Press news agency has arrived in Kenya after his expulsion from Ethiopia.
The Ethiopian government has accused Anthony Mitchell of being hostile.
AP say they hope Mr Mitchell will be allowed back to Ethiopia so that he can be with his family and return to work.
Dozens of journalists and political activists are in prison after months of political unrest and violence following last year's disputed elections.
Last week the UK suspended direct aid to Ethiopia over concerns about its commitment to human rights...
Independent journalists and editors were among more than 100 people arrested in November and December and charged with treason, genocide and other offences. http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-/2/hi/africa/4638956.stm 2006/01/23 13

Detained journalists still in U.S. custody
Media group discusses arrests of photographers
WASHINGTON -- Representatives of two journalists detained by the U.S. military said Tuesday that the government should charge them or set them free.
The U.S. has been holding Associated Press photographer Bilal Hussein in Iraq for a year. Sami al-Hajj, a cameraman for the Mideast news network Al-Jazeera, has been detained since late 2001 and is at the military prison at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.
While U.S. officials allege that Hussein took photographs synchronized with explosions, indicating he was at a location ahead of time, Kathleen Carroll, executive editor of the AP, said he was "simply the unlucky fellow who happened to be the photographer for the world's largest newsgathering organization in a difficult province."Carroll said the AP had examined 900 of Hussein's photographs and there was no indication he was on the scene before attacks occurred.

Paul Gardephe, the lawyer handling the case for the AP, said the military recently acknowledged to him that it has no evidence to support earlier allegations that Hussein was involved in a plot to kidnap two other journalists.
Carroll said, "The sort of rolling set of allegations that arise and then disappear without the benefit of a trial ... or any kind of an official court proceeding is what is distressing to all of us here." She spoke during a panel discussion in connection with World Press Freedom Day.
Officials have what they believe to be information that links Hussein to insurgent activity, but most of the evidence is classified and cannot be released publicly, said Col. Gary Keck, a Pentagon spokesman.... Al-Hajj's attorney, Zachary Katznelson, said U.S. officials have offered varying allegations against his client but have never filed charges or presented evidence against him. Al-Hajj was stopped at the Afghanistan border by Pakistani authorities in December 2001 and turned over to U.S. authorities six months later.[...]


The Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) is the central research and development organization for the Department of Defense (DoD). It manages and directs selected basic and applied research and development projects for DoD, and pursues research and technology where risk and payoff are both very high and where success may provide dramatic advances for traditional military roles and missions.
FEBRUARY 2007 Last Updated: May 1, 2007
Current Strategic Thrusts
3.3. Urban Area Operations
Each year the world’s urban areas increase in population and area. By 2025 nearly 60 percent of
the world’s population will live in urban areas. Given this, it is prudent to assume U.S. forces
will continue to be deployed to urban areas for combat and post-conflict stabilization. Unstable
and lawless urban areas give terrorists sanctuary to recruit, train, and develop asymmetric
capabilities, including the possibility of chemical, biological, and radiological weapons of mass
destruction (WMD).
Urban area operations can be the most dangerous, costly, and chaotic forms of combat. Cities
are filled with buildings, alleys, and interlocking tunnels, which provide practically limitless
places to hide, store weapons, and maneuver. They are hubs of transportation, information, and
commerce, and they are homes for a nation’s financial, political, and cultural institutions. Cities
are densely packed with people and their property, creating an environment in which our
adversaries can mix in and use civilians as shields to limit our military options. And insurgents
don’t just mix in, they blend in. Under these circumstances, warfighting technology that works
so superbly in the open, and even in the rugged natural terrain of the traditional battlefield, is less
effective in the urban environment.
Adversaries seek to fight in urban areas as a way to counter U.S. forces’ superior detection and
strike capabilities that work so well against fixed and mobile targets in open and semi-concealed
terrain. By moving into cities, our adversaries hope to limit our advantages, draw more of our
troops into combat, and inflict greater U.S. casualties, and cause mistakes that harm civilians and
The Urban Area Operations thrust is aimed at creating technology to help make U.S. operations
in cities as effective as operations in non-urban areas by seeking new urban warfare concepts and
technologies that would make a smaller U.S. force conducting operations in an urban area more
effective, suffer fewer casualties, and inflict less collateral damage.
If successful, these new urban warfare concepts and technologies would enable U.S forces
fighting in or stabilizing an urban area to achieve the same or greater overall effect as a larger
force using today’s technology.
DARPA’s Urban Area Operations thrust includes research in:
• Improved urban intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance to vastly improve U.S.
capabilities to understand what is going on throughout a complex urban environment,
including the ability to detect adversaries hiding in buildings and other structures, and to find
hidden explosives or WMD.
• Tagging, tracking and locating capabilities to persistently monitor targets or equipment of
interest; tag, track and locate enemy activities; track and detect weapons fabrication and
movement; and precisely discriminate threat from non-threat entities against severe
background clutter.
• Weapons for urban operations to develop ultra-precise, beyond-line-of-sight infantry
weapons for use in congested urban areas.
• Asymmetric warfare countermeasures to develop technology to detect, prevent, or
mitigate asymmetric attacks, such as suicide bomber attacks, improvised explosive device
attacks, and WMD attacks – including radiological dispersal devices.
• Pre- and post-conflict capabilities to model and understand social indicators that precede
the onset of hostility and conflict, coupled with tools to develop strategies to stabilize an
urban area and assist U.S. civil affairs units.
• Command, control, communications, and intelligence (C3I) for urban warfighting to
develop new approaches to all-echelon C2 and new intelligence analysis tools specifically
suited for urban operations that allow warfighters to see and understand what is happening
throughout the urban battlespace in real time.
A typical urban mission may require a U.S. team to pursue adversaries inside a multi-story
building. Currently, the defenders have a major advantage by knowing the interior layout. But
by using DARPA’s Radar Scope (weighing less than 1.5 pounds and running on AA batteries),
U.S. troops will be able to sense through over 12 inches of concrete to determine if someone is
hiding inside a building or behind a wall.
The Advanced Soldier Sensor Information System and Technology (ASSIST) program will
enhance the intelligence gathering capabilities of our ground troops by developing special
sensors, networks, and databases that allow a patrol leader to directly add to, and tap into the
collective experience of previous patrols, including the details of what has been encountered in specific
neighborhoods. ASSIST will help intelligence analysts and front-line patrol leaders build and share
knowledge of what’s going on in various city neighborhoods....

You are now leaving the Web Information Service site that is under the control and management of DARPA. DARPA does not exercise any responsibility at the destination. This link is provided consistent with the stated purpose of this web site. After reading this message, click http://www.jfcom.mil/newslink/storyarchive/2007/pa012607.html to continue immediately.

USJFCOM begins Integrated Battle Command Experiment Series
U.S. Joint Forces Command recently teamed with the Defense Advanced Research Products Agency for an Integrated Battle Command Limited Objective Experiment to test a whole-of-government approach to conducting stability operations in a disadvantaged country.
The IBC program conducted a limited objective experimen, Jan. 19, 2007 at USJFCOM’s Joint Systems Integration Command here. The program began in July 2004 as the result of a memorandum of agreement for IBC development between USJFCOM and DARPA.
The experiment exceeded expectations, according to Navy Cmdr. Glenn Brown, the Joint Innovation and Experimentation Directorate’s (J9) lead for the experiment. He said the IBC LOE validated the whole-of-government approach to operations.

the memory hole recovers 'lost'/deleted/ govt. docs.
Reports From the Future of Iraq Project
exclusive: Over 1,200 pages of previously unavailable reports from State Dept planning for post-Saddam Iraq. Warnings and recommendations by experts and Iraqi exiles ignored by administration

Freedom of Information Act case logs for the CIA, DARPA, and NRO have been added here:


Excerpts From Pentagon's Plan: 'Prevent the Re-Emergence of a New Rival'
NYT March 8, 1992
Following are excerpts from the Pentagon's Feb. 18 draft of the Defense Planning Guidance for the Fiscal Years 1994-1999: This Defense Planning guidance addresses the fundamentally new situation which has been created by the collapse of the Soviet Union, the disintegration of the internal as well as the external empire, and the discrediting of Communism as an ideology with global pretensions and influence. The new international environment has also been shaped by the victory of the United States and its coalition allies over Iraqi aggression -- the first post-cold-war conflict and a defining event in U.S. global leadership. In addition to these two victories, there has been a less visible one, the integration of Germany and Japan into a U.S.-led system of collective security and the creation of a democratic "zone of peace."

U.S. blueprint for proxy Israel's role in conquering a 'new world order' agenda for incoming Benjamin Netanyahu regime, compatible with fascist 'eretz israel' agenda:
1996 A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm
Following is a policy blueprint prepared by The U.S. Institute for Advanced Strategic and Political Studies’ "Study Group on a New Israeli Strategy Toward 2000." The main substantive ideas in this paper emerge from a discussion in which prominent opinion makers, including Richard Perle, James Colbert, Charles Fairbanks, Jr., Douglas Feith, Robert Loewenberg, David Wurmser, and Meyrav Wurmser participated. The report, entitled "A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm," is the framework for a series of follow-up reports on strategy.

1997 A Geostrategy For Eurasia, by Zbigniew Brzezinski [major democrat strategist]
Foreign Affairs,76:5, September/October 1997 Council on Foreign Relations Inc.

1997 THE GRAND CHESSBOARD: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives
Zbigniew Brzezinski

[Peters now 'reports' for USA Today among other things]

2000 Strategy, Forces and Resources For a New Century: A Report of The Project for the New American Century September 2000
The Project for the New American Century (PNAC) is a neo-conservative think tank with strong ties to the American Enterprise Institute "established in the spring of 1997" as "a non-profit, educational organization whose goal is to promote American global leadership."

2000 “Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century” September 2000 by the Project for the New American Century Policy Doc. (PNAC)
http://www.newamericancentury.org/RebuildingAmericasDefenses.pdf, advocates for total U.S. global domination, basically became the NSS of USA [below]

2002 United States Government, National Security Strategy of the United States (NSS of USA)


1] U.S. Considers Dividing Iraq Into Three Separate States After Saddam Is Gone
FORECASTS & TRENDS, Oct 1, 2002 http://www.profutures.comarticle.php/91/%20
Stratfor.com http://www.stratfor.com/reports that one of the leading long-term strategies being considered by US war planners is to divide Iraq into three separate regions. Under this plan Iraq would cease to exist. [emphasis added]

Stratfor says that such a plan reportedly was discussed at an unusual meeting between Crown Prince Hassan of Jordan and pro-US Iraqi Sunni opposition members in London in July. Further, they say that in September, the Israeli newspaper, Yedioth Ahronoth, stated that the US goal in Iraq was to create a United Hashemite Kingdom that would encompass Jordan and Iraq's Sunni areas. Also, Israeli terrorism expert Ehud Sprinzak recently echoed this sentiment on Russian television on September 24.
So whose idea is this? According to Stratfor, Sprinzak stated that the authors of the "Hashemite" plan are Vice President Dick Cheney and Deputy Secretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz, both considered the most hawkish of Bush administration officials.[...]

2] 2004 Rand study “U.S. Strategy in the Muslim World After 9/11”
By Abdus Sattar Ghazali, exec. editor American Muslim Perspective
Rand study titled “U.S. Strategy in the Muslim WorldAfter 9/11” suggests exploiting Sunni, Shiite and Arab, non-Arab divides to promote the US policy objectives inthe Muslim world. [...]

By Pepe Escobar
The plan [to break up Iraq] was allegedly conceived by David Philip, a former White House adviser working for the American Foreign Policy Council (AFPC).[...]

4] Dismembering the body politic in Iraq By Ahmed Janabi
Thursday 22 June 2006, 8:31 Makka Time, 5:31 GMT
Iraqi nationalists fear the break-up of their country [...]

5] Iraq's Partition
The discussion within the U.S. foreign policy establishment on the future of Iraq has come to a conclusion. The U.S. will, now officially, work to dissolve the Iraqi nation and state into three independend statelets under a powerless sham national government and, of course, total U.S. control (...) As Col. Lang emphasizes, the seeds for partioning were laid when Cheney and the neocon figures around him ordered the Iraqi army to be disbanded and the de-Baathification of the Iraqi g! overnment, i.e. its total annulment. The idea of partitioning Iraq may even have been the very reason for the war. The New Middle East expression goes back to the "Clean Break" document (pdf) prepared 1996 by U.S. neocons as a strategy for Israel's Netanyahu government. The first modern partition Iraq argument was made by Zionist strategist Oded Yinon in 1982. In A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eighties he recommends: In Iraq, a division into provinces along ethnic/religious lines as in Syria during Ottoman times is possible. So, three (or more) states will exist around the three major cities: Basra, Baghdad and Mosul, and Shi'ite areas in the south will separate from the Sunni and Kurdish north. The now imminent, new policy of partitioning Iraq is indeed only the announcement of the result of a process that has been the plan and the policy all along. This is a real "Mission Accomplished" moment...


"People who shut their eyes to reality simply invite their own destruction, and anyone who insists on remaining in a state of innocence long after that innocence is dead turns himself into a monster."
James Baldwin

5/9/7 Commentary: Not a Foreign Affair; Urgent New "Terror Threats"; “I can make your lives disappear with a stroke of my pen”;

Digest commentary:
Contrary to the rhetoric of loyal left apologists, imperialism IS 'capitalism' , the political-economic system of 'globalized' capitalism -- not just the 'foreign policy' of whichever electoral gang is selected to carry out a bipartisan U.S. agenda.

It is the same capitalist system committing ongoing genocide against the Black people in this country that is committing state - sponsored terrorist genocide against Palestine, Iraq, and Africa in a fascist military juggernaut
designed to eliminate all obstacles to total U.S.-zionist global domination ... aka imperial 'security' and 'peace'.

Those with lots to lose want to keep the U.S. ship of state afloat using sails of lies and illusions of real change through elections ... despite hundreds of years of evidence otherwise. Peddling this deception is complicity with the system and ruling class whose bloody empire is built on white supremacist 'manifest destiny', on the labor, blood and bones of millions through 'democratic' genocide, slavery, exploitation, oppression, state terror and war.

By pretending that voting, replacing Bush, a vile little weasel figurehead, will strategically change anything, the loyal left is pimping this system's absolute depravity. To passively go along with this deadly treachery instead of forging an internationalist anti-imperialist political movement is to betray the genuine interests of humanity, including our own, to aid and abet our common enemy's historically unprecedented crimes against humanity, the world and the planet.

And it is to loose a rare historic moment pregnant with immense dangers and also opportunities : U.S capitalism is in crisis, desperate to seize this moment to expand and secure its global supremacy before another rival predatory capitalist power, like China or Russia, displaces it. This world war of terror has unleashed powerful, unbeatable resistance...but not in the "homeland". Will we continue to buy into the racist made-in-usa "terrorism threats", anti-immigrant psywar, 'internet terrorism', all the relentless pretexts the state's mainstream media mouthpieces use to 'justify' expanding the war of terror and tightening the police state 'for our own good'. The 'dots' are systemically connected...following are a few:

1] contrary to reality and what growing numbers even in the u.s. believe, the "war on terrorism" is real
2] "Islamic terrorism" now directly threatens the peacekeeping 'homeland'
3] be vigilant, main dangers are immigrants, Muslims especially, because they hate our liberating justice and freedom
4] the internet is now a "terrorist" tool -- trust us, we're developing "secure trusted computing"
5] patriotic white snitches love amerika
6] support U.S. fascist state terrorist freedom

6 men charged with plotting to attack soldiers at Fort Dix :
 "What concerns us is, obviously, they began conducting surveillance and weapons training in the woods and were discussing killing large numbers of soldiers," said Justice Department spokesman Dean Boyd.


Questions and answers by Newsday so you don't think...
The FBI turned to paid informants who had been helpful in other investigations...
The men were arrested at different places Monday night. Two were grabbed at a meeting that some of the suspects believed would be with someone who would sell them M-16 and AK-47 automatic rifles. That person, though, was a government informant....
Q: How did they intend to attack Fort Dix?
A: The post has had especially tight security since the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks. Christie would not say how the men intended to get access to the installation, but he said they had a detailed plan that included cutting off the electricity, then using automatic weapons and rocket-propelled grenades.
Q: When were they going to attack?
A: That's not clear. But Christie said they thought the automatic weapons they wanted to buy would be "the final piece of their plan."
It usually takes several months, if not years, before major cases are tried. It's possible the charges could be dismissed or they could plead guilty before a trial.

...The complaint included an affidavit from John J. Ryan, a special agent with the F.B.I., which said that a cooperating witness infiltrated the group and last year recorded some of their conversations....
“Terrorist attacks are not always going to be on the grand scale of September 11th,” Mr. Christie said. “But keep in mind that terrorist attacks are about creating terror, [note: u.s. knows this firsthand] and an attack on an American military institution in our country clearly would have created the type of terror that people like these who believe in Jihad want to perpetrate on American citizens.”...
“We do not have any evidence at this time that they are connected directly to any other international terrorist movement around the world,” Mr. Christie said. “But clearly they used the Internet to obtain this jihadist material, which they used as both educational and inspirational for their cause.”... Mr. Duka, and two others, Eljvir Duka and Shain Duka — all three of whom are brothers — are in the United States illegally, Mr. Christie said. People at several mosques near Cherry Hill did not recognize the names of the defendants, and said there was no mosque in Cherry Hill but that one is being built that will serve an Indian Muslim sect.


...The arrests came after a 15-month investigation during which the F.B.I. and two informers... infiltrated the group...
...The authorities described the suspects as Islamic extremists and said they represented the newest breed of threat: loosely organized domestic militants unconnected to — but inspired by — Al Qaeda or other international terror groups....
“They appear to be individuals who were actively perusing radical Web sites and began shooting weapons, doing surveillance and trying to get some advanced weaponry,” said one official who spoke on the condition of anonymity, because the matter was still under investigation....
Cassie Herman, who lives in Blackwood, N.J., where the Duka family once owned a pizzeria, said she rented her 5,000-square-foot home in a gated community on Big Bass Lake to Eljvir Duka for a week in February, and to someone from the F.B.I. for a few days just before.
Kevin O’Brien, 36, who lives in the same community, said he had gone to bars twice with several of the men, who told him they were avid hunters. Mr. O’Brien said the men drank whiskey and beer and asked him about his stint in the Marines, trading stories of their own military training in the former Yugoslavia.
Tom Cornine, a bartender at the Gouldsboro Inn, recalled two of the men there on a February weekend, drinking Stoli on the rocks until they drained the bottle, then Absolut. “They drank more than the average man,” Mr. Cornine said.
For all the suspects’ talk of holy war and martyrdom, investigators said there is little indication that they were devout, or even practicing, Muslims. Leaders at nearby Muslim houses of worship said they had never seen the suspects and were troubled to learn they had tried to use faith as a justification for their plan.


will you be a good brave 'murican patriot?
In January 2006, a store clerk in New Jersey saw something.
A group of men had brought him a video showing them firing assault weapons and chanting "God is great!" in Arabic. They wanted him to dub the footage to a DVD.
So the clerk called the Mount Laurel Police Department, which in turn contacted the FBI.
FBI agent J.P. Weis saluted the unidentified Mount Laurel store clerk as the "unsung hero" of the case.
Within months, the FBI had managed to infiltrate the group with two informants, court documents said.

in case you've missed the point, a clarifying psywar editorial from the NYT:
Answering Al-Qaeda
Published: May 8, 2007
MORE than five years have passed since terrorism struck our country. Some say this is no surprise. After all, since then we have reorganized the government and created an agency dedicated to protecting us from another attack — the Department of Homeland Security. We have spent billions of dollars to better secure potential targets. We have dislodged Al Qaeda from its sanctuary in Afghanistan, and killed or captured scores of its followers around the globe.
Perhaps another strike on the country is unlikely, but I very much doubt it. From everything we know, Al Qaeda is as determined as ever to attack us at home, and it remains as capable as ever of doing so. While many of its operatives have been killed or captured since 9/11, the supply of young people who are willing and even eager to attack Americans seems limitless.
Our disastrous misadventure in Iraq has only increased that desire. Al Qaeda has reconstituted itself in Pakistan and is trying to reclaim Afghanistan. It is only marginally harder for terrorists to enter the United States now than it was before 9/11, and once they’re inside our borders the potential targets are infinite. Many of those targets are more secure today, but not to the degree they should be.
As if we needed a reminder that another 9/11 remains a real threat, let’s look at what happened just last week: Another chilling videotape from Osama bin Laden’s top deputy, Ayman al-Zawahri, appeared. The State Department acknowledged that attacks worldwide are on the rise. Five Britons with links to Al Qaeda were sentenced for plotting spectacular attacks in their country, highlighting the danger of “homegrown” terrorism here as well. And the former C.I.A. director George Tenet maintained that “Al Qaeda is here and waiting.”
We can never make ourselves invulnerable to terrorism. But certain steps would reduce our vulnerability to as close to zero as possible. Among those steps should be these:[...]

Cuban Militant's Indictment Tossed Out
HOUSTON (AP) -- A federal judge on Tuesday threw out an indictment accusing a Cuban militant of lying to immigration authorities, saying the government manipulated Luis Posada Carriles' naturalization interview.
U.S. District Judge Kathleen Cardone said the interpretation of the April 2006 interview ''is so inaccurate as to render it unreliable as evidence of defendant's actual statement.''
Posada, a 79-year-old former CIA operative and fierce opponent of Fidel Castro, was scheduled to stand trial next week in Texas on immigration fraud charges.
He was accused of entering the U.S. illegally and was detained in May 2005. Authorities said he later lied about how he entered the country when he sought to become a naturalized U.S. citizen.
He was released from jail last month. An immigration judge has ruled that Posada be deported but not to Cuba, where he was born, or Venezuela, where he is a naturalized citizen, because of fears that he could be tortured.
Cuba and Venezuela want Posada extradited for the 1976 bombing of a Cuban airliner... that killed 73 people.... but the United States has refused to send him to either country....
The judge said Posada was entitled to certain rights under the U.S. Constitution.
''This Court will not set aside such rights nor overlook Government misconduct because Defendant is a political hot potato,'' she wrote. ''This Court's concern is not politics; it is the preservation of criminal justice.''...

US government to gag terrorist on CIA ties
by Bill Van Auken
Global Research, May 6, 2007

...With his trial on immigration charges set for May 11, the US government has filed a motion in federal court seeking to bar the international terrorist Luis Posada Carriles from testifying on his role as an agent of the Central Intelligence Agency.
Venezuela has demanded that Posada Carriles be extradited to face charges there related to his masterminding of a 1976 bombing of a Cuban civilian passenger jet that killed 73 people. He evaded punishment for the crime—at the time the worst single act of terrorism in the Western Hemisphere—by escaping a Venezuelan prison in 1985.
Violating international and bilateral treaties, Washington has rebuffed Venezuela’s request, charging Posada Carriles instead with minor violations of US immigration law for entering the US without a visa and lying to immigration officials. Last month, the terrorist, who had been in federal custody since May 2005, was set free on bail and returned to Miami.
The release has provoked international protests and exposed the hypocrisy of the so-called “global war on terrorism” proclaimed by a government that has sponsored and continues to harbor and protect a wanted terrorist.
The nine-page motion submitted to the federal court in El Paso, Texas, argues that the relationship between Posada Carriles and the CIA ended 30 years ago and therefore is irrelevant.
Declassified documents have established that Carriles was recruited as an agent of the CIA in 1961, was sent into the US Army for a year of training in demolition and terrorist tactics and remained directly on the CIA payroll at least until 1967. From 1969 to 1974, he served as a senior officer in the Venezuelan secret police, DISIP, charged with capturing, torturing and killing left-wing opponents of the government. During that period he remained an informant and “asset” of the CIA in Latin America.

In 1976, he planned the airline bombing, leaving its execution to two employees of his private detective agency that he set up in Caracas after a change of government forced him out of the secret police. Just two weeks before the October 1976 airline bombing, he was involved in another terrorist attack, this one in the center of Washington. A car bomb killed the exiled former foreign minister of Chile, Orlando Letelier, and an American aide, Ronni Moffitt.
After his escape from prison in Venezuela, Posada Carriles made his way to El Salvador, where he became a key operative in the illegal terror war against Nicaragua financed by the CIA and directed by the network established by the Reagan administration under the direction of Lt. Col. Oliver North of the National Security Council. He went on to Guatemala, becoming a government intelligence officer during a brutal counterinsurgency campaign that claimed hundreds of thousands of lives.

In the 1990s, by his own admission, Posada Carriles directed a series of terrorist bombings against hotels and tourist spots in Cuba, killing an Italian tourist.
And, in November 2000, he was involved in an aborted attempt to blow up a conference hall in Panama, where Cuban President Fidel Castro was scheduled to speak to hundreds of people. He was arrested and jailed for the plot, but then pardoned by outgoing Panamanian President Mireya Moscoso in 2004, reportedly as the result of either US pressure or bribes from anti-Castro Cuban exile groups.

In response to the government attempt to quash any public testimony about Posada Carriles’s ties to the CIA, the terrorist’s defense lawyers filed a countermotion this week, insisting that it was impossible to discuss the “context” of the case without dealing with their client’s relation with the agency. Moreover, the document claimed, this relationship “lasted for 25 years.”

“The government’s statement that his service to the United States ended in 1976 is incorrect,” the document said.
The implications of the motion are clear. Posada Carriles was working for the CIA when he planned and executed the terrorist bombing that murdered 73 people aboard the Cuban plane as well as the car-bomb assassination in Washington. Moreover, he remained an agent or “asset” of the US intelligence agency while continuing to carry out acts of terrorist and repressive violence in Cuba, Central America and elsewhere for at least another decade. Both of the 1976 terrorist acts took place when George H.W. Bush, the current US president’s father, was director of the CIA.
Declassified documents obtained by the National Security Archive http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB153/index.htm in 2005 establish that the CIA had advance intelligence on the planned airline bombing and that the FBI’s attaché in Caracas had repeated contacts with one of the operatives who placed the bomb on the plane and, just days before the bombing, obtained a visa for him to travel to the US.

Jurors in Padilla terror trial won't hear key allegations:
 The case, which includes two Muslim defendants who allegedly recruited the Islamic convert, has come to be known as "Padilla lite" because it lacks so many of the alleged ["terrorist"] criminal elements that behind designating the former Fort Lauderdale-area resident as an "enemy combatant."

“Of course our whole national history has been one of expansion… That the barbarians recede or are conquered, with the attendant fact that peace follows retrogression or conquest, is due solely to the power of the mighty civilized races which have not lost the fighting instinct, and which by their expansion are gradually bringing peace into the red wastes of the world where the barbarian peoples of the world hold sway.”
Theodore Roosevelt

Pentagon identifies 35,000 more troops for Iraq:
 Pentagon spokesman Bryan Whitman said the decision was not related to the military's so-called "surge." But the replacement forces offer generals the flexibility to maintain heightened troop levels through 2007.

Cheney to seek help on Iraq, Iran:
 The US vice president, will be the senior-most official from Washington to visit Riyadh since King Abdullah railed against the "illegitimate foreign occupation" of Iraq.

Dems. Funding Bill Includes Privatization of Iraq Oil & Carte Blanche to Invade Iran:
 Democrats in Congress had made some secret concessions to the Republicans in the initial Bill to continue funding the Iraq War that was vetoed, and in a subsequent version that is currently being negotiated. according to Dennis Kucinich including:

Why the imperialists will be defeated: anti-imperialist Resistance fighters are like 'fish in the sea', supported by the masses of people. This is why they are targets of the occupiers' whose lies about helping the nation they have destroyed in a vain effort to conquer it, about 'terrorists', 'al-Qaeda', 'foreigners[!], about 'quelling the 'sectarian violence' manufactured by the U.S. to turn the people against the resistance, are only believed by fools who wish to believe, in U.S - Israel especially:

US attack 'kills Iraqi children'
An attack by a US helicopter against suspected insurgents in Iraq has killed a number of children at a primary school, Iraqi security sources say.
The officer said police had spoken to eyewitnesses and that six children had been killed and six injured but the figures have not been independently confirmed.
A spokesman for the US forces in Iraq, Lt-Col Chris Garver, said the US tried to do everything possible to avoid civilian casualties, which was why it was taking the reports seriously and conducting an investigation.

CIA-backed raid 'killed 50 Afghan villagers':
 Military specialists with the CIA were among a US force accused of killing more than 50 civilians during the hunt for a Taliban commander in Afghanistan.[SIC]

21 Afghan Civilians Killed, Official Says
The U.S.-led coalition said militants fired guns, rocket propelled grenades and mortars at U.S. Special Forces and Afghan soldiers on patrol 15 miles north of Sangin.
Maj. William Mitchell, a spokesman for the U.S.-led coalition, said troops killed a ''significant'' number of militants....
''We don't have any report of civilian casualties. There are enemy casualties -- I think the number is significant,'' Mitchell said without releasing an exact figure.... A resident of the area, Mohammad Asif, said five homes in the village of Soro were bombed during the battle, killing 38 people and wounding more than 20. He said Western troops and Afghan forces had blocked people from entering the area....
The report of civilian casualties comes less than a week after Afghan officials said that 51 civilians were killed in the western province of Herat.
It also comes one day after the U.S. military apologized and paid compensation to the families of 19 people killed and 50 wounded by U.S. Marines Special Forces who fired indiscriminately on civilians after being hit by a suicide attack in eastern Afghanistan in March.

Saudis, US sponsoring covert action against Iran :
 The governments of Saudi Arabia and the United States are working with other states in the Middle East to sponsor covert action against Iran, according to a report in this month's edition of The Atlantic. The report also suggests that covert attacks may occur against Iran's oil sector.

Damascus moves to imperialist center stage again:
 Fifty years ago, alarmed that Syria was becoming dangerously close to the Soviet Union, US president Dwight Eisenhower authorized a series of operations aimed at isolating, weakening and eventually overthrowing the regime of president Shukri al-Quwatli.

U.S. Blocks Israel-Syria Talks:
  Even as American officials reluctantly agreed last month to include Syrian representatives in multiparty talks on Iraqi security issues, the Bush administration continues to block Israel from resuming negotiations with Syria over its security concerns.

Assad not preparing for war:
 While Syria is repairing its military positions along the border with Israel, its army has not beefed up its forces on the Golan Heights, Austrian Maj.-Gen. Wolfgang Jilke, commander of the UN force deployed along the border, has told The Jerusalem Post in an exclusive interview

Iran's FM: We oppose nuclear weapons:
 "We are against nuclear weapons, and we do believe that the time for nuclear weapons is over," said Manouchehr Mottaki, appearing at a news conference with his Norwegian counterpart Jonas Gahr Stoere.

After Gates' Talks Fail, White House Sending Rice To Sell U.S. Defense Shield:
 U.S. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice is scheduled to fly to Russia next week to pitch Washington's plan to deploy a 'missile defense shield system' in central Europe, which has sparked strong opposition from Russia and a bitter debate between the former Cold War enemies.

Look to Airbus For Clues To Sarkozy
Published: May 9, 2007
TOULOUSE, France, May 7 — For those trying to predict how France’s newly elected president, Nicolas Sarkozy, will lead his country’s economy, one of the first critical tests is likely to come here, at the home base of Airbus, the proud but ailing European plane maker.
Still reeling from costly delays in its flagship A380 plane, Airbus has embarked on a wrenching overhaul that could result in thousands of lost jobs and the sale of several factories. The turmoil is aggravating political tensions between the company’s French and German backers.
How Mr. Sarkozy navigates these thorny issues may help clarify whether he is, at heart, a free-market reformer or an economic nationalist determined to prop up France’s industrial patrimony.
“Airbus could soon become a test of his plans for a more flexible labor market,” said Nicolas Sobczak, an economist at Goldman Sachs in Paris. “It would be a good showcase to demonstrate to the unions that it’s not useful to oppose a business plan that makes sense.” Sticking to that, however, would require considerable political nerve. Workers at Airbus plants have already staged strikes to protest the plan, which will eliminate 10,000 jobs, 4,300 of them in France.
“Sarkozy, despite his pro-American attitude, still feels that Airbus is French and needs to be protected,” said Doug McVitie, the managing director of Arran Aerospace, a consulting firm in Dinan, France.
“He has this French attitude that Airbus is strategic for France, in the same way that Danone was strategic for France in the yogurt business,” Mr. McVitie said, referring to the French dairy brand that raised jitters here after becoming the target of a rumored takeover by PepsiCo.
The potential for conflict between France and Germany has increased along with the magnitude of the woes at Airbus, he said. [...]

new partners in the "secure trusted computing" project
Tech Investors Cull Start-Ups for Pentagon
...Since the Sept. 11 attacks, the military has reached out more to the private sector, trying to make use of a range of technologies in pursuing security and fighting wars. Some venture capitalists have catered to those demands, creating firms aimed at military and security needs.
On the public sector side, the Central Intelligence Agency in 1999 started In-Q-Tel, a venture that identifies and invests in start-ups and technologies whose products could be used in intelligence. And the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency backs new technology and has helped create many important advances, including the Internet.
What makes DeVenCI unusual, its participants say, is that by bringing together military procurement agents and technology investors it is creating a kind of brokerage for ideas. But it had humbler beginnings, starting out on more of a special case basis not long after the attacks on the World Trade Center and Pentagon......the Defense Department signs 6,000 or more contracts a week with various companies....
But it is not all business, the venture capitalists say. For some, there is a patriotic component, one that sometimes tests their own philosophies about the role of the military...

Recalibrated Remarks: Obama Carefully Courts Jewish Vote
WASHINGTON, May 6, 2007
(Christian Science Monitor) This article was written by Ariel Sabar
For a candidate intent on courting the Jewish vote, some of the headlines for Sen. Barack Obama in recent weeks have been less than heartening...
Obama has delivered a series of speeches since March before Jewish audiences — two before the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC), the influential pro-Israel lobby, and one, last week, before the National Jewish Democratic Council here.

Recalibrated Remarks

Even in that short span, his remarks have undergone a subtle evolution.
In March, he spoke of relaxing restrictions on aid to the Palestinians and said "both the Israeli and Palestinian people have suffered from the failure to achieve" the "goal" of "two states living side by side in peace and security." While asserting that the United States should isolate Hamas and other Palestinian Islamic militants, he said that "Israel will also have some heavy stones to carry" in any peace process.
By last week, however, the references to Palestinian suffering and Israeli heavy lifting were gone, replaced by a less nuanced pro-Israel stance nearly indistinguishable from that of his chief rival for the Democratic nomination, Sen. Hillary Rodham Clinton of New York.
"When I am president, the United States will stand shoulder to shoulder with Israel in search of this peace and in defense against those who seek its destruction," Obama told an audience at the National Jewish Democratic Council (NJDC), where his staff also handed out a 29-page "American-Israeli Relationship Issue Packet."
Yet two days later, when asked at the debate at South Carolina State University to name America's three most important allies, Obama listed the European Union, NATO, and Japan.
"I didn't hear you mention Israel," Mr. [NBC's Brian] Williams interjected, asking whether the senator still stood behind his statement that "no one is suffering more than the Palestinian people."
"What I said is, nobody has suffered more than the Palestinian people from the failure of the Palestinian leadership to recognize Israel, to renounce violence, and to get serious about negotiating peace and security for the region," Obama replied. "Israel has been one of our most important allies around the world." [...]

National ID card a disaster in the making
 By Richard Forno and Bruce Schneier
 It is perhaps quite telling that despite bipartisan opposition, Real ID was buried in a 2005 "must-pass" military spending bill and enacted into law without public debate or congressional hearings.

The Lethal Media Silence On Kent State's Smoking Guns:
 The 1970 killings by National Guardsmen of four students during a peaceful anti-war demonstration at Kent State University have now been shown to be cold-blooded, premeditated official murder.

Channel 4 accused of falsifying data in documentary on climate change :
 The makers of a Channel 4 documentary which claimed that global warming is a swindle have been accused of fabricating data by one of the scientists who participated in the film.


The Hate Equation: Targeting Migrant Children
Juan Santos
Even the mayor of Los Angeles admits "Nobody, nobody should be victimized in a way we saw women, children and families victimized just a few days ago."
He was referring to the openly brutal assault by the LAPD on a peaceful rally of migrant families and their supporters on May 1 in LA’s MacArthur Park, where dozens of pigs in riot gear viciously and repeatedly fired volleys of tear gas and rubber bullets into a crowd of Brown families with children and babies, even before a helicopter hovered overhead announcing – in English only – that the Park must be vacated. The rally had a permit until 9 P.M. But, according to eyewitness accounts collected by the National Immigrant Solidarity Network, hundreds of cops arrived at 6, a mere hour after the event started, and, unprovoked, immediately began harassing a crowd watching Mexica/ Azteca danzantes, driving their motorcycles straight into the onlookers and sending a wedge of riot clad cops into their midst. More people gathered in the area to denounce this outrage, as waves of cops shot their way into the crowd of ten thousand nearby. The LAPD tried to blame “agitators” and “anarchists” for their attack, but this as a straight up lie.

Reporter Ernesto Arce of LA’s KPFK told Democracy Now!, “they were trying to clear the Alvarado Street for ongoing traffic, and there was a gathering, a large gathering, a circle of people that were gathered around Aztec danzantes, or pre-Columbian Mexican dancers, and they were holding a ceremony. And police on motorcade decided to forcibly break that up, and they drove their motorcycles through this crowd.”
A reporter for Telemundo said “One minute I was on live, the next minute I was running for my life. It was excessive force. They basically hit women, children, and journalists.”
Another reporter wrote, “Television news crews captured images of the police swinging their batons at an arm’s length of a frightened child who cried as he stood frozen in the chaos.
Let’s be clear. This would never happen to a gathering of white suburban families. No one would tolerate it for a moment if white babies were fired on by pigs using “less than lethal” weapons” that have been known to kill, hurling projectiles with the force of a 95 mile per hour baseball. Is a 95 mile per hour baseball “less than lethal” when hurled at an infants’s skull? If it strikes a baby’s eye? About 600 cops, including 100 from the ultra elite Metro Division, fired hundreds of rubber bullets and tear gas canisters and systematically beat Brown mothers, fathers, youth, and members of the news media with batons. Tear gas projectiles have long been known to have lethal potential. LA Times writer Ruben Salazar was killed by the LAPD with a tear gas canister during the police riot against the anti-war Chicano Moratorium as far back as 1970.
But Brown children are expendable in Los Angeles, and migrants are the new scapegoats for a nation steeped in a deep tradition of white racism.
The race equation, the hate equation, is that simple. The Conservative voice website called the families “criminals” taking to the streets, and, in an effort to justify the LAPD attack, launched a racist war of words on the children themselves ,saying
”the children of illegals, who are themselves illegal (sic), do not share their parents’ work ethic or docility. The children are often lazy, are predominantly hateful, and commit crimes at rates far above the American statistical norm. Imitating the worst qualities of American blacks, they refuse to patiently work their way up the ladder of social mobility, and despise everything that America stands for. Meanwhile, they demand that everything that law-abiding Americans have worked so hard for be taken from them and given to the second-generation illegals.”
The website called the families “Thugs hiding behind children, and backs the claim with a citation from the virulently racist website VDARE:
I wonder if the plan to Boycott America also includes not giving birth to their 'jackpot' babies, not driving while drunk, not accepting welfare payments, not using food stamps, not dealing drugs, not murdering, stealing or raping, not attending government schools, not buying homes using government financing, not clogging our court system, not sending remittances to Mexico, not breaking our laws by being here and not insisting that we speak Spanish?
The essay concludes that white “Americans” should “begin exercising their legal right (sic) to effect citizens’ arrests of illegals.
” What the Right wants is for even more intense brutality to be unleashed on the Brown community, by police and vigilantes alike. “The Americans, writes the Voice,” will need to break into march lines, make citizens’ arrests, and force policemen to choose their allegiances: To America’s laws and citizens, or to foreign criminals and their American accomplices.”
The Hate Equation is so simple and so transparent that the nation’s most brutal police chief, William Bratton, was forced to apologize- but his early efforts were apologies were to the brutalized news media, and to the cops themselves, for “what happened” to them - not to the families who were attacked.
Bratton finally admitted, “ “I'm not going to defend the indefensible. Things were done that shouldn't have been done."
But the outrage over the police riot grew so intense that LA Mayor Antonio Villaraigosa was forced to return from a trip abroad to calm the troubled waters- and prevent any potential rebellion- by promising justice at home.
But we’ve seen the kind of “justice” the system offers. Just the week before the May Day police riot, LAPD shut down a protest by the parents of children from L.A.’s Academia Semillas del Pueblo, a charter school that teaches indigenous Mexican culture – and that has been targeted by Minuteman- style racist talk jocks at Disney-owned KABC, who have claimed the children are being taught cannibalism and trained as terrorists. The school recently filed a suit against the station, noting on- air racist attacks on the children and a bomb threat against the children that resulted from the station’s hate talk.
When the children’s parents picketed peacefully on the sidewalk outside KABC, Los Angeles police moved in to “disperse” them.
A counter-demonstration against the Minutemen in Hollywood was also viciously attacked by riot squads without provocation. See the video here .
Bratton is the king of “zero tolerance” police tactics, a cop whose policies have led to a record of brutal police murders in both New York and LA.
But street level thuggery on the part of police, Minutemen and radio hate talkers is only the beginning. The physical targeting of Brown children only mirrors the orientation of politicians and the extreme Christian Right, which is mobilizing to strip our children of the birthright citizenship provided by the 14th Amendment, creating a permanent under- caste of not –quite- human, non-white workers of indeterminate legal status, who will lack the rights afforded the children of the generations of white Christian colonizers who brought genocide and slavery with them when they came here. The Minutemen call these children “Anchor babies”; the Conservative Voice calls them “Second generation illegals,” - which is to say, permanent, ready made scapegoats.
In the meantime families are being split apart by the thousands by intensified ICE raids and deportations, even as children are being locked in immigration prisons in Texas.
Carol Lloyd writes in Salon “…we are treating children of all ages (many of whom are U.S. citizens) essentially as prisoners. Initial findings by the ACLU found that the children wore prison garb, received one hour of recreation a day and no formal education, and were kept in small cells 11 to 12 hours each day without food or toys. Other complaints involve psychological abuse, including guards telling children they would be separated from their families if they didn't stop crying. (For a great Q&A with ACLU's Lisa Graybill, click here. )”
Protesting these attacks on families was one of the major focal points of the May Day demonstrations across the US, and in Los Angeles, the answer of the capitalist state to these protests was clear and concise – another brutal, merciless - and racist - attack on Brown parents and their children.

“Empire and imperialism are words that have become a form of abuse in the postmodern world. Today, there are no colonial powers willing to take on the job, though the opportunities, perhaps even the need for colonisation is as great as it ever was in the nineteenth century.”
“What is needed then is a new kind of imperialism, one acceptable to a world of human rights and cosmopolitan values. We can already discern its outline: an imperialism which, like all imperialism, aims to bring order and organisation but which rests today on the voluntary principle.”
“The challenge to the postmodern world is to get used to the idea of double standards. Among ourselves, we operate on the basis of laws and open cooperative security. But when dealing with more old-fashioned kinds of states outside the postmodern continent of Europe, we need to revert to the rougher methods of an earlier era – force, pre-emptive attack, deception, whatever is necessary to deal with those who still live in the nineteenth century world of every state for itself. Among ourselves, we keep the law but when we are operating in the jungle, we must also use the laws of the jungle. In the prolonged period of peace in Europe, there has been a temptation to neglect our defences, both physical and psychological. This represents one of the great dangers of the postmodern state.”
  The new liberal imperialism by Robert Cooper, Observer Worldview, Sunday April 7, 2002

“It is destiny that the world be rescued from its natural wilderness and savage men.”
The Star of Empire . Albert Jeremiah Beveridge

How the Inca Leapt Canyons
Centuries before the George Washington Bridge, the Andes
were crisscrossed with suspension bridges. Now students at
M.I.T. are learning to recreate them.

Note: for a powerful story of the Irish struggle for national liberation from barbaric British occupation and the reality of "peace" on the imperialist terms, see the film "Wind in the Barley":
Sounds of Silence in Northern Ireland
A promising pact in Belfast won't bring peace overnight.

The logic of Manifest Destiny is precisely the same “logic” that underlies the current bid for a Pax Americana,
and the crusade for US global domination - the crusade to “tame” the “savage” Muslims of the world....
Juan Santos
Apocalypse No! Christian Fascism and the Nazi Legacy
An Indigenist Perspective

The Collapse of Civilisation
Derrick Jensen,00300006.htm

It’s not possible to talk deeply about the US invasion of Iraq without talking about perception, entitlement, and the end of civilisation. On September 11, 2006, George W Bush said, of the US invasion of Iraq and more broadly what he calls the “War on Terror,” that, “In truth, it is a struggle for civilisation.”
Throughout that speech, as he has done throughout the past several years, he repeatedly framed his invasions of both Afghanistan and Iraq as defensive wars....

As Robert Jay Lifton, probably the world’s foremost authority on the psychology of genocide, has made clear, before you can commit any mass atrocity, you must convince others and especially yourself that what you’re doing is not an atrocity, but instead beneficial. So Hitler was not, from his own perspective, killing Jews and committing genocide; he was purifying the Aryan “race”. Americans weren’t killing American Indians and committing genocide; they were fulfilling their Manifest Destiny. EuroAmericans weren’t enslaving Africans and committing genocide; they were helping the Africans: slavery, as one 1830’s philosopher put it, “has done more to elevate a degraded race in the scale of humanity; to tame the savage; to civilise the barbarous; to soften the ferocious; to enlighten the ignorant, and to spread the blessings of Christianity among the heathen, than all the missionaries that philanthropy and religion have ever sent forth.”

Today, industrialised nations don’t exploit colonies, they “help Third World Nations develop.” So, of course, Bush can’t just come out and say he’s ordering mass torture of suspects (instead, he’s “protecting our security”) or that he invaded Iraq to steal oil: even Hitler said his invasion of Poland was defensive and that Poland attacked first....
Entitlement does strange things to perception... entitlement is key to nearly all atrocity... Europeans felt they were (and are) entitled to the land of North and South America, indeed the world. The British certainly felt they were entitled to India and Indians. Slave-owners felt and feel they’re entitled to the labour (and the lives) of their slaves. Americans act as though we’re entitled to consume the majority of the world’s resources, and to change the world’s climate. Industrialised humans act like we’re entitled to anything we want on this planet.

So long as this sense of entitlement remains invisible to those reaping its benefits — so long as this entitlement isn’t seen as such but rather is described as “economics,” or “religion,” or “tradition,” or simply “the way things are,” and most especially so long as those to be exploited don’t actively resist... hatred and direct physical force remain underground. But when that rhetoric begins to fail, force — and hatred — waits in the wings, ready to explode....But threaten their access to oil (their oil, from their perspective) no matter whose land it may be under) and watch the depleted uranium fireworks begin....

Syndicate content